Brochure
Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial
Volume 2—Commercial Distribution
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies
Volume 4—Circuit Protection
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control
Tab 1—Reduced Voltage Motor Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T1-1
Tab 2—Adjustable Frequency Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-1
Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-A1-1
Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-A2-1
Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-A3-1
Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface
and Connectivity Solutions
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Copyright
Dimensions, Weights and Ratings
Dimensions, weights and ratings given in this catalog are approximate and should not
be used for construction purposes. Drawings containing exact dimensions are available
upon request. All listed product specifications and ratings are subject to change without
notice. Photographs are representative of production units.
Terms and Conditions
All prices and discounts are subject to change without notice. When price changes
occur, they are published in Eaton’s Price and Availability Digest (PAD). All orders
accepted by Eaton’s Electrical Sector are subject to the general terms and conditions
as set forth in Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions.
Technical and Descriptive Publications
This catalog contains brief technical data for proper selection of products. Further
information is available in the form of technical information publications and illustrated
brochures. If additional product information is required, contact your local Eaton
Products Distributor, call 1-800-525-2000 or visit our website at www.eaton.com.
Compliance with Nuclear Regulation 10 CFR 21
Eaton products are sold as commercial grade products not intended for application in
facilities or activities licensed by the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission
for atomic purposes, under 10 CFR 21. Further certification will be required for use of
these products in a safety-related application in any nuclear facility licensed by the
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
WARNING
The installation and use of Eaton products should be in accordance with the provisions
of the U.S. National Electrical Code® and/or other local codes or industry standards that
are pertinent to the particular end use. Installation or use not in accordance with these
codes and standards could be hazardous to personnel and/or equipment.
These catalog pages do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for
every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance.
Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered
sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes, the matter should be referred to the local Eaton Products
Distributor or Sales Office. The contents of this catalog shall not become part of or modify any prior
or existing agreement, commitment or relationship. The sales contract contains the entire
obligation of Eaton’s Electrical Sector. The warranty contained in the contract between the parties
is the sole warranty of Eaton. Any statements contained herein do not create new warranties or
modify the existing warranty.
Copyright ©2015, Eaton, All Rights Reserved.
Introduction
Eaton is a global leader in power distribution, power quality,
control and automation, and monitoring products.
At Eaton, we believe a reliable, efficient and safe power system is the foundation of every
successful enterprise. Through innovative technologies, cutting-edge products and our highly
skilled services team, we empower businesses around the world to achieve a powerful advantage.
In addition, Eaton is committed to creating and maintaining powerful customer relationships built
on a foundation of excellence. From the products we manufacture to our dedicated customer
service and support, we know what’s important to you.
Solutions
Eaton takes the complexity out of power systems management with a holistic and strategic
approach, leveraging our industry-leading technology, solutions and services. We focus on
the following three areas in all we do:
●
Reliability—maintain the
appropriate level of power
continuity without
disruption or unexpected
downtime
●
Efficiency—minimize
energy usage, operating
costs, equipment footprint
and environmental impact
●
Safety—identify and
mitigate electrical hazards
to protect what you value
most
Using the Eaton Catalog Library
As we grow, it becomes increasingly difficult to include all products in one or two comprehensive
catalogs. Knowing that each user has their specific needs, we have created a library of catalogs for our
products that when complete, will contain 15 volumes. Since the volumes will continuously be a work
in progress and updated, each volume will stand alone. Refer to our volume directory, MZ08100001E,
for a quick glance of where to look for the products you need. The 15 volumes include:
●
●
●
●
●
●
Volume 1—Residential
and Light Commercial
(CA08100002E)
Volume 2—Commercial
Distribution (CA08100003E)
Volume 3—Power
Distribution and Control
Assemblies (CA08100004E)
Volume 4—Circuit
Protection (CA08100005E)
Volume 5—Motor Control
and Protection
(CA08100006E)
Volume 6—Solid-State
Motor Control
(CA08100007E)
●
●
●
●
●
Volume 7—Logic Control,
Operator Interface and
Connectivity Solutions
(CA08100008E)
Volume 8—Sensing
Solutions (CA08100010E)
Volume 9—Original
Equipment Manufacturer
(CA08100011E)
Volume 10—Enclosed
Control (CA08100012E)
Volume 11—Vehicle and
Commercial Controls
(CA08100013E)
●
●
●
●
Volume 12—Aftermarket,
Renewal Parts and Life
Extension Solutions
(CA08100014E)
Volume 13—Counters,
Timers and Tachometers
(CA08100015E)—Available
in electronic format only
Volume 14—Fuses
(CA08100016E)—Available
in electronic format only
Volume 15—Solar Inverters
and Electrical Balance of
System (CA08100018E)
These volumes are not all-inclusive of every product, but they are meant to be an overview
of our product lines. For our full range of product solutions and additional product information,
consult Eaton.com/electrical and other catalogs and product guides in our literature library.
These references include:
●
The Consulting Application
Guide (CA08104001E)
●
The Eaton Power Quality
Product Guide (COR01FYA)
If you don’t have the volume that contains the product or information that you are looking for,
not to worry. You can access every volume of the catalog library at Eaton.com/electrical in the
Literature Library.
By installing our Automatic Tab Updater (ATU), you can be sure you always have the most recent
version of each volume and tab.
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015
www.eaton.com
i
Introduction
Icons
Green Leaf
Eaton Green Solutions are products, systems or solutions that represent Eaton
benchmarks for environmental performance. The green leaf symbol is our
promise that the solution has been reviewed and documented as offering
exceptional, industry-leading environmental benefits to customers, consumers
and our communities. Though all of Eaton's products and solutions are
designed to meet or exceed applicable government standards related to
protecting the environment, our products with the Green Leaf designation
further provide “exceptional environmental benefit”.
Learn Online
When you see the Learn Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and search for
the product or training page. There you will find 100-level training courses,
podcasts, webcasts or games and puzzles to learn more.
Drawings Online
When you see the Drawings Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and find the
products page. There you will find a tab that includes helpful product drawings
and illustrations.
Contact Us
If you need additional help, you can find contact information
under the Customer Care heading of Eaton.com/electrical.
ii
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control
CA08100007E—March 2015
www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Soft Start Controllers
1.1
Solid-State Controllers
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DS7 Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Auxiliary Contact . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S511, Semiconductor Reversing Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2
DS7 Soft Starter Controller
V6-T1-2
V6-T1-3
V6-T1-26
V6-T1-32
V6-T1-35
V6-T1-38
1
1
1
1
1
Solid-State Starters
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S611, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S801+, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S811+, Soft Starters with DIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T1-42
V6-T1-43
V6-T1-59
V6-T1-75
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
S611 Soft Starters
1
1
1
1
1
S811+ Soft Starters
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015
www.eaton.com
V6-T1-1
1.1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Contents
Soft Start Controllers
Description
1
Soft Start Controllers
DS7 Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers
with Auxiliary Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers
with Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S511, Semiconductor
Reversing Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Product Overview
1
DS7
1
1
1
1
1
1
Eaton’s DS7 line of reduced
voltage solid-state soft start
controllers is very compact,
multi-functional, easy to
install and easy to commission.
Designed to control the
acceleration and deceleration
of three-phase motors with
the ability to adjust initial
torque, ramp up and down
time, the device is available
for current ranges from 4 to
32 A in four frame sizes.
Type S701
1
1
1
1
1
The S701 device is a reduced
voltage soft start controller
designed to control
acceleration and deceleration
of three-phase motors. The
S701 provides the user with
the ability to adjust initial
torque, ramp up and down
time, and also select kick
start for high inertial loads.
Type S701 with
Auxiliary Contact
The S701 device is a reduced
voltage soft start controller
designed to control
acceleration and deceleration
of three-phase motors. With
the auxiliary contact, it is
possible to control an external
bypass to reduce heating and
increase acceleration and
deceleration times.
The unit provides the user
with the ability to adjust initial
torque, ramp up and down
time and also select kick start
for high inertia loads.
Type S701 with Brake
The S701 soft start
controller with DC injection
brake is designed to control
acceleration and deceleration
of three-phase motors. Brake
current is adjustable from
0–50 A DC. The ramp-up
feature is adjustable from
0.5–10 seconds. Torque
adjustment is adjustable
with or without break loose
(kick start) function.
Type S511 Semiconductor
Reversing Contactor
The S511 device is a
semiconductor reversing
contactor designed to switch
three-phase motors forward
and reverse. Unicore
electronics and thermal
design ensures high
switching capacity and
long lifetime.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Page
V6-T1-3
V6-T1-26
V6-T1-32
V6-T1-35
V6-T1-38
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
1.1
Contents
DS7 Soft Start Controllers
Description
Page
DS7 Soft Start Controllers
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instructional Leaflets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with
Auxiliary Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake . . . .
Type S511, Semiconductor
Reversing Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
1
V6-T1-5
V6-T1-5
V6-T1-5
V6-T1-6
V6-T1-7
V6-T1-15
V6-T1-16
V6-T1-24
V6-T1-26
V6-T1-32
V6-T1-35
V6-T1-38
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
DS7 Soft Start Controllers
1
Product Description
1
The DS7 is available in
standard and SmartWire-DT®
communications
configurations.
Standard (Non SmartWire-DT)
Eaton’s DS7 line of reduced
voltage solid-state soft start
controllers is very compact,
multi-functional, easy to install
and easy to commission.
Designed to control the
acceleration and deceleration
of three-phase motors, the
device is available for current
ranges from 4 to 200 FLA
in four frame sizes. It is
available with 24 Vdc, 24 Vdc/
24 Vac, or 110/230 Vac
control voltage options. A
low temperature version is
available with 24 Vac/Vdc
control voltage with operation
ambient temperature
minimum of –40 °C.
SmartWire-DT
Our SmartWire-DT interface
completely eliminates the
need for conventional control
wiring. This has several
advantages:
●
No incorrect wiring
●
Faster wiring
●
Cost saving
The interface can be used to
send control commands to
the DS7 SmartWire-DT and
change and diagnose its
parameter configuration;
in addition, the control
electronics can be powered
via the SmartWire-DT cable.
The device is controlled with
one of the selectable profiles:
●
A “start/stop” profile
●
An 8 bit-wide profile for
the soft starter, which is
provided the same way
for the variable frequency
drive and features more
options
Regardless of the profile
chosen, the DS7 SmartWire-DT’s
parameters can be read and
written to at any time by
using acyclic communications
services.
DS7 SmartWire-DT makes it
possible to read and write to
all device parameters. It is
also possible to overwrite
the potentiometer settings
on the DS7 SmartWire-DT,
which can come in handy,
for instance, when a change
made to the machine needs
to be performed remotely.
The DS7 SmartWire-DT comes
with a detailed diagnostic
system with options that
extend far beyond those of
wired devices. In addition to
having an error log, the DS7
SmartWire-DT can detect and
report nine different device
faults. A warning parameter
reports any present warning
messages. Moreover, the
response to each individual
fault can be customized.
Finally, there are 35 additional
messages for communication
errors. Using the DS7
SmartWire-DT in connection
with the PKE series motor
protective circuit breakers
opens up new functionalities
that were previously thought
impossible to implement with
a low-cost soft starter and
that were reserved to
significantly more expensive
devices. Combining a PKE
unit and a DS7 SmartWire-DT
makes it possible to
completely protect the DS7
SmartWire-DT device against
overloads. In addition, it
provides a current limiting
function and can report
thermal capacity utilization
levels to higher level
controllers.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Solid-State Controllers
Application Description
Operation
With its small size, it can
easily fit in place of existing
soft starters, wye-delta
starters, or across-the-line
NEMA® and IEC starters. This
feature allows easy upgrades
to existing systems. The
product is designed to be
wired in the three-phase line
feeding the three motor input
leads as is done for normal
across-the-line starting. The
starter uses silicon controlled
rectifiers (SCRs) to ramp the
voltage to the motor, providing
smooth acceleration and
deceleration of the load.
After the motor is started,
the internal run bypass relay
closes, resulting in the motor
running directly across-theline. Internal run bypass
significantly reduces the
heat generated as compared
to non-bypass starters. The
soft stop option allows for a
ramp stop time that may be
longer than the coast-to-stop
time. An external overload
protection relay or circuit
breaker is needed.
Voltage Ramp Start
This start method provides a
voltage ramp to the motor,
resulting in a constant torque
increase. This most
commonly used form of soft
start mode allows you to set
the initial voltage value and
the duration of the ramp to
full voltage conditions.
●
Adjustable initial voltage
30–92% of full voltage
(120/230 Vac control
voltage)
●
Adjustable initial voltage
30–100% of full voltage (24
Vac/Vdc control voltage)
●
Adjustable initial voltage
30–92% of full voltage
(24 Vdc control voltage—
SmartWire-DT)
●
Adjustable ramp time
1–30 seconds
●
Bypass relays close at the
end the ramp time (TOR)
1
1
1
1
1
Soft Stop
Allows for a controlled
stopping of load. Used when
a stop-time that is greater
than the coast-to-stop time is
desired. Often used with high
friction loads where a sudden
stop may cause system or
product damage. Setting the
soft stop time to a value of
0 turns off this feature.
●
Soft stop time =
0–30 seconds
Start Ramp
Bypass
100%
Speed
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Start
Run
Time (Seconds)
Stop Ramp
100%
1
Speed
1.1
2
Run
Soft Stop
Time (Seconds)
1 = Coast to Stop (Speed)
2 = Soft Stop Ramp (Voltage)
3 = Soft Stop Time
Auxiliary Contacts
Auxiliary contacts are
provided to indicate soft
start controller status.
Frame Size 1 (4A to 12A)—
One Relay
The auxiliary relay indicates
when the soft starter is at
Top-of-Ramp (TOR).
Frame Size 2, 3 and 4 (16A
to 200A)—Two Relays
One auxiliary relay indicates
when the soft starter is at
Top-of-Ramp (TOR).
One auxiliary relay indicates
that a RUN command is
present, including start ramp,
bypass, and stop ramp times.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-4
3
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
1.1
Features and Benefits
●
●
●
●
Run bypass mode greatly
reduces internal heating
created by the power
dissipation across the
SCRs. The bypass relay
directly connects the
motor to the line and
improves system efficiency
by reducing internal power
losses
Less heat minimizes
enclosure size and cooling
requirements, and
maximizes the life of all
devices in the enclosure
LED displays device status
and provides fault
indication
Variable ramp times and
voltage control (torque
control) settings provide
unlimited starting
configurations, allowing
for maximum application
flexibility
Single-Phase Applications
All DS7 frame sizes can be
configured for single-phase
operation at 200–480 Vac
main voltages in accordance
to the single-phase application
note AP039006EN.
●
●
●
●
Soft stop control suits
applications where an
abrupt stop of the load
is not acceptable. Soft
acceleration and
deceleration reduces
wear on belts, gears,
chains, clutches, shafts,
and bearings
Minimizes the peak inrush
current’s stress on the
power system. Peak
starting torque can be
managed to diminish
mechanical system wear
and damage.
24 Vac/Vdc control voltage
enhances personnel and
equipment safety.
110/230 Vac control voltage
is also available
Auxiliary relays indicate
status of the soft start
controllers
●
The TOR relay is active
until motor stop
command is received
and/or the soft start
controller detects a
fault condition
●
RUN relay is active
during the start ramp,
bypass, and stop ramp
1
Protective Features
●
●
●
●
Mains connection—The
mains connection is
monitored for a phase loss
and/or undervoltage during
ramp up
Motor connection—The
motor connection is
monitored for an open
condition during the ramp
SCR faults—SCR
performance is monitored
during the ramp cycle for
proper operation
Heat sink over/under
temperature—High ambient
temperatures, extended
ramp times, and high duty
cycle conditions may cause
the DS7 to exceed its
thermal rating. When
temperature goes under
–5 °C (–40 °C for low
temperature units), unit
will trip as well. The DS7 is
equipped with sensors that
monitor the temperature of
the device as well. The soft
starter will trip in over/
under temperature
conditions, preventing
device failure
●
●
Warning is indicated for an
over temperature condition
for the next start
Bypass relay
●
The DS7 can detect if
the bypass relay fails to
close after the ramp
start or opens while the
motor is running
●
The DS7 will also detect
a condition whereas the
bypass relay is closed
when the RUN
command is given
●
The DS7 will trip on a
bypass dropout fault if
either of these
conditions occur
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
●
●
●
1
IEC 60947-4-2
EN 60947-4-2
UL® listed
CSA certified
CE marked
C-Tick
1
1
1
1
1
1
Instructional Leaflets
●
1
Instruction Leaflet IL03901001E
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-5
1.1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Catalog Number Selection
DS7 Soft Start Controllers
DS7 - 3 4 0 SX 004 N 0 - N
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Device Series
DS7 = Generation 7
Options
N = No option
D = SmartWire-DT
L = Low temperature
Number of Phases
3 = Three-phase mains
supply voltage
Protection Type
0 = IP20
Voltage Class
4 = 400 V
(380 V –15% to 480 V
+10%)
Control Voltage Supply
0 = 24 Vac/Vdc
2 = 110/230 Vac
D = 24 Vdc SmartWire-DT
1
1
1
Radio Interference
Suppression Filters
4 = No internal radio interference
suppression filters
Device Version
SX = Standard soft starters
with internal bypass
Rated Operational Current
004 = 4A
•=
•=
•=
200 = 200A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-6
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
1.1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Product Selection
1
DS7 Soft Start Horsepower Ratings
1
Please refer to Application Note AP039004EN for additional information on proper size selection.
DS7 Soft Start
Controller—
Frames 1 and 2
1
DS7 Soft Start Controllers—Horsepower Ratings—
10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 300% Current Limit at 40 °C 1
Motor
Power (hp)
Maximum
Rated
Allowable
Current
Breaker
(A)
200 V 230 V 480 V Size
Maximum
Allowable
Fuse
Size
3.7
15A
Class RK5
0.75 0.75 2
HFD3015
1
Recommended
XTOB
Recommended
Overload
XTOE
(Direct
PKE MMP
Overload 2
Connect) 2
MMP 2
XTOB004BC1
XTPR004BC1 XTPAXTPCB
XTOE005BCS
XTPE012BCS
Connection
Kit to MMP
1
Catalog Number
DS7-340SX004N0-N 45
DS7-342SX004N0-N 6
1
1
DS7-34DSX004N0-D 7
6.9
1.5
2
3
HFD3015
15A
Class RK5
XTOB006BC1 3 XTOE020BCS
XTPE012BCS
XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCB
DS7-340SX007N0-N 45
DS7-342SX007N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX007N0-D 7
7.8
2
2
5
HFD3020
20A
Class RK5
XTOB010BC1
XTOE020BCS
XTPE012BCS
XTPR010BC1 XTPAXTPCB
DS7-340SX009N0-N 45
DS7-342SX009N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX009N0-D 7
11
3
3
7.5
HFD3030
20A
Class RK5
XTOB012BC1
XTOE020BCS
XTPE032BCS
XTPR012BC1 XTPAXTPCB
DS7-340SX012N0-N 45
DS7-342SX012N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX012N0-D
15.2
3
5
10
HFD3035
25A
Class RK5
XTOB016CC1
XTOE020CCS
XTPE032BCS
XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCC
7
DS7-340SX016N0-N 45
DS7-342SX016N0-N 6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
DS7-34DSX016N0-D 7
22
5
7.5
15
HFD3060
40A
Class RK5
XTOB024CC1
XTOE045CCS
XTPE032BCS
XTPR025BC1 XTPAXTPCC
DS7-340SX024N0-N 45
DS7-342SX024N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX024N0-D 7
32
7.5
10
20
HFD3070
50A
Class RK5
XTOB032CC1
XTOE045CCS
XTPE032BCS
XTPR032BC1 XTPAXTPCC
DS7-340SX032N0-N
45
DS7-342SX032N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX032N0-D 7
Notes
1 Actual motor FLAs vary. Verify these devices cover the motor specific FLA.
2 Selections are based on motor FLA value at 480 V.
3 Not to be used with 230 V.
4 24 Vac/Vdc device.
5 –40 °C rated low temperature version available in 24 Vac/Vdc, change to “N0-L.”
6 110/230 Vac device.
7 24 Vdc for SmartWire-DT device.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Considerations
1.
2.
1
1
Either XTOB, C306 or C440 series or equivalent overload protection devices may be selected.
Contactor is optional for normal applications. It is recommended for mains isolation.
Power Supply
1
Eaton’s PSG and ELC power supplies are recommended as a compact and low-cost
source for 24 Vdc power. The lightweight, DIN rail mounted devices have a wide input
voltage range, and robust screw terminals make these power supplies easy to install
and use. These power supplies are available in 1A and 2A models.
1
1
Power Supply Selection
Description
Catalog Number
85–264 V input and 24 Vdc output
ELC-PS01
100–240 V input and 24 Vdc output
PSG60E
400–500 V input and 24 Vdc output
PSG60F24RM
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-7
1.1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Please refer to Application Note AP039004EN for additional information on proper size selection.
DS7 Soft Start
Controller—
Frames 3 and 4
DS7 Soft Start Controllers—Horsepower Ratings—
10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 300% Current Limit at 40 °C
460 V
Maximum
Allowable
Breaker Size 1
Maximum
Allowable
Fuse Size 1
Recommended
XTOB Overload
Recommended
C440 Overload
Catalog Number
30
HFD3150L
150A Class RK5
XTOB040DC1 2
C440A1A045SAX
DS7-340SX041N0-N 56
Motor Power (hp)
1
Rated
Current (A)
200 V
230 V
1
40
10
10
DS7-342SX041N0-N 7
1
DS7-34DSX041N0-D 8
52
15
20
40
HFD3200L
200A Class RK5
XTOB057DC1 2
DS7-340SX055N0-N 56
C440B1A100SAX
1
DS7-342SX055N0-N 7
DS7-34DSX055N0-D 8
1
65
20
25
50
HJD3250
200A Class RK5
XTOB065DC1 2
DS7-340SX070N0-N 56
C440B1A100SAX
DS7-342SX070N0-N 7
1
DS7-34DSX070N0-D 8
77
1
25
30
60
HKD3300
300A Class RK5
XTOB100GC1S
DS7-340SX081N0-N 56
C440B1A100SAX
DS7-342SX081N0-N 7
DS7-34DSX081N0-D 8
1
96
30
30
75
HKD3350
350A Class RK5
XTOB100GC1S
DS7-340SX100N0-N 56
C440B1A100SAX
DS7-342SX100N0-N 7
1
DS7-34DSX100N0-D 8
124
1
40
50
100
HKD3400
500A Class RK5
XTOB125GC1S
C440A1A005SAX 4
DS7-340SX135N0-N 56
DS7-342SX135N0-N 7
1
DS7-34DSX135N0-D 8
156
50
60
125
HLD3450
500A Class RK5
XTOB160LC1
3
C440A1A005SAX
4
1
DS7-340SX160N0-N 56
DS7-342SX160N0-N 7
DS7-34DSX160N0-D 8
1
180
60
75
150
HLD3500
500A Class RK5
XTOB220LC1 3
C440A1A005SAX 4
DS7-340SX200N0-N 56
DS7-342SX200N0-N 7
1
DS7-34DSX200N0-D 8
1
Notes
1 Maximum values may be higher than allowed per NEC® 430.52 and UL 508A 31.1.
2 XTOBXDIND Panel Mounting Adapter must be used with this overload.
3 XTOBXTLL line and load lugs must be used with this overload.
4 ZEB-XCT300 current transformer must be used with this overload.
5 24 Vac/Vdc device.
6 –40 °C rated low temperature version available in 24 Vac/Vdc, change to “N0-L.”
7 110/230 Vac device.
8 24 Vdc for SmartWire-DT device.
1
Considerations
1
1
1
1.
2.
1
Either XTOB, C306 or C440 series or equivalent overload protection devices may be selected.
Contactor is optional for normal applications. It is recommended for mains isolation.
Power Supply
1
Eaton’s PSG and ELC power supplies are recommended as a compact and low-cost
source for 24 Vdc power. The lightweight, DIN rail mounted devices have a wide input
voltage range, and robust screw terminals make these power supplies easy to install
and use. These power supplies are available in 1A and 2A models.
1
1
Power Supply Selection
Description
Catalog Number
1
85–264 V input and 24 Vdc output
ELC-PS01
100–240 V input and 24 Vdc output
PSG60E
400–500 V input and 24 Vdc output
PSG60F24RM
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-8
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
1.1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Please refer to Application Note AP039004EN for additional information on proper size selection.
DS7 Soft Start
Controller—
Frames 1 and 2
1
DS7 Soft Start Controllers—Horsepower Ratings—
10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 400% Current Limit at 40 °C 1
Motor
Power (hp)
Maximum
Rated
Allowable
Current
Breaker
200 V 230 V 480 V Size
(A)
Maximum
Allowable
Fuse
Size
3
15A
Class RK5
0.5
0.5
1.5
HFD3015
1
Recommended
XTOB
Recommended
Overload
XTOE
(Direct
2
PKE MMP
Overload 2
Connect)
MMP 2
XTOB004BC1
XTPR004BC1 XTPAXTPCB
XTOE005BCS
XTPE012BCS
1
Connection
Kit to MMP
DS7-342SX004N0-N 5
DS7-34DSX004N0-D
4.8
1
1
3
HFD3015
15A
Class RK5
1
Catalog Number
DS7-340SX004N0-N 45
XTOB006BC1 3 XTOE020BCS
XTPE012BCS
XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCB
6
DS7-340SX007N0-N 45
DS7-342SX007N0-N 5
1
1
1
DS7-34DSX007N0-D 6
6.9
1.5
2
3
HFD3020
20A
Class RK5
XTOB006BC1
XTOE020BCS
XTPE012BCS
XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCB
DS7-340SX009N0-N 45
DS7-342SX009N0-N 5
DS7-34DSX009N0-D 6
9
2
2
5
HFD3030
20A
Class RK5
XTOB010BC1
XTOE020BCS
XTPE032BCS
XTPR010BC1 XTPAXTPCB
DS7-340SX012N0-N 45
DS7-342SX012N0-N 5
DS7-34DSX012N0-D 6
11
3
3
7.5
HFD3035
25A
Class RK5
XTOB016CC1
40A
Class RK5
XTOB016CC1
XTOE020CCS
XTPE032BCS
XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCC
DS7-340SX016N0-N 45
DS7-342SX016N0-N 5
DS7-34DSX016N0-D 6
17.5
5
5
10
HFD3060
XTOE045CCS
XTPE032BCS
XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCC
DS7-340SX024N0-N 45
DS7-342SX024N0-N 5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
DS7-34DSX024N0-D 6
22
5
7.5
15
HFD3070
50A
Class RK5
XTOB024CC1
XTOE045CCS
XTPE032BCS
XTPR025BC1 XTPAXTPCC
DS7-340SX032N0-N 45
DS7-342SX032N0-N 5
DS7-34DSX032N0-D 6
1
1
Notes
1 Actual motor FLAs vary. Verify these devices cover the motor specific FLA.
2 Selections are based on motor FLA value at 480 V.
3 Not to be used with 230 V.
4 24 Vac/Vdc device.
5 –40 °C rated low temperature version available in 24 Vac/Vdc, change to “N0-L.”
6 110/230 Vac device.
7 24 Vdc for SmartWire-DT device.
1
Considerations
1
1.
2.
1
1
1
Either XTOB, C306 or C440 series or equivalent overload protection devices may be selected.
Contactor is optional for normal applications. It is recommended for mains isolation.
1
Power Supply
Eaton’s PSG and ELC power supplies are recommended as a compact and low-cost
source for 24 Vdc power. The lightweight, DIN rail mounted devices have a wide input
voltage range, and robust screw terminals make these power supplies easy to install
and use. These power supplies are available in 1A and 2A models.
1
1
Power Supply Selection
Description
Catalog Number
85–264 V input and 24 Vdc output
ELC-PS01
100–240 V input and 24 Vdc output
PSG60E
400–500 V input and 24 Vdc output
PSG60F24RM
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-9
1.1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Please refer to Application Note AP039004EN for additional information on proper size selection.
DS7 Soft Start
Controller—
Frames 3 and 4
DS7 Soft Start Controllers—Horsepower Ratings—
10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 400% Current Limit at 40 °C
Motor Power (hp)
1
Rated
Current (A)
200 V
230 V
1
27
7.5
10
460 V
Maximum
Allowable
Breaker Size 1
Maximum
Allowable
Fuse Size 1
Recommended
XTOB Overload
Recommended
C440 Overload
Catalog Number
20
HFD3150L
150A Class RK5
XTOB040DC1
C440A1A045SAX
DS7-340SX041N0-N 45
DS7-342SX041N0-N 6
1
DS7-34DSX041N0-D 7
34
1
10
10
30
HFD3200L
200A Class RK5
XTOB040DC1
C440A1A045SAX
DS7-340SX055N0-N 45
DS7-342SX055N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX055N0-D 7
1
40
15
15
30
HJD3250
200A Class RK5
XTOB057DC1 2
C440A1A045SAX
1
DS7-340SX070N0-N 45
DS7-342SX070N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX070N0-D 7
1
52
15
20
40
HKD3300
300A Class RK5
XTOB057DC1 2
C440B1A100SAX
DS7-340SX081N0-N 45
DS7-342SX081N0-N 6
1
DS7-34DSX081N0-D 7
1
65
20
25
50
HKD3350
350A Class RK5
XTOB100GC1S
C440B1A100SAX
DS7-340SX100N0-N 45
DS7-342SX100N0-N 6
1
DS7-34DSX100N0-D 7
80
1
30
30
75
HKD3350
500A Class RK5
XTOB100GC1S
C440B1A100SAX
DS7-340SX135N0-N 45
DS7-342SX135N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX135N0-D 7
1
96
30
40
75
HLD3450
500A Class RK5
XTOB100GC1S
C440B1A100SAX
1
DS7-340SX160N0-N 45
DS7-342SX160N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX160N0-D 7
1
124
40
50
100
HLD3500
500A Class RK5
XTOB150GC1S
C440A1A005SAX 3
DS7-340SX200N0-N 45
DS7-342SX200N0-N 6
1
DS7-34DSX200N0-D 7
1
Notes
1 Maximum values may be higher than allowed per NEC® 430.52 and UL 508A 31.1.
2 XTOBXDIND Panel Mounting Adapter must be used with this overload.
3 ZEB-XCT300 current transformer must be used with this overload.
4 24 Vac/Vdc device.
5 –40 °C rated low temperature version available in 24 Vac/Vdc, change to “N0-L.”
6 110/230 Vac device.
7 24 Vdc for SmartWire-DT device.
1
1
1
Considerations
1
1.
2.
1
Either XTOB, C306 or C440 series or equivalent overload protection devices may be selected.
Contactor is optional for normal applications. It is recommended for mains isolation.
Power Supply
Eaton’s PSG and ELC power supplies are recommended as a compact and low-cost
source for 24 Vdc power. The lightweight, DIN rail mounted devices have a wide input
voltage range, and robust screw terminals make these power supplies easy to install
and use. These power supplies are available in 1A and 2A models.
1
1
Power Supply Selection
1
Description
Catalog Number
1
85–264 V input and 24 Vdc output
ELC-PS01
100–240 V input and 24 Vdc output
PSG60E
1
400–500 V input and 24 Vdc output
PSG60F24RM
1
1
V6-T1-10
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
1.1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
DS7 Soft Start kW Ratings
1
Please refer to Application Note AP039004EN for additional information on proper size selection.
DS7 Soft Start
Controller—
Frames 1 and 2
1
DS7 Soft Start Controllers—kW Ratings According to IEC 60947-4-2—
10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 300% Current Limit at 40 °C 1
Motor
Power (kW) Maximum
Rated
Allowable
Current
Breaker
(A)
230 V 400 V Size
3.8
0.75
1.5
HFD3015
Maximum
Allowable
Fuse
Size
15A
Class RK5
1
Recommended
XTOB
Overload
(Direct
Connect) 2
Recommended
XTOE
PKE MMP
Overload 2
MMP 2
XTOB004BC1
XTOE005BCS
XTPR004BC1 XTPAXTPCB
XTPE012BCS
1
Connection
Kit to MMP
Catalog Number
1
DS7-340SX004N0-N 45
DS7-342SX004N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX004N0-D 7
7
1.5
3
HFD3015
15A
Class RK5
XTOB006BC1 3
XTOE020BCS
XTPE012BCS
XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCB
DS7-340SX007N0-N 45
DS7-342SX007N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX007N0-D 7
9
2.2
4
HFD3020
20A
Class RK5
XTOB010BC1
XTOE020BCS
XTPE012BCS
XTPR010BC1 XTPAXTPCB
DS7-340SX009N0-N 45
3
5.5
HFD3030
20A
Class RK5
XTOB012BC1
25A
Class RK5
XTOB016CC1
XTOE020BCS
XTPE032BCS
XTPR012BC1 XTPAXTPCB
DS7-340SX012N0-N 45
DS7-342SX012N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX012N0-D 7
16
4
7.5
HFD3035
XTOE020CCS
XTPE032BCS
XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCC
DS7-340SX016N0-N 45
DS7-342SX016N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX016N0-D 7
24
5.5
11
HFD3060
40A
Class RK5
XTOB024CC1
XTOE045CCS
XTPE032BCS
XTPR025BC1 XTPAXTPCC
DS7-340SX024N0-N 45
DS7-342SX024N0-N
6
DS7-34DSX024N0-D 7
32
7.5
15
HFD3070
50A
Class RK5
XTOB032CC1
XTOE045CCS
XTPE032BCS
XTPR032BC1 XTPAXTPCC
DS7-340SX032N0-N
45
DS7-342SX032N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX032N0-D 7
Notes
1 Actual motor FLAs vary. Verify these devices cover the motor specific FLA.
2 Selections are based on motor FLA value at 480 V.
3 Not to be used with 230 V.
4 24 Vac/Vdc device.
5 –40 °C rated low temperature version available in 24 Vac/Vdc, change to “N0-L.”
6 110/230 Vac device.
7 24 Vdc for SmartWire-DT device.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Considerations
1.
2.
1
DS7-342SX009N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX009N0-D 7
12
1
1
Either XTOB, C306 or C440 series or equivalent overload protection devices may be selected.
Contactor is optional for normal applications. It is recommended for mains isolation.
Power Supply
1
Eaton’s PSG and ELC power supplies are recommended as a compact and low-cost
source for 24 Vdc power. The lightweight, DIN rail mounted devices have a wide input
voltage range, and robust screw terminals make these power supplies easy to install
and use. These power supplies are available in 1A and 2A models.
1
1
Power Supply Selection
Description
Catalog Number
85–264 V input and 24 Vdc output
ELC-PS01
100–240 V input and 24 Vdc output
PSG60E
400–500 V input and 24 Vdc output
PSG60F24RM
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-11
1.1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Please refer to Application Note AP039004EN for additional information on proper size selection.
DS7 Soft Start
Controller—
Frames 3 and 4
DS7 Soft Start Controllers—kW Ratings According to IEC 60947-4-2—
10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 300% Current Limit at 40 °C
400 V
Maximum
Allowable
Breaker Size 1
Maximum
Allowable
Fuse Size 1
Recommended
XTOB Overload
Recommended
C440 Overload
Catalog Number
22
HFD3150L
150A Class RK5
XTOB057DC1 2
C440A1A045SAX
DS7-340SX041N0-N 56
Motor Power (kW)
1
Rated
Current (A)
230 V
1
41
11
DS7-342SX041N0-N 7
1
DS7-34DSX041N0-D 8
55
15
30
HFD3200L
200A Class RK5
XTOB057DC1 2
DS7-340SX055N0-N 56
C440B1A100SAX
1
DS7-342SX055N0-N 7
DS7-34DSX055N0-D 8
1
68
15
37
HJD3250
200A Class RK5
XTOB070GC1 2
DS7-340SX070N0-N 56
C440B1A100SAX
DS7-342SX070N0-N 7
1
DS7-34DSX070N0-D 8
81
1
22
45
HKD3300
300A Class RK5
XTOB100GC1S
DS7-340SX081N0-N 56
C440B1A100SAX
DS7-342SX081N0-N 7
DS7-34DSX081N0-D 8
1
99
30
55
HKD3350
350A Class RK5
XTOB100GC1S
DS7-340SX100N0-N 56
C440B1A100SAX
DS7-342SX100N0-N 7
1
DS7-34DSX041N0-D 8
134
1
30
75
HKD3400
500A Class RK5
XTOB150GC1S
C440A1A005SAX 4
DS7-340SX135N0-N 56
DS7-342SX135N0-N 7
1
DS7-34DSX135N0-D 8
160
45
90
HLD3450
500A Class RK5
XTOB160LC1
3
C440A1A005SAX
4
1
DS7-340SX160N0-N 56
DS7-342SX160N0-N 7
DS7-34DSX160N0-D 8
1
196
55
110
HLD3500
500A Class RK5
XTOB220LC1 3
C440A1A005SAX 4
DS7-340SX200N0-N 56
DS7-342SX200N0-N 7
1
DS7-34DSX200N0-D 8
1
Notes
1 Maximum values may be higher than allowed per NEC 430.52 and UL 508A 31.1.
2 XTOBXDIND Panel Mounting Adapter must be used with this overload.
3 XTOBXTLL line and load lugs must be used with this overload.
4 ZEB-XCT300 current transformer must be used with this overload.
5 24 Vac/Vdc device.
6 –40 °C rated low temperature version available in 24 Vac/Vdc, change to “N0-L.”
7 110/230 Vac device.
8 24 Vdc for SmartWire-DT device.
1
Considerations
1
1
1
1.
2.
1
Either XTOB, C306 or C440 series or equivalent overload protection devices may be selected.
Contactor is optional for normal applications. It is recommended for mains isolation.
Power Supply
1
Eaton’s PSG and ELC power supplies are recommended as a compact and low-cost
source for 24 Vdc power. The lightweight, DIN rail mounted devices have a wide input
voltage range, and robust screw terminals make these power supplies easy to install
and use. These power supplies are available in 1A and 2A models.
1
1
Power Supply Selection
Description
Catalog Number
1
85–264 V input and 24 Vdc output
ELC-PS01
100–240 V input and 24 Vdc output
PSG60E
400–500 V input and 24 Vdc output
PSG60F24RM
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-12
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
1.1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Please refer to Application Note AP039004EN for additional information on proper size selection.
DS7 Soft Start
Controller—
Frames 1 and 2
1
DS7 Soft Start Controllers—kW Ratings According to IEC 60947-4-2—
10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 400% Current Limit at 40 °C 1
Motor Power
(kW)
Maximum
Rated
Allowable
Current
Breaker
230 V 400 V Size
(A)
2.5
0.33
1
HFD3015
Maximum
Allowable
Fuse
Size
15A
Class RK5
1
Recommended
XTOB
Overload
(Direct
Connect) 2
Recommended
XTOE
PKE MMP
Overload 2
MMP 2
XTOB004BC1
XTOE005BCS
XTPR004BC1 XTPAXTPCB
XTPE012BCS
1
Connection
Kit to MMP
DS7-342SX004N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX004N0-D
3.8
0.75
1.5
HFD3015
15A
Class RK5
1
Catalog Number
DS7-340SX004N0-N 45
XTOB006BC1 3
XTOE020BCS
XTPE012BCS
XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCB
7
DS7-340SX007N0-N 45
DS7-342SX007N0-N 6
1
1
1
DS7-34DSX007N0-D 7
7
1.5
3
HFD3020
20A
Class RK5
XTOB006BC1
XTOE020BCS
XTPE012BCS
XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCB
DS7-340SX009N0-N 45
DS7-342SX009N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX009N0-D 7
9
2.2
4
HFD3030
20A
Class RK5
XTOB010BC1
XTOE020BCS
XTPE032BCS
XTPR010BC1 XTPAXTPCB
DS7-340SX012N0-N 45
DS7-342SX012N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX012N0-D 7
12
3
5.5
HFD3035
25A
Class RK5
XTOB016CC1
40A
Class RK5
XTOB016CC1
XTOE020CCS
XTPE032BCS
XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCC
DS7-340SX016N0-N 45
DS7-342SX016N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX016N0-D 7
16
4
7.5
HFD3060
XTOE045CCS
XTPE032BCS
XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCC
DS7-340SX024N0-N 45
DS7-342SX024N0-N 6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
DS7-34DSX016N0-D 7
24
5.5
11
HFD3070
50A
Class RK5
XTOB024CC1
XTOE045CCS
XTPE032BCS
XTPR025BC1 XTPAXTPCC
DS7-340SX032N0-N 45
DS7-342SX032N0-N 6
DS7-34DSX032N0-D 7
1
1
Notes
1 Actual motor FLAs vary. Verify these devices cover the motor specific FLA.
2 Selections are based on motor FLA value at 480 V.
3 Not to be used with 230 V.
4 24 Vac/Vdc device.
5 –40 °C rated low temperature version available in 24 Vac/Vdc, change to “N0-L.”
6 110/230 Vac device.
7 24 Vdc for SmartWire-DT device.
1
Considerations
1
1.
2.
1
1
1
Either XTOB, C306 or C440 series or equivalent overload protection devices may be selected.
Contactor is optional for normal applications. It is recommended for mains isolation.
1
Power Supply
Eaton’s PSG and ELC power supplies are recommended as a compact and low-cost
source for 24 Vdc power. The lightweight, DIN rail mounted devices have a wide input
voltage range, and robust screw terminals make these power supplies easy to install
and use. These power supplies are available in 1A and 2A models.
1
1
Power Supply Selection
Description
Catalog Number
85–264 V input and 24 Vdc output
ELC-PS01
100–240 V input and 24 Vdc output
PSG60E
400–500 V input and 24 Vdc output
PSG60F24RM
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-13
1.1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Please refer to Application Note AP039004EN for additional information on proper size selection.
DS7 Soft Start
Controller—
Frames 3 and 4
DS7 Soft Start Controllers—kW Ratings According to IEC 60947-4-2—
10 Second Ramp, One Start per Hour, 400% Current Limit at 40 °C
Motor Power (kW)
1
Rated
Current (A)
230 V
1
28.8
7.5
400 V
Maximum
Allowable
Breaker Size 1
Maximum
Allowable
Fuse Size 1
Recommended
XTOB Overload
Recommended
C440 Overload
Catalog Number
11
HFD3150L
150A Class RK5
XTOB040DC1
C440A1A045SAX
DS7-340SX041N0-N 56
DS7-342SX041N0-N 7
1
DS7-34DSX041N0-D 8
37.5
1
11
18.5
HFD3200L
200A Class RK5
XTOB040DC1
DS7-340SX055N0-N 56
C440A1A045SAX
DS7-342SX055N0-N 7
DS7-34DSX055N0-D 8
1
46
11
22
HJD3250
200A Class RK5
XTOB057DC1 2
DS7-340SX070N0-N 56
C440B1A100SAX
1
DS7-342SX070N0-N 7
DS7-34DSX070N0-D 8
1
56
15
30
HKD3300
300A Class RK5
XTOB065DC1 2
DS7-340SX081N0-N 56
C440B1A100SAX
DS7-342SX081N0-N 7
1
DS7-34DSX081N0-D 8
1
68
18.5
37
HKD3350
350A Class RK5
XTOB100GC1S
DS7-340SX100N0-N 56
C440B1A100SAX
DS7-342SX100N0-N 7
1
DS7-34DSX100N0-D 8
90
1
22
45
HKD3350
500A Class RK5
XTOB100GC1S
DS7-340SX135N0-N 56
C440B1A100SAX
DS7-342SX135N0-N 7
DS7-34DSX135N0-D 8
1
106
30
55
HLD3450
500A Class RK5
XTOB160LC1
3
C440A1A005SAX
4
1
DS7-340SX160N0-N 56
DS7-342SX160N0-N 7
DS7-34DSX160N0-D 8
1
134
37
75
HLD3500
500A Class RK5
XTOB160LC1 3
C440A1A005SAX 4
DS7-340SX200N0-N 56
DS7-342SX200N0-N 7
1
DS7-34DSX200N0-D 8
1
Notes
1 Maximum values may be higher than allowed per NEC 430.52 and UL 508A 31.1.
2 XTOBXDIND Panel Mounting Adapter must be used with this overload.
3 XTOBXTLL line and load lugs must be used with this overload.
4 ZEB-XCT300 current transformer must be used with this overload.
5 24 Vac/Vdc device.
6 –40 °C rated low temperature version available in 24 Vac/Vdc, change to “N0-L.”
7 110/230 Vac device.
8 24 Vdc for SmartWire-DT device.
1
1
1
1
Considerations
1.
2.
1
Either XTOB, C306 or C440 series or equivalent overload protection devices may be selected.
Contactor is optional for normal applications. It is recommended for mains isolation.
Power Supply
1
Eaton’s PSG and ELC power supplies are recommended as a compact and low-cost
source for 24 Vdc power. The lightweight, DIN rail mounted devices have a wide input
voltage range, and robust screw terminals make these power supplies easy to install
and use. These power supplies are available in 1A and 2A models.
1
1
Power Supply Selection
1
1
Description
Catalog Number
85–264 V input and 24 Vdc output
ELC-PS01
100–240 V input and 24 Vdc output
PSG60E
400–500 V input and 24 Vdc output
PSG60F24RM
1
1
V6-T1-14
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
1.1
Accessories
1
Device Fans
DS7-FAN-032
Description
For Use With …
Std. Pack
Catalog Number
Device fan for increasing the load cycle (more
starts per hour higher or longer ramp times
exceeding 10 seconds.
DS7-34…SX004…
DS7-34…SX007…
DS7-34…SX009…
DS7-34…SX012…
DS7-34…SX016…
DS7-34…SX024…
DS7-34…SX032…
1 off
DS7-FAN-032 1
1
1
1
1
1
Note
1 NA Certification. Request filed for UL and CSA.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-15
1.1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Technical Data and Specifications
DS7 Soft Start Controllers
Rated Control Circuit
Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc
Voltage 110/230 Vac
Voltage 24 Vdc
DS7-340SX004N0-N
DS7-342SX004N0-N
DS7-34DSX004N0-D
DS7-340SX007N0-N
DS7-342SX007N0-N
DS7-34DSX007N0-D
DS7-340SX009N0-N
DS7-342SX009N0-N
DS7-34DSX009N0-D
DS7-340SX012N0-N
DS7-342SX012N0-N
DS7-34DSX012N0-D
IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;
UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;
CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking
IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;
UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;
CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking
IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;
UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;
CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking
IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;
UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;
CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking
UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick
UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick
UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick
UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick
0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate
linearly by 1% of rated current
per Celsius to 60 °C
–40 to +40 °C for low
temperature version
0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate
linearly by 1% of rated current
per Celsius to 60 °C
–40 to +40 °C for low
temperature version
0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate
linearly by 1% of rated current
per Celsius to 60 °C
–40 to +40 °C for low
temperature version
0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate
linearly by 1% of rated current
per Celsius to 60 °C
–40 to +40 °C for low
temperature version
Ambient temperature (storage) °C
–25 to 55 °C
–25 to 55 °C
–25 to 55 °C
–25 to 55 °C
Altitude
0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate
linearly by 2.5% of rated current
per 100m to a maximum of 2000m
0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate
linearly by 2.5% of rated current
per 100m to a maximum of 2000m
0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate
linearly by 2.5% of rated current
per 100m to a maximum of 2000m
0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate
linearly by 2.5% of rated current
per 100m to a maximum of 2000m
Unit
General
Standards
Certifications/marking
Ambient temperature
(operation)
°C
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Installation
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Protection class
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Protection class applies to the
front and operator control and
display elements. Protection
type from all sides is IP00.
With optional covers from the NZM With optional covers from the NZM With optional covers from the NZM With optional covers from the NZM
range, protection type IP40 from all range, protection type IP40 from all range, protection type IP40 from all range, protection type IP40 from all
sides can be achieved
sides can be achieved
sides can be achieved
sides can be achieved
Busbar tag shroud
Back of hand and finger-proof
(from front face)
Back of hand and finger-proof
(from front face)
Back of hand and finger-proof
(from front face)
Back of hand and finger-proof
(from front face)
Overvoltage category/
pollution degree
II/2
II/2
II/2
II/2
Shock resistance
8g/11ms
8g/11ms
8g/11ms
8g/11ms
1
Vibration resistance according
to EN 60721-3-2
2M2
2M2
2M2
2M2
1
Mean heat dissipation at
rated duty cycle
0.2
0.35
0.35
0.6
1
Radio interference
B
B
B
B
1
1
1
1
W
Dimensions (W x H x D)
DS7-340… and DS7-342…
in (mm)
1.77 x 5.12 x 3.74 (45 x 130 x 95)
1.77 x 5.12 x 3.74 (45 x 130 x 95)
1.77 x 5.12 x 3.74 (45 x 130 x 95)
1.77 x 5.12 x 3.74 (45 x 130 x 95)
DS7-34D…
in (mm)
1.77 x 5.31 x 3.74 (45 x 135 x 95)
1.77 x 5.31 x 3.74 (45 x 135 x 95)
1.77 x 5.31 x 3.74 (45 x 135 x 95)
1.77 x 5.31 x 3.74 (45 x 135 x 95)
Weight
DS7-340…
lb (kg)
0.77 (0.35)
0.77 (0.35)
0.77 (0.35)
0.77 (0.35)
DS7-342…
lb (kg)
0.88 (0.40)
0.88 (0.40)
0.88 (0.40)
0.88 (0.40)
DS7-34D…
lb (kg)
0.90 (0.41)
0.90 (0.41)
0.90 (0.41)
0.90 (0.41)
V
230–460 Vac
230–460 Vac
230–460 Vac
230–460 Vac
Main Circuit
1
Rated operational voltage
1
Mains frequency
Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Rated operation current AC 53
Ie
4
7
9
12
3
1
Motor Power Ratings
200 V
hp
0.75
1.5
2
1
230 V
hp
0.75
2
2
5
480 V
hp
2
3
5
10
230 V
kW
0.75
1.5
2.2
3
400 V
kW
1.5
3
4
5.5
4A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10
7A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10
9A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10
12A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10
1
1
1
Overload cycle according to
EN 60947-4-2
1
V6-T1-16
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
1.1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
DS7 Soft Start Controllers, continued
1
Rated Control Circuit
Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc
Voltage 110/230 Vac
Voltage 24 Vdc
DS7-340SX004N0-N
DS7-342SX004N0-N
DS7-34DSX004N0-D
Unit
DS7-340SX007N0-N
DS7-342SX007N0-N
DS7-34DSX007N0-D
DS7-340SX009N0-N
DS7-342SX009N0-N
DS7-34DSX009N0-D
DS7-340SX012N0-N
DS7-342SX012N0-N
DS7-34DSX012N0-D
1
1
Wire Specifications
Power terminals
1
Single conductor—solid or stranded
AWG
18–10
18–10
18–10
18–10
Terminal torque
lb-in
11
11
11
11
1
1
Control signals
Single conductor—solid or stranded
Terminal torque
AWG
18–10
18–10
18–10
18–10
lb-in
11
11
11
11
Uimp
1.2/ 50 s
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
1
500
500
500
500
1
1
1
Power Section
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Rated insulation voltage
Control Commands—Vac/Vdc
Supply voltage control board Us nominal
Vac/Vdc
20.4–26.4
20.4–26.4
20.4–26.4
20.4–26.4
Current consumption at 24 Vac/Vdc
mA
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
Pick-up voltage
+17.3–+27
+17.3–+27
+17.3–+27
+17.3–+27
Drop-out voltage
+3–0
+3–0
+3–0
+3–0
1
1
Relay Outputs
1 (TOR)
1 (TOR)
1 (TOR)
1 (TOR)
Maximum voltage
Number of relays
Vac
250
250
250
250
Maximum current
A
1A
1A
1A
1A
Start ramp
s
1–30
1–30
1–30
1–30
Stop ramp
s
0–30
0–30
0–30
0–30
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
1
1
Soft Start Functions
1
Ramp times
1
Initial voltage % line voltage
DS7-342…
DS7-340…
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
DS7-34D…
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
1
1
1
Control Commands—Vac
Supply voltage control board Us nominal
Vac
102–253
102–253
102–253
102–253
Current consumption at 24 Vac/Vdc
mA
4
4
4
4
Pick-up voltage
Vac
102–230
102–230
102–230
102–230
Drop-out voltage
Vac
0–28
0–28
0–28
0–28
1 (TOR)
1 (TOR)
1 (TOR)
1 (TOR)
1
1
1
Relay Outputs
Number of relays
Maximum voltage
Vac
250
250
250
250
Maximum current
A
3A
3A
3A
3A
Start ramp
s
1–30
1–30
1–30
1–30
Stop ramp
s
1
1
Soft Start Functions
1
Ramp times
Initial voltage % line voltage
0–30
0–30
0–30
0–30
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-17
1.1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
DS7 Soft Start Controllers, continued
Rated Control Circuit
Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc
Voltage 110/230 Vac
Voltage 24 Vdc
DS7-340SX016N0-N
DS7-342SX016N0-N
DS7-34DSX016N0-D
DS7-340SX024N0-N
DS7-342SX024N0-N
DS7-34DSX024N0-D
DS7-340SX032N0-N
DS7-342SX032N0-N
DS7-34DSX032N0-D
Standards
IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6; UL508;
CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91; CSA-C22.2 No 14-05
CE marking
IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6; UL508;
CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91; CSA-C22.2 No 14-05
CE marking
IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6; UL508;
CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91; CSA-C22.2 No 14-05
CE marking
Certifications/marking
UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick
UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick
UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick
Unit
General
Ambient temperature (operation)
°C
0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate linearly by 1% of 0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate linearly by 1% of 0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate linearly by 1% of
rated current per Celsius to 60 °C
rated current per Celsius to 60 °C
rated current per Celsius to 60 °C
–40 to +40 °C for low temperature version
–40 to +40 °C for low temperature version
–40 to +40 °C for low temperature version
Ambient temperature (storage)
°C
–25 to 55 °C
–25 to 55 °C
–25 to 55 °C
Altitude
0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate linearly by
0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate linearly by
0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate linearly by
2.5% of rated current per 100m to a maximum of 2.5% of rated current per 100m to a maximum of 2.5% of rated current per 100m to a maximum of
2000m
2000m
2000m
Installation
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Protection class
IP20
IP20
IP20
Protection class applies to the front
and operator control and display
elements. Protection type from all
sides is IP00.
With optional covers from the NZM range,
protection type IP40 from all sides can be
achieved
With optional covers from the NZM range,
protection type IP40 from all sides can be
achieved
With optional covers from the NZM range,
protection type IP40 from all sides can be
achieved
Busbar tag shroud
Back of hand and finger-proof (from front face)
Back of hand and finger-proof (from front face)
Back of hand and finger-proof (from front face)
Overvoltage category/
pollution degree
II/2
II/2
II/2
Shock resistance
8g/11ms
8g/11ms
8g/11ms
1
Vibration resistance according to
EN 60721-3-2
2M2
2M2
2M2
1
Mean heat dissipation at
rated duty cycle
0.8
1.1
1.5
1
Radio interference
B
B
B
1
1
1
1
1
1
W
Dimensions (W x H x D)
DS7-340… and DS7-342…
in (mm)
1.77 x 5.91 x 4.65 (45 x 150 x 118)
1.77 x 5.91 x 4.65 (45 x 150 x 118)
1.77 x 5.91 x 4.65 (45 x 150 x 118)
DS7-34D…
in (mm)
1.77 x 5.91 x 4.65 (45 x 150 x 118)
1.77 x 5.91 x 4.65 (45 x 150 x 118)
1.77 x 5.91 x 4.65 (45 x 150 x 118)
DS7-340…
lb (kg)
0.88 (0.40)
0.88 (0.40)
0.88 (0.40)
DS7-342…
lb (kg)
0.99 (0.45)
0.99 (0.45)
0.99 (0.45)
DS7-34D…
lb (kg)
0.90 (0.41)
0.90 (0.41)
0.90 (0.41)
Rated operational voltage
V
230–460 Vac
230–460 Vac
230–460 Vac
Mains frequency
Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Rated operation current AC 53
Ie
16
24
32
Weight
Main Circuit
1
Motor Power Ratings
200 V
hp
3
5
10
1
230 V
hp
5
7.5
10
480 V
hp
10
15
25
1
230 V
kW
4
5.5
7.5
400 V
kW
7.5
11
15
16A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10
24A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10
32A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10
1
1
Overload cycle according to
EN 60947-4-2
1
1
1
V6-T1-18
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
1.1
DS7 Soft Start Controllers, continued
1
Rated Control Circuit
Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc
Voltage 110/230 Vac
Voltage 24 Vdc
DS7-340SX016N0-N
DS7-342SX016N0-N
DS7-34DSX016N0-D
Unit
DS7-340SX024N0-N
DS7-342SX024N0-N
DS7-34DSX024N0-D
DS7-340SX032N0-N
DS7-342SX032N0-N
DS7-34DSX032N0-D
1
1
Wire Specifications
Power terminals
Single conductor—solid or
stranded
AWG
18–6
18–6
18–6
1
Terminal torque
lb-in
11
11
11
1
AWG
18–10
18–10
18–10
lb-in
11
11
11
Uimp
1.2/ 50 s
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
500
500
500
Control Signals
Single conductor—solid or
stranded
Terminal torque
1
1
1
Power Section
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Rated insulation voltage
1
1
Control Commands—Vac/Vdc
Supply voltage control board Us nominal
Vac/Vdc
20.4–26.4
20.4–26.4
20.4–26.4
Current consumption at 24 Vac/Vdc
mA
1.6
1.6
1.6
Pick-up voltage
+17.3–+27
+17.3–+27
+17.3–+27
Drop-out voltage
+3–0
+3–0
+3–0
2 (TOR, Ready)
2 (TOR, Ready)
2 (TOR, Ready)
1
1
1
Relay Outputs
Number of relays
1
Maximum voltage
Vac
250
250
250
Maximum current
A
1A
1A
1A
Start ramp
s
1–30
1–30
1–30
Stop ramp
s
0–30
0–30
0–30
1
1
1
Soft Start Functions
Ramp times
1
Initial voltage % line voltage
DS7-342…
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
DS7-340…
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
DS7-34D…
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
102–253
102–253
102–253
1
1
Control Commands—Vac
Supply voltage control board Us nominal
Vac
Current consumption at 102–253 Vac
mA
4
4
4
Pick-up voltage
Vac
102–230
102–230
102–230
Drop-out voltage
Vac
0–28
0–28
0–28
2 (TOR, Run)
2 (TOR, Run)
2 (TOR, Run)
1
1
Relay Outputs
Number of relays
Maximum voltage
Vac
250
250
250
Maximum current
A
3A
3A
3A
1
1
1
Soft Start Functions
Ramp times
Start ramp
s
Stop ramp
s
Initial voltage % line voltage
1–30
1–30
1–30
0–30
0–30
0–30
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-19
1.1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
DS7 Soft Start Controllers, continued
Rated Control Circuit
Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc
Voltage 110/230 Vac
Voltage 24 Vdc
DS7-340SX041N0-N
DS7-342SX041N0-N
DS7-34DSX041N0-D
DS7-340SX055N0-N
DS7-342SX055N0-N
DS7-34DSX055N0-D
DS7-340SX070N0-N
DS7-342SX070N0-N
DS7-34DSX070N0-D
DS7-340SX081N0-N
DS7-342SX081N0-N
DS7-34DSX081N0-D
Standards
IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;
UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;
CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking
IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;
UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;
CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking
IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;
UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;
CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking
IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;
UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;
CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking
1
Certifications/marking
UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick
UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick
UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick
UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick
1
Ambient temperature
(operation)
0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate
linearly by 1% of rated current
per Celsius to 60 °C
–40 to +40 °C for low
temperature version
0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate
linearly by 1% of rated current
per Celsius to 60 °C
–40 to +40 °C for low
temperature version
0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate
linearly by 1% of rated current
per Celsius to 60 °C
–40 to +40 °C for low
temperature version
0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate
linearly by 1% of rated current
per Celsius to 60 °C
–40 to +40 °C for low
temperature version
Ambient temperature (storage) °C
–25 to 55 °C
–25 to 55 °C
–25 to 55 °C
–25 to 55 °C
Altitude
0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate
linearly by 2.5% of rated current
per 100m to a maximum of 2000m
0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate
linearly by 2.5% of rated current
per 100m to a maximum of 2000m
0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate
linearly by 2.5% of rated current
per 100m to a maximum of 2000m
0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate
linearly by 2.5% of rated current
per 100m to a maximum of 2000m
Installation
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
IP20
IP20
IP20
1
1
1
Unit
General
°C
1
1
1
1
1
1
Protection class
IP20
Protection class applies to the
front and operator control and
display elements. Protection
type from all sides is IP00.
With optional covers from the NZM With optional covers from the NZM With optional covers from the NZM With optional covers from the NZM
range, protection type IP40 from all range, protection type IP40 from all range, protection type IP40 from all range, protection type IP40 from all
sides can be achieved
sides can be achieved
sides can be achieved
sides can be achieved
Busbar tag shroud
Back of hand and finger-proof
(from front face)
Back of hand and finger-proof
(from front face)
Back of hand and finger-proof
(from front face)
Back of hand and finger-proof
(from front face)
Overvoltage category/
pollution degree
II/2
II/2
II/2
II/2
1
1
Shock resistance
8g/11ms
8g/11ms
8g/11ms
8g/11ms
1
Vibration resistance according
to EN 60721-3-2
2M2
2M2
2M2
2M2
1
Mean heat dissipation at
rated duty cycle
7
10
13
18
1
Radio interference
B
B
B
B
in (mm)
3.66 x 6.89 x 5.47 (93 x 175 x 139)
3.66 x 6.89 x 5.47 (93 x 175 x 139)
3.66 x 6.89 x 5.47 (93 x 175 x 139)
3.66 x 6.89 x 5.47 (93 x 175 x 139)
lb (kg)
3.97 (1.8)
3.97 (1.8)
3.97 (1.8)
3.97 (1.8)
Rated operational voltage
V
230–460 Vac
230–460 Vac
230–460 Vac
230–460 Vac
Mains frequency
Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Rated operation current AC 53
Ie
41
55
70
81
W
Dimensions (W x H x D)
1
1
1
DS7-340…, DS7-342…
and DS7-34D…
Weight
DS7-340…, DS7-342…
and DS7-34D…
Main Circuit
1
1
1
Motor Power Ratings
200 V
hp
10
15
20
25
1
230 V
hp
10
20
25
30
1
480 V
hp
30
40
50
60
230 V
kW
11
15
15
22
400 V
kW
22
30
37
45
41A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10
55A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10
70A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10
81A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10
1
1
Overload cycle according to
EN 60947-4-2
1
1
1
V6-T1-20
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
1.1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
DS7 Soft Start Controllers, continued
1
Rated Control Circuit
Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc
Voltage 110/230 Vac
Voltage 24 Vdc
DS7-340SX041N0-N
DS7-342SX041N0-N
DS7-34DSX041N0-D
Unit
DS7-340SX055N0-N
DS7-342SX055N0-N
DS7-34DSX055N0-D
DS7-340SX070N0-N
DS7-342SX070N0-N
DS7-34DSX070N0-D
DS7-340SX081N0-N
DS7-342SX081N0-N
DS7-34DSX081N0-D
1
1
Wire Specifications
Power terminals
1
Single conductor—solid or stranded
AWG
12–2/0
12–2/0
12–2/0
12–2/0
Terminal torque
lb-in
53–80
53–80
53–80
53–80
1
1
Control signals
Single conductor—solid or stranded
Terminal torque
AWG
18–10
18–10
18–10
18–10
lb-in
11
11
11
11
Uimp
1.2/ 50 s
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
1
500
500
500
500
1
1
1
Power Section
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Rated insulation voltage
Control Commands—24 Vac/Vdc
Supply voltage control board Us nominal
Vac/Vdc
20.4–26.4
20.4–26.4
20.4–26.4
20.4–26.4
Current consumption at 24 Vac/Vdc
mA
65
65
65
65
Pick-up voltage
+17.3–+27
+17.3–+27
+17.3–+27
+17.3–+27
Drop-out voltage
+3–0
+3–0
+3–0
+3–0
1
1
Relay Outputs
2 (TOR)
2 (TOR)
2 (TOR)
2 (TOR)
Maximum voltage
Number of relays
Vac
250
250
250
250
Maximum current
A
1A
1A
1A
1A
Start ramp
s
1–30
1–30
1–30
1–30
Stop ramp
s
0–30
0–30
0–30
0–30
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
1
1
Soft Start Functions
1
Ramp times
1
Initial voltage % line voltage
DS7-342…
DS7-340…
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
DS7-34D…
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
1
1
1
Control Commands—110–230 Vac
Supply voltage control board Us nominal
Vac
102–253
102–253
102–253
102–253
Current consumption at 24 Vac/Vdc
mA
14
14
14
14
Pick-up voltage
Vac
102–230
102–230
102–230
102–230
Drop-out voltage
Vac
0–28
0–28
0–28
0–28
2 (TOR)
2 (TOR)
2 (TOR)
2 (TOR)
1
1
1
Relay Outputs
Number of relays
Maximum voltage
Vac
250
250
250
250
Maximum current
A
3A
3A
3A
3A
Start ramp
s
1–30
1–30
1–30
1–30
Stop ramp
s
1
1
Soft Start Functions
1
Ramp times
Initial voltage % line voltage
0–30
0–30
0–30
0–30
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-21
1.1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
DS7 Soft Start Controllers, continued
Rated Control Circuit
Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc
Voltage 110/230 Vac
Voltage 24 Vdc
DS7-340SX100N0-N
DS7-342SX100N0-N
DS7-34DSX100N0-D
DS7-340SX135N0-N
DS7-342SX135N0-N
DS7-34DSX135N0-D
DS7-340SX160N0-N
DS7-342SX160N0-N
DS7-34DSX160N0-D
DS7-340SX200N0-N
DS7-342SX200N0-N
DS7-34DSX200N0-D
Standards
IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;
UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;
CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking
IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;
UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;
CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking
IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;
UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;
CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking
IEC/EN 60947-4-2; GB14048.6;
UL508; CSA-C22.2 No 0-M91;
CSA-C22.2 No 14-05 CE marking
1
Certifications/marking
UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick
UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick
UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick
UL/CE/CSA/C-Tick
1
Ambient temperature
(operation)
0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate
linearly by 1% of rated current
per Celsius to 60 °C
–40 to +40 °C for low
temperature version
0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate
linearly by 1% of rated current
per Celsius to 60 °C
–40 to +40 °C for low
temperature version
0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate
linearly by 1% of rated current
per Celsius to 60 °C
–40 to +40 °C for low
temperature version
0 to 40 °C, above 40 °C de-rate
linearly by 1% of rated current
per Celsius to 60 °C
–40 to +40 °C for low
temperature version
Ambient temperature (storage) °C
–25 to 55 °C
–25 to 55 °C
–25 to 55 °C
–25 to 55 °C
Altitude
0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate
linearly by 2.5% of rated current
per 100m to a maximum of 2000m
0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate
linearly by 2.5% of rated current
per 100m to a maximum of 2000m
0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate
linearly by 2.5% of rated current
per 100m to a maximum of 2000m
0–1000m, above 1000m de-rate
linearly by 2.5% of rated current
per 100m to a maximum of 2000m
Installation
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
IP20
IP20
IP20
1
1
1
Unit
General
°C
1
1
1
1
1
1
Protection class
IP20
Protection class applies to the
front and operator control and
display elements. Protection
type from all sides is IP00.
With optional covers from the NZM With optional covers from the NZM With optional covers from the NZM With optional covers from the NZM
range, protection type IP40 from all range, protection type IP40 from all range, protection type IP40 from all range, protection type IP40 from all
sides can be achieved
sides can be achieved
sides can be achieved
sides can be achieved
Busbar tag shroud
Back of hand and finger-proof
(from front face)
Back of hand and finger-proof
(from front face)
Back of hand and finger-proof
(from front face)
Back of hand and finger-proof
(from front face)
Overvoltage category/
pollution degree
II/2
II/2
II/2
II/2
1
1
Shock resistance
8g/11ms
8g/11ms
8g/11ms
8g/11ms
1
Vibration resistance according
to EN 60721-3-2
2M2
2M2
2M2
2M2
1
Mean heat dissipation at
rated duty cycle
25
24
30
42
1
Radio interference
B
B
B
B
in (mm)
3.66 x 6.89 x 5.47 (93 x 175 x 139)
4.25 x 8.46 x 7.01 (108 x 215 x 178)
4.25 x 8.46 x 7.01 (108 x 215 x 178)
4.25 x 8.46 x 7.01 (108 x 215 x 178)
lb (kg)
3.97 (1.8)
8.16 (3.7)
8.16 (3.7)
8.16 (3.7)
Rated operational voltage
V
230–460 Vac
230–460 Vac
230–460 Vac
230–460 Vac
Mains frequency
Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz
Rated operation current AC 53
Ie
100
135
160
200
W
Dimensions (W x H x D)
1
1
1
DS7-340…, DS7-342…
and DS7-34D…
Weight
DS7-340…, DS7-342…
and DS7-34D…
Main Circuit
1
1
1
Motor Power Ratings
200 V
hp
30
40
50
60
1
230 V
hp
30
50
60
75
1
480 V
hp
75
100
125
150
230 V
kW
30
30
45
55
400 V
kW
55
75
90
110
100A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10
135A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10
160A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10
200A: AC53a; 3-5; 75-10
1
1
Overload cycle according to
EN 60947-4-2
1
1
1
V6-T1-22
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
1.1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
DS7 Soft Start Controllers, continued
1
Rated Control Circuit
Voltage 24 Vac/Vdc
Voltage 110/230 Vac
Voltage 24 Vdc
DS7-340SX100N0-N
DS7-342SX100N0-N
DS7-34DSX100N0-D
Unit
DS7-340SX135N0-N
DS7-342SX135N0-N
DS7-34DSX135N0-D
DS7-340SX160N0-N
DS7-342SX160N0-N
DS7-34DSX160N0-D
DS7-340SX200N0-N
DS7-342SX200N0-N
DS7-34DSX200N0-D
1
1
Wire Specifications
Power terminals
1
Single conductor—solid or stranded
AWG
12–2/0
12–350 kcmil
12–350 kcmil
12–350 kcmil
Terminal torque
lb-in
53–80
44–123
44–123
44–123
1
1
Control signals
Single conductor—solid or stranded
Terminal torque
AWG
18–10
18–10
18–10
18–10
lb-in
11
11
11
11
Uimp
1.2/ 50 s
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
4 kV
1
500
500
500
500
1
1
1
Power Section
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Rated insulation voltage
Control Commands—24 Vac/Vdc
Supply voltage control board Us nominal
Vac/Vdc
20.4–26.4
20.4–26.4
20.4–26.4
20.4–26.4
Current consumption at 24 Vac/Vdc
mA
65
65
65
65
Pick-up voltage
+17.3–+27
+17.3–+27
+17.3–+27
+17.3–+27
Drop-out voltage
+3–0
+3–0
+3–0
+3–0
1
1
Relay Outputs
2 (TOR)
2 (TOR)
2 (TOR)
2 (TOR)
Maximum voltage
Number of relays
Vac
250
250
250
250
Maximum current
A
1A
1A
1A
1A
Start ramp
s
1–30
1–30
1–30
1–30
Stop ramp
s
0–30
0–30
0–30
0–30
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
1
1
Soft Start Functions
1
Ramp times
1
Initial voltage % line voltage
DS7-342…
DS7-340…
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
DS7-34D…
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
1
1
1
Control Commands—110–230 Vac
Supply voltage control board Us nominal
Vac
102–253
102–253
102–253
102–253
Current consumption at 24 Vac/Vdc
mA
14
14
14
14
Pick-up voltage
Vac
102–230
102–230
102–230
102–230
Drop-out voltage
Vac
0–28
0–28
0–28
0–28
2 (TOR)
2 (TOR)
2 (TOR)
2 (TOR)
1
1
1
Relay Outputs
Number of relays
Maximum voltage
Vac
250
250
250
250
Maximum current
A
3A
3A
3A
3A
Start ramp
s
1–30
1–30
1–30
1–30
Stop ramp
s
1
1
Soft Start Functions
1
Ramp times
Initial voltage % line voltage
0–30
0–30
0–30
0–30
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
30–92%
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-23
1.1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Frame 1
Frame 2
1
1
5.12
(130.0)
1
4.80
(122.0)
5.90
(150.0)
4.92
(125.0)
5.51
(140.0)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4 x M4
1.38
(35.0)
4 x M4
3.74
(95.0)
1.38
(35.0)
1.77
(45.0)
Catalog Numbers
4.65 (118.0)
1.77
(45.0)
Catalog Numbers
DS7-340SX004N0-N
DS7-342SX004N0-N
DS7-340SX016N0-N
DS7-342SX016N0-N
DS7-340SX007N0-N
DS7-342SX007N0-N
DS7-340SX024N0-N
DS7-342SX024N0-N
DS7-340SX009N0-N
DS7-342SX009N0-N
DS7-340SX032N0-N
DS7-342SX032N0-N
DS7-340SX012N0-N
DS7-342SX012N0-N
Frame 2—SmartWire-DT
Frame 1—SmartWire-DT
1
1
5.12
(130.0)
1
1
4.80
(122.0)
4 x M4
1
3.74 (95.0)
5.60
(150.0)
2 x M4
1.38
(35.0)
1
Catalog Numbers
1.77
(45.0)
4.96 (126.0)
1.38
(35.0)
1.77
(45.0)
Catalog Numbers
DS7-34DSX004N0-D
DS7-34DSX009N0-D
DS7-34DSX016N0-D
DS7-34DSX007N0-D
DS7-34DSX012N0-D
DS7-34DSX024N0-D
DS7-34DSX032N0-D
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-24
5.51
(140.0)
4.65 (118.0)
4.05 (103.0)
1
1
4.92
(125.0)
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
1.1
Frame 3—SmartWire-DT and Standard (Non SmartWire-DT)
1
1.18
(30.0)
1.18
(30.0)
1
6.14 (156.0)
1.58
(40.0)
PE
1
0.89
(22.5)
1
1
6.89
(175.0)
6.34
(161.0)
1
5.08
(129.0)
1
1
1
PE
3.66 (93.0)
0.89
(22.5)
1.38 (35.0)
1
5.47 (139.0)
DS7-…-D
1
Catalog Numbers
DS7-340SX041N0-N
DS7-342SX041N0-N
DS7-34DSX041N0-D
DS7-340SX055N0-N
DS7-342SX055N0-N
DS7-34DSX055N0-D
DS7-340SX070N0-N
DS7-342SX070N0-N
DS7-34DSX070N0-D
DS7-340SX081N0-N
DS7-342SX081N0-N
DS7-34DSX081N0-D
DS7-340SX100N0-N
DS7-342SX100N0-N
DS7-34DSX100N0-D
1
1
1
1
Frame 4—SmartWire-DT and Standard (Non SmartWire-DT)
1.18
(30.0)
1
1.18
(30.0)
1
PE
0.89
(22.5)
1.58
(40.0)
7.68 (195.0)
1
1
1
8.46
(215.0)
1
7.87
(200.0)
1
6.22
(158.0)
1
1
1
PE
4.25 (108.0)
0.59
(15.0)
1
7.01 (178.0)
2.07 (52.5)
1
DS7-…-D
1
Catalog Numbers
DS7-342SX135N0-N
DS7-340SX135N0-N
DS7-34DSX135N0-D
DS7-342SX160N0-N
DS7-340SX160N0-N
DS7-34DSX160N0-D
DS7-342SX200N0-N
DS7-340SX200N0-N
DS7-34DSX200N0-D
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
1
1
V6-T1-25
1.1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Contents
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers
Description
1
Page
DS7 Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with
Auxiliary Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake . . . .
Type S511, Semiconductor
Reversing Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-3
V6-T1-27
V6-T1-27
V6-T1-27
V6-T1-28
V6-T1-31
V6-T1-32
V6-T1-35
V6-T1-38
1
1
1
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers
1
Product Description
Application Description
Features
The S701 device is a reduced
voltage soft start controller
designed to control
acceleration and deceleration
of three-phase motors. The
S701 provides the user with
the ability to adjust initial
torque, ramp up and down
time, and also select kick
start for high inertial loads.
The S701 line of soft start
controllers is specifically
designed to be a low cost
option for soft starting small
(15 hp and down) three-phase
motors. The S701 unit
controls current on two of
three motor phases to control
the torque being applied to the
motor, allowing for smooth
starting of a motor. The S701
is designed to be used with
a manual motor starter or a
full voltage starter. These
devices provide the necessary
overload protection for the
motor and also provide line
isolation for the motor. Shortcircuit protection can be
provided by fuses or circuit
breakers.
●
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Rated operational voltage
up to 600 Vac
Control voltage range from
24–480 Vac/Vdc
Adjustable ramp times
(0.5–10 seconds)
Adjustable initial torque
control (0–85%)
Kick start feature
Soft stop (0.5–10 seconds)
Unlimited number of
START/STOP operations
per hour
IP20 finger protection
Fractional to 15 hp motors
at 480 V (20 hp at 600 V)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-26
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Benefits
●
●
●
●
Reduced wear on belts,
gears, chains, clutches,
shafts and bearings
Allows for controlling the
inrush current to the motor
Reduced water-hammer in
pumping applications
Less shock to product on
conveyor lines and material
handling gear
1.1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
●
●
●
1
IEC 947 compliant
EN 60947-4-2
CE marked
CSA certified
UL listed (E108212)
cUL listed
1
1
1
1
1
1
Catalog Number Selection
1
S701 Soft Starters
1
S701 C 15 N 3 S
1
Soft Start Controller
Line Voltage
C = 208–240 Vac
D = 380–415 Vac
E = 380–480 Vac
G = 550–600 Vac
Control Options
S = Standard
BP = Auxiliary contact
Options
N = No special options
B = Braking
Ampere Rating
03 = 3.5A
15 = 15A
25 = 25A
1
1
Number of Poles
3 = (Only three at this time)
1
1
Product Selection
S701E15N3S
1
Soft Start Controllers
1
Three-Phase Motor
Rated
Current
S701E25N3S
Line
Voltage
Control
Voltage
(Vac/Vdc)
kW Rating (50 Hz)
hp Rating (60 Hz)
200 V
230 V
380–400 V
440 V
230 V
1.0 SF
1.15 SF
460 V
1.0 SF
1.15 SF
1.0 SF
575 V
1.15 SF
1.0 SF
1.15 SF
Catalog
Number
3.5
208–240
24–230
7.5
N/A
N/A
1
1
1
1
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
S701C03N3S
3.5
380–415
24–415
N/A
1.1
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
1-1/2
1-1/2
N/A
N/A
S701D03N3S
3.5
440–480
24–480
N/A
N/A
1.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
2
2
N/A
N/A
S701E03N3S
3.5
500–600
24–480
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
2
2
S701G03N3S
15
208–240
24–230
4
N/A
N/A
3
3
3
3
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
S701C15N3S
15
380–480
24–480
N/A
5.5
7.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
10
7-1/2
N/A
N/A
S701E15N3S
15
500–600
24–480
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
10
10
S701G15N3S
25
208–240
24–230
7.5
N/A
N/A
5
5
7-1/2
5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
S701C25N3S
25
380–480
24–480
N/A
11
12.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
15
15
N/A
N/A
S701E25N3S
25
500–600
24–480
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
20
20
S701G25N3S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-27
1.1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Technical Data and Specifications
Soft Starters—S701…03N3S
Description
S701C03N3S
S701D03N3S
S701E03N3S
S701G03N3S
Maximum current capacity
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
Trip Class
10A
3.5
3.5
3.5
10
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
20
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
30
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
Electrical Characteristics
1
Line voltage (Vac)
208–240
380–415
440–480
500–600
Operating frequency (Hz)
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
1
Leakage current
5 mA AC max.
5 mA AC max.
5 mA AC max.
5 mA AC max.
Minimum operational current
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
Control voltage (Vac/Vdc)
24–230
24–415
24–480
24–480
Pickup voltage max.
20.4 Vac/Vdc
20.4 Vac/Vdc
20.4 Vac/Vdc
20.4 Vac/Vdc
Dropout voltage min.
5 Vac/Vdc
5 Vac/Vdc
5 Vac/Vdc
5 Vac/Vdc
Max. control current for no operation
1 mA
1 mA
1 mA
1 mA
Response time max.
70 ms
70 ms
70 ms
70 ms
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Control Characteristics
Ramp time (secs)
0.5–10
0.5–10
0.5–10
0.5–10
Ramp settings (% LRT)
85%
85%
85%
85%
Kick start settings (% LRT)
85%
85%
85%
85%
Soft stop (secs)
0.5–10
0.5–10
0.5–10
0.5–10
Temperature–operating (no derating)
–30 ° to 40 °C
–30 ° to 40 °C
–30 ° to 40 °C
–30 ° to 40 °C
Current rating 50 °C
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Limited duty cycle 50 °C
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Current rating 60 °C
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Limited duty cycle 60 °C
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Temperature–storage
–30 ° to 80 °C
–30 ° to 80 °C
–30 ° to 80 °C
–30 ° to 80 °C
Altitude (meters)–no derating
2000
2000
2000
2000
Humidity
95% noncondensing
95% noncondensing
95% noncondensing
95% noncondensing
Operating position (no derating)
Vertical ±30 °
Vertical ±30 °
Vertical ±30 °
Vertical ±30 °
Impulse withstand voltage IEC 947-4-1
4000 V
4000 V
4000 V
4000 V
Environment Characteristics
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)
660 V
660 V
660 V
660 V
Installation category
III
III
III
III
Vibration
IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz
IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz
IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz
IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz
Power dissipation for intermittent operation
4 W/A x duty cycle
4 W/A x duty cycle
4 W/A x duty cycle
4 W/A x duty cycle
Power dissipation for continuous operation
4 W/A x duty cycle
4 W/A x duty cycle
4 W/A x duty cycle
4 W/A x duty cycle
Natural convection
Cooling method
Natural convection
Natural convection
Natural convection
1
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Pollution degree
3
3
3
3
1
Agency approvals
UL, cUL, CE
UL, cUL, CE
UL, cUL, CE
UL, cUL, CE
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-28
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
1.1
Soft Starters—S701…15N3S
1
Description
S701C15N3S
S701E15N3S
S701G15N3S
Maximum current capacity
15
15
15
1
10A
15
15
15
1
10
15
15
15
20
12
12
12
30
10
10
10
1
1
Trip Class
1
Electrical Characteristics
Line voltage (Vac)
208–240
380–480
500–600
Operating frequency (Hz)
50/60
50/60
50/60
Leakage current
5 mA AC max.
5 mA AC max.
5 mA AC max.
Minimum operational current
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
Control voltage (Vac/Vdc)
24–230
24–480
24–480
Pickup voltage max.
20.4 Vac/Vdc
20.4 Vac/Vdc
20.4 Vac/Vdc
Dropout voltage min.
5 Vac/Vdc
5 Vac/Vdc
5 Vac/Vdc
Max. control current for no operation
1 mA
1 mA
1 mA
Response time max.
70 ms
70 ms
70 ms
Ramp time (secs)
0.5–10
0.5–10
0.5–10
Ramp settings (% LRT)
85%
85%
85%
Kick start settings (% LRT)
85%
85%
85%
Soft stop (secs)
0.5–10
0.5–10
0.5–10
Temperature–operating (no derating)
–30 ° to 40 °C
–30 ° to 40 °C
–30 ° to 40 °C
1
1
1
1
1
Control Characteristics
1
1
1
Environment Characteristics
Current rating 50 °C
12.5A
12.5A
12.5A
1
Limited duty cycle 50 °C
15A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8
15A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8
15A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8
1
Current rating 60 °C
10A
10A
10A
Limited duty cycle 60 °C
15A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65
15A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65
15A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65
Temperature–storage
–30 ° to 80 °C
–30 ° to 80 °C
–30 ° to 80 °C
Altitude (meters)–no derating
2000
2000
2000
Humidity
95% noncondensing
95% noncondensing
95% noncondensing
Operating position (no derating)
Vertical ±30 °
Vertical ±30 °
Vertical ±30 °
Impulse withstand voltage IEC 947-4-1
4000 V
4000 V
4000 V
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)
660 V
660 V
660 V
Installation category
III
III
III
Vibration
IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz
IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz
IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz
Power dissipation for intermittent operation
2 W/A x duty cycle
2 W/A x duty cycle
2 W/A x duty cycle
Power dissipation for continuous operation
2 W/A
2 W/A
2 W/A
Cooling method
Natural convection
Natural convection
Natural convection
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
Pollution degree
3
3
3
Agency approvals
UL, CSA, CE
UL, CSA, CE
UL, CSA, CE
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-29
1.1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Soft Starters—S701…25N3S
Description
S701C25N3S
S701E25N3S
S701G25N3S
Maximum current capacity
25
25
25
10A
25
25
25
10
25
25
25
20
20
20
20
30
15
15
15
Trip Class
1
1
1
1
Electrical Characteristics
Line voltage (Vac)
208–240
380–480
500–600
Operating frequency (Hz)
50/60
50/60
50/60
Leakage current
5 mA AC max.
5 mA AC max.
5 mA AC max.
Minimum operational current
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
Control voltage (Vac/Vdc)
24–230
24–480
24–480
1
Pickup voltage max.
20.4 Vac/Vdc
20.4 Vac/Vdc
20.4 Vac/Vdc
Dropout voltage min.
5 Vac/Vdc
5 Vac/Vdc
5 Vac/Vdc
1
Max. control current for no operation
1 mA
1 mA
1 mA
Response time max.
70 ms
70 ms
70 ms
1
1
1
Control Characteristics
Ramp time (secs)
0.5–10
0.5–10
0.5–10
Ramp settings (% LRT)
85%
85%
85%
1
Kick start settings (% LRT)
85%
85%
85%
Soft stop (secs)
0.5–10
0.5–10
0.5–10
1
Environment Characteristics
1
1
1
Temperature–operating (no derating)
–30 ° to 40 °C
–30 ° to 40 °C
–30 ° to 40 °C
Current rating 50 °C
20A
20A
20A
Limited duty cycle 50 °C
25A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8
25A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8
25A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8
1
Current rating 60 °C
17A
17A
17A
Limited duty cycle 60 °C
1
25A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65
25A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65
25A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65
Temperature–storage
–30 ° to 80 °C
–30 ° to 80 °C
–30 ° to 80 °C
1
Altitude (meters)–no derating
2000
2000
2000
Humidity
95% noncondensing
95% noncondensing
95% noncondensing
1
Operating position (no derating)
Vertical ±30 °
Vertical ±30 °
Vertical ±30 °
Impulse withstand voltage IEC 947-4-1
4000 V
4000 V
4000 V
1
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)
660 V
660 V
660 V
Installation category
III
III
III
Vibration
IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz
IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz
IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz
1
Power dissipation for intermittent operation
2 W/A x duty cycle
2 W/A x duty cycle
2 W/A x duty cycle
Power dissipation for continuous operation
2 W/A
2 W/A
2 W/A
1
Cooling method
Natural convection
Natural convection
Natural convection
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
Pollution degree
3
3
3
Agency approvals
UL, CSA, CE
UL, CSA, CE
UL, CSA, CE
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-30
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
1.1
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1
Soft Starters—S701…N3S
1
Catalog Number
W
H
D
Weight
in Lbs (kg)
1
S701C03N3S
0.89 (22.5)
3.94 (100)
5.01 (127)
0.6 (270)
S701D03N3S
0.89 (22.5)
3.94 (100)
5.01 (127)
0.6 (270)
1
S701E03N3S
0.89 (22.5)
3.94 (100)
5.01 (127)
0.6 (270)
S701G03N3S
0.89 (22.5)
3.94 (100)
5.01 (127)
0.6 (270)
S701C15N3S
1.77 (45)
3.94 (100)
5.04 (128)
1.52 (690)
S701E15N3S
1.77 (45)
3.94 (100)
5.04 (128)
1.52 (690)
S701G15N3S
1.77 (45)
3.94 (100)
5.04 (128)
1.52 (690)
S701C25N3S
3.54 (90)
3.94 (100)
5.04 (128)
2.53 (1150)
S701E25N3S
3.54 (90)
3.94 (100)
5.04 (128)
2.53 (1150)
S701G25N3S
3.54 (90)
3.94 (100)
5.04 (128.
2.53 (1150)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-31
1.1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Auxiliary Contact
Contents
Description
1
Page
DS7 Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with
Auxiliary Contact
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake . . . .
Type S511, Semiconductor
Reversing Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-3
V6-T1-26
V6-T1-33
V6-T1-33
V6-T1-34
V6-T1-35
V6-T1-38
1
1
1
1
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Auxiliary Contact
1
Product Description
Application Description
Features
The S701 device is a reduced
voltage soft start controller
designed to control
acceleration and deceleration
of three-phase motors. With
the auxiliary contact, it is
possible to control an external
bypass to reduce heating and
increase acceleration and
deceleration times.
The S701 line of soft start
controllers is specifically
designed to be a low cost
option for soft starting small
(15 hp and down) three-phase
motors. The auxiliary contact
is designed to work in
conjunction with an acrossthe-line contactor. The
purpose of the contactor is
to provide a parallel current
path once the soft starter
has brought the motor up to
speed. Once the soft start
controller reaches end of
ramp, the auxiliary contact will
close and send a signal to
close the bypass contactor,
thus providing a low
impedance path for the
current to the motor. The
S701 unit controls current
on two of three motor phases
to control the torque being
applied to the motor, allowing
for smooth starting of a motor.
The S701 is designed to be
used with a manual motor
protector or a full voltage
starter. These devices provide
the necessary overload
protection for the motor and
also provide line isolation for
the motor. Short-circuit
protection can be provided by
fuses or circuit breakers.
●
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
The unit provides the user
with the ability to adjust initial
torque, ramp up and down
time and also select kick start
for high inertia loads.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Rated operational voltage
up to 600 Vac
Control voltage range
from 24–300 Vac/Vdc
Adjustable ramp times
(0.5–20 seconds)
Adjustable initial torque
control (0–85%)
Kick start feature
(0–85% adjustment)
Kick start for 200 ms
Soft stop (0.5–20 seconds)
IP20 finger protection
Available up to 30A
(with Bypass installed)
Auxiliary contact for
up-to-speed indication
Benefits
●
●
●
●
●
●
Reduced wear on belts,
gears, chains, clutches,
shafts and bearings
Bypass option allows for
greater current capacity in
the unit
Bypass option helps to
reduce heat in the
enclosure
Allows for controlling the
inrush current to the motor
Reduced water-hammer in
pumping applications
Less shock to product on
conveyor lines and material
handling gear
1
V6-T1-32
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
●
●
IEC 947 compliant
EN 60947-4-2
CE marked
UL listed (E108212)
cUL listed
1.1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Product Selection
1
For S701 catalog number selection, see Page V6-T1-27.
S701
1
Soft Start Controllers with Auxiliary Contact
Three-Phase Motor
Rated
Current
Line
Voltage
Control
Voltage
(Vac/Vdc)
kW Rating (50 Hz)
1
hp Rating
200 V
230 V
460 V
575 V
230 V 380–400 V
440 V
1.0 SF
1.15 SF
1.0 SF 1.15 SF
1.0 SF 1.15 SF
1.0 SF 1.15 SF
Catalog
Number
5.5
N/A
5
5
7-1/2
5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
S701C25N3BP
Ratings without Bypass
25
208–240
24–230
N/A
25
380–480
24–480
N/A
12.5
12.5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
15
15
N/A
N/A
S701E25N3BP
25
500–600
24–480
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
20
20
S701G25N3BP
1
1
1
1
Ratings with Bypass
30
208–240
24–230
7.5
N/A
N/A
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
7-1/2
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
S701C25N3BP
30
380–480
24–480
N/A
15
15
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
20
15
N/A
N/A
S701E25N3BP
30
500–600
24–480
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
25
20
S701G25N3BP
1
1
1
Technical Data and Specifications
1
Soft Starters with Auxiliary Contact—S701…25N3BP
1
Description
S701C25N3BP
S701E25N3BP
S701G25N3BP
Maximum current capacity with bypass (without bypass)
30 (25)
30 (25)
30 (25)
1
10A
30 (25)
30 (25)
30 (25)
1
10
30 (25)
30 (25)
30 (25)
20
24 (20)
24 (20)
24 (20)
30
19.5 (15)
19.5 (15)
19.5 (15)
1
Line voltage (Vac)
208–240
380–480
500–600
1
Operating frequency (Hz)
50/60
50/60
50/60
Trip Class
1
Electrical Characteristics
Leakage current
5 mA AC max.
5 mA AC max.
5 mA AC max.
Minimum operational current
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
Control voltage (Vac/Vdc)
24–230
24–480
24–480
Pickup voltage max.
20.4 Vac/Vdc
20.4 Vac/Vdc
20.4 Vac/Vdc
Dropout voltage min.
5 Vac/Vdc
5 Vac/Vdc
5 Vac/Vdc
Max. control current for no operation
1 mA
1 mA
1 mA
Response time max.
70 ms
70 ms
70 ms
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-33
1.1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Soft Starters with Auxiliary Contact—S701…25N3BP, continued
Description
S701C25N3BP
S701E25N3BP
S701G25N3BP
Control Characteristics
Ramp time (secs)
0.5–20
0.5–20
0.5–20
1
Ramp settings (% LRT)
85%
85%
85%
1
Kick start settings (% LRT)
85%
85%
85%
Soft stop (secs)
0.5–20
0.5–20
0.5–20
1
Environmental Characteristics
Temperature—operating (no derating)
–30 ° to 40 °C
–30 ° to 40 °C
–30 ° to 40 °C
1
Current rating 50 °C
20A
20A
20A
Limited duty cycle 50 °C
25A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8
25A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8
25A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8
1
1
1
Current rating 60 °C
17A
17A
17A
Limited duty cycle 60 °C
25A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65
25A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65
25A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65
Temperature—storage
–30 ° to 80 °C
–30 ° to 80 °C
–30 ° to 80 °C
Altitude (meters)—no derating
2000
2000
2000
Humidity
95% noncondensing
95% noncondensing
95% noncondensing
1
Operating position (no derating)
Vertical ±30 °
Vertical ±30 °
Vertical ±30 °
Impulse withstand voltage IEC 947-4-1
4000 V
4000 V
4000 V
1
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)
660 V
660 V
660 V
Installation category
III
III
III
Vibration
IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz
IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz
IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz
Power dissipation for continuous operation
2 W/A without bypass
2 W/A without bypass
2 W/A without bypass
Power dissipation with semiconductor bypassed
5 W/A max. with bypass
5 W/A max. with bypass
5 W/A max. with bypass
Cooling method
Natural convection
Natural convection
Natural convection
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
Pollution degree
3
3
3
Agency approvals
UL, cUL, CE
UL, cUL, CE
UL, cUL, CE
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Soft Starters with Auxiliary Contact—S701…25N3BP
1
1
1
Catalog Number
W
H
D
Weight
in Lbs (kg)
S701C25N3BP
3.54 (89.9)
3.94 (100.1)
5.04 (128.0)
2.53 (1150)
S701E25N3BP
3.54 (89.9)
3.94 (100.1)
5.04 (128.0)
2.53 (1150)
S701G25N3BP
3.54 (89.9)
3.94 (100.1)
5.04 (128.0)
2.53 (1150)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-34
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
1.1
Contents
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake
Description
Page
DS7 Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with
Auxiliary Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S511, Semiconductor
Reversing Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T1-3
V6-T1-26
1
1
1
V6-T1-32
1
V6-T1-36
V6-T1-36
V6-T1-37
V6-T1-38
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake
Product Description
Application Description
Features
The S701 soft start
controller with DC injection
brake is designed to control
acceleration and deceleration
of three-phase motors. Brake
current is adjustable from
0–50A DC. The ramp-up
feature is adjustable from
0.5–10 seconds. Torque
adjustment is adjustable
with or without break loose
(kick start) function.
The S701 line of soft start
controllers is specifically
designed to be a low cost
option for soft starting small
(15 hp and down) three-phase
motors. The braking option
is a DC injection system,
allowing for fast stopping of a
three-phase motor. The S701
unit controls current on two
of the three phases to control
the torque being applied to
the motor, allowing for
smooth starting of a motor.
The S701 is designed to be
used with a manual motor
starter or a full voltage
starter. These devices
provide the necessary
overload protection for the
motor and also provide line
isolation for the motor.
Short-circuit protection can
be provided by fuses or
circuit breakers.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Rated operational voltage
up to 480 Vac
Control voltage range
from 24–300 Vac/Vdc
Adjustable ramp times
(0.5–20 seconds)
Adjustable initial torque
control (0–85%)
Kick start feature
(0–85% adjustment)
Kick start for 200 ms
IP20 finger protection
Braking control adjustable
from 0–50A DC
Slow speed: 7.5% or 10%
of nominal speed
Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
●
●
IEC 947 compliant
EN 60947-4-2
CE marked
UL listed (E108212)
cUL listed
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Benefits
●
●
●
●
●
●
1
1
Reduced wear on bolts,
gears, chains, clutches,
shafts and bearings
Braking option allows for
quick stopping of loads
Brake control can help
eliminate expensive
mechanical brakes
Allows for controlling the
inrush current to the motor
Reduced water-hammer in
pumping applications
Less shock to product on
conveyor lines and material
handling gear
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-35
1.1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Product Selection
For S701 catalog number selection, see Page V6-T1-27.
Soft Start Controllers with Brake
S701E25B3S
1
Three-Phase Motor
Control
Voltage
(Vac/Vdc)
kW Rating (50 Hz)
hp Rating
200 V
230 V
1
Rated
Current
1
25
208–240
24–230
5.5
N/A
N/A
5
5
25
380–480
24–480
N/A
12.5
12.5
N/A
N/A
Line
Voltage
230 V
380–400 V
440 V
1.0 SF
1.15 SF
1
1
Technical Data and Specifications
1
Soft Starters with Brake—S701…25B3S
1
1
Description
S701C25B3S
S701E25B3S
Maximum current capacity
25
25
Trip Class
10A
25
25
1
10
25
25
20
20
20
1
30
15
15
Line voltage (Vac)
208–240
380–480
Operating frequency (Hz)
50/60
50/60
Leakage current
5 mA AC max.
5 mA AC max.
1
Minimum operational current
1A
1A
Control voltage (Vac/Vdc)
24–230
24–480
1
Pickup voltage max.
20.4 Vac/Vdc
20.4 Vac/Vdc
Dropout voltage min.
5 Vac/Vdc
5 Vac/Vdc
Electrical Characteristics
1
1
1
Max. control current for no operation
1 mA
1 mA
1
Response time max.
100 ms
100 ms
1
Ramp time (secs)
0.5–10
0.5–10
Ramp settings (% LRT)
85%
85%
Kick start settings (% LRT)
85%
85%
1
1
Control Characteristics
Soft stop (secs)
0.5–10
0.5–10
Brake current
0–50 Vdc
0–50 Vdc
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-36
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
1.0 SF
460 V
1.15 SF
Catalog
Number
N/A
N/A
S701C25B3S
15
15
S701E25B3S
1.15 SF
1.0 SF
7-1/2
5
N/A
N/A
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
1.1
Soft Starters with Brake—S701…25B3S, continued
Description
1
S701C25B3S
S701E25B3S
Temperature—operating
–30 ° to 40 °C
–30 ° to 40 °C
Current rating 50 °C
20A
20A
1
Limited duty cycle 50 °C
25A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8
25A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.8
1
Current rating 60 °C
17A
17A
Limited duty cycle 60 °C
25A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65
25A on-time max.
15 min. duty cycle max. 0.65
Temperature—storage
–30 ° to 80 °C
–30 ° to 80 °C
Altitude (meters)—no derating
2000
2000
Humidity
95% noncondensing
95% noncondensing
Operating position
Vertical ± 0 °
Vertical ± 0 °
Impulse withstand voltage IEC 947-4-1
4000 V
4000 V
1
Environmental Characteristics
1
1
1
1
1
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)
660 V
660 V
Installation category
III
III
Vibration
IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz
IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz
Power dissipation for intermittent operation
2 W/A x duty cycle
2 W/A x duty cycle
Power dissipation for continuous operation
2 W/A
2 W/A
Cooling method
Natural convection
Natural convection
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
Pollution degree
3
3
Agency approvals
UL, cUL, CE
UL, cUL, CE
1
1
1
1
1
1
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1
Soft Starters with Brake—S701…25B3S
Catalog Number
W
H
D
Weight
in Lbs (kg)
S701C25B3S
3.54 (89.9)
3.94 (100.1)
5.04 (128.0)
2.53 (1150)
S701E25B3S
3.54 (89.9)
3.94 (100.1)
5.04 (128.0)
2.53 (1150)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-37
1.1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
1
Contents
1
DS7 Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with
Auxiliary Contact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S701, Soft Start Controllers with Brake . . . .
Type S511, Semiconductor
Reversing Contactors
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Description
1
1
1
1
1
Page
V6-T1-3
V6-T1-26
V6-T1-32
V6-T1-35
V6-T1-39
V6-T1-39
V6-T1-40
1
1
1
1
Type S511, Semiconductor Reversing Contactors
1
Product Description
Application Description
Features
The S511 device is a
semiconductor reversing
contactor designed to switch
three-phase motors forward
and reverse. Unicore
electronics and thermal
design ensures high
switching capacity and
long lifetime.
The S511 line of solid-state
reversing contactors is
specifically designed for high
speed operations or when
long contactor life is required.
The reversing contactors are
intended for small motor
applications (5 hp and below).
The S511 unit can be used
in a variety of applications
including fans, pumps,
conveyors, doors, hoists,
cranes, etc. It is designed
to be used with a manual
motor starter or a full voltage
starter. These devices provide
the necessary overload
protection for the motor
and also provide line isolation
for the motor. Short-circuit
protection can be provided by
fuses or circuit breakers.
●
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
●
●
●
●
●
Rated operational voltage
up to 480 Vac
Control voltage ranges
of 5–24 Vdc and
24–240 Vac/Vdc
Unlimited number of
START/STOP operations
per hour
IP20 finger protection
AC-3 current rating of 10A
AC-4 current rating of 8A
Benefits
●
●
●
Extremely high switching
rates possible
Very long life expectancy
and no contacts or
movable parts to replace
Compact design (45 mm
wide) leads to significant
panel savings
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-38
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
●
●
IEC 947 compliant
EN 60947-4-2
CE marked
CSA certified
UL listed
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
1.1
Product Selection
1
Reversing Solid-State Contactors
1
Three-Phase Motor
kW Rating (50 Hz)
hp Rating
200 V
230 V
460 V
1
Rated
Current
Line
Voltage
Control
Voltage
230 V
380–400 V
440 V
1.0 SF
1.15 SF
1.0 SF
1.15 SF
1.0 SF
1.15 SF
Catalog
Number
10
208–480
5–24 Vdc
2.2
4
4
2
2
3
2
5
5
S511E10N3D
10
208–480
24–240 Vac/Vdc
2.2
4
4
2
2
3
2
5
5
S511E10N3S
1
1
1
Technical Data and Specifications
1
Semiconductor Reversing Contactors—S511E10N3…
1
Description
S511E10N3D
S511E10N3S
Maximum current capacity
10
10
1
1
Trip Class
10A
10
10
10
10
10
20
8
8
30
6.5
6.5
1
1
Electrical Characteristics
Line Voltage (Vac)
208–480
208–480
Operating frequency (Hz)
50/60
50/60
Control voltage
5–24 Vdc
24–240 Vac/Vdc
Pickup voltage max.
4.25 Vdc
20.4 Vac/Vdc
Dropout voltage min.
1.5 Vdc
7.2 Vac/Vdc
Max. control voltage
26.4 Vdc
253 Vac/Vdc
Response time max.
1/2 cycle
1 cycle
Interlock time max.
80 ms
150 ms
1
Operation current AC-3
10
10
1
Operation current AC-4
8
8
Duty cycle
Continuous operation
Continuous operation
Leakage current
1 mA AC max.
1 mA AC max.
Minimum operation current
10 mA AC
10 mA AC
Temperature—operating
0 ° to 60 °C
0 ° to 60 °C
Temperature—storage
–20 ° to 80 °C
–20 ° to 80 °C
Altitude (meters)
2000
2000
Humidity
95% noncondensing
95% noncondensing
Operating position
Vertical ±30 °
Vertical ±30 °
Impulse withstand voltage IEC 947-4-1
4000 V
4000 V
1
1
1
1
Control Characteristics
1
1
Environmental Characteristics
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)
660 V
660 V
Installation category
III
III
Vibration
IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz
IEC 68-2-6 5g 10–150 Hz
Power dissipation for intermittent operation
2.2 W/A x duty cycle
2.2 W/A x duty cycle
Power dissipation for continuous operation
2.2 W/A
2.2 W/A
Cooling method
Natural convection
Natural convection
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
Pollution degree
3
3
Agency approvals
UL, CSA, CE
UL, CSA, CE
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-39
1.1
1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Mounting Instructions
IMPORTANT: The controller is designed for vertical mounting in free air. If the controller is
mounted horizontally, the load current must be reduced to 50% of rated current.
Recommended Mounting Distances
Requires
50% Rating
Reduction
Requires
50% Rating
Reduction
1
1
1
3.15 (80) min.
3.15 (80) min.
1
1
1.18 (30) min.
1.18 (30) min.
1.18 (30) min.
1.18 (30) min.
1
1
1
1
1
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1
Semiconductor Reversing Contactors—S511E10N3…
1
Catalog Number
W
H
D
Weight
in Lbs (kg)
1
S511E10N3D
1.77 (45.0)
3.94 (100.1)
5.04 (128.0)
1.52 (690)
S511E10N3S
1.77 (45.0)
3.94 (100.1)
5.04 (128.0)
1.52 (690)
1
Also refer to dimension drawings on Page V6-T1-41.
1
Cable Requirements and Sizing
1
1
75 °C
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AWG (mm2)
AWG (mm2)
18–12
(0.75–4)
20–16
(0.5–1.5)
2–18
(2 x 1)
2 x 20–18
(2 x 0.5–0.75)
18–10
(0.75–4)
20–16
(0.5–1.5)
2 x 18–14
(2 x 0.75–2.5)
2 x 20–16
(2 x 0.5–1.5)
18–10
(0.75–4)
20–16
(0.5–1.5)
2 x 18–16
(0.75–6)
2 x 20–16
(2 x 0.5–1.5)
Posidrive 1
4.4 in-lb. max.
0.5 Nm max.)
N/A
4 mm
4.4 in-lb max.
(0.5 Nm max.)
3 mm
3.5 in-lb max.
(0.4 Nm max.)
1
1
V6-T1-40
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
1.1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Controllers
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1
22.5 mm Frame
90 mm Frame
S511E10N3D, S511E10N3S
S511E10N3D, S511E10N3S
1
1
1
1
0.10
(4.5)
Dia.
0.17
(4.3)
4.33
(110)
3.94
(100)
1.18 1.18
(30) (30)
4.72
(120)
3.70
(94)
2.17
(55)
0.89
(22.5)
5.01
(127.3)
0.10
(4.5)
Dia.
1
0.17
(4.3)
4.72
(120)
1
1
4.33
(110)
3.94
(100)
3.54
(89.9)
3.70
(94)
1
1
5.04
(128.0)
1
45 mm Frame
1
S511E10N3D, S511E10N3S
0.33
(8.5)
1
1
1
1
1.18
(30)
0.10
(4.5)
Dia.
1
0.17
(4.3)
4.72
(120)
4.33
(110)
3.94
(100)
1.77
(45)
0.15
(3.8)
1
1
3.70
(94)
1
1
5.04
(128.1)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-41
1.2
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Contents
Solid-State Starters
Description
1
Page
Solid-State Starters
Type S611, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S801+, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S811+, Soft Starters with DIM . . . . . . . .
1
1
V6-T1-43
V6-T1-59
V6-T1-75
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Product Overview
1
Type S611
Type S801+
Type S811+
The S611 soft starter is a
powerful combination of
performance capability,
application flexibility, and the
industry’s best user interface
experience.
Eaton’s S801+ line of reduced
voltage soft starters is very
compact, multi-functional,
easy to install and easy to
program. Designed to control
acceleration and deceleration
of three-phase motors, the
line is available for current
ranges from 11A to 1000A
applications, and is suitable
for mounting in motor control
centers or in enclosed control
(NEMA Type 1, 4, 4X and 12)
applications.
Eaton’s S811+ offers all
the popular features of the
S801+ and adds enhanced
functionality with the new
DIM (Digital Interface
Module), communications,
metering, monitoring and
diagnostics capabilities.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Designed to control
acceleration and deceleration
of three-phase motors, the
line is available for current
ranges from 26A through
414A applications.
The S611 has integrated
bypass and overload
protection. The S611 is
available as a component for
panel mounting or in
enclosed control—NEMA
Type 1, 12, 3R, 4, 4X.
Eaton’s line of S811+
reduced voltage soft starters
is very compact, multifunctional, easy to install and
easy to set operating
parameters. Designed to
control the acceleration and
deceleration of three-phase
motors up to 690 V, the line is
available from 11A to 1000A.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-42
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
The S811+ is designed to
be a complete package,
combining the silicon
controlled rectifiers (SCRs),
bypass contactor and
overload in one, very compact
unit. The S811+ is available
as a component for panel
mounting, in motor control
centers or in enclosed control
(NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 7/9
and 12).
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1.2
Contents
Type S611, Soft Starter
Description
Type S611, Soft Starters
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S801+, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S811+, Soft Starters with DIM . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
V6-T1-44
V6-T1-47
V6-T1-50
V6-T1-51
V6-T1-52
V6-T1-53
V6-T1-54
V6-T1-57
V6-T1-59
V6-T1-75
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Type S611, Soft Starters
Product Description
Application Description
Eaton revolutionized the
reduced voltage control
marketplace with its
advanced feature set and
user-friendly user interface
module to enhance system
performance and reduce
commissioning times. The
S611 adds enhanced
functionality with network
communications, metering,
monitoring and diagnostics
capabilities.
Designed to control the
acceleration and deceleration
of three-phase motors, the
S611 soft starter uses Silicon
Controlled Rectifiers (SCRs)
to control the voltage to soft
start and soft stop the motor.
After the motor is started,
internal run bypass
contactors close, resulting in
the motor running directly
across-the-line. The built-in
solid-state overload protects
the motor from overload
conditions with sophisticated
algorithms that model true
motor heating, resulting in
better motor protection and
fewer nuisance trips.
Advanced protective and
diagnostic features reduce
downtime.
The Eaton line of S611
reduced voltage soft starters
is multi-functional, easy to
install and easy to program.
Designed to control the
acceleration and deceleration
of three-phase motors up to
600 V, the line is available
from 26 amps through
414 amps.
The S611 is designed to be a
complete package combining
the SCRs, bypass contactor
and overload in one unit.
A voltage ramp start or
current limit start is available.
Kick start is available in either
starting mode. The soft stop
option allows for a ramp stop
time that is longer than the
coast to stop time. The pump
control option provides a
smooth transition for starting
and stopping a motor and
eliminating the “waterhammer” effect that can
damage pipes, valves and
pumps.
1
The S611 offers an impressive
array of advanced protective
features. Not only are the
protective features selectable,
but many offer variable settings
allowing the user to fine
tune the soft starter to meet
specific system requirements.
The S611 has an easy to use
User Interface Module (UI)
that allows the user to
configure the device and to
read system parameters and
values. The UI includes an
LED display and keypad to
scroll through the various
parameters. The UI allows
the user to modify control
parameters, enable or
disable protections, set
communication variables,
monitor system values such
as line voltages and currents,
and access the fault queue.
User Interface Module (UI)
1
1
1
1
1
The UI can be removed from
the S611 and remote
mounted. Kits are available to
door mount the UI, enabling
users to safely configure,
commission, monitor and
troubleshoot the system at
the electrical panel without
opening the enclosure door.
This will help eliminate the
possibility of an arc flash
incident.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
IEC 60947-4-2
UL listed
CSA certified (3211 06)
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-43
1.2
1
●
1
1
●
1
1
1
1
●
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Solid-State Starters
Features and Benefits
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
●
The User Interface Module
(UI) provides an intuitive,
easy-to-use human
interface with powerful
configuration capabilities to
maximize system
performance
Door or device mounted UI
enables users to safely
configure, commission,
monitor and troubleshoot
the system at the electrical
panel without opening the
enclosure door, eliminating
the possibility of an arc
flash incident
System operating
parameters can be
monitored enterprise-wide
through a communications
network. Increase uptime
by providing data for
process management and
preventive diagnostics
Run bypass mode greatly
reduces internal heating
created by the greater
power dissipation in the
SCRs. Bypass contactors
directly connect the motor
to the line and improves
system efficiency by
reducing internal power
losses
●
●
●
Internal solid-state
overload protection
provides accurate current
measurement and trip
settings. Sophisticated
algorithms solve a series of
differential equations that
model true motor heating
and cooling, resulting in
superior motor overload
protection while
minimizing nuisance trips.
Advanced selectable
protective features
safeguard the motor and
system against a variety of
system faults
Internal run bypass
contactors and overload
protection eliminate the
need for additional devices,
reducing enclosure sizes
minimizing installation and
wiring time and reducing
overall assembly size and
cost
Wide range of overload
FLA settings (50–100% of
rated frame current) and a
selectable trip class (5–30)
offers users the flexibility
to fine tune the starter to
match specific application
requirements
●
●
●
●
●
●
Variable ramp times and
torque control settings
provide unlimited starting
configurations, allowing for
maximum application
flexibility
Kick-start feature enables
soft starting of high friction
loads
Soft stop control for
applications where an
abrupt stop of the load is
not acceptable
Pump control option with
sophisticated pump
algorithms on both starting
and stopping that minimize
the pressure surges that
cause water hammer. The
pump control option will
maximize the life of the
pump and piping systems
while minimizing the
downtime caused by
system failure
Six SCRs control all three
motor phases, providing
smooth acceleration and
deceleration performance
Soft acceleration and
deceleration reduces wear
on belts, gears, chains,
clutches, shafts and
bearings
●
●
●
●
●
Reduce the peak inrush
current's stress on the
power system
Minimize peak starting
torque to diminish
mechanical system wear
and damage
120 Vac control voltage
enhances ease of
connections
The S611 lends itself to
serviceability. The printed
circuit boards (PCBs) and
contactors can be replaced
in the field
The S611 has built-in
communication capabilities
through two communications
ports to connect the soft
starter to a variety of
networks, including
Modbus (resident),
DeviceNet™, PROFIBUS®,
and Ethernet
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Protective Features
All protective features can be configured, enabled or disabled with the UI or through the
communications network.
Motor Overload
The S611 includes electronic
overload protection as
standard. The overload meets
applicable requirements for a
motor overload protective
device. The overload protects
the motor from over heat
conditions with the use of
sophisticated algorithms that
model true motor heating,
resulting in superior motor
protection and fewer
nuisance trips.
The S611 calculates a thermal
memory value. A 100% value
represents the maximum
safe temperature of the
motor. When the thermal
memory value reaches 100%,
an overload trip will occur
removing power to the motor.
Upon trip, the S611 stores
the calculated motor heating
value and will not allow a
motor re-start until the motor
has cooled. This feature
ensures the motor will not
be damaged by repeated
overload trip, reset and
re-start cycles.
The thermal memory value
can be monitored through the
UI or the communications
network. The thermal
memory value can be of great
use in determining an
impending overload trip
condition. Alarms can be
implemented in the process
monitoring system warning
of an impending trip before a
trip occurs halting the
process. Costly system
downtime can be avoided.
The trip current is adjusted to
match the specific application
requirements by entering the
motor nameplate full load
current rating and trip class.
The FLA adjustment includes
a 2 to 1 adjustment range.
The overload trip class is
adjustable from class 5
through class 30. The
overload is ambient
temperature compensated meaning its trip
characteristics will not vary
with changes in ambient
temperature. The overload
protection can be enabled,
disabled, or disabled on start.
1
V6-T1-44
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Short Circuit
The use of a short circuit
protective device in
coordination with the S611 is
required in branch motor
circuits by most electrical
codes. Short circuit
coordination ratings with both
fuses and Eaton molded case
circuit breakers are available
providing customers with
design flexibility. The S611
has short circuit coordination
ratings as an open
component, an enclosed
starter, and in a motor control
center. The short circuit
ratings can go up to 100 kA
depending on application
configuration.
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Jam
Excessive current and torque
up to locked rotor levels can
occur in a jam condition. The
condition can result in stress
and damage to the motor,
load, mechanical system, and
the electrical distribution
system. Jam protection
prevents the stress and
damage from a jam during
normal run. After the motor is
started, a current greater than
300% FLA setting will cause
the starter to trip on a jam
fault.
Stall
Excessive current and torque
up to locked rotor levels can
occur in a stall condition. The
condition can lead to an
overload trip and result in
stress and damage to the
motor, load, mechanical
system, and the electrical
distribution system. Stall
protection prevents stress
and damage to a motor that
has not come up to speed, or
stalled after the soft start
time. The S611 will trip to
protect the system in the
event that the motor did not
get to the rated speed in the
defined soft start period. A
current greater than 200%
FLA at the end of the soft
start period will cause the
starter to trip on a stall fault.
Pole Over Temperature
High ambient temperatures,
extended ramp times and
high duty cycle conditions
may cause the S611 power
pole conductors to reach a
temperature that exceeds
their thermal rating. The S611
is equipped with sensors that
monitor the temperature of
the power poles. Over
temperature protection
occurs if the device's thermal
capacity is exceeded. The
soft starter will trip in over
temperature conditions,
preventing device failure.
The device pole temperature
value can be monitored
through the UI or the
communications network.
This feature can be of use in
determining an impending
over temperature trip
condition. Alarms can be
implemented in the process
monitoring system warning
of an impending trip before a
trip occurs, halting the
process. Costly system
shutdown can be avoided.
Phase Loss
Loss of a phase can cause a
significant increase in the
current drawn in the
remaining two phases. Phase
loss can lead to motor
damage before an eventual
overload trip occurs. Phase
loss is typically an indication
of a failure in the electrical
distribution system. The S611
will detect a phase loss and
trip if any phase current drops
below a preset value. The
phase loss trip level is
adjustable from 0% to 100%
of the average of the other
two phase levels with an
adjustable trip delay of 0.1 to
60 seconds.
Phase Imbalance
Phase current or voltage
imbalance can cause a
significant increase in the
current drawn in the
remaining two phases. Phase
imbalance can lead to motor
damage before an eventual
overload trip. Phase
imbalance is typically an
indication of a failure in the
electrical distribution system
or the motor. The S611 will
detect both current and
voltage phase imbalances
and trip if any phase becomes
imbalanced as compared to
the average of the other two
phases.
The phase current imbalance
trip level is adjustable from
0% to 100% of the average
of the current in the other
two phases with an adjustable
trip delay of 0.1 to 60 seconds.
The phase voltage imbalance
trip level is adjustable from
0% to 100% of the average
of the voltage in the other
two phases with an adjustable
trip delay of 0.1 to 60 seconds.
Reset Mode
The S611 can be set up for
automatic or manual reset on
trip. The manual reset mode
requires the operator to
physically press the RESET
button located on the soft
starter. The overload can be
manually reset through the UI
or through the communications
network.
The automatic reset mode
allows the soft starter to be
automatically reset as soon
as the trip condition is no
longer present. With the
automatic reset mode, after
the fault is no longer present,
the motor will be restarted as
soon as a valid start signal is
present.
Phase Reversal
The S611 can determine if
the proper line phase
sequence is present by
default. The device will trip if
the line phase sequence is
something other than A-B-C.
The S611 can be configured
to operate under reversed
phase conditions (A-C-B).
Shorted SCR Detection
The S611 monitors the
operation of the power poles
and will trip under a shorted
SCR condition.
1.2
Low Current
Low current conditions can
be a result of a loss of load or
a failure in the mechanical
system. The S611 has low
current protection that will
trip if the average RMS current
falls below a preset value.
The low current protection
can be programmed as a
percent of motor FLA from
0% to 100%.
Low Voltage
Low voltage conditions can
result from disturbances
in the electrical power
distribution system. Low
voltage conditions can cause
a malfunction and damage to
electrical equipment. The
S611 has low voltage
protection that will trip if the
average RMS voltage falls
below a preset value. The low
voltage protection can be
programmed as a percent of
nominal voltage from 1% to
99% with a trip delay of 0.1
to 60 seconds.
High Voltage
High voltage conditions can
result from disturbances in
the electrical power
distribution system. High
voltage conditions can cause
malfunctions or failures of
electrical equipment. The
S611 has high voltage
protection that will trip if the
average RMS voltage is
greater than a preset value.
The high voltage protection
can be programmed as a
percent of nominal voltage
from 101% to 120% with a
trip delay of 0.1 to 60 seconds.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Open SCR Detection
The S611 monitors the
operation of the power poles
and will trip under an open
SCR condition.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-45
1.2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Monitoring Capabilities
The S611 has an impressive
array of system monitoring
capabilities that allow users
to access real time process
and diagnostic data. This data
can be viewed at the device
with the UI or through a
communications network.
Data over a communications
network can provide valuable
insight into the condition
of the equipment and
processes. Maintenance and
production personnel can
monitor critical operational
and maintenance data from
a central control station that
can be located far away
from the production facility.
Process data can be monitored
to determine system anomalies
that may indicate a need for
preventive maintenance or an
Impeding failure.
Adjustments made through
the communications network
can reduce costs by minimizing
the time traveling to the
location where the motor
controls are located. When
faults do occur, real time fault
data can assist maintenance in
troubleshooting and planning
repair resources. Remote
reset signals can be given to
tripped devices without the
need for manual intervention
by maintenance personnel.
1
Average Line Current
Provides the average of the
three phase RMS line
currents in amps, accurate
to within 2%. Current data
can be used to indicate a
need for maintenance.
Increased currents in a
fixed load application can
indicate a reduction in
system efficiencies and
performance, signifying
system maintenance is due.
Average Pole Current
Provides the average of the
three phase RMS pole
currents in amps, accurate to
within 2%. The pole current
is the current through the soft
starter. The line and pole
current will be identical in
in-line applications, and will
differ in inside-the-delta
applications.
Average Line Current
as a % FLA
Provides the average RMS
line current as a percentage
of the S611 FLA setting.
Three-Phase Line Currents
Provides three RMS phase
line currents in amps,
accurate to within 2%.
Imbalances or changes in
the relative phase current
to one another can indicate
anomalies in the motor or
electrical distribution system.
Three-Phase Pole Currents
Provides three RMS phase
pole currents in amps,
accurate to within 2%. The
pole current is the current
through the soft starter. The
line and pole current will be
identical in in-line applications.
1
1
1
1
Percent Thermal Memory
Provides the real time
calculated thermal memory
value. The S611 calculates
thermal memory value. A
100% value represents the
maximum safe temperature
of the motor. When the
thermal memory value
reaches 100%, an overload
trip will occur, removing
power to the motor.
The thermal memory value
can be of great use in
determining an impending
overload trip Condition.
Alarms can be implemented
in the process monitoring
system warning of an
Impending trip before a trip
occurs, halting the process.
Costly system downtime can
be avoided.
Pole Temperature
Increases in pole temperature
are caused by increases in
ambient temperature, start/
stop times and start duty
cycles. Changes in pole
temperatures represent a
change in system operating
conditions. Identifying
unexpected operating
conditions or changes can
prompt maintenance and aid
in process evaluation
activities.
Power Monitoring
S611 can monitor power and
it can be displayed on the UI.
Start Count
Number of starts are stored
in the device and can be
displayed using field bus.
Three-Phase Line Voltages
Provides the individual RMS
three phase line voltages.
Imbalances or changes in the
relative phase voltage to one
another can indicate
anomalies in the motor or
electrical distribution system.
Voltage can be used to
monitor electrical distribution
system performance.
Warnings, alarms and
system actions to low or
high voltage conditions can
be implemented.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-46
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Diagnostics
Fault Queue
Current fault and a fault
queue containing the last nine
system faults can be read
through the UI or
communications network.
Fault identification can
minimize troubleshooting
time and cost and prevent arc
flash incidents. The fault
queue can be remotely
accessed through a
communications network to
assist in planning
maintenance resources.
30 different faults can be
identified by the S611.
Control Status
The S611 provides data that
represents system conditions
that can be read through the
UI or the communications
network. This data identifies
the status of the system and
the control commands the
system is requesting of the
S611. This can be used for
advanced Troubleshooting
and system integration
activities.
Field Serviceability
In the case of maintenance,
the S611 provides easy
access and replacement of
key components including
control board and internal
bypass contactors—
significantly increasing its
service life. If a component
ever needs to be replaced,
this straightforward operation
can be completed by an enduser without the need to call
in an outside service
technician or engineer. These
components are stocked and
available for order and quick
fulfillment—ensuring your
operation continues with
minimal downtime.
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1.2
Operation
1
Instructional Leaflets
●
Instruction Manual: MN03902011E
●
Quick Start Guide: MN03901003E
1
Starting and Stopping Modes
1
The S611 has a variety of starting and stopping methods to provide superior performance in the
most demanding applications. The motor can be started in either Voltage Ramp Start or Current
Limit Start mode. Kick Start and Soft Stop are available within both starting modes.
1
1
1
Voltage Ramp Start
Provides a voltage ramp to
the motor resulting in a
constant torque increase. The
most commonly used form of
soft start, this start mode
allows you to set the initial
torque value and the duration
of the ramp to full voltage
conditions. Bypass contactors
close after ramp time.
Adjustable initial torque
0–85% of locked rotor
torque
Adjustable start ramp
time 0.5–180 seconds
(can be extended with
factory modification)
●
●
1
1
1
1
1
Starting Characteristics—Ramp Start
1
Bypass
Kick
Start
Torq
Initial
Torque
Rated
Voltage
100%
1
100%
1
1
Speed
Torque
Voltage
Ramp
Bypass
1
1
Soft Start Time
tr
Kick Start Time
Start
Run
Time (Seconds)
1
Start
Run
1
Time (Seconds)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-47
1.2
1
1
1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Current Limit Start
Limits the maximum current
available to the motor during
the start phase. This mode of
soft starting is used when it
becomes necessary to limit
the maximum starting current
due to long start times or to
protect the motor. This start
●
●
Maximum current of
0–85% locked rotor current
Adjustable start ramp time
0.5–180 seconds (can be
extended with factory
modification)
Starting Characteristics—Current Limit Start
1
Bypass
Bypass
100%
Speed
1
Initial
Torque
Current
1
Kick
Start
Torq
1
mode allows you to set the
maximum starting current as
a percentage of locked rotor
current and the duration of
the current limit. Bypass
contactors close after current
limit time.
100%
1
Soft Start Time
1
Kick Start Time
Start
Run
Time (Seconds)
1
Start
Run
Time (Seconds)
1
1
Kick Start
1
1
Selectable feature in both
Voltage Ramp Start and
Current Limit Start modes.
Provides a current and torque
“kick” for 0 to 2.0 seconds.
This provides greater initial
current to develop additional
torque to breakaway a high
friction load.
1
Starting Characteristics—Kick Start
1
1
1
1
1
1
●
0–85% of locked rotor
torque
0–2.0 seconds duration
100%
Locked Rotor Torque
1
●
Run
1
Kick
Start
1
Ramp
Time (Seconds)
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-48
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1.2
Soft Stop
Allows for a controlled
stopping of a load. Used
when a stop-time that is
greater than the coast-to-stop
time is desired. Often used
with high friction loads where
a sudden stop may cause
system or load damage.
●
1
Stop time = 0–60 seconds
1
1
1
1
Starting Characteristics—Soft Stop
1
Coast to Stop
(Speed)
100%
1
1
Speed
Soft Stop Ramp
(Voltage)
1
1
Soft
StopTime
Run
1
1
Soft Stop
Time (Seconds)
1
1
Pump Control Option
This option is intended to
reduce the potential for water
hammer in a centrifugal pump
system by using a starting
and stopping algorithm
developed for pump control.
Upon a start command, the
speed of the motor is
increased, under the control
of the S611 soft starter
microprocessor, to achieve a
gentle start. After the speed
has reached its nominal
value, the bypass contactors
close and the pump operates
as with any other starter.
1
Upon a stop command, the
bypass contactors are
opened and the motor speed
is decreased in a tapered
manner, to gradually slow the
flow until the motor is
brought to a stop.
1
1
1
1
Pump Control Option
1
Coast to Stop
1
Speed
100%
1
1
tr
Start
ts
Run
1
Soft Pump Stop
1
Time (Seconds)
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-49
1.2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Edge and Level Sensing Control
Edge or Level Sensing is selected with the Start Control parameter in the Advanced Configuration
Menu. Factory default is Level Sensing.
Edge Sensing
Level Sensing
Edge sensing requires 120 Vac
power be momentarily
applied to the Start terminal
(with the Permissive terminal
120 Vac) to initiate a start
under all conditions. After a
stop or fault occurs, the
120 Vac must be reapplied to
the start terminal before
another start can occur. This
control configuration should
be used when restarting of
the motor after a fault or stop
must be supervised manually
or as a part of a control
scheme. The cycling of
120 Vac power to the
Permissive terminal before
starting is required regardless
of the position of the auto
reset parameter.
Level sensing will enable a
motor to restart after a fault is
cleared without cycling 120 V
AC to the Permissive terminal
as long as:
1
●
●
●
Note: If the auto reset feature is
used, CAUTION must be
exercised to assure that any
restart occurs in a safe manner.
Permissive terminal is
supplied with 120 Vac
The auto reset parameter
is set to enabled
All faults have cleared or
have been reset
This control configuration
should be used where it is
desirable to restart a motor
after a fault without additional
manual or automatic control.
An example of this condition
would be on a remote
pumping station where it is
desirable to automatically
restart a pump after a power
outage without operator
intervention.
1
1
Catalog Number Selection
1
S611 Soft Starters
S 611 B 125 N 3 S
1
1
1
S = Soft Starter
S = Standard soft starter
Number of Poles
3 = Three-pole device
611 = Non-combination soft starter
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
1
1
Frame Size
= 52–77 Amps
= 99–125 Amps
= 156–180 Amps
= 242 Amps
= 302–361 Amps
= 414 Amps
Options
N = No options
P = Pump control
052 = 52A
065 = 65A
077 = 77A
099 = 99A
125 = 125A
156 = 156A
1
1
Ampere Rating
180 = 180A
242 = 242A
302 = 302A
361 = 361A
414 = 414A
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-50
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1.2
Product Selection
Motor applications and
customer needs come in
many different varieties. With
the standard and severe duty
rating tables, we have
attempted to provide
guidelines on what the soft
starter is capable of. If the
application falls under these
categories, you can use these
charts. For other applications,
or when a question arises,
1
consult with your local Eaton
Representative or call the
Eaton Technical Resource
Center.
1
1
1
Pump Control Option
For pump control option, change the 8th digit in the Catalog Number to P,
as in S611XXXP3S.
1
1
Horsepower Ratings
1
Note: Always refer to motor plate FLA and ensure that the motor plate FLA is equal to or lower than the
maximum current value in the tables.
S611
1
Standard Duty—300% Current for 15 Seconds, 115% Continuous
Rated
Current (Amps)
Horsepower Rating
208V
240 V
480 V
600 V
Catalog Number
52
15
15
40
50
S611A052N3S
65
20
20
50
60
S611A065N3S
77
25
25
60
75
S611A077N3S
99
30
30
75
100
S611B099N3S
125
40
40
100
125
S611B125N3S
156
50
60
125
150
S611C156N3S
180
60
60
150
150
S611C180N3S
242
75
75
200
250
S611D242N3S
302
100
100
250
300
S611E302N3S
361
125
150
300
350
S611E361N3S
414
150
150
350
450
S611F414N3S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Standard Duty Plus—350% FLA for 30 Seconds, 115% Continuous
Rated
Current (Amps)
Horsepower Rating
208V
240 V
480 V
600 V
Catalog Number
52
15
15
40
50
S611A052N3S
65
20
20
50
60
S611A065N3S
71
20
25
60
75
S611A077N3S
99
30
30
75
100
S611B099N3S
119
40
40
100
125
S611B125N3S
156
50
60
125
150
S611C156N3S
180
60
60
150
150
S611C180N3S
242
75
75
200
250
S611D242N3S
302
100
100
250
300
S611E302N3S
361
125
150
300
350
S611E361N3S
407
150
150
350
400
S611F414N3S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-51
1.2
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1
Note: Always refer to motor plate FLA and ensure that the motor plate FLA is equal to or lower than the
maximum current value in the tables.
1
S611
Heavy Duty—500% FLA for 30 Seconds, 125% Continuous
Rated
Current (Amps)
Horsepower Rating
208V
240 V
480 V
600 V
Catalog Number
49
15
15
40
50
S611A052N3S
83
25
30
60
75
S611B099N3S
1
142
40
60
125
150
S611C156N3S
225
75
75
200
200
S611D242N3S
1
256
75
100
200
250
S611E361N3S
285
100
125
250
300
S611F414N3S
1
1
1
Severe Duty—600% FLA for 30 Seconds, 125% Continuous
1
Rated
Current (Amps)
Horsepower Rating
208V
240 V
480 V
600 V
Catalog Number
41
10
15
30
40
S611A052N3S
1
69
20
30
60
60
S611B099N3S
117
30
50
100
125
S611C180N3S
1
187
60
75
150
200
S611D242N3S
213
75
75
150
200
S611E361N3S
238
75
100
200
250
S611F414N3S
1
1
1
1
Accessories
Optional Accessory Kits
1
S611 Current
Rating
Accessory Kit
Part Number
User interface remote mounting kit —3.28 ft (1 m)
52–414A
S611-RMK-100
User interface remote mounting kit—6.56 ft (2 m)
52–414A
S611-RMK-200
User interface remote mounting kit—9.84 ft (3 m)
52–414A
S611-RMK-300
1
User interface communication cable—3.28 ft (1 m)
52–414A
D77E-QPIP100
User interface communication cable—6.56 ft (2 m)
52–414A
D77E-QPIP200
1
User interface communication cable—9.84 ft (3 m)
52–414A
D77E-QPIP300
Lug kit—mechanical
52–77A
S611-LUG-M01
99–125A
S611-LUG-M02
156–242A
S611-LUG-M03
302–414A
S611-LUG-M04
Description
1
1
1
1
1
Communications
1
Network Communications Reference
Description
Catalog Number
Modbus communication adapter without I/O
C441M
Modbus communication adapter with 120 Vac I/O
C441N
Modbus communication adapter with 24 Vdc I/O
C441P
1
DeviceNet communication adapter with 120 Vac I/O
C441K
DeviceNet communication adapter with 24 Vdc I/O
C441L
1
PROFIBUS communication adapter with 120 Vac I/O
C441S
PROFIBUS communication adapter with 24 Vdc I/O
C441Q
1
Ethernet IP/Modbus TCP communication adapter with 120 Vac I/O
C441R
Ethernet IP/Modbus TCP communication adapter with 24 Vdc I/O
C441T
Communication adapter
C440-COM-ADP
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-52
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1.2
Replacement Parts
1
S611 Replacement Components
Description
Part Number
User interface
S611-KEYPAD
User interface communication cable—0.25m (0.82 ft)
D77E-QPIP25
Control board assembly—52A standard
S611-PCB-052S
Control board assembly—65A standard
S611-PCB-065S
Control board assembly—77A standard
S611-PCB-077S
Control board assembly—99A standard
S611-PCB-099S
Control board assembly—125A standard
S611-PCB-125S
Control board assembly—156A standard
S611-PCB-156S
Control board assembly—180A standard
S611-PCB-180S
Control board assembly—242A standard
S611-PCB-242S
Control board assembly—302A standard
S611-PCB-302S
Control board assembly—361A standard
S611-PCB-361S
Control board assembly—414A standard
S611-PCB-414S
Control board assembly—52A pump
S611-PCB-052P
Control board assembly—65A pump
S611-PCB-065P
Control board assembly—77A pump
S611-PCB-077P
Control board assembly—99A pump
S611-PCB-099P
Control board assembly—125A pump
S611-PCB-125P
Control board assembly—156A pump
S611-PCB-156P
Control board assembly—180A pump
S611-PCB-180P
Control board assembly—242A pump
S611-PCB-242P
Control board assembly—302A pump
S611-PCB-302P
Control board assembly—361A pump
S611-PCB-361P
Control board assembly—414A pump
S611-PCB-414P
Frame A/B CT
S611-CT-AB
Frame C/D CT
S611-CT-CD
Frame E/F CT
S611-CT-EF
Contactor assembly—52–180A
C25DNY172
Contactor assembly—242–414A
C25DNY173
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-53
1.2
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1
Technical Data and Specifications
1
Soft Starters—S611
1
Description
1
1
1
1
S611 Soft Starter (Partial Catalog Number)
S611A052…
S611A065…
S611A072…
S611B099…
Max. current capacity
A
52
65
77
99
FLA range
A
26–52
32.5–65
38.5–77
48–99
Width
inch (mm)
11.58 (294)
11.58 (294)
11.58 (294)
11.58 (294)
Height
inch (mm)
19.45 (494)
19.45 (494)
19.45 (494)
19.45 (494)
Depth
inch (mm)
7.46 (189)
7.46 (189)
7.46 (189)
7.46 (189)
Weight
lb (kg)
24 (11)
24 (11)
24 (11)
24 (11)
10M
10M
10M
10M
V
660
660
660
660
Dimensions
General Information
1
1
Bypass mechanical lifespan
Insulating voltage
Ramp time range
Seconds
0.5–180
0.5–180
0.5–180
0.5–180
1
Vibration resistance—non-operating
g
3g up to 242A units, 2g on
302A to 414A units
3g up to 242A units, 2g on
302A to 414A units
3g up to 242A units, 2g on
302A to 414A units
3g up to 242A units, 2g on
302A to 414A units
1
Vibration resistance—operating
g
1
1
1
1
Shock resistance
g
15g up to 242A units, 5g on
302A to 414A units
15g up to 242A units, 5g on
302A to 414A units
15g up to 242A units, 5g on
302A to 414A units
15g up to 242A units, 5g on
302A to 414A units
Operating voltage
V
130–600
130–600
130–600
130–600
Operating frequency
Hertz
47–63
47–63
47–63
47–63
Overload setting (frame)
% FLA
50–100
50–100
50–100
50–100
5, 10, 20, 30
5, 10, 20, 30
5, 10, 20, 30
5, 10, 20, 30
1
1
1
1
14–2/0
14–2/0
14–2/0
14–2/0
Lug
Lug
Lug
Lug
22–12
22–12
22–12
22–12
2 (or one 12–14 AWG)
2 (or one 12–14 AWG)
2 (or one 12–14 AWG)
2 (or one 12–14 AWG)
1
1
1
1
1
1
Electrical Information
Trip class
Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)
Number of conductors
Wire sizes
AWG
Type of connectors
Control Wiring
1
1
Wire sizes
AWG
Number of conductors
Torque requirements
lb-in
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
1
Maximum size
AWG
12
12
12
12
1
Voltage range (120 V ±10%)
V
108–132
108–132
108–132
108–132
Steady state current
A
0.375
0.375
0.375
0.375
1
Inrush current
A
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
Ripple
%
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Control Power Requirements
Relays (1) Class A and C
Voltage AC—maximum
V
120
120
120
120
Voltage DC—maximum
V
24
24
24
24
Amps—maximum
A
3
3
3
3
Environment
Temperature—operating
°C
–20° to 50°C
–20° to 50°C
–20° to 50°C
–20° to 50°C
Temperature—storage
°C
–40° to 85°C
–40° to 85°C
–40° to 85°C
–40° to 85°C
Altitude
Meters
<2000m, derate 0.5% per
100m >2000m
<2000m, derate 0.5% per
100m >2000m
<2000m, derate 0.5% per
100m >2000m
<2000m, derate 0.5% per
100m >2000m
Humidity
%
<95% non-condensing
<95% non-condensing
<95% non-condensing
<95% non-condensing
Vertical, line side up
Vertical, line side up
Vertical, line side up
Vertical, line side up
3
3
3
3
6000
6000
6000
6000
1
Operating position
1
Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1
Pollution degree IEC947-1
V6-T1-54
V
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
1.2
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Soft Starters—S611, continued
1
S611 Soft Starter (Partial Catalog Number)
Description
S611B125…
S611C156…
S611C180…
S611D242…
Max. current capacity
A
125
156
180
242
FLA range
A
62.5–125
78–156
90–180
120–242
1
inch (mm)
11.58 (294)
11.58 (294)
11.58 (294)
11.58 (294)
1
1
Dimensions
Width
Height
inch (mm)
19.45 (494)
20.83 (529)
20.83 (529)
20.83 (529)
Depth
inch (mm)
7.46 (189)
8.37 (213)
8.37 (213)
8.37 (213)
Weight
lb (kg)
24 (11)
33 (15)
33 (15)
38 (17)
1
10M
10M
10M
10M
1
V
660
660
660
660
1
General Information
Bypass mechanical lifespan
Insulating voltage
Ramp time range
Seconds
0.5–180
0.5–180
0.5–180
0.5–180
1
Vibration resistance—non-operating
g
3g up to 242A units, 2g on
302A to 414A units
3g up to 242A units, 2g on
302A to 414A units
3g up to 242A units, 2g on
302A to 414A units
3g up to 242A units, 2g on
302A to 414A units
1
Vibration resistance—operating
g
1
1
1
1
Shock resistance
g
15g up to 242A units, 5g on
302A to 414A units
15g up to 242A units, 5g on
302A to 414A units
15g up to 242A units, 5g on
302A to 414A units
15g up to 242A units, 5g on
302A to 414A units
1
Electrical Information
Operating voltage
V
130–600
130–600
130–600
130–600
Operating frequency
Hertz
47–63
47–63
47–63
47–63
Overload setting (frame)
% FLA
50–100
50–100
50–100
50–100
5, 10, 20, 30
5, 10, 20, 30
5, 10, 20, 30
5, 10, 20, 30
Trip class
1
1
1
Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)
Number of conductors
Wire sizes
AWG
Type of connectors
1
1
1
1
2–600 kcmil
2–600 kcmil
2–600 kcmil
2–600 kcmil
Lug
Lug
Lug
Lug
1
1
1
Control Wiring
Wire sizes
1
AWG
Number of conductors
22–12
22–12
22–12
22–12
2 (or one 12–14 AWG)
2 (or one 12–14 AWG)
2 (or one 12–14 AWG)
2 (or one 12–14 AWG)
1
Torque requirements
lb-in
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
Maximum size
AWG
12
12
12
12
1
Voltage range (120 V ±10%)
V
108–132
108–132
108–132
108–132
1
Steady state current
A
0.375
0.375
0.375
0.375
Inrush current
A
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
Ripple
%
1
1
1
1
Control Power Requirements
1
1
Relays (1) Class A and C
Voltage AC—maximum
V
120
120
120
120
Voltage DC—maximum
V
24
24
24
24
Amps—maximum
A
3
3
3
3
1
Temperature—operating
°C
–20° to 50°C
–20° to 50°C
–20° to 50°C
–20° to 50°C
1
Temperature—storage
°C
–40° to 85°C
–40° to 85°C
–40° to 85°C
–40° to 85°C
Altitude
Meters
<2000m, derate 0.5% per
100m >2000m
<2000m, derate 0.5% per
100m >2000m
<2000m, derate 0.5% per
100m >2000m
<2000m, derate 0.5% per
100m >2000m
Humidity
%
<95% non-condensing
<95% non-condensing
<95% non-condensing
<95% non-condensing
1
Environment
Operating position
Vertical, line side up
Vertical, line side up
Vertical, line side up
Vertical, line side up
Pollution degree IEC947-1
3
3
3
3
6000
6000
6000
6000
Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1
V
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-55
1.2
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Soft Starters—S611, continued
S611 Soft Starter (Partial Catalog Number)
S611E302…
S611E361…
S611F414…
Max. current capacity
A
302
361
414
FLA range
A
151–302
180.5–361
207–414
Width
inch (mm)
17.56 (446)
17.56 (446)
17.56 (446)
Height
inch (mm)
31.15 (791)
31.15 (791)
31.15 (791)
Depth
inch (mm)
9.54 (242)
9.54 (242)
9.54 (242)
Weight
lb (kg)
86 (39)
86 (39)
102 (46)
10M
10M
10M
Insulating voltage
V
660
660
660
Ramp time range
Seconds
0.5–180
0.5–180
0.5–180
1
Vibration resistance—non-operating
g
3g up to 242A units, 2g on
302A to 414A units
3g up to 242A units, 2g on
302A to 414A units
3g up to 242A units, 2g on
302A to 414A units
1
Vibration resistance—operating
g
1
1
1
Shock resistance
g
15g up to 242A units, 5g on
302A to 414A units
15g up to 242A units, 5g on
302A to 414A units
15g up to 242A units, 5g on
302A to 414A units
130–600
1
1
1
1
1
Description
Dimensions
General Information
1
1
1
Bypass mechanical lifespan
Electrical Information
1
Operating voltage
V
130–600
130–600
Operating frequency
Hertz
47–63
47–63
47–63
1
Overload setting (frame)
% FLA
50–100
50–100
50–100
5, 10, 20, 30
5, 10, 20, 30
5, 10, 20, 30
2
1
Trip class
Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)
1
Number of conductors
1
Type of connectors
Wire sizes
AWG
2
2
2–600 kcmil
2–600 kcmil
2–600 kcmil
Lug
Lug
Lug
22–12
Control Wiring
1
1
Wire sizes
AWG
Number of conductors
22–12
22–12
2 (or one 12–14 AWG)
2 (or one 12–14 AWG)
2 (or one 12–14 AWG)
Torque requirements
lb-in
3.5
3.5
3.5
1
Maximum size
AWG
12
12
12
1
Voltage range (120 V ±10%)
V
108–132
108–132
108–132
Steady state current
A
0.75
0.75
0.75
Inrush current
A
1
1
1
Ripple
%
1
1
1
1
1
Control Power Requirements
Relays (1) Class A and C
1
Voltage AC—maximum
V
120
120
120
Voltage DC—maximum
V
24
24
24
1
Amps—maximum
A
3
3
3
–20° to 50°C
1
1
1
1
1
Environment
Temperature—operating
°C
–20° to 50°C
–20° to 50°C
Temperature—storage
°C
–40° to 85°C
–40° to 85°C
–40° to 85°C
Altitude
Meters
<2000m, derate 0.5% per
100m >2000m
<2000m, derate 0.5% per
100m >2000m
<2000m, derate 0.5% per
100m >2000m
Humidity
%
<95% non-condensing
<95% non-condensing
<95% non-condensing
Vertical, line side up
Vertical, line side up
Vertical, line side up
Operating position
Pollution degree IEC947-1
Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1
V
3
3
3
6000
6000
6000
1
V6-T1-56
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1.2
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in inches (mm)
1
S611A…, S611B…
1
2.76
(70.0)
4.33
(110.0)
2.76
(70.0)
1
7.43
(188.6)
4.21
(107.0)
1
1
1
1
19.47
(494.5)
1
1
18.30
(464.7)
1
11.58
(294.2)
1
1
1
3.15
(80.0)
3.54
(90.0)
1
Ø 0.39 (10.0)
8 Places
3.15
(80.0)
1
1
S611C…, S611D…
2.76
(70.0)
4.33
(110.0)
8.57
(217.6)
2.76
(70.0)
1
5.20
(132.0)
1
1
1
1
1
21.01
(533.6)
1
18.30
(464.7)
1
1
11.58
(294.2)
1
1
1
3.15
(80.0)
3.54
(90.0)
3.15
(80.0)
1
Ø 0.39
(10.0)
8 Places
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-57
1.2
1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Approximate Dimensions in inches (mm)
S611E…, S611F…
5.00
(127.0)
6.10
(155.0)
9.50
(241.3)
5.00
(127.0)
6.81
(172.9)
1
1
1
1
29.69
(754.1)
1
22.13
(562.0)
1
17.56
(446.1)
1
1
1
1
1
5.00
(127.0)
6.10
(155.0)
5.00
(127.0)
Ø 0.53
(13.5)
8 Places
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-58
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1.2
Contents
Type S801+, Soft Starters
Description
Type S611, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S801+, Soft Starters
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S811+, Soft Starters with DIM. . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
1
V6-T1-43
1
V6-T1-60
V6-T1-62
V6-T1-62
V6-T1-62
V6-T1-62
V6-T1-62
V6-T1-63
V6-T1-65
V6-T1-66
V6-T1-67
V6-T1-71
V6-T1-71
V6-T1-75
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Type S801+, Soft Starters
Product Description
Application Description
Eaton’s S801+ line of
reduced voltage soft starters
is very compact, multifunctional, easy to install and
easy to program. Designed to
control acceleration and
deceleration of three-phase
motors, the line is available
for current ranges from 11A
all the way through 1000A
applications, and is suitable
for mounting in motor control
centers or in enclosed control
(NEMA 1, 4, 4X and 12)
applications.
The S801+ line of soft
starters is designed to be the
smallest, most compact soft
starter in the market today.
With this small size, it can
easily fit in place of existing
soft starter designs, wyedelta starters or across-theline NEMA and IEC starters.
This feature allows easy
retrofits of existing motor
control centers or enclosures,
and saves the expense of
replacing existing structure
or adding a new one to house
a soft starter.
1
The product is designed
to work with three-phase
motors in a delta (three-lead)
configuration. The S801+
works with all motors from
fractional horsepower up to
motors requiring 1000A of
steady-state current. The
built-in overload (in ranges
from 11–1000A) and run
bypass contactor make
installation and setup quick
and easy. The overload
also offers some advanced
protective functions to give
additional motor protection.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-59
1.2
1
1
1
1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Operation
Overload Functionality
Overtemperature
Protects the device from
overheating. Starter will
shut down at 100°C.
Jam
Selectable protective feature,
unit trips to prevent damage
to motor during normal run.
Stall
Selectable protective feature,
unit trips to protect system in
event motor can not get to
rated speed in the defined
ramp period.
Phase Loss
Selectable protective feature,
trips under voltage loss
condition to any phase.
1
1
1
1
1
1
Kick Start
Provides an initial boost of
current to the motor to help
overcome motor inertia and
begin motor rotation.
1
1
●
Ramp Start
Provides a constant increase
in torque to the motor.
Shorted SCR Detection
Monitors for shorted SCR
in the power poles.
●
0–85% of locked rotor
torque
0–2.0 seconds duration
Starting Characteristics—Kick Start
100%
Locked Rotor Torque
1
Current Limit Start
Limits the maximum current
available to the motor during
the startup phase.
Starting Characteristics
1
1
Phase Reversal
Selectable protective feature,
trips when phase rotation is
something other than A-B-C.
Kick Start
Selectable feature that
provides a current “kick”
of up to 550% of full load
current for 0 to 2.0 seconds.
This provides the additional
torque required at startup to
break free a motor.
Run
1
Kick
Start
1
Ramp
Time (Seconds)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ramp Start
The most commonly used
form of soft start. This allows
you to set the initial torque
value (of the ramp) and then
raises it to full voltage
conditions.
●
●
Adjustable initial torque =
0–85% of locked
rotor torque
Adjustable ramp time =
0.5–180 seconds
Starting Characteristics—Ramp Start
Locked Rotor Torque
1
100%
1
Run
Initial
Torque
Time (Seconds)
V6-T1-60
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Soft Stop
Allows for a controlled
stopping of a frictional load.
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Current Limit
This mode of soft starting
is used when it becomes
necessary to limit the
maximum starting current
due to long start times or
to protect the motor.
●
●
1.2
1
Maximum current of
0–85% locked rotor current
Adjustable ramp time =
0.5–180 seconds
1
1
1
Starting Characteristics—Current Limit
1
1
Current
Max.
Allowed
1
Run
100%
FLA
1
1
1
Time (Seconds)
1
Soft Stop
Used when an extended
coast-to-rest period is
desired. Often used with high
friction loads where a sudden
stop may cause system or
product damage.
●
1
Stop time = 0–60 seconds
1
1
1
Starting Characteristics—Soft Stop
1
Run
1
1
1
1
Ramp
1
Time (Seconds)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-61
1.2
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Features
Benefits
1
Built-in overload protection
Built-in run bypass
contactor
Adjustable ramp times
Adjustable torque control
Adjustable kick start
control
Programmable overload
settings, 31–100% (3.2:1)
of rated current for the unit
Physically fits in place of
most NEMA and IEC
starters
1
Standards and Certifications
●
1
●
1
●
1
●
1
●
1
1
1
1
1
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Easy to use control
interface module
Soft stop control
Multiple trip class settings
(5, 10, 20 and 30)
Six SCR control
Optional CIM door mount
kit for safety
Optional IP20 protection
●
●
●
Reduced wear on belts,
gears, chains, clutches,
shafts and bearings
Allows for controlling the
inrush current to the motor
Reduced inrush current
leads to more stable power
grid and can lower peak
demand charges
IEC 947 compliant
EN 60947-4-2
CSA certification
cULus listed
(File No. E202571)
CE marked
CSA elevator (2411 01)
1
1
1
1
1
1
User Manuals
A comprehensive user manual
is available and can be
downloaded free of charge
from www.eaton.com by
performing a document search
for MN03900002E.
1
Catalog Number Selection
1
S801+ Open Soft Starters 12
S 801+ N 66 N 3 S
1
1
1
S = Soft starter
801+ = Non-combination
soft starter
1
1
37 = 37A
66 = 66A
10 = 105A
13 = 135A
18 = 180A
1
1
1
1
S = Standard soft starter
Frame Size
N = 65 mm
R = 110 mm
T = 200 mm
U = 200 mm
V = 290 mm
Ampere Rating
24 = 240A
30 = 304A
36 = 360A
42 = 420A
50 = 500A 3
Options
N = Standard
Number of Poles
3 = Three-pole device
65 = 650A
72 = 720A
85 = 850A
10 = 1000A
Notes
1 S801+T…, S801+U… and S801+V… units require lug kits found on Page V6-T1-65.
2 All units require a 24 Vdc power supply found on catalog Page V6-T1-65, or equivalent.
3 S801+U50N35 unit does not have IEC certification.
1
V6-T1-62
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
●
●
Less shock to product on
conveyor lines and material
handling gear
24 Vdc control enhances
personnel and equipment
safety
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1.2
Product Selection
1
Standard Duty Ratings
The table below is the base ratings for the soft starter. The tables included in this catalog are
meant to be a reference table for different applications, but to match a unit to your exact
application, consult with your local Eaton representative or call our Technical Resource Center.
1
1
Standard Duty Ratings
Starting Method
Ramp Current
% of FLA
Ramp Time
Seconds
Starts per Hour
Ambient
Temperature
Soft start
300%
30 sec.
3
50°C
Full voltage
500%
10 sec.
3
50°C
Wye-delta
350%
20 sec.
3
50°C
80% RVAT
480%
20 sec.
2
50°C
65% RVAT
390%
20 sec.
3
50°C
50% RVAT
300%
20 sec.
4
50°C
Motor applications and
customer needs come in
many different varieties.
With the standard and severe
duty rating tables, we have
attempted to provide
S801+
guidelines on what the soft
starter is capable of.
If the application falls under
these categories, you can
use these charts. For other
applications, or when a
1
1
1
1
1
question arises, consult
with your local Eaton
representative or call our
Technical Resource Center.
1
1
1
1
Standard Duty—15 Second Ramp, 300% Current Limit at 40°C, Inline Connection
Three-Phase Motors
kW Rating (50 Hz)
Rated
Current
200V
230V
1
hp Rating (60 Hz)
230V
460V
575–600V
380–400V 440V
1.0SF
1.15SF
1.0SF
1.15SF
1.0SF
1.15SF
1.0SF
1.15SF
Catalog
Number
Frame Size N
1
1
37
10
18.5
18.5
10
10
10
10
25
20
30
30
S801+N37N3S
66
18.5
30
37
20
15
20
20
50
40
60
50
S801+N66N3S
1
1
Frame Size R
105
30
55
59
30
25
40
30
75
60
100
75
S801+R10N3S
135
40
63
80
40
30
50
40
100
75
125
100
S801+R13N3S
Frame Size T
1
180
51
90
110
60
50
60
60
150
125
150
150
S801+T18N3S
240
75
110
147
75
60
75
75
200
150
200
200
S801+T24N3S
304
90
160
185
100
75
100
100
250
200
300
250
S801+T30N3S
1
1
1
Frame Size U
360
110
185
220
125
100
150
125
300
250
350
300
S801+U36N3S
420
129
220
257
150
125
175
150
350
300
450
350
S801+U42N3S
500
150
257
300
150
150
200
150
400
350
500
450
S801+U50N3S 1
Frame Size V
360
110
185
220
125
100
150
125
300
250
350
300
S801+V36N3S
420
129
220
257
150
125
175
150
350
300
450
350
S801+V42N3S
500
150
257
300
150
150
200
150
400
350
500
450
S801+V50N3S
650
200
355
425
250
200
250
200
500
450
600
500
S801+V65N3S
720
220
400
450
—
—
300
250
600
500
700
600
S801+V72N3S
850
257
475
500
—
—
350
300
700
600
900
700
S801+V85N3S
1000
277
525
550
—
—
400
350
800
700
900
800
S801+V10N3S
Note
1 S801+U50N3S does not have IEC certification.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-63
1.2
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Severe Duty Ratings
The table below is the base ratings for the soft starter. The tables included in this catalog are
meant to be a reference table for different applications, but to match a unit to your exact
application, consult with your local Eaton representative or call our Technical Resource Center.
1
Severe Duty Ratings
1
Starting Method
Ramp Current
% of FLA
Ramp Time
Seconds
Starts per Hour
Ambient
Temperature
Soft start
450%
30 sec.
4
50°C
Full voltage
500%
10 sec.
10
50°C
Wye-delta
350%
65 sec.
3
50°C
80% RVAT
480%
25 sec.
4
50°C
65% RVAT
390%
40 sec.
4
50°C
50% RVAT
300%
60 sec.
4
50°C
1
1
1
1
1
Severe duty ratings are
defined as any combination of
parameters that exceed the
standard duty ratings where
the ramp time is over 30
seconds, and/or the number
of starts per hour exceeds 4,
and/or the current limit set is
over 300%. Example: 35second ramp, 5 starts per
hour, 350% current limit at
40°C ambient.
1
1
S801+
Severe Duty—>30 Second Ramp, >300% Current Limit
Three-Phase Motor
kW Rating (50 Hz)
1
Rated
Current
1
hp Rating (60 Hz)
200V
230V
380–400V
440V
1.0SF
230V
1.15SF
1.0SF
460V
1.15SF
1.0SF
575V
1.15SF
1.0SF
1.15SF
Catalog
Number
Frame Size N
1
1
22
5.5
10
11
5
5
7-1/2
5
15
10
20
15
S801+N37N3S
42
11
18.5
22
10
10
15
10
30
25
40
30
S801+N66N3S
Frame Size R
1
65
15
30
33
15
15
20
15
50
40
50
50
S801+R10N3S
80
22
40
45
25
20
30
25
60
50
75
60
S801+R13N3S
1
Frame Size T
63
30
30
40
30
75
75
100
100
S801+T18N3S
1
1
115
33
59
150
45
80
90
50
40
50
50
100
100
150
125
S801+T24N3S
192
55
100
110
60
50
75
60
150
125
200
150
S801+T30N3S
Frame Size U
1
240
75
110
147
75
60
75
75
200
150
200
200
S801+U36N3S
305
90
160
185
100
75
100
100
250
200
300
250
S801+U42N3S
1
365
110
185
220
125
100
150
125
300
250
350
300
S801+U50N3S 1
110
147
75
60
75
75
200
150
200
200
S801+V36N3S
Frame Size V
1
240
75
305
90
160
185
100
75
100
100
250
200
300
250
S801+V42N3S
365
110
185
220
125
100
150
125
300
250
350
300
S801+V50N3S
1
420
129
220
257
150
125
150
150
350
300
450
350
S801+V65N3S
480
147
257
295
150
150
200
150
400
350
500
450
S801+V72N3S
1
525
160
280
335
150
150
200
150
450
350
500
450
S801+V85N3S
600
185
315
375
200
150
250
200
500
450
600
500
S801+V10N3S
1
1
Note
1 S801+U50N3S unit does not have IEC certification.
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-64
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1.2
Accessories
1
Lug Kits
S801+T…, S801+U… and
S801+V… soft starters each
have different lug options
based on your wiring needs.
Lug Kit
1
Each lug kit contains three
lugs that can be mounted on
either the load or line side.
1
1
Lug Kits
S801+
Catalog Number
S801+T…,
S801+U…
S801+V…
Description
Kits
Required
Catalog
Number
2 cable connections, 4 AWG to 1/0 cable
2
EML22
1 cable connection, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable
EML23
2 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable
EML24
1 cable connection, 2/0 to 300 kcmil cable
EML25
2 cable connections, 2/0 to 300 kcmil cable
EML26
2 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable
2
1
1
1
1
1
EML28
4 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable
EML30
6 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable
EML32
4 cable connections, 2/0 to 300 kcmil cable
EML33
1
1
1
Power Supplies
24 Vdc power supply that can
be used with the S801+ SSRV
or as a stand-alone device.
Power Supplies
Lug Cover Kits
Replacement covers for the
S801+T… and S801+U…
soft starters are available in
case of damage to the
existing covers.
IP20 Kits
1
IP20 Kits
Description
Catalog
Number
1
S801+N…
SS-IP20-N
S801+R…
SS-IP20-R
1
S801+T… and S801+U…
SS-IP20-TU
S801+V…
SS-IP20-V
Catalog
Number
Lug Cover Kits
85–264 Vac input
24 Vdc output
PSG240E
Description
360–575 Vac input
24 Vdc output
PSG240F
Lug cover S801+T…,
S801+U…
EML27
1
600 Vac input
24 Vdc output
PSS55D
Lug cover S801+V…
EML34
1
Description
Catalog
Number
1
1
1
Surge Suppressors
The surge suppressor can
mount on either the line or
load side of the soft starter.
It is designed to clip the line
voltage (or load side induced
voltage).
Surge Suppressor
1
1
1
1
Surge Suppressors
Description
Catalog
Number
1
600 V MOV for S801+… units
EMS39
690 V MOV for S801+… units
EMS41
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-65
1.2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Mounting Plates
The mounting plates are
designed to help make it easy
to install or retrofit the soft
starter into enclosures and
MCCs. The soft starter can
be mounted onto the plate
prior to installation. The
mounting plate is designed
with tear drop mounting
holes for easier installation.
Vibration Plates
The vibration plates allow the
soft starter to be applied in
high shock and vibration
applications. The vibration
plate allows vibration up to 5g
and shock in up to 40g. The
soft starter is mounted onto
the vibration plate prior to
installation in the panel.
Mounting Plates
Vibration Plates
Description
Catalog
Number
Description
Catalog
Number
S801+N…
EMM13N
S801+N…
EMM14N
S801+R…
EMM13R
S801+R…
EMM14R
S801+T… and S801+U…
EMM13T
S801+T… and S801+U…
EMM14T
S801+V…
EMM13V
S801+V…
EMM14V
Adapter Plates
The adapter plate allows
customers to retrofit a
S801+V… soft starter with
the S801+U… soft starter.
Adapter Plates
Description
Catalog
Number
Adapter plates
EMM13U
Control Wire Connector
Control Wire Connector
Description
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Catalog
Number
12-pin, 5 mm pitch connector EMA75
for control wiring
1
1
Control Interface Module
The Control Interface
Module (CIM) is available
as a replacement part.
Options
Cooling Fan Kit
The EMM18 cooling fan kit
mounts on either side of any
frame size S801+ soft starter
to provide additional printed
circuit board cooling in high
ambient operating
temperatures.
Cooling Fan Kit
Description
Catalog
Number
Fan kit
EMM18
V6-T1-66
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
CIM
Description
Catalog
Number
Blank cover (filler)
EMA68
CIM for standard unit
EMA71
Panel mounting kit
3 ft cable
EMA69A
5 ft cable
EMA69B
8 ft cable
EMA69C
10 ft cable
EMA69D
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1.2
Technical Data and Specifications
1
Soft Starters—S801+
1
Description
S801+N37N3S
S801+N66N3S
S801+R10N3S
S801+R13N3S
Max. current capacity
37
66
105
135
1
1
General Information
Bypass mechanical lifespan
10M
10M
10M
10M
Insulating voltage Ui
660 V
660 V
660 V
660 V
Ramp time range
0.5–180 seconds
0.5–180 seconds
0.5–180 seconds
0.5–180 seconds
Resistance to vibration
3g
3g
3g
3g
Resistance to shock
15g
15g
15g
15g
Operating voltage
200–600 V
200–600 V
200–600 V
200–600 V
Operating frequency
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
Overload setting
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
Trip class
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
1
1
1
1
Wire sizes
14–2
14–2
14–4/0
14–4/0
Type of connectors
Box lug
Box lug
Box lug
Box lug
1
1
1
Electrical Information
1
1
1
Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)
Number of conductors
1
1
Control Wiring (12-Pin)
Wire sizes in AWG
22–14
22–14
22–14
22–14
Number of conductors (stranded)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
Torque requirements in lb-in
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
Solid, stranded or flexible max. size in mm2
3.31
3.31
3.31
3.31
Voltage range (24V ±10%)
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
Steady-state current amps
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
Inrush current amps
10
10
10
10
Ripple
1%
1%
1%
1%
Voltage AC—maximum
240
240
240
240
Voltage DC—maximum
120
120
120
120
Amps—maximum
3
3
3
3
1
Temperature—operating
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
1
1
1
1
1
Control Power Requirements
1
1
1
Relays (1) Class A and C
1
Environment
Temperature—storage
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
Altitude
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
Humidity
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
Operating position
Any
Any
Any
Any
Pollution degree IEC947-1
3
3
3
3
Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1
6000 V
6000 V
6000 V
6000 V
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-67
1.2
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Soft Starters—S801+, continued
Description
S801+T18N3S
S801+T24N3S
S801+T30N3S
S801+U36N3S 12
Max. current capacity
180
240
304
360
General Information
1
1
Bypass mechanical lifespan
10M
10M
10M
10M
Insulating voltage Ui
660 V
660 V
660 V
660 V
Ramp time range
0.5–180 seconds
0.5–180 seconds
0.5–180 seconds
0.5–180 seconds
1
Resistance to vibration
3g
3g
3g
3g
Resistance to shock
15g
15g
15g
15g
1
Electrical Information
Operating voltage
200–600 V
200–600 V
200–600 V
200–600 V
1
Operating frequency
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
1
Overload setting
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
Trip class
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
1
Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)
Number of conductors
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
1
Wire sizes
4 AWG to 500 kcmil
4 AWG to 500 kcmil
4 AWG to 500 kcmil
4 AWG to 500 kcmil
Type of connectors
Add-on lug kit
Add-on lug kit
Add-on lug kit
Add-on lug kit
22–14
1
Control Wiring (12-Pin)
1
Wire sizes in AWG
22–14
22–14
22–14
Number of conductors (stranded)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
1
Torque requirements in lb-in
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
Solid, stranded or flexible max. size in mm2
3.31
3.31
3.31
3.31
1
Control Power Requirements
1
Voltage range (24V ±10%)
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
Steady-state current amps
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1
Inrush current amps
10
10
10
10
Ripple
1%
1%
1%
1%
1
Relays (1) Class A and C
Voltage AC—maximum
240
240
240
240
1
Voltage DC—maximum
120
120
120
120
1
Amps—maximum
3
3
3
3
Environment
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
1
Temperature—operating
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
1
Temperature—storage
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
Altitude
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<95% noncondensing
1
1
1
1
1
Humidity
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
Operating position
Any
Any
Any
Any
Pollution degree IEC947-1
3
3
3
3
Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1
6000 V
6000 V
6000 V
6000 V
Notes
1 801+U50N3S unit does not have IEC certification.
2 UL recognized component.
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-68
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1.2
Soft Starters—S801+, continued
1
Description
S801+U42N3S
S801+U50N3S 1
S801+V36N3S
S801+V42N3S
Max. current capacity
420
500
360
420
1
1
General Information
Bypass mechanical lifespan
10M
10M
10M
10M
Insulating voltage Ui
660 V
660 V
660 V
660 V
Ramp time range
0.5–180 seconds
0.5–180 seconds
0.5–180 seconds
0.5–180 seconds
Resistance to vibration
3g
3g
3g
3g
Resistance to shock
15g
15g
15g
15g
Operating voltage
200–600 V
200–600 V
200–600 V
200–600 V
Operating frequency
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
1
1
1
Electrical Information
Overload setting
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
Trip class
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
1 or 2
1 or 2
2, 4 or 6
2, 4 or 6
Wire sizes
4 AWG to 500 kcmil
4 AWG to 500 kcmil
2/0 to 500 kcmil
2/0 to 500 kcmil
Type of connectors
Add-on lug kit
Add-on lug kit
Add-on lug kit
Add-on lug kit
1
1
Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)
Number of conductors
1
1
1
Control Wiring (12-Pin)
Wire sizes in AWG
22–14
22–14
22–14
22–14
Number of conductors (stranded)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
Torque requirements in lb-in
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
Solid, stranded or flexible max. size in mm2
3.31
3.31
3.31
3.31
Voltage range (24V ±10%)
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
Steady-state current amps
1.0
1.0
1.4
1.4
Inrush current amps
10
10
10
10
Ripple
1%
1%
1%
1%
240
240
240
240
1
1
1
Control Power Requirements
1
1
1
Relays (1) Class A and C
Voltage AC—maximum
1
Voltage DC—maximum
120
120
120
120
Amps—maximum
3
3
3
3
Temperature—operating
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
1
Temperature—storage
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
Altitude
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
1
Humidity
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
1
Environment
Operating position
Any
Any
Any
Any
Pollution degree IEC947-1
3
3
3
3
Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1
6000 V
6000 V
6000 V
6000 V
1
1
1
Note
1 801+U50N3S unit does not have IEC certification.
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-69
1.2
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Soft Starters—S801+, continued
Description
S801+V50N3S
S801+V65N3S
S801+V72N3S
S801+V85N3S
S801+V10N3S 2
Max. current capacity
500
650
720
850
1000
Dimensions
1
Width in inches (mm)
11.03 (280.2)
11.03 (280.2)
11.03 (280.2)
11.03 (280.2)
11.03 (280.2)
Height in inches (mm)
16.57 (420.8)
16.57 (420.8)
16.57 (420.8)
16.57 (420.8)
16.57 (420.8)
Depth in inches (mm)
7.23 (183.7)
7.23 (183.7)
7.23 (183.7)
7.23 (183.7)
7.23 (183.7)
1
Weight in lbs (kg)
103 (46.8) with lugs
91 (41.4) without lugs
103 (46.8) with lugs
91 (41.4) without lugs
103 (46.8) with lugs
91 (41.4) without lugs
103 (46.8) with lugs
91 (41.4) without lugs
103 (46.8) with lugs
91 (41.4) without lugs
1
General Information
Bypass mechanical lifespan
10M
10M
10M
10M
10M
1
Insulating voltage Ui
660 V
660 V
660 V
660 V
660 V
Ramp time range
0.5–180 seconds
0.5–180 seconds
0.5–180 seconds
0.5–180 seconds
0.5–180 seconds
Resistance to vibration
3g
3g
3g
3g
3g
Resistance to shock
15g
15g
15g
15g
15g
1
1
1
Electrical Information
1
Operating voltage
200–600 V
200–600 V
200–600 V
200–600 V
200–600 V
Operating frequency
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
1
Overload setting
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
Trip class
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
1
Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)
1
Number of conductors
2, 4 or 6
2, 4 or 6
2, 4 or 6
2, 4 or 6
2, 4 or 6
Wire sizes
2/0 to 500 kcmil
2/0 to 500 kcmil
2/0 to 500 kcmil
2/0 to 500 kcmil
2/0 to 500 kcmil
1
Type of connectors
Add-on lug kit
Add-on lug kit
Add-on lug kit
Add-on lug kit
Add-on lug kit
1
Wire sizes in AWG
22–14
22–14
22–14
22–14
22–14
Number of conductors (stranded)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
1
1
1
1
1
Control Wiring (12-Pin)
Torque requirements in lb-in
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
Solid, stranded or flexible max. size in mm2
3.31
3.31
3.31
3.31
3.31
Voltage range (24V ±10%)
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
Steady-state current amps
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
Inrush current amps
10
10
10
10
10
Ripple
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
240
Control Power Requirements
Relays (1) Class A and C
1
Voltage AC—maximum
240
240
240
240
Voltage DC—maximum
120
120
120
120
120
1
Amps—maximum
3
3
3
3
3
–30° to 50°C (no derating)
consult factory for
operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating)
consult factory for
operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating)
consult factory for
operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating)
consult factory for
operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating)
consult factory for
operation >50°C
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
Environment
1
1
Temperature—operating
Temperature—storage
–50° to 70°C
1
Altitude
<2000m—consult factory for <2000m—consult factory for <2000m—consult factory for <2000m—consult factory for <2000m—consult factory for
operation >2000m
operation >2000m
operation >2000m
operation >2000m
operation >2000m
1
Humidity
<95% noncondensing
1
1
1
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
Operating position
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
Pollution degree IEC947-1
3
3
3
3
3
Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1
6000 V
6000 V
6000 V
6000 V
6000 V
Note
1 UL recognized component.
1
V6-T1-70
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1.2
Wiring Diagram
1
Line Connected Soft Starter
1 L1
3 L2
1
5 L3
1
1
1
1
2 T1
4 T2
6 T3
1
M
3~
1
1
Dimensions
1
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1
Soft Starters—S801+
Catalog
Number
W
H
D
Weight
in Lbs (kg)
1
S801+N37N3S
2.66 (67.6)
7.37 (187.2)
6.45 (163.9)
5.8 (2.6)
S801+N66N3S
2.66 (67.6)
7.37 (187.2)
6.45 (163.9)
5.8 (2.6)
1
S801+R10N3S
4.38 (111.3)
7.92 (201.1)
6.64 (168.6)
10.5 (4.8)
S801+R13N3S
4.38 (111.3)
7.92 (201.1)
6.64 (168.6)
10.5 (4.8)
S801+T18N3S
7.65 (194.4)
12.71 (322.9)
6.47 (164.4)
48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs
S801+T24N3S
7.65 (194.4)
12.71 (322.9)
6.47 (164.4)
48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs
S801+T30N3S
7.65 (194.4)
12.71 (322.9)
6.47 (164.4)
48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs
S801+U36N3S
7.73 (196.3)
12.72 (323.1)
7.16 (181.8)
48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs
S801+U42N3S
7.73 (196.3)
12.72 (323.1)
7.16 (181.8)
48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs
S801+U50N3S
7.73 (196.3)
12.72 (323.1)
7.16 (181.8)
48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs
S801+V36N3S
11.05 (280.6)
16.57 (420.8)
7.39 (187.8)
103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs
S801+V42N3S
11.05 (280.6)
16.57 (420.8)
7.39 (187.8)
103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs
S801+V50N3S
11.05 (280.6)
16.57 (420.8)
7.39 (187.8)
103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs
S801+V65N3S
11.05 (280.6)
16.57 (420.8)
7.39 (187.8)
103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs
S801+V72N3S
11.05 (280.6)
16.57 (420.8)
7.39 (187.8)
103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs
S801+V85N3S
11.05 (280.6)
16.57 (420.8)
7.39 (187.8)
103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs
S801+V10N3S
11.05 (280.6)
16.57 (420.8)
7.39 (187.8)
103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Also refer to dimension drawings on Pages V6-T1-72 through V6-T1-74.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-71
1.2
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
S801+N…
1.97 (50.0)
1
2.66
(67.6)
1
1
6.87
(174.5)
1
5.89
(149.7)
7.37
(187.2)
1
5.35
(135.9)
3.32
(84.4)
1
1
1
4X Ø
0.22
(5.5)
6.45 (163.9)
1
1
S801+R…
3.54 (90.0)
1
4.38 (111.3)
1
1
1
1
7.92
(201.2)
7.44
(189.0)
1
6.08
(154.5)
3.49
(88.5)
1
1
1
4X Ø 0.27
(6.8)
6.64 (168.6)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-72
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
5.54
(140.7)
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1.2
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1
S801+T…
1
6.47 (164.4)
1
1
7.65 (194.4)
1
1
11.77
(299.0)
12.71
(322.9)
1
5.95
(151.1)
5.40
(137.3)
1
1
5.91 (150.0)
2.95
(75.0)
6X Ø
0.28
(7.1)
1
1
1
1
S801+U…
7.16 (181.8)
1
1
7.73 (196.3)
1
1
11.77
(299.0)
12.72
(323.1)
1
6.64
(168.6)
1
6.09
(154.8)
1
6X Ø
2.60
(66.0)
0.28
(7.1)
5.20 (132.0)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-73
1.2
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
S801+V…
1
2X
0.236
(6.00)
1
1
1
1
1
15.63
(397.0)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6.79 (172.5)
1
3.05
(77.5)
9.84 (250.0)
1
11.05 (280.6)
1
1
1
7.39
6.50 (187.8)
(165.1)
1
1
1
4X Ø
0.2650
(6.731)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-74
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
16.57
(420.8)
1.2
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Type S811+, Soft Starters with Digital Interface Module (DIM)
Contents
Description
Type S611, Soft Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S801+, Soft Starters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type S811+, Soft Starters with DIM
Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instructional Leaflets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
V6-T1-43
V6-T1-59
V6-T1-76
V6-T1-76
V6-T1-79
V6-T1-83
V6-T1-83
V6-T1-83
V6-T1-84
V6-T1-88
V6-T1-89
V6-T1-90
V6-T1-94
V6-T1-95
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Type S811+, Soft Starters with DIM
Product Description
Application Description
Eaton’s S811+ offers all
the popular features of the
S801+ and adds new enhanced
functionality with the new
Digital Interface Module
(DIM), communications,
metering, monitoring and
diagnostics capabilities.
Designed to control the
acceleration and deceleration
of three-phase motors, the
S811+ soft starter uses SCRs
to control the voltage to soft
start and soft stop the motor.
After the motor is started,
internal run bypass
contactors close, resulting in
the motor running directly
across-the-line. The built-in
solid-state overload protects
the motor from overload
conditions with sophisticated
algorithms that model true
motor heating, resulting in
better motor protection
and fewer nuisance trips.
Advanced protective
and diagnostic features
reduce downtime.
Eaton’s line of S811+
reduced voltage soft starters
is very compact, multifunctional, easy to install and
easy to set operating
parameters. Designed to
control the acceleration and
deceleration of three-phase
motors up to 690 V, the line is
available from 11A to 1000A.
The S811+ is designed to
be a complete package,
combining the silicon
controlled rectifiers (SCRs),
bypass contactor and
overload in one, very compact
unit. The S811+ is available
as a component for panel
mounting, in motor control
centers or in enclosed control
(NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 7/9
and 12).
A voltage ramp start or
current limit start is available.
Kick start is available in either
starting mode. The soft stop
option allows for a ramp
stop time that is longer than
the coast to stop time. The
pump control option in the
S811+ Premium provides
a smooth transition for
starting and stopping a
motor and eliminating the
“water-hammer” effect
that can damage pipes,
valves and pumps.
1
The S811+ offers an
impressive array of advanced
protective features. Not only
are the protective features
selectable, but many offer
variable settings and
adjustable time delays to
ride through system
discrepancies. Protective
features may also be set to
Warning status to avoid
nuisance trips.
The DIM can be removed
from the S811+ and be
remote mounted. Kits are
available to door mount the
DIM, enabling users to safely
configure, commission,
monitor and troubleshoot
the system at the electrical
panel without opening the
enclosure door. This will help
eliminate the possibility of an
arc flash incident.
The S811+ has an easy to
use Digital Interface Module
(DIM) that allows the user to
configure the device and to
read system parameters and
monitor system values. The
DIM includes an LCD display
and keypad to scroll through
the various menus. The DIM
allows the user to modify
control parameters, enable
or disable protections, set
communication variables,
monitor system parameters
such as line voltages and
currents, and access the
fault queue.
Digital Interface
Module (DIM)
1
1
1
1
1
Monitoring
NEXT
1
1
ONLN SS OXFDO1 H STOP
PREV
1
1
ENTER
1
1
ESC
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-75
1.2
1
1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Communications
The S811+ has native
Modbus RTU communication
capabilities. The S811+ may
be connected to a variety
of networks, including
DeviceNet, Modbus TCP,
EtherNet/IP and PROFIBUS.
1
The S811+ communication
parameters can be configured
with the DIM or through the
Fieldbus using CH Studio
Component Manager.
Advanced communication
configuration settings provide
the system integrator with
powerful tools to facilitate
system optimization
1
Communications Reference
Description
Part
Number
Modbus TCP Communication Adapter with 120 Vac I/O
C441U
Modbus TCP Communication Adapter with 24 Vdc I/O
C441V
EtherNet/IP Communication Adapter with 120 Vac I/O
C441U
EtherNet/IP Communication Adapter with 24 Vdc I/O
C441V
85–264 Vac input, 24 Vdc output
PSG240E
360–575 Vac input, 24 Vdc output
PSG240F
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Operation
Starting and Stopping Modes
The S811+ has a variety of starting and stopping methods to provide superior performance in
the most demanding applications. The motor can be started in either voltage ramp start or
current limit start mode. Kick start and soft stop are available within both starting modes. The
user has the option to configure two independent start ramp profiles to accommodate variations
in starting requirements.
Voltage Ramp Start
Provides a voltage ramp to the
motor resulting in a constant
torque increase. The most
commonly used form of soft
start, this start mode allows
you to set the initial torque
value and the duration of the
ramp to full voltage
conditions. Bypass contactors
close after ramp time.
1
1
●
●
Adjustable initial torque
0–85% of locked rotor
torque
Adjustable ramp time
0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360
seconds with the S811+
Premium)
Starting Characteristics—Ramp Start
1
1
1
Locked Rotor Torque
1
100%
1
Run
Initial
Torque
Time (Seconds)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-76
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Current Limit Start
Limits the maximum current
available to the motor during
the start phase. This mode of
soft starting is used when it
becomes necessary to limit
the maximum starting current
due to long start times or to
protect the motor. This start
mode allows you to set the
maximum starting current as a
percentage of locked rotor
current and the duration of the
current limit. Bypass
contactors close after current
limit time.
●
●
1.2
Maximum current of
0–85% locked rotor current
Adjustable ramp time
0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360
seconds with the S811+
Premium)
Starting Characteristics—Current Limit Start
1
1
1
1
1
Current
Max.
Allowed
1
1
Run
100%
FLA
1
1
Time (Seconds)
Kick Start
Selectable feature in both
voltage ramp start and
current limit start modes.
Provides a current and torque
“kick” for 0 to 2.0 seconds.
1
This provides greater initial
current to develop additional
torque to breakaway a high
friction load.
●
●
1
0–85% of locked rotor
torque
0–2.0 seconds duration
1
1
Starting Characteristics—Kick Start
1
100%
Locked Rotor Torque
1
1
1
1
Run
1
Kick
Start
1
Ramp
Time (Seconds)
Soft Stop
Allows for a controlled
stopping of a load. Used
when a stop-time that is
greater than the coast-to-stop
1
1
time is desired. Often used
with high friction loads where
a sudden stop may cause
system or load damage.
●
Stop time = 0–60 seconds
1
1
Starting Characteristics—Soft Stop
1
Run
1
1
1
1
Ramp
1
Time (Seconds)
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-77
1.2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Edge and Level Sensing Control
Edge Sensing
Edge sensing requires
+24 Vdc power be
momentarily applied to
Control Terminal Block Pin 1
(with Terminal P at +24 Vdc)
to initiate a start under all
conditions. After a stop or
fault occurs, the +24 Vdc
must be removed, then
reapplied to Terminal Pin 1
before another start can
occur. This control
configuration should be used
when restarting of the motor
after a fault or stop must be
supervised manually or as a
part of a control scheme. The
cycling of +24 Vdc power to
Terminal 1 Pin before starting
is required regardless of the
position of the auto reset
switch on the DIM.
1
1
Level Sensing
Level sensing will enable a
motor to restart after a fault
is cleared without cycling
+24 Vdc power to Terminal
Pin 1 as long as:
●
●
●
Note: If the auto reset feature
is used, CAUTION must be
exercised to ensure that any
restart occurs in a safe manner.
Terminal Pin P is supplied
with +24 Vdc (to start
from Control Terminal
Block, Terminal Pin 3
must also be enabled)
The auto reset switch on
the DIM is set to enabled
All faults have been reset
This control configuration
should be used where it is
desirable to restart a motor
after a fault without additional
manual or automatic control.
An example of this condition
would be on a remote
pumping station where it is
desirable to automatically
restart a pump after a power
outage without operator
intervention.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-78
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1.2
Features and Benefits
●
●
●
●
●
●
Communication
capabilities with various
protocols
The Digital Interface
Module (DIM) provides an
intuitive, easy-to-use
human interface with
powerful configuration
capabilities to maximize
system performance
Door or device mounted
DIM enables users to
safely configure,
commission, monitor and
troubleshoot the system at
the electrical panel without
opening the enclosure door,
eliminating the possibility of
an arc flash incident
System operating
parameters can be
monitored enterprise-wide
through a communications
network. Increase uptime
by providing data for
process management and
preventive diagnostics
Run internal bypass mode
greatly reduces internal
heating created by the
greater power dissipation
in the SCRs. Bypass
contactor directly connects
the motor to the line and
improves system efficiency
by reducing internal power
losses
Internal solid-state overload
protection provides accurate
current measurement and
trip settings. Sophisticated
algorithms solve a series
of differential equations
that model true motor
heating and cooling,
resulting in superior motor
overload protection while
minimizing nuisance trips.
Advanced selectable
protective features
safeguard the motor
and system against a
variety of system faults
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Internal run bypass
contactors and overload
protection eliminate the
need for additional devices,
reducing enclosure sizes,
minimizing installation and
wiring time, and reducing
overall assembly size
and cost
Wide range of overload
FLA settings (31–100%
of rated current) and a
selectable trip class (5–30)
offers users the flexibility
to fine tune the starter to
match specific application
requirements
Variable ramp times and
torque control settings
provide unlimited starting
configurations, allowing
for maximum application
flexibility
Kick-start feature enables
soft starting of high
friction loads
Soft stop control for
applications where an
abrupt stop of the load
is not acceptable
The S811+ Premium with
sophisticated pump control
algorithms on both starting
and stopping that minimize
the pressure surges that
cause water hammer. The
pump control feature will
maximize the life of the
pump and piping systems
while minimizing the
downtime caused by
system failure
Six SCRs control all three
motor phases, providing
smooth acceleration and
deceleration performance
Soft acceleration and
deceleration reduces
wear on belts, gears,
chains, clutches, shafts and
bearings
Reduce the peak inrush
current’s stress on the
power system
●
●
●
Manage peak starting
torque to diminish
mechanical system
wear and damage
24 Vdc control voltage
enhances personnel
and equipment safety
Removable, lockable
control terminal block
reduces maintenance
costs. Also provides the
opportunity for OEMs to
reduce assembly and test
costs by utilizing preassembled wire harnesses
Motor Wiring Configuration
User Selectable Inline or
Inside-the-Delta
Mains Motor Wiring
Configuration is
accomplished by simply
selecting the required
configuration from a menu.
This feature allows
adaptability from one
configuration to another
without any additional
programming operations and
reduces inventory levels by
not having to stock both
configurations.
Modbus Native
Communications Protocol
Modbus RTU communications
in now standard on all S811+
units. This allows users to
quickly configure the unit for
network communications
using a common protocol.
Adapters are available for
users who prefer to use
EtherNet/IP or Modbus TCP
protocols.
Second Start Ramp Profile
Capability
A second start ramp profile
may be configured for the
soft starter. This profile is
independent of the primary
profile and retains all the
parameter options such as
start time and initial torques.
With a signal at a terminal
programmed for this feature,
the second profile may be
selected by a pushbutton
station or a network.
Alarm-No-Trip Functionality
Some applications require the
ability to effectively disable
most protections with the
intent of enabling the RVSS
unit to control a motor under
the most severe operating
conditions characterized by
current or voltage
imbalances, high or low value
deviations, or other fault
conditions. This function
causes the S811+ to ignore
most fault trip conditions and
continue operation of the
application.
Digital Interface Module
(DIM) Cloning
For OEMs or other users that
desire to load identical
parameter settings into
multiple RVSS units, the DIM
may be used to extract and
duplicate parameter settings
from one RVSS and loaded
into other units, saving time,
effort, and reducing chances
for errors while programming.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Programmable Control
Terminal Block
Functionality
Four programmable terminals
on the S811+ enable the user
to expand functionality with
options such as a second
start ramp profile, externally
triggered trip or warning
functions, analog inputs, and
others, in addition to the
normal start, stop, reset, and
so on, functions.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-79
1.2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Protective Features
All protective features can be configured, enabled or disabled with the DIM or through the
communications network.
Motor Overload
The S811+ includes electronic
overload protection as
standard. The overload meets
applicable requirements for a
motor overload protective
device. The overload protects
the motor from over heat
conditions with the use of
sophisticated algorithms
that model true motor heating,
resulting in superior motor
protection and fewer nuisance
trips.
The S811+ calculates a
thermal memory value based
on the heat energy
introduced into the motor
during the start process. A
100% value represents the
maximum safe internal
temperature of the motor.
When the thermal memory
value reaches 100%, an
overload trip will occur
removing power to the
motor. Upon trip, the S811+
stores the calculated motor
heating value and will not
allow a motor re-start until
the motor has a thermal
memory value of less than
100%. This feature ensures
the motor will not be
damaged by repeated
overload trip, reset and restart cycles.
The thermal memory value
can be monitored through the
DIM or the communications
network. The thermal memory
value can be of great use in
determining an impending
overload trip condition.Alarms
can be implemented in the
process monitoring system
warning of an impending trip
before a trip occurs halting
the process. Costly system
downtime can be avoided.
The trip current is adjusted to
match the specific application
requirements by entering the
motor nameplate full load
current rating and trip class.
The FLA parameter is
adjustable from 32% to 100%
of the unit’s rated current.
The overload trip class is
adjustable from class 5
through class 30. The overload
is ambient temperature
compensated—meaning its
trip characteristics will not
vary with changes in ambient
temperature. The overload
protection can be enabled,
disabled, or disabled on start.
Short Circuit
The use of a short-circuit
protective device in
coordination with the S811+
is required in branch motor
circuits by most electrical
codes. Short-circuit
coordination ratings with
both fuses and Eaton molded
case circuit breakers are
available providing customers
with design flexibility.
The S811+ has short-circuit
coordination ratings as
an open component, an
enclosed starter, and in
a motor control center.
External E-Stop
Emergency Stop functionality
may be triggered from an
external source. Removal
of the 24 Vdc signal from
a terminal configured for
E-Stop will initiate an E-Stop
action. The External E-Stop
option is useful in applications
where it is desirable to
accomplish a motor shutdown
in the event that an external
condition(s) exist that will
damage system components
and/or product flows or
operations.
External Trip
External Trip functionality
may be triggered from an
external source. Removal of
the 24 Vdc signal from a
terminal configured for
External Trip will initiate an
External Trip action. The
External Trip option is useful
in applications where it is
desirable to accomplish a
motor stop in the event that
an external condition(s) exist
that will damage system
components and/or product
flows or operations.
Fault Warning Functionality
Selected protection
parameters may be assigned
to provide a Fault Warning
instead of a Fault Trip with
user adjustable set points.
When a Fault Warning
condition is detected, the
fault condition is reported via
the DIM, network
connection, or an auxiliary
relay configured for this
function. The soft starter
remains in operation. At such
time the fault condition no
longer exists, the Fault
Warning message will be
extinguished.
External Warning
The S811+ will accept a
Warning signal from an
external source or device. In a
fashion similar to the Fault
Warning, the fault condition is
reported via the DIM,
network connection, or an
auxiliary relay configured for
this function. The soft starter
remains in operation. At such
time the fault condition no
longer exists, the Fault
Warning message will be
extinguished.
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-80
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Custom Fault/Warning
Auxiliary Relays
Up to three fault and/or
warning codes may be
selected to operate an
auxiliary relay configured to
operate when any of these
codes are detected. This
option enables the user to
provide external warnings or
fault indications to increase
monitoring effectiveness and
to provide additional system
control.
Motor Power
Motor Power can be not only
be monitored, but trip levels
can be adjusted to provide
indications of system
malfunctions or operating
discrepancies. Both High and
Low Power thresholds can be
set to provide Fault Warning
or Fault Trip functions.
Additionally, fault delays
times may be set to up to
60 seconds.
Analog Input
An input control terminal
may be configured to accept
a 0–20 mA DC signal with
range scaling. This feature
enables the S811+ to
respond to an external device
that may be monitoring a
critical component or process
and provides Fault Trip or
Fault Warning capability to
protect operating systems
and processes.
Start Delay
Three start delay timers are
available to enhance motor
protection or to provide
simple logic functions to
coordinate motor control with
other devices in the system.
The timers will allow delays
from 24 Vdc power up,
receipt of a valid START
command, or a delay in
switch from one start ramp
profile to another.
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Jam
Excessive current and torque
up to locked rotor levels can
occur in a jam condition. The
condition can result in stress
and damage to the motor, load,
mechanical system, and the
electrical distribution system.
Jam protection prevents the
stress and damage from a
jam during normal run. After
the motor is in bypass, a
current greater than 300%
FLA setting will cause the
starter to trip on a jam fault.
Stall
Excessive current and torque
up to locked rotor levels can
occur in a stall condition. The
condition can lead to an
overload trip and result in
stress and damage to the
motor, load, mechanical
system, and the electrical
distribution system. Stall
protection prevents stress and
damage to a motor that has
not come up to speed during
the soft start time. The S811+
will trip to protect the system
in the event that the motor did
not get to the rated speed in
the defined soft start period. A
current greater than 200% FLA
at the end of the soft start
period will cause the starter to
trip on a stall fault.
Pole Over Temperature
High ambient temperatures,
extended ramp times and
high duty cycle conditions
may cause the S811+ power
pole conductors to reach a
temperature that exceeds
their thermal rating. The
S811+ is equipped with
sensors that monitor the
temperature of the power
poles. Over temperature
protection occurs if the
power pole’s thermal
capacity is exceeded. The
soft starter will trip in over
temperature conditions,
preventing device failure.
Each power pole temperature
value can be monitored
through the DIM or the
communications network.
This feature can be of use in
determining an impending
over temperature trip
condition.
When using a
communications network,
alarms can be implemented
in the process monitoring
system warning of an
impending trip before the trip
occurs, halting the process.
Phase Loss
Loss of a phase can cause
a significant increase in
the current drawn in the
remaining two phases.
Phase loss can lead to motor
damage before an eventual
overload trip occurs. Phase
loss is typically an indication
of a failure in the electrical
distribution system. The
S811+ will detect a phase
loss and trip if any phase
current
drops below a preset value.
The phase loss trip level is
adjustable from 0% to 100%
of the average of the other
two phase levels with an
adjustable trip delay of 0.1
to 60 seconds.
Reset Mode
The S811+ can be set up for
automatic or manual reset
on trip. The manual reset
mode requires the operator to
physically press the
RESET button located on
the soft starter. The trip can
be manually reset through the
DIM or through the
communications network.
The trip can also be
electrically reset by
energizing a 24 Vdc input on
the control terminal block.
The automatic reset mode
allows the soft starter to be
automatically reset as soon
as the trip condition is no
longer present. With the
automatic reset mode, after
the fault is no longer present,
the motor will be restarted
as soon as a valid start signal
is present.
Phase Reversal
The S811+ can determine
if the proper line phase
sequence is present by
default. The device will trip
if the line phase sequence is
something other than A-B-C.
The S811+ can be configured
to operate under reversed
phase conditions (A-C-B).
Phase Imbalance
Phase current or voltage
imbalance can cause a
significant increase in
the current drawn in the
remaining two phases.
Phase imbalance can lead
to motor damage before an
eventual overload trip. Phase
imbalance is typically an
indication of a failure in the
electrical distribution system
or the motor. The S811+ will
detect both current and
voltage phase imbalances
and trip if any phase becomes
imbalanced as compared to
the average of the other
two phases.
Open SCR Detection
The S811+ monitors the
operation of the power poles
and will trip under an open
SCR condition.
The phase current imbalance
trip level is adjustable from
0% to 100% of the average
of the current in the other
two phases with an
adjustable trip delay of
0.1 to 60 seconds.
Ground Fault Protection
The S811+ Premium and
690 V versions meet the IEC
Ground Fault trip thresholds.
Reference Application Note
AP039007EN for more
information.
Shorted SCR Detection
The S811+ monitors the
operation of the power poles
and will trip under a shorted
SCR condition.
1.2
Low Current
Low current conditions can
be a result of a loss of load
or a failure in the mechanical
system. The S811+ has low
current protection that will
trip if the average rms current
falls below a preset value.
The low current protection
can be programmed as a
percent of motor FLA from
0% to 100%.
Low Voltage
Low voltage conditions
can result from disturbances
in the electrical power
distribution system. Low
voltage conditions can cause
a malfunction and damage
to electrical equipment.
The S811+ has low voltage
protection that will trip if the
average rms voltage falls
below a preset value. The
low voltage protection can
be programmed as a percent
of nominal voltage from
1% to 99% with a trip delay
of 0.1 to 60 seconds to
accommodate short
temporary voltage drops
during the start process.
High Voltage
High voltage conditions can
result from disturbances in
the electrical power
distribution system. High
voltage conditions can cause
malfunctions or failures of
electrical equipment. The
S811+ has high voltage
protection that will trip if
the average rms voltage is
greater than a preset value.
The high voltage protection
can be programmed as a
percent of nominal voltage
from 101% to 120% with
a trip delay of 0.1 to
60 seconds.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
The phase voltage imbalance
trip level is adjustable from
0% to 100% of the average
of the voltage in the other
two phases with an
adjustable trip delay of
0.1 to 60 seconds.
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-81
1.2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Monitoring Capabilities
The S811+ has an impressive array of system monitoring capabilities that allows users to access real
time process and diagnostic data. This data can be viewed at the device with the DIM or through a
communications network. Data over a communications network can provide valuable insight into the
condition of the equipment and processes. Maintenance and production personnel can monitor critical
operational and maintenance data from a central control station that can be located far away from the
production facility. Process data can be monitored to determine system anomalies that may indicate a
need for preventive maintenance or an impeding failure. Adjustments made through the communications
network can reduce costs by minimizing the time traveling to the location where the motor controls are
located. When faults do occur, real time fault data can assist maintenance in troubleshooting and planning
repair resources. Remote reset signals can be given to tripped devices without the need for manual
intervention by maintenance personnel.
Average Line Current
Provides the average of
the three-phase rms line
currents in amps, accurate to
within 2%. Current data can
be used to indicate a need for
maintenance. Increased
currents in a fixed load
application can indicate a
reduction in system
efficiencies and performance,
signifying system
maintenance is due.
Average Pole Current
Provides the average of
the three-phase rms pole
currents in amps, accurate to
within 2%. The pole current
is the current through the soft
starter. The line and pole
current will be identical in
inline applications, and will
differ in inside-the-delta
applications.
Average Line Current
as a % FLA
Provides the average rms line
current as a percentage of
the S811+ FLA setting.
Three-Phase Line Currents
Provides three rms phase line
currents in amps, accurate to
within 2%. Imbalances or
changes in the relative phase
current to one another can
indicate anomalies in the
motor or electrical distribution
system.
1
1
1
1
1
Three-Phase Pole Currents
Provides three rms phase
pole currents in amps,
accurate to within 2%. The
pole current is the current
through the soft starter.
The line and pole current
will be identical in in-line
applications, and will differ in
inside-the-delta applications.
DC Control Voltage
Monitors level of the 24 Vdc
control voltage. Fluctuations
in control voltage can cause
component malfunction and
failure. System control
voltage data can be used to
implement warnings, alarms
and system actions to low or
high voltage conditions.
Three-Phase Line Voltages
Provides the individual rms
three-phase line voltages.
Imbalances or changes in
|the relative phase voltage
to one another can indicate
anomalies in the motor or
electrical distribution system.
Voltage can be used to
monitor electrical distribution
system performance.
Warnings, alarms and
system actions to low or
high voltage conditions can
be implemented.
Pole Temperature
Increases in power pole
temperature are caused by
increases in ambient
temperature, start/stop times
and start duty cycles.
Changes in pole
temperatures represent a
change in system operating
conditions. Identifying
unexpected operating
conditions or changes can
prompt maintenance and
aid in process evaluation
activities.
Percent Thermal Memory
Provides the real time
calculated thermal memory
value. The S811+ calculates
thermal memory value. A 100%
value represents the maximum
safe internal temperature of
the motor. When the thermal
memory value reaches
100%, an overload trip will
occur, removing power to the
motor.
PCB Device Temperature
An increase in printed circuit
board (PCB) device
temperature is a strong
indication of an increase in
ambient temperature. High
ambient temperature
operation can be identified
with the device temperature
data. Device temperature
increases can be due to
undersized enclosures, failure
of cooling fans or blocked
venting. High operating
temperatures will reduce the
life of all electrical equipment
in the enclosure.
The thermal memory value
can be of great use in
determining an impending
overload trip condition. When
using a communications
network, alarms can be
implemented in the process
monitoring system warning
of an impending trip before
the trip occurs, halting the
process. Costly system
downtime can be avoided.
1
V6-T1-82
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Start Count
Start count data can be used
to monitor system output,
schedule preventative
maintenance, identify system
anomalies and identify
changes in system operation.
Average Line Power
Provides the average of the
three-phase line power in
kilowatts, accurate to 5%.
Power data may be used
to monitor power transmitted
to the load. Increased power
demand may indicate degraded
system components or
connections. Additionally,
such data is useful in
determine power utilization
in branch circuits consisting
of multiple loads.
Power Factor
Provides the three-phase
power factor value, accurate
to 5%. The power factor of
the circuit may be used to
identify circuit conditions that
may need to be corrected
due to low power factor
indications. Low circuit power
factor can indicate improper
or degraded components.
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1.2
Diagnostics
Fault Queue
Current fault and a fault queue
containing the last nine
system faults can be read
through the DIM or
communications network.
Fault identification can
minimize troubleshooting
time and cost, and prevent
arc flash incidents. The fault
queue can be remotely
accessed through a
communications network
to assist in planning
maintenance resources.
Thirty (30) different faults can
be identified by the S811+.
Control Status
The S811+ provides data that
represents system conditions
that can be read through the
DIM or the communications
network. This data identifies
the status of the system and
the control commands the
system is requesting of the
S811+. This can be used for
advanced troubleshooting
and system integration
activities.
1
Breaker Status
The S811+ has provisions
to read and display circuit
breaker status. Eaton
communicating cover
control or other
communicating protective
device is required to take
advantage of this feature.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
●
IEC 60947-4-2
EN 60947-4-2
UL listed (NMFT-E202571)
S811+N37… through
S811+V85…
UL recognized (NMFT2)
S811+V10…
●
●
●
1
CE marked
CSA certified (3211 06)
CSA elevator (2411 01)
1
1
1
1
Instructional Leaflets
●
●
User manual MN03900001E
Outline drawings:
●
S811+N…: 10-8574
●
S811+R…: 10-8575
●
S811+T…: 10-8576
1
●
●
S811+U…: 10-8857
S811+V…: 10-8577
1
1
Catalog Number Selection
1
S811+ Open Soft Starters 1
1
S 811+ T 30 N 3 S
1
S = Soft starter
811+ = Non-combination
soft starter
37 = 37A
66 = 66A
10 = 105A
13 = 135A
18 = 180A
S = Standard soft starter
Frame Size 2
N = 65 mm
R = 110 mm
T = 200 mm
U = 200 mm
V = 290 mm
Ampere Rating
24 = 240A
30 = 304A
36 = 360A
42 = 420A
50 = 500A 3
Options
N = No options 4
P = Premium, 600 V rated 58
V = Premium, 690 V rated
(S811+ frame size
T and V only) 678
1
1
Number of Poles
3 = Three-pole device
1
1
65 = 650A
72 = 720A
85 = 850A
10 = 1000A
1
1
Notes
1 All units require a 24 Vdc power supply found on catalog Page V6-T1-88, or equivalent.
2 S811+T…, S811+U… and S811+V… units require lug kits found on Page V6-T1-88.
3 S811+U50… unit does not have IEC certification.
4 Level/Edge Sense, Inline or Inside-the-Delta wiring configuration.
5 Level/Edge Sense, Inline or Inside-the-Delta wiring configuration, pump control and extended ramp.
6 Not available in S811+U….
7 Level/Edge Sense, Inline wiring configuration, pump control, extended ramp.
8 Ground fault protection included.
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-83
1.2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Product Selection
Standard Duty Ratings
Starting Method
Ramp Current
% of FLA
Soft start
300%
Full voltage
500%
Wye-delta
350%
20 sec.
3
50°C
80% RVAT
480%
20 sec.
2
50°C
65% RVAT
390%
20 sec.
3
50°C
50% RVAT
300%
20 sec.
4
50°C
Motor applications and
customer needs come in
many different varieties.
With the standard and severe
duty rating tables, we have
attempted to provide
S811+
Ramp Time
Seconds
Starts per Hour
Ambient
Temperature
30 sec.
3
50°C
10 sec.
3
50°C
guidelines on what the soft
starter is capable of.
If the application falls under
these categories, you can
use these charts. For other
applications, or when a
question arises, consult
with your local Eaton
representative or call our
Technical Resource Center.
Standard Duty—15 Second Ramp, 300% Current Limit at 40°C, Inline Connection
Three-Phase Motors
1
Rated
Current
1
kW Rating (50 Hz)
hp Rating (60 Hz)
230 V
380–400 V 440 V
1.0SF
1.15SF
1.0SF
1.15SF
1.0SF
1.15SF
1.0SF
1.15SF
Catalog
Number 1
200 V
230 V
460 V
575–690 V
Frame Size N
1
1
37
10
18.5
18.5
10
10
10
10
25
20
30
30
S811+N37N3S
66
18.5
30
37
20
15
20
20
50
40
60
50
S811+N66N3S
Frame Size R
1
105
30
55
59
30
25
40
30
75
60
100
75
S811+R10N3S
135
40
63
80
40
30
50
40
100
75
125
100
S811+R13N3S
1
Frame Size T
1
1
180
51
90
110
60
50
60
60
150
125
150
150
S811+T18N3S
240
75
110
147
75
60
75
75
200
150
200
200
S811+T24N3S
304
90
160
185
100
75
100
100
250
200
300
250
S811+T30N3S
Frame Size U
1
360
110
185
220
125
100
150
125
300
250
350
300
S811+U36N3S
420
129
220
257
150
125
175
150
350
300
450
350
S811+U42N3S
1
500
150
257
300
150
150
200
150
400
350
500
450
S811+U50N3S 2
Frame Size V
1
360
110
185
220
125
100
150
125
300
250
350
300
S811+V36N3S
1
420
129
220
257
150
125
175
150
350
300
450
350
S811+V42N3S
500
150
257
300
150
150
200
150
400
350
500
450
S811+V50N3S
1
650
200
355
425
250
200
250
200
500
450
600
500
S811+V65N3S
720
220
400
450
—
—
300
250
600
500
700
600
S811+V72N3S
1
850
257
475
500
—
—
350
300
700
600
900
700
S811+V85N3S
1000
277
525
550
—
—
400
350
800
700
900
800
S811+V10N3S
1
Notes
1 Replace N3S with P3S for premium/pump option.
2 S811+U5O… rating does not have IEC certification.
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-84
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1.2
Severe Duty
1
Severe Duty Ratings
Starting Method
Ramp Current
% of FLA
Ramp Time
Seconds
Starts per Hour
Ambient
Temperature
1
Soft start
450%
30 sec.
4
50°C
1
Full voltage
500%
10 sec.
10
50°C
Wye-delta
350%
65 sec.
3
50°C
80% RVAT
480%
25 sec.
4
50°C
65% RVAT
390%
40 sec.
4
50°C
50% RVAT
300%
60 sec.
4
50°C
Severe duty ratings are
defined as any combination of
parameters that exceed the
standard duty ratings where
S811+
the ramp time is over 30
seconds, and/or the number
of starts per hour exceeds 4,
and/or the current limit set is
1
1
1
over 300%. Example: 35second ramp, 5 starts per
hour, 350% current limit at
40°C ambient.
1
1
Severe Duty—30 Second Ramp and/or 450% Current Limit at 50°C, Inline Connection
1
Three-Phase Motors
kW Rating (50 Hz)
Rated
Current
200 V
230 V
1
hp Rating (60 Hz)
230 V
460 V
575–690 V
380–400 V 440 V
1.0SF
1.15SF
1.0SF
1.15SF
1.0SF
1.15SF
1.0SF
1.15SF
Catalog
Number 1
1
Frame Size N
22
5.5
10
11
5
5
7-1/2
5
15
10
20
15
S811+N37N3S
42
11
18.5
22
10
10
15
10
30
25
40
30
S811+N66N3S
Frame Size R
65
15
30
33
15
15
20
15
50
40
50
50
S811+R10N3S
80
22
40
45
25
20
30
25
60
50
75
60
S811+R13N3S
33
59
63
30
30
40
30
75
75
100
100
S811+T18N3S
150
45
80
90
50
40
50
50
100
100
150
125
S811+T24N3S
192
55
100
110
60
50
75
60
150
125
200
150
S811+T30N3S
1
1
1
Frame Size T
115
1
Frame Size U
1
1
240
75
110
147
75
60
75
75
200
150
200
200
S811+U36N3S
305
90
160
185
100
75
100
100
250
200
300
250
S811+U42N3S
365
110
185
220
125
100
150
125
300
250
350
300
S811+U50N3S 2
1
1
Frame Size V
240
75
110
147
75
60
75
75
200
150
200
200
S811+V36N3S
305
90
160
185
100
75
100
100
250
200
300
250
S811+V42N3S
365
110
185
220
125
100
150
125
300
250
350
300
S811+V50N3S
420
129
220
257
150
125
150
150
350
300
450
350
S811+V65N3S
480
147
257
295
150
150
200
150
400
350
500
450
S811+V72N3S
525
160
280
335
150
150
200
150
450
350
500
450
S811+V85N3S
575
172
303
370
200
150
250
200
500
450
600
500
S811+V10N3S
Notes
1 Replace N3S with P3S for premium/pump option.
2 S811+U5O… rating does not have IEC certification.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-85
1.2
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Inside-the-Delta Standard Duty Ratings
S811+
Standard Duty—15 Second Ramp, 300% Current Limit at 40°C, Inside-the-Delta Connection
Three-Phase Motor
kW Rating (50 Hz)
1
Rated
Motor Line
Current
1
hp Rating (60 Hz)
200 V
230 V
460 V
575 V
230 V
380–400 V
440 V
1.0SF
1.15SF
1.0SF
1.15SF
1.0SF
1.15SF
1.0SF
1.15SF
Catalog
Number 1
65
10
18.5
18.5
15
15
15
15
40
30
50
50
S811+N37N3S
114
18.5
30
37
30
25
30
30
75
60
100
75
S811+N66N3S
Frame Size N
1
1
Frame Size R
1
182
30
55
59
50
40
60
50
125
100
150
125
S811+R10N3S
234
40
63
80
60
50
75
60
150
125
200
150
S811+R13N3S
1
Frame Size T
311
51
90
110
100
75
100
100
250
200
250
250
S811+T18N3S
415
75
110
147
125
100
125
125
300
250
300
300
S811+T24N3S
526
90
160
185
150
125
150
150
400
300
400
400
S811+T30N3S
1
1
Frame Size U
1
623
110
185
220
200
150
250
200
450
400
550
450
S811+U36N3S
727
129
220
257
250
200
300
250
550
450
700
550
S811+U42N3S
1
865
150
257
300
250
250
300
250
600
550
750
700
S811+U50N3S 23
623
110
185
220
200
150
250
200
450
400
550
450
S811+V36N3S
1
727
129
220
257
250
200
300
250
550
450
700
550
S811+V42N3S
865
150
257
300
250
250
300
250
600
550
750
700
S811+V50N3S
1
1125
200
355
425
400
300
400
300
750
700
900
750
S811+V65N3S
1246
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
S811+V72N3S
Frame Size V
1
1
1
1471
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
S811+V85N3S
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
S811+V10N3S
Notes
1 Replace N3S with P3S for premium/pump option.
2 S811+U50… unit does not have IEC certification.
3 15 sec. start, 300% inrush, 40 °C, 1 start every 15 minutes. If these start parameters are exceeded, please refer to S811+V50….
Catalog numbers also represent P3S and V3S units.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-86
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
1.2
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Inside-the-Delta Severe Duty Ratings
Severe duty ratings are
Example: 35-second ramp,
defined as any combination of
5 starts per hour 350%
parameters that exceed the
current limit at 40°C ambient.
standard duty ratings where
the ramp time is over 30
seconds, and/or the number
of starts per hour exceeds
4, and/or the current limit set
is over 300%.
S811+
1
1
1
1
1
Severe Duty—30 Second Ramp and/or 450% Current Limit at 50°C, Inside-the-Delta Connection
1
Three-Phase Motor
kW Rating (50 Hz)
Rated
Motor Line
Current
1
hp Rating (60 Hz)
200 V
230 V
460 V
575 V
230 V
380–400 V
440 V
1.0SF
1.15SF
1.0SF
1.15SF
1.0SF
1.15SF
1.0SF
1.15SF
Catalog
Number 1
39
5.5
10
11
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
7-1/2
25
15
30
25
S811+N37N3S
73
11
18.5
22
15
15
25
15
50
40
60
50
S811+N66N3S
1
1
Frame Size N
Frame Size R
1
1
111
15
30
33
25
25
30
25
75
60
75
75
S811+R10N3S
138
22
40
45
40
30
50
40
100
75
120
100
S811+R13N3S
1
199
33
59
63
50
50
60
50
125
125
150
150
S811+T18N3S
1
257
45
80
90
75
60
75
75
150
150
250
200
S811+T24N3S
324
55
100
110
100
75
100
100
250
200
300
250
S811+T30N3S
1
1
Frame Size T
Frame Size U
415
75
110
147
125
100
125
125
300
250
300
300
S811+U36N3S
526
90
160
185
150
120
150
150
400
300
450
400
S811+U42N3S
623
110
185
220
200
150
250
200
450
400
550
450
S811+U50N3S 2
75
110
147
125
100
125
125
300
250
300
300
S811+V36N3S
1
Frame Size V
415
1
526
90
160
185
150
120
150
150
400
300
450
400
S811+V42N3S
623
110
185
220
200
150
250
200
450
400
550
450
S811+V50N3S
727
129
220
257
250
200
250
250
550
450
700
550
S811+V65N3S
816
147
257
295
250
250
300
250
600
550
750
700
S811+V72N3S
908
160
280
335
250
250
300
250
700
550
750
700
S811+V85N3S
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
S811+V10N3S
Notes
1 Replace N3S with P3S for premium/pump option.
2 S811+U50… unit does not have IEC certification.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-87
1.2
1
1
1
1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Accessories
Lug Kits
S811+T…, S811U… and
S811+V… soft starters each
have different lug options
based on your wiring needs.
Each lug kit contains three
lugs that can be mounted on
either the load or line side.
Lug Kit
Lug Kits
S811+
Catalog Number
1
S811+T…,
S811+U…
1
1
1
S811+V…
Description
Kits
Required
Catalog
Number
2 cable connections, 4 AWG to 1/0 cable
2
EML22
1 cable connection, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable
EML23
2 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable
EML24
1 cable connection, 2/0 to 300 kcmil cable
EML25
2 cable connections, 2/0 to 300 kcmil cable
EML26
2 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable
2
EML28
1
4 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable
EML30
6 cable connections, 4/0 to 500 kcmil cable
EML32
1
4 cable connections, 2/0 to 300 kcmil cable
EML33
1
1
1
1
Power Supplies
24 Vdc power supply that can
be used with the S811+ SSRV
or as a stand-alone device.
Power Supplies
1
Description
1
85–264 Vac input
24 Vdc output
1
1
Catalog
Number
Lug Cover Kits
Replacement covers for the
S811+T…, S811+U… and
S811+V… soft starters are
available in case of damage to
the existing covers.
Lug Cover Kits
Catalog
Number
PSG240E
Description
360–575 Vac input
24 Vdc output
PSG240F
Lug cover S811+T…,
S811+U…
EML27
600 Vac input
24 Vdc output
PSS55D
Lug cover S811+V…
EML34
IP20 Kits
IP20 Kits
Description
Catalog
Number
S811+N…
SS-IP20-N
S811+R…
SS-IP20-R
S811+T… and S811+U…
SS-IP20-TU
S811+V…
SS-IP20-V
1
1
1
1
1
1
Surge Suppressors
The surge suppressor can
mount on either the line or
load side of the soft starter.
It is designed to clip the line
voltage (or load side induced
voltage).
Surge Suppressor
Surge Suppressors
Description
1
1
Catalog
Number
600 V MOV for S811+… units
EMS39
690 V MOV for S811+… units 1
EMS41
1
1
Note
1 S811+T… only.
V6-T1-88
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Mounting Plates
The mounting plates are
designed to help make it easy
to install or retrofit the soft
starter into enclosures and
MCCs. The soft starter can
be mounted onto the plate
prior to installation. The
mounting plate is designed
with tear drop mounting
holes for easier installation.
Mounting Plates
Vibration Plates
The vibration plates allow the
soft starter to be applied in
high shock and vibration
applications. The vibration
plate allows vibration up to 5g
and shock in up to 40g. The
soft starter is mounted onto
the vibration plate prior to
installation in the panel.
Adapter Plates
The adapter plate allows
customers to retrofit a
S811+V… soft starter with
the S811+U… soft starter.
Description
Description
Catalog
Number
S811+N…
EMM13N
S811+N…
EMM14N
S811+R…
EMM13R
S811+R…
EMM14R
S811+T… and S811+U…
EMM13T
S811+T… and S811+U…
EMM14T
S811+V…
EMM13V
S811+V…
EMM14V
Digital Interface Module
The Digital Interface
Module (DIM) is available
as a replacement part.
Description
Catalog
Number
Adapter plates
EMM13U
Control Wire Connector
Control Wire Connector
Catalog
Number
Description
12-pin, 5 mm pitch connector EMA75
for control wiring
1
1
1
Adapter Plates
Vibration Plates
Catalog
Number
1.2
1
DIM
Description
Catalog
Number
1
Blank cover (filler)
EMA68
DIM for standard unit
EMA91
1
Panel mounting kit
3 ft cable
EMA69A
5 ft cable
EMA69B
8 ft cable
EMA69C
10 ft cable
EMA69D
1
1
1
1
1
Options
S811+ Premium
In addition to what is already
there in the S811+ standard,
these devices offer pump
control and extended ramp
functions.
S811+ Premium 690 V Option
In addition to what is already
there in S811+ standard, this
product offers 690 V, pump
control and extended ramp
functions.
S811+ Premium
S811+ Premium 690 V
Option
Current
Range
Catalog
Number
Current
Range
Catalog
Number
Cooling Fan Kit
11–37
S811+N37P3S
56–180
S811+T18V3S
Description
Catalog
Number
20–66
S811+N66P3S
75–240
S811+T24V3S
Fan kit
EMM18
32–105
S811+R10P3S
95–304
S811+T30 V3S
42–135
S811+R13P3S
112–360
S811+V36V3S
56–180
S811+T18P3S
131–420
S811+V42V3S
75–240
S811+T24P3S
156–500
S811+V50 V3S
95–304
S811+T30P3S
203–650
S811+V65V3S
112–360
S811+U36P3S
225–720
S811+V72V3S
131–420
S811+U42P3S
265–850
S811+V85V3S
156–500
S811+U50P3S 1
112–360
S811+V36P3S
131–420
S811+V42P3S
156–500
S811+V50P3S
203–650
S811+V65P3S
225–720
S811+V72P3S
265–850
S811+V85P3S
312–1000
S811+V10P3S
1
Cooling Fan Kit
The EMM18 cooling fan kit
mounts on either side of
any frame size S811+ soft
starter to provide additional
printed circuit board cooling in
high ambient operating
temperatures.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Note
1 S811+U50… unit does not have IEC certification.
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-89
1.2
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Technical Data and Specifications
Soft Starters—S811+
1
Description
1
Max. current capacity
37
66
105
135
FLA range
11–37
20–66
32–105
42–135
S811+N37…
S811+N66…
S811+R10+…
S811+R13…
1
General Information
Bypass mechanical lifespan
10M
10M
10M
10M
1
Insulating voltage Ui
660 V
660 V
660 V
660 V
Ramp time range
0.5–180 seconds
(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)
0.5–180 seconds
(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)
0.5–180 seconds
(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)
0.5–180 seconds
(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)
Resistance to vibration
3g
3g
3g
3g
Resistance to shock
15g
15g
15g
15g
Operating voltage
200–600 V
200–600 V
200–600 V
200–600 V
Operating frequency
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Electrical Information
Overload setting
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
Trip class
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
1
1
1
1
Wire sizes
14–2
14–2
14–4/0
14–4/0
Type of connectors
Box lug
Box lug
Box lug
Box lug
22–14
Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)
Number of conductors
1
Control Wiring (12-Pin)
Wire sizes in AWG
22–14
22–14
22–14
1
Number of conductors (stranded)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
Torque requirements in lb-in
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
Solid, stranded or flexible max. size in mm2
3.31
3.31
3.31
3.31
1
1
Control Power Requirements
Voltage range (24V ±10%)
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
1
Steady-state current amps
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
Inrush current amps
10
10
10
10
Ripple
1%
1%
1%
1%
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Relays (1) Class A and C
Voltage AC—maximum
240
240
240
240
Voltage DC—maximum
120
120
120
120
Amps—maximum
3
3
3
3
Temperature—operating
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
Temperature—storage
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
Altitude
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<95% noncondensing
Environment
Humidity
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
Operating position
Any
Any
Any
Any
Pollution degree IEC947-1
3
3
3
3
Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1
6000 V
6000 V
6000 V
6000 V
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-90
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1.2
Soft Starters—S811+, continued
1
Description
S811+T18…
S811+T24…
S811+T30…
S811+U36…
Max. current capacity
180
240
304
360
FLA range
56–180
75–240
95–304
112–360
Bypass mechanical lifespan
10M
10M
10M
10M
Insulating voltage Ui
660 V
660 V
660 V
660 V
1
Ramp time range
0.5–180 seconds
(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)
0.5–180 seconds
(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)
0.5–180 seconds
(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)
0.5–180 seconds
(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)
1
Resistance to vibration
3g
3g
3g
3g
Resistance to shock
15g
15g
15g
15g
1
Operating voltage
200–600 V
200–600 V
200–600 V
200–600 V
Operating frequency
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
Overload setting
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
Trip class
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
1
1
General Information
1
Electrical Information
1
1
Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)
Number of conductors
Wire sizes
4 AWG to 500 kcmil
4 AWG to 500 kcmil
4 AWG to 500 kcmil
4 AWG to 500 kcmil
Type of connectors
Add-on lug kit
Add-on lug kit
Add-on lug kit
Add-on lug kit
1
1
1
Control Wiring (12-Pin)
Wire sizes in AWG
22–14
22–14
22–14
22–14
Number of conductors (stranded)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
Torque requirements in lb-in
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
Solid, stranded or flexible max. size in mm2
3.31
3.31
3.31
3.31
Voltage range (24V ±10%)
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
Steady-state current amps
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
Inrush current amps
10
10
10
10
Ripple
1%
1%
1%
1%
240
240
240
240
1
1
1
Control Power Requirements
1
1
1
Relays (1) Class A and C
Voltage AC—maximum
1
Voltage DC—maximum
120
120
120
120
Amps—maximum
3
3
3
3
Temperature—operating
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
1
1
1
Environment
Temperature—storage
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
Altitude
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
Humidity
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
Operating position
Any
Any
Any
Any
Pollution degree IEC947-1
3
3
3
3
Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1
6000 V
6000 V
6000 V
6000 V
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-91
1.2
1
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Soft Starters—S811+, continued
Description
S811+U42…
S811+U50… 1
S811+V36…
S811+V42…
Max. current capacity
420
500
360
420
FLA range
131–420
156–500
112–360
131–420
General Information
Bypass mechanical lifespan
10M
10M
10M
10M
Insulating voltage Ui
660 V
660 V
660 V
660 V
1
Ramp time range
0.5–180 seconds
(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)
0.5–180 seconds
(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)
0.5–180 seconds
(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)
0.5–180 seconds
(0.5–360 seconds S811+ Premium)
1
Resistance to vibration
3g
3g
3g
3g
Resistance to shock
15g
15g
15g
15g
1
Electrical Information
1
Operating voltage
200–600 V
200–600 V
200–600 V
200–600 V
1
Operating frequency
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
1
Overload setting
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
Trip class
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
1
Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)
Number of conductors
1 or 2
1 or 2
2, 4 or 6
2, 4 or 6
1
Wire sizes
4 AWG to 500 kcmil
4 AWG to 500 kcmil
2/0 to 500 kcmil
2/0 to 500 kcmil
Type of connectors
Add-on lug kit
Add-on lug kit
Add-on lug kit
Add-on lug kit
1
Control Wiring (12-Pin)
1
Wire sizes in AWG
22–14
22–14
22–14
22–14
Number of conductors (stranded)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
Torque requirements in lb-in
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
Solid, stranded or flexible max. size in mm2
3.31
3.31
3.31
3.31
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Control Power Requirements
Voltage range (24V ±10%)
Steady-state current amps
1.0
1.0
1.4
1.4
Inrush current amps
10
10
10
10
Ripple
1%
1%
1%
1%
Voltage AC—maximum
240
240
240
240
Voltage DC—maximum
120
120
120
120
Amps—maximum
3
3
3
3
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
Relays (1) Class A and C
Environment
1
Temperature—operating
–30° to 50°C (no derating) consult
factory for operation >50°C
1
Temperature—storage
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
Altitude
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<95% noncondensing
1
Humidity
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
1
Operating position
Any
Any
Any
Any
Pollution degree IEC947-1
3
3
3
3
1
Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1
6000 V
6000 V
6000 V
6000 V
1
Note
1 S811+U50… unit does not have IEC certification.
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-92
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
1.2
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Soft Starters—S811+, continued
1
Description
S811+V50…
S811+V65…
S811+V72…
S811+V85…
S811+V10… 1
Max. current capacity
500
650
720
850
1000
FLA range
156–500
203–650
225–720
265–580
320–1000
Bypass mechanical lifespan
10M
10M
10M
10M
10M
Insulating voltage Ui
660 V
660 V
660 V
660 V
660 V
1
Ramp time range
0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360
seconds S811+ Premium)
0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360
seconds S811+ Premium)
0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360
seconds S811+ Premium)
0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360
seconds S811+ Premium)
0.5–180 seconds (0.5–360
seconds S811+ Premium)
1
Resistance to vibration
3g
3g
3g
3g
3g
Resistance to shock
15g
15g
15g
15g
15g
1
200–600 V
200–600 V
200–600 V
200–600 V
200–600 V
1
1
General Information
Electrical Information
Operating voltage
1
1
Operating frequency
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
47–63 Hz
Overload setting
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
30–100%
Trip class
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
5, 10, 20 and 30
1
2, 4 or 6
2, 4 or 6
2, 4 or 6
2, 4 or 6
2, 4 or 6
1
Cabling Capacity (IEC 947)
Number of conductors
Wire sizes
2/0 to 500 kcmil
2/0 to 500 kcmil
2/0 to 500 kcmil
2/0 to 500 kcmil
2/0 to 500 kcmil
Type of connectors
Add-on lug kit
Add-on lug kit
Add-on lug kit
Add-on lug kit
Add-on lug kit
22–14
22–14
22–14
22–14
22–14
1
1
Control Wiring (12-Pin)
Wire sizes in AWG
Number of conductors (stranded)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
2 (or one AWG 12)
Torque requirements in lb-in
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
Solid, stranded or flexible max. size in mm2
3.31
3.31
3.31
3.31
3.31
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
21.6–26.4
1
1
Control Power Requirements
Voltage range (24V ±10%)
1
1
Steady-state current amps
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
Inrush current amps
10
10
10
10
10
Ripple
1%
1%
1%
1%
1%
1
240
240
240
240
240
1
Relays (1) Class A and C
Voltage AC—maximum
Voltage DC—maximum
120
120
120
120
120
Amps—maximum
3
3
3
3
3
Temperature—operating
–30° to 50°C (no derating)
consult factory for
operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating)
consult factory for
operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating)
consult factory for
operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating)
consult factory for
operation >50°C
–30° to 50°C (no derating)
consult factory for
operation >50°C
1
Temperature—storage
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
–50° to 70°C
Altitude
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
<2000m—consult factory
for operation >2000m
1
Humidity
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
<95% noncondensing
1
1
Environment
Operating position
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
Pollution degree IEC947-1
3
3
3
3
3
Impulse withstand voltage IEC947-4-1
6000 V
6000 V
6000 V
6000 V
6000 V
1
1
1
Note
1 UR recognized product.
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-93
1.2
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Wiring Diagrams
Line Connected Soft Starter
1 L1
3 L2
5 L3
2 T1
4 T2
6 T3
1
1
1
1
1
M
3~
1
1
Inside-the-Delta Connected Soft Starter for a 6-Lead Motor
Supply
L1S L2S L3S
1
L3
1
T5
T5
1
1
1
L1
3
L2
T6
Motor
2
T1
4
T2
L3
T2
5
L3
S811+
1
T4
T2
L2
T3
L2
T3
T4
6
T3
T3
T6
T1
T1
T2
T1
L1
1
L1
1
Inside-the-Delta Connected Soft Starter for a 12-Lead Low Voltage Motor
1
Supply
L1S L2S L3S
12-Lead
Low Voltage
1
1
1
L3
L3
T11
T11 T10 T12
T5 T4 T6
1
L1
3
L2
Motor
S811+
1
2
T1
4
T2
T8
5
L3
L2
6
T3
T5
T3
T2
T2
L2
T10
T3
T9
1
T2
T8
T3
T9
T6
T12
T4
T1
T1
T7
T1
T7
L1
L1
1
1
Inside-the-Delta Connected Soft Starter for a 12-Lead High Voltage Motor
Supply
L1S L2S L3S
1
12-Lead
High Voltage
L3
T11
1
T8
T5
T11 T10 T12
1
L1
1
1
1
3
L2
5
L3
S811+
T2
Motor
T8
T5
T7
T4
T6
T9
T2
L2
4
T2
6
T3
T3
T6
T9
T7
T3
1
T2
T4
T1
T1
T1
L1
V6-T1-94
T3
L2
T10
2
T1
L3
T12
L1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1.2
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1
Soft Starters—S811+
1
Catalog
Number 1
W
H
D
Weight
in Lbs (kg)
1
S811+N37N3S
2.66 (67.6)
7.37 (187.2)
6.45 (163.9)
5.8 (2.6)
S811+N66N3S
2.66 (67.6)
7.37 (187.2)
6.45 (163.9)
5.8 (2.6)
1
S811+R10N3S
4.38 (111.3)
7.92 (201.1)
6.64 (168.6)
10.5 (4.8)
S811+R13N3S
4.38 (111.3)
7.92 (201.1)
6.64 (168.6)
10.5 (4.8)
S811+T18N3S
7.65 (194.4)
12.71 (322.9)
6.47 (164.4)
48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs
S811+T24N3S
7.65 (194.4)
12.71 (322.9)
6.47 (164.4)
48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs
S811+T30N3S
7.65 (194.4)
12.71 (322.9)
6.47 (164.4)
48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs
S811+U36N3S
7.73 (196.3)
12.72 (323.1)
7.16 (181.8)
48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs
S811+U42N3S
7.73 (196.3)
12.72 (323.1)
7.16 (181.8)
48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs
S811+U50N3S
7.73 (196.3)
12.72 (323.1)
7.16 (181.8)
48 (21.8) with lugs 41 (18.6) without lugs
S811+V36N3S
11.05 (280.6)
16.57 (420.8)
7.39 (187.8)
103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs
S811+V42N3S
11.05 (280.6)
16.57 (420.8)
7.39 (187.8)
103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs
S811+V50N3S
11.05 (280.6)
16.57 (420.8)
7.39 (187.8)
103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs
S811+V65N3S
11.05 (280.6)
16.57 (420.8)
7.39 (187.8)
103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs
S811+V72N3S
11.05 (280.6)
16.57 (420.8)
7.39 (187.8)
103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs
S811+V85N3S
11.05 (280.6)
16.57 (420.8)
7.39 (187.8)
103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs
S811+V10N3S
11.05 (280.6)
16.57 (420.8)
7.39 (187.8)
103 (46.8) with lugs 91 (41.4) without lugs
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Also refer to dimension drawings on Pages V6-T1-96 through V6-T1-98.
1
Note
1 Dimensions of the frames stay consistent between the N3S, P3S, and V3S options.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-95
1.2
1
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
S811+N…
1.97 (50.0)
1
1
2.66
(67.6)
1
1
6.87
(174.5)
5.89
(149.7)
7.37
(187.2)
1
5.35
(135.9)
3.32
(84.4)
1
1
1
4X Ø
0.22
(5.5)
6.45 (163.9)
1
1
S811+R…
3.54 (90.0)
1
4.38 (111.3)
1
1
1
1
7.92
(201.2)
7.44
(189.0)
6.08
(154.5)
1
3.49
(88.5)
1
1
1
4X Ø 0.27
(6.8)
1
6.64 (168.6)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-96
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
5.54
(140.7)
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
1.2
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1
S811+T…
1
6.47 (164.4)
1
1
7.65 (194.4)
1
1
11.77
(299.0)
12.71
(322.9)
1
5.95
(151.1)
5.40
(137.3)
1
1
5.91 (150.0)
2.95
(75.0)
6X Ø
0.28
(7.1)
1
1
1
1
S811+U…
1
7.16 (181.8)
1
1
7.73 (196.3)
1
1
11.77
(299.0)
12.72
(323.1)
6.64
(168.6)
1
6.09
(154.8)
1
1
0.28
6X Ø
(7.1)
2.60
(66.0)
5.20 (132.0)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T1-97
1.2
1
Reduced Voltage Motor Starters
Solid-State Starters
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
S811+V…
1
0.236
(6.00)
1
1
1
1
1
15.63
(397.0)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3.05
(77.5)
6.79 (172.5)
1
9.84 (250.0)
1
11.05 (280.6)
1
1
1
7.39
6.50 (187.8)
(165.1)
1
1
1
4X Ø
0.2650
(6.731)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V6-T1-98
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
16.57
(420.8)
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DC1
2.1
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-2
2
OEM Drives
PowerXL DG1
2
2.2
PowerXL DE1 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-9
2
2.3
PowerXL DC1 Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-15
2
2.4
PowerXL DA1 Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-25
2
2.5
M-Max Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-36
2
2
General Purpose Industrial Drives
2.6
2.7
2
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
DG1 Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-48
DG1 Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-68
SVX Drives
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drive
2
SVX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-98
2
SVX Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-139
2
2
General Purpose HVAC Drives
2.8
2
2
H-Max Series Drives
H-Max Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-177
2
H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-188
2
2
Performance Drives
2.9
SPX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.10
Clean Power Drives
V6-T2-205
2
2
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-248
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives
EGF Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CFX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
V6-T2-255
2
HCX Enclosed 12-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-311
CPX Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-315
2
RGX Enclosed Regenerative Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-340
2
2.11
LCX Liquid Cooled Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-353
2.12
SPA/SPN/SPI Common DC Bus Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-370
V6-T2-280
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-1
2.1
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Product Overview
A Drive For Any Application
Your application might call for
an ultra-compact solution,
clean power or future
configurability.
Whether it is a standard
product from the catalog or a
custom-enclosed variable
frequency drive (VFD)
solution, Eaton delivers.
Eaton drives are designed for
industrial, HVAC, water/
wastewater treatment,
machinery OEM and other
application demands.
Whether designing a new
industrial complex, renovating
an existing structure or
developing a new machine,
Eaton has the right product
for your application.
2
2
PowerXL® Family
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Application
DE1
DC1
DA1
DG1
EGF
(Filtered)
Single-phase input
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
—
Maximum 230 V hp
3
15
7.5
125
125
Maximum 480 V hp
10
30
15
250
250
Maximum 575 V hp
—
—
20
250
250
OEM drives
2
General purpose HVAC drives
2
General purpose industrial
Performance
2
Low harmonic
2
9000X Family
2
2
2
M-Max
H-Max
SVX
SPX
LCX
SPI
CFX
(Filtered)
Single-phase input
Yes
—
Yes
Yes
—
—
—
—
—
—
Maximum 230 V hp
15
125
125
125
—
—
100
60
200
—
Maximum 480 V hp
25
250
250
2200
3200
2400
400
125
800
900
2
Maximum 575 V hp
7.5
—
200
2300
2800
2200
400
—
800
750
2
OEM drives
2
General purpose HVAC drives
2
Application
2
2
2
2
General purpose industrial
Performance
Low harmonic
2
= Open drive standard
= Enclosed drive standard
2
= Enclosed—consult Enclosed Drives Plant (Watertown, WI)
2
V6-T2-2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
HCX
CPX
(12-Pulse) (18-Pulse)
RGX
(AFE)
2.1
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Product Overview
A History of Drives
2
Throughout the years, Eaton’s drive offering has evolved as technology has changed. Some
drives are no longer available, but are listed below for reference and aid in finding the drive in
our current offering that fits your application. If needed, please contact the Drives Technical
Resource Center (1-877-ETN-CARE, option 2, option 6) for assistance in finding the current
drive to suit your needs.
2
2
2
Legacy Product Offering
2
2
2
2
Application
HVX
SLX
NFX
GVX
MVX
SV
HV
CP
(18-Pulse)
Single-phase input
Yes
—
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
—
2
Maximum 230 V hp
75
40
2
50
7.5
100
150
—
2
Maximum 480 V hp
150
100
—
125
10
1100
1000
800
2
Maximum 575 V hp
—
100
—
125
10
800
700
—
2
OEM drives
2
General purpose HVAC drives
General purpose industrial
2
Performance
2
Low harmonic
Current product offering
2
H-Max
DG1
DE1
DC1 / DG1
DC1 / DA1
DG1
H-Max
CPX
= Open drive standard
2
2
= Legacy product; no longer available
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-3
2.1
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Product Overview
2
Product Selection Guide
2
OEM Drives
PowerXL DE1 Series
PowerXL DC1 Series
PowerXL DA1 Series
M-Max Series
2
Page V6-T2-9
Page V6-T2-15
Page V6-T2-25
Page V6-T2-36
2
Applications
Applications
Applications
Applications
Machinery OEM variable speed starter
General-purpose microdrive
Machinery OEM drive
High-performance microdrive
Machinery OEM drive
General-purpose microdrive
Description
Description
Description
Description
The DE1 VSS is a variable speed starter
that brings the simplicity of a
electromechanical starter with the
additional functionality of a variable
frequency drive. The DE1 offers simple
installation in a compact, keypad-less
design. With the use of the intuitive plug-in
configuration module or the integration of
SmartWire-DT®, the DE1 is the simplest
solution for variable speed. The VSS is
great for HVAC, material handling and
general MOEM applications.
The DC1 VFD is a compact VFD with only
14 basic parameters, SmartWire-DT®
connectivity and outstanding ease of
mounting and installation. The DC1 is
perfect for quick commissioning and is
ideal for panel builders. This drive
supports single-phase motor applications,
and an IP66 offering provides unique
mounting with integrated disconnect
and cover controls.
The DA1 VFD is the perfect match for
demanding OEM applications. Highperformance processor, safe torque off,
multiple fieldbus protocols including
SmartWire-DT, sensorless vector control
and the possibility to operate permanent
magnet motors are sure to leave a lasting
impression. The DA1 includes an IP66
offering as well.
The M-Max™ VFD is a compact microdrive
with a broad power range, perfectly suited
for machinery applications in many
industries: food and beverage, HVAC,
packaging, pumping, general machine
and more.
Offering/Range
Offering/Range
Offering/Range
Offering/Range
Single-phase to three-phase
230 V to 3 hp
Three-phase to three-phase
230 V to 3 hp
Three-phase to three-phase
480 V to 10 hp
Single-phase to single-phase
115 V to 0.75 hp
230 V to 1.5 hp
Single-phase to three-phase
115 V to 1.5 hp
230 V to 5 hp
Three-phase to three-phase
230 V to 15 hp
480 V to 30 hp
Single-phase to three-phase
230 V to 3 hp
Three-phase to three-phase
230 V to 7.5 hp
480 V to 15 hp
600 V to 20 hp
Single-phase to three-phase
115 V to 1.5 hp
230 V to 3 hp
Three-phase to three-phase
230 V to 15 hp
480 V to 25 hp
575 V to 7.5 hp
Enclosure
Enclosure
Enclosure
Enclosure
Open IP20
Open IP20, IP66
Open IP20, IP66
Open IP20, IP21
Open NEMA 1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-4
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Product Overview
2.1
Product Selection Guide
2
General Purpose Industrial Drives
General Purpose HVAC Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series
H-Max Series
H-Max
SVX
2
H-Max IntelliPass and
IntelliDisconnect Drives
2
2
2
2
2
Page V6-T2-48
Page V6-T2-98
Page V6-T2-177
Page V6-T2-188
2
Applications
Applications
Applications
Applications
2
General-purpose drive
General-purpose drive
General-purpose HVAC drive
General-purpose HVAC drive
Description
Description
Description
Description
The DG1 general-purpose drives are part
of the Eaton next-generation PowerXL
series of adjustable frequency drives
specifically engineered for today’s more
demanding commercial and industrial
applications. With an industry-leading
energy-efficiency algorithm, high shortcircuit current rating and robust design,
the DG1 offers customers increased
efficiency, safety and reliability.
The SVX VFD is a general-purpose,
compact, modular solution for variable
speed applications and offers a variety
of features and application capabilities.
With a reliable design, quick startup and
flexibility with options, the SVX provides a
great solution for customer's commercial
and industrial applications.
The H-Max™ VFD is specifically designed
to meet the needs of the HVAC industry
by offering leading HVAC software and
hardware features. With an industryleading energy efficiency algorithm, high
short-circuit current rating and robust
design, it offers customers increased
efficiency, safety and reliability.
The H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect
use the H-Max drive along with XT series
contactors and optional manual override
switches to provide the ability to bypass
the H-Max drive. The IntelliPass
construction features allow for easy
installation, reliable operation and
serviceability with additional onboard
wire space and removable conduit
plates with knockouts.
2
2
2
2
2
Offering/Range
Offering/Range
Offering/Range
Offering/Range
2
Single-phase to three-phase
230 V to 40 hp
480 V to 60 hp
Three-phase to three-phase
230 V to 125 hp
480 V to 250 hp
575 V to 250 hp
Single-phase to three-phase
230 V to 40 hp
480 V to 60 hp
Three-phase to three-phase
230 V to 125 hp
480 V to 2200 hp
575 V to 2300 hp
Three-phase to three-phase
230 V to 125 hp
480 V to 250 hp
Three-phase to three-phase
208 V to 30 hp
230 V to 30 hp
480 V to 75 hp
2
Enclosure
Enclosure
Enclosure
Enclosure
Open IP21, IP54
Open NEMA 1, 12
Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R
Consult Eaton for NEMA 4X
Open IP20, IP21, IP54
Open NEMA 1, 12
Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R
AGSVX (agriculture config)
Consult Eaton for NEMA 4X
Open IP21, IP54
Open NEMA 1, 12
Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R
IntelliDisconnect (breaker included)
IntelliPass (bypass included)
Open IP21, IP54
Open NEMA 1, 12
Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R
IntelliDisconnect (breaker included)
IntelliPass (bypass included)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-5
2.1
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Product Overview
2
Product Selection Guide
2
Performance Drives
2
SPX
Low Harmonic Drives
Passive Filtered—EGF
Passive Filtered—CFX
Page V6-T2-205
Page V6-T2-255
Page V6-T2-280
Applications
Applications
Applications
High-performance drive
Filtered drive
Filtered drive
Description
Description
Description
The SPX VFD is a compact, modular
solution for high-performance variable
speed applications. When high
performance is critical to a customer’s
application, the SPX VFD is the ideal
choice. They are equipped with high
processing power, capable of closed loop
feedback, safe torque off, permanent
magnet motor operation and very precise
motor control.
Eaton’s enclosed passive filtered drives
use tuned passive filters to significantly
reduce line harmonics at the drive input
terminals.
The CFX VFD uses a tuned passive filter
to significantly reduce the line harmonics
generated by a standard 6-pulse drive.
Designed for small to mid-sized drive
applications, the CFX, in conjunction
with the CPX, offers the user a tiered
approach to harmonic mitigation.
Offering/Range
Offering/Range
Offering/Range
Single-phase to three-phase
230 V to 40 hp
480 V to 60 hp
Three-phase to three-phase
230 V to 125 hp
480 V to 2200 hp
575 V to 2300 hp
208 V: 0.75–100 hp
230 V: 0.75–125 hp
480 V: 1–250 hp
Three-phase to three-phase
230 V to 100 hp
480 V to 400 hp
575 V to 400 hp
Enclosure
Enclosure
Enclosure
Open IP20, IP21, IP54
Open NEMA 1, 12
Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R
AGSVX (agriculture config)
Consult Eaton for NEMA 4X
Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R
Consult Eaton for NEMA 4X
Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R
Consult Eaton for NEMA 4X
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-6
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Product Overview
2.1
Product Selection Guide
2
Performance Drives
2
Low Harmonic Drives
12-Pulse—HCX
18-Pulse—CPX
2
Regenerative—RGX
2
2
2
2
Page V6-T2-311
Page V6-T2-315
Page V6-T2-340
Applications
Applications
Applications
12-pulse drive
18-pulse drive
Regenerative drive
Description
Description
Description
The enclosed HCX drive is specifically
tailored for HVAC applications where
clean power is necessary. The enclosed
HCX drive uses Eaton’s SVX drive with a
12-pulse phase shifting transformer to
deliver a substantial reduction in voltage
and current harmonics.
The CPX VFD uses advanced 18-pulse clean
power technology that significantly reduces
line harmonics at the drive input terminals
and is designed to exceed IEEE 519-1992
requirements. Delivering true power factor
and reducing harmonic distortion prevents
upstream transformer overheating and
overloading of breakers and feeders,
enabling the application of variable
frequency drives on generators and other
high-impedance power systems.
The RGX is an enclosed solution to meet
the needs of customer's regenerative
load applications. It combines Eaton’s
comprehensive family of DC common
DC bus drive products together with the
necessary circuit protection and filtering
to give the customer an all-in-one package.
The RGX is available in 480 V and 575 V
configurations in sizes up through 900 hp.
Offering/Range
Offering/Range
Offering/Range
2
208 V: 7.5 to 60 hp
230 V: 7.5 to 60 hp
480 V: 25 to 125 hp
Three-phase to three-phase
230 V to 200 hp
480 V to 800 hp
575 V to 800 hp
(Consult Eaton for larger hp)
Three-phase to three-phase
480 V: 900 hp
575 V: 750 hp
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Enclosure
Enclosure
Enclosure
Enclosed NEMA 1, 12
Enclosed NEMA 1, 12, 3R
Consult Eaton for NEMA 4X
Enclosed NEMA 1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-7
2.1
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Product Overview
2
Product Selection Guide
2
Performance Drives
2
Low Harmonic Drives
LCX
SPA/SPN/SPI
Page V6-T2-353
Page V6-T2-370
Applications
Applications
Liquid cooled drive
Common DC bus drive
Active front end drive
Regenerative drive
Description
Description
The LCX VFD is well suited for locations
when air-cooling would be difficult or
expensive or when space is at a premium.
These extremely compact drives are
suitable for ships, mines and heavy
industry.
Eaton offers a comprehensive range of
common DC bus VFD products. This
includes a number of front-end units and
inverter units in the entire power range.
Common DC bus drives are used in a
multitude of applications and
combinations. Drives that are braking
can transfer the energy directly to the
drives in a motoring mode.
2
Offering/Range
Offering/Range
2
Three-phase to three-phase
480 V to 3200 hp
575 V to 2800 hp
Three-phase to three-phase
480 V to 2400 hp
575 V to 2200 hp
2
Enclosure
Enclosure
Open IP00
Open IP00, IP21
Open NEMA 1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-8
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DE1 Series
2.2
Contents
PowerXL DE1 Series
Description
PowerXL DE1 Series
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
2
2
V6-T2-10
V6-T2-10
V6-T2-11
V6-T2-12
V6-T2-14
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Product Description
Features
Eaton’s PowerXL® DE1
variable speed starter offers
the advantages of both a
motor starter and a variable
frequency drive in a single
device. The DE1 is a compact
and easy-to-use device with
the ability to change the
speed of the motor with
the simplicity of a contactor
starter. With 14 basic
parameters, SmartWire-DT®
connectivity and an intuitive
configuration module, the
DE1 setup and commissioning
is easy for any panel builder
and MOEM. The DE1 was
designed for customers
who have concerns of the
complexity of a VFD but still
require variable frequency and
advanced motor protection.
●
Models rated at 480 volts,
three-phase, 50/60 Hz are
available in sizes ranging from
0.5 to 10 hp. Models rated
at 230 volts, single-phase in/
three-phase out, 50/60 Hz
are available in sizes ranging
from 0.33 to 3 hp.
The DE1 VSS is designed
without a keypad to provide
a simplistic, cost effective
solution. Units are shipped
without a keypad. In order to
change parameters, there are
accessories such as the
configuration module that can
change up to 5 parameters or
connectivity products to
connect to the drivesConnect
PC Tool.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Compact, space-saving
design
Rugged design rated up
to 60 °C without derating
DIN rail and screw
mountable
Narrow footprint for true
side-by-side installation
Rated for group motor
applications
Low capacitor design for
low harmonics
Control terminal blocks
●
Three digital inputs
●
One digital/analog
(programmable) input
●
One relay output
Contactor style power
wiring
RS-485/Modbus as
standard
Efficient, simple design
without a keypad
●
Three indicating LEDs
for fault and condition
status
Reliable design—
150% for 60 s
175% for 2 s
Smartwire-DT ready for
expanding communication
gateways
2
Standards and
Certifications
2
Product
●
Complies with EN 61800-3
2
2
Safety
●
IEC 61800-5-1
●
CE
●
UL
●
CSA/cUL
●
cTick
●
UKRSekpro
●
GOST R
●
RoHS compliant
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-9
2.2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DE1 Series
Catalog Number Selection
DE1 Series Variable Speed Starter
D E1 - 1 2 4D3 N N - N 20 N
2
Basic Naming
D = Drive
2
2
Conformation Coated Option
N = Not conformal coated boards
Device Series
E1 = Economy
2
Environment Rating
20 = IP20, NEMA 0
Number of Phases
1 = Single-phase main connection/
three-phase motor connection
3 = Three-phase main connection/
three-phase motor connection
2
2
2
Display Option
N = No display
Brake Chopper Option
N = No brake chopper
Input/Output Voltage
2 = 230 V
4 = 480 V
2
Current Rating
230 V
460 V
1D4 = 1.4 A, 0.33 hp, 0.25 kW
1D3 = 1.3 A, 0.5 hp, 0.37 kW
2D3 = 2.3 A, 0.5 hp, 0.37 kW
2D1 = 2.1 A, 1.0 hp, 0.75 kW
2D7 = 2.7 A, 0.75 hp, 0.55 kW
3D6 = 3.6 A, 2.0 hp, 1.5 kW
4D3 = 4.3 A, 1.0 hp, 0.75 kW
5D0 = 5.0 A, 3.0 hp, 2.2 kW
7D0 = 7.0 A, 2.0 hp, 1.5 kW
6D6 = 6.6 A, 4.0 hp, 3.0 kW
9D6 = 9.6 A, 3.0 hp, 2.2 kW
8D5 = 8.5 A, 5.0 hp, 4.0 kW
011 = 11 A, 7.5 hp, 5.5 kW
016 = 16 A, 10 hp, 7.5 kW
2
2
2
Filter Option
N = No filter
2
2
Product Selection
2
IP20
2
DE1 Series IP20 Enclosure Drives
hp 1
kW
Volts
200–240 V single-phase in/
230 V three-phase out
2
0.33
0.25
0.5
0.37
2
0.75
2
100% Continuous Frame
Current In (A)
Size
Catalog Number 2
DE1-121D4NN-N20N
1.4
1
2.3
1
DE1-122D3NN-N20N
0.55
2.7
1
DE1-122D7NN-N20N
1
0.75
4.3
1
DE1-124D3NN-N20N
2
1.5
7
1
DE1-127D0NN-N20N
9.6
2
DE1-129D6NN-N20N
1.3
1
DE1-341D3NN-N20N
2.1
1
DE1-342D1NN-N20N
3
2.2
0.5
0.37
2
1
0.75
2
1.5
3.6
1
DE1-343D6NN-N20N
2
3
2.2
5
2
DE1-345D0NN-N20N
4
3
6.6
2
DE1-346D6NN-N20N
5
4
8.5
2
DE1-348D5NN-N20N
7.5
5.5
11.3
2
DE1-34011NN-N20N
10
7.5
16
2
DE1-34016NN-N20N
2
2
2
2
380–480 V three-phase in/
480 V three-phase out
Notes
1 For all applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the rated continuous output current.
2 These are constant torque/high overload rated drives.
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-10
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DE1 Series
2.2
Accessories
2
DE1 Series
2
PC Communication Kit and Copy/Paste Module
Description
Catalog Number
Bluetooth copy/paste communication stick
DX-COM-STICK
USB to RJ45 panel mount kit
DX-COM-PCKIT
USB to RJ45 PC Tool cable
DX-CBL-PC-3M0
2
2
2
2
Keypad Options
Description
Catalog Number
LED remote keypad—7-segment display, IP54 rated
DX-KEY-LED 1
Configuration module—plug-in unit, DIP switch and dial control
DXE-EXT-SET
2
2
Extension Cables and Data Cable Splitter
Description
Catalog Number
RJ45 communication cable w/terminating resistor
EASY-NT-R
RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 0.5 m
DX-CBL-RJ45-0M5
RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 1.0 m
DX-CBL-RJ45-1M0
RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 3.0 m
DX-CBL-RJ45-3M0
RS-485 three-way data cable splitter, RJ45
DX-SPL-RJ45-3SL
RS-485 data cable splitter, RJ45, (1 connector to 2 socket)
DX-SPL-RJ45-2SL1PL
2
2
2
2
2
SmartWire Modules
2
Description
Catalog Number
SmartWire-DT interface for DE1 and DC1 IP20
DX-NET-SWD3
2
2
Commoning Links 2
Description
Max. Devices Used
Catalog Number
460 V, three-phase link
3xFS1
XTCEXCLK3B
2
2
2xFS1 + 1xFS2
2xFS2
4xFS1
2
XTCEXCLK4B
3xFS1 + 1xFS2
2
1xFS1 + 2xFS2 3
5xFS1
XTCEXCLK5B
2
4xFS1 + 1xFS2
2
2xFS1 + 2xFS2 3
3xFS2 3
460 V, incoming terminal
—
2
XTCEXITB 4
Notes
1 Includes 1 m RS-485 data cable.
2 Commoning links can be used to connect multiple line side 460 V DE1 units for use in
group motor applications.
3 These combinations may result in the total of the individual input currents exceeding the
three-phase commoning link’s and incoming connection block’s ampacity (35 A).
4 Required for group motor applications when using the 460 V commoning links.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-11
2.2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DE1 Series
Technical Data and Specifications
DE1 Series
2
2
2
Ratings
Specifications
PowerXL DE1 Basic Controller Standard Ratings
PowerXL DE1 Series
Description
Description
Specification
Specification
Input Ratings
Protections
2
Overload protection
150% for 60s for every 600 seconds
Input voltage (Vin)
±10%
Overvoltage protection
Yes
Input frequency (fin)
50/60 Hz (variation up to 48–62 Hz)
2
Undervoltage protection
Yes
Connection to power
Maximum of one time every 30 seconds
Ground fault protection
Yes
Output Ratings
Overtemperature
protection
Yes
Output voltage
0 to Vin
Motor overload protection Yes
Continuous output
current
Continuous rated current IN at ambient temperature max.
140 °F (60 °C), 150% for 60 seconds, 175% for 2 seconds
Motor stall protection
Yes
Output frequency
0 to 500 Hz
Short-circuit protection
100 kAIC with fuses,
65 kAIC with PKZM,
10 kAIC with FAZ
Frequency resolution
0.1 Hz
2
2
2
2
2
Programmable Parameters
Description
2
2
2
2
14 Standard operation parameters
Programmable start function
DC-brake at start and stop
Adjustable switching frequency
Autorestart function after fault
Protections and supervisions
Initial output current (IH) 175% for 2s for every 20 seconds
Torque depends on motor
Control Characteristics
Operation mode
U/f control, slip compensation
Switching frequency
4 to 32 kHz
Voltage reference
10 Vdc (max. 10 mA)
Field weakening point
0 to 500 Hz
Acceleration time
0.1 to 600 seconds
Deceleration time
0.1 to 600 seconds
Ambient Conditions
Ambient operating
temperature
–10 °C to +50 °C, for 60 °C there is no derating required 1
Power section fault indication
External fault
Storage temperature
–40 °C to +70 °C
2
Fieldbus communication
Relative humidity
0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water
Analog input range selection, signal scaling and filtering
Enclosure class
IP20 (FS1–FS3)
2
Four preset speed reference
2
2
Note
1 All units do not require derating except for the 10 hp 460 V unit which may require derating
depending on the switching frequency used.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-12
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DE1 Series
2.2
Standards—DE1 Series Variable Speed Starter
I/O Specifications
●
Digital inputs DI1–DI4 are
programmable
●
Relay output is
programmable
●
DI3 and DI4 can be
programmed to be digital,
thermistor or analog
2
Reliability
●
Pretested components
●
Computerized testing
●
Robust design rated to
60 °C
Includes:
Four inputs (three digital
and one digital/analog)
●
Analog input
●
4–20 mA
●
0–10 V
●
One relay output
●
RS-485 interface
●
2
2
2
2
2
2
DE1 Series I/O Interface
Terminal
Signal
Factory Preset
Description
0V
0V
Reference potential
—
0 V connection
2
+0 V
+24 Vdc
Control voltage for DI1-DI4
—
Maximum load 100 mA
Reference potential V
2
1
DI1
Digital Input 1
FWD
+10 to 24 V
2
DI2
Digital Input 2
REV
+10 to 24 V
3
DI3
Digital Input 3
Fixed frequency FF1
+10 to 24 V
Ther.
Thermistor
Fixed frequency FF1
External fault: [Need info]
Trip at 3600 Ω
Reset at 1600 Ω
DI4
Digital Input 4
Frequency reference value
+10 to 24 V
AI1
Analog Input
Frequency reference value
0 to 10 V 0/4–20 mA
Can be switched with parameter P16
13
K13
Relay 1, normally open contact
Active = RUN
Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
14
K14
Relay 1, normally open contact
Active = RUN
Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-13
2.2
2
2
PowerXL DE1 Series
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
DE1, Sizes FS1 and FS2, Degree of Protection IP20/NEMA 0
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Ø
B2
Ø1
L1/LL2/NL3
B3
2
2
Ø2
2
2
B
B1
2
2
B4
2
2
2
0 V +10 V 1
U
2
2
2
2
2
V
3
4 13 14
W
C1
A1
A
2
2
2
C
Frame
Size
A
A1
B
B1
B2
B3
B4
FS1
1.77 (45.0)
0.98 (25.0)
9.09 (231.0)
8.66 (220.0)
0.20 (5.1)
2.52 (64.0)
6.54 (166.1)
FS2
3.54 (90.0)
1.97 (50.0)
9.09 (231.0)
8.66 (220.0)
0.20 (5.1)
2.52 (64.0)
6.54 (166.1)
Frame
Size
C
C1
Ø1
Ø2
Weight
lbs (kg)
FS1
6.65 (169.0)
0.26 (6.6)
0.20 (5.1)
0.39 (10.0)
2.29 (1.04)
FS2
6.65 (169.0)
0.26 (6.6)
0.20 (5.1)
0.39 (10.0)
3.70 (1.68)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-14
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DC1 Series Drives
2.3
Contents
PowerXL DC1 Series Drives
Description
Page
PowerXL DC1 Series Drives
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
V6-T2-16
V6-T2-17
V6-T2-19
V6-T2-21
V6-T2-23
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Product Description
Features
Eaton’s PowerXL® DC1
variable frequency drives are
the next generation of drives
specifically engineered for
today’s machinery
applications.
●
The DC1 is compact with
only 14 basic parameters,
SmartWire-DT® connectivity,
and outstanding ease of
mounting and installation.
The DC1 is perfect for quick
commissioning and is ideal
for panel builders. This drive
supports single-phase motor
applications, and detachable
terminal blocks make control
wiring much easier.
Models rated at 480 volts,
three-phase, 50/60 Hz are
available in sizes ranging from
1 to 30 hp 2. Models rated at
240 volts, single- or threephase, 50/60 Hz are available
in sizes ranging from 0.5
to 15 hp 2. Models rated at
115 volts, single-phase,
50/60 Hz are available in
the 0.5 to 3 hp size range.
●
●
●
●
●
Compact, space-saving
design
Rugged and reliable—175%
for 2 s, 50 °C rated
DIN rail and screw
mountable (FS1 and FS2)
Side-by-side installation
Industry-leading efficiency
delivers energy savings to
the customer
Optional integrated EMC
filters make the unit
suitable for commercial
and industrial networks
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Brake chopper as standard
in frames 2 and higher
Temperature-controlled fan
RS-485/Modbus® and
CANopen™ as standard
PI controller as standard
SmartWire capability
Removable I/O terminal
blocks
Contactor style power
wiring
Designed for shaded-pole,
single-phase motors and
permanent split capacitor
single-phase motors
Designed to run surface
mounted (SPM) and rotor
in-built (IPM) permanent
magnet motors 3
2
Standards and
Certifications
2
Product
●
Complies with EN61800-3
(2004)
2
EMC (At Default Settings)
●
EMC Category C1, C2
and C3 at default settings
(1 m, 5 m, 25 m)
2
Safety
●
61800-5-1
●
EN 60529
●
CE
●
UL
●
cUL
●
UkrSepro
●
c-Tick
●
RoHS compliant
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Note
1 See unit nameplate for more detailed
approvals.
2 Available June 2015.
3 Available September 2015.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-15
2.3
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DC1 Series Drives
Catalog Number Selection
DC1 Series Adjustable Frequency AC Drives
DC1 - 1 2 4D1 F N - A 20 N
2
Device Series
DC1 = Variable frequency drive, compact, Series 1
(D = Drives, C = Compact, 1 = Series 1)
2
2
Type
N = Standard basic device
Degree of Protection
20 = IP20/NEMA 0
66 = IP66/NEMA 4/4X
6S = IP66 with disconnect/NEMA 4/4X
Connection in Power Section
1 = Single-phase mains connection/three-phase motor connection
3 = Three-phase mains connection/three-phase motor connection
S = Single-phase mains connection/single-phase motor connection
2
2
2
1=
2=
4=
D=
2
2
2
Mains Voltage Category
110 V (110–115 V ±10%)
230 V (200–240 V ±10%)
480 V (380–480 V ±10%)
110 V input/230 V output (voltage doubler)
Rated
Operational Current
Examples—
2D2 = 2.2 A
4D1 = 4.1 A
024 = 24 A
2
2
Display Unit (Display)
A = LED display
Brake Chopper
N = No internal brake chopper
B = Brake chopper
EMC (Radio Interference Suppression Filter)
N = No internal RFI filter
F = Internal RFI filter
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-16
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DC1 Series Drives
2.3
Product Selection
IP20
2
DC1 Series IP20 Enclosure Drives
hp
2
0.5
kW
Volts
0.37
115 V single-phase in/ 4
115 V single-phase out
0.75
0.55
0.5
0.37
1
0.75
1.5
1.1
0.5
0.37
1
0.75
1.5
1.1
0.5
0.37
1
0.75
2
1.5
1
200–240 V single-phase in/ 4
200–240 V single-phase out
115 V single-phase in/
230 V three-phase out
200–240 V single-phase in/
230 V three-phase out
2
100% Continuous Frame
Current In (A)
Size 3
Catalog Number
7
1
DC1-S17D0NN-A20N
10.5
2
DC1-S1011NB-A20N
4.3
1
DC1-S24D3NN-A20N 5
7
1
DC1-S27D0NN-A20N 5
10
2
DC1-S2011NB-A20N 5
2.3
1
DC1-1D2D3NN-A20N
4.3
1
DC1-1D4D3NN-A20N
5.8
2
DC1-1D5D8NB-A20N
2.3
1
DC1-122D3NN-A20N 5
4.3
1
DC1-124D3NN-A20N 5
7
1
DC1-127D0NN-A20N 5
5
2
2
2
1.5
7
2
DC1-127D0NB-A20N
3
2.2
10.5
2
DC1-12011NB-A20N 5
15
3
DC1-12015NB-A20N
2.3
1
DC1-322D3NN-A20N
5
4
0.5
0.37
1
0.75
4.3
1
DC1-324D3NN-A20N
2
1.5
7
1
DC1-327D0NN-A20N
2
1.5
7
2
DC1-327D0NB-A20N 5
3
2.2
10.5
2
DC1-32011NB-A20N 5
5
4
18
3
DC1-32018NB-A20N 5
7.5
5.5
24
4
DC1-32024NB-A20N 56
10
7.5
30
4
DC1-32030NB-A20N 56
15
11
46
4
DC1-32046NB-A20N 56
1
0.75
2.2
1
DC1-342D2NN-A20N 5
2
1.5
4.1
1
DC1-344D1NN-A20N 5
2
1.5
4.1
2
DC1-344D1NB-A20N 5
3
2.2
5.8
2
DC1-345D8NB-A20N 5
5
4
9.5
2
DC1-349D5NB-A20N 5
7.5
5.5
14
3
DC1-34014NB-A20N 5
10
7.5
18
3
DC1-34018NB-A20N 5
15
11
24
3
DC1-34024NB-A20N 5
20
15
30
4
DC1-34030NB-A20N 56
25
18.5
39
4
DC1-34039NB-A20N 56
30
22
46
4
DC1-34046NB-A20N 56
200–240 V three-phase in/
230 V three-phase out
380–480 V three-phase in/
480 V three-phase out
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 These are constant torque/high overload rated drives.
2 For all applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the rated continuous output current.
3 Brake chopper circuit available as standard in frames 2 and 3.
4 Only for use with shaded pole or split capacitor single-phase motors.
5 RFI version available. Substitute with DC1-*****F*-**** for this option.
6 Frame size 4 available June 2015.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-17
2.3
2
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DC1 Series Drives
IP66 NEMA 4/4X Interior
DC1 Drive
The IP66 version of the
DC1 is a unique solution
to allow for mounting the
drive outside of a control
panel or next to a motor
for distributed control.
“-A66N” Option
This version comes with the
keypad that is similar to that
of IP20 version. There are no
additional cover controls to
address security concerns.
2
2
2
IP66
“-A6SN” Option
This version has an integrated
potentiometer, a forward/off/
reverse switch and a
disconnect switch with
lock-off capability with the
standard keypad. This
allows for reduced labor and
materials when compared to
a IP20 solution in separate
enclosure.
DC1 Series IP66 Enclosure Drives 1
100% Continuous Frame
Current In (A)
Size 3
Catalog Number
7
1
DC1-S17D0NN-A6SN 4
10.5
2
DC1-S1011NB-A6SN 4
4.3
1
DC1-S24D3NN-A6SN 45
7
1
DC1-S27D0NN-A6SN 45
10
2
DC1-S2011NB-A6SN 45
2.3
1
DC1-1D2D3NN-A6SN 4
4.3
1
DC1-1D4D3NN-A6SN 4
5.8
2
DC1-1D5D8NB-A6SN 4
2.3
1
DC1-122D3NN-A6SN 45
4.3
1
DC1-124D3NN-A6SN 45
1.5
7
1
DC1-127D0NN-A6SN 45
1.5
7
2
DC1-127D0NB-A6SN 45
3
2.2
10.5
2
DC1-12011NB-A6SN 45
2
5
4
15
3
DC1-12015NB-A6SN 4
0.5
0.37
2.3
1
DC1-322D3NN-A6SN 4
2
1
0.75
4.3
1
DC1-324D3NN-A6SN 4
2
1.5
7
1
DC1-327D0NN-A6SN 4
2
1.5
7
2
DC1-327D0NB-A6SN 45
3
2.2
10.5
2
DC1-32011NB-A6SN 45
5
4
18
3
DC1-32018NB-A6SN 45
2
1
0.75
2.2
1
DC1-342D2NN-A6SN 45
2
1.5
4.1
1
DC1-344D1NN-A6SN 45
2
2
1.5
4.1
2
DC1-344D1NB-A6SN 45
3
2.2
5.8
2
DC1-345D8NB-A6SN 45
5
4
9.5
2
DC1-349D5NB-A6SN 45
7.5
5.5
14
3
DC1-34014NB-A6SN 45
10
7.5
18
3
DC1-34018NB-A6SN 45
hp 2
kW
Volts
0.5
0.37
2
0.75
0.55
115 V single-phase in/
115 V single-phase out
0.5
0.37
2
1
0.75
1.5
1.1
0.5
0.37
2
1
0.75
1.5
1.1
2
0.5
0.37
1
0.75
2
2
2
2
IP66S
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
200–240 V single-phase in/
200–240 V single-phase out
115 V single-phase in/
230 V three-phase out
200–240 V single-phase in/
230 V three-phase out
200–240 V three-phase in/
230 V three-phase out
380–480 V three-phase in/
460 V three-phase out
Notes
1 These are constant torque/high overload rated drives.
2 For all applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the rated continuous output current.
3 Brake chopper circuit available as standard in frames 2 and 3.
4 Non-disconnect version available. Substitute with -A66N.
5 RFI version available. Substitute with DC1-*****F*-**** for this option.
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-18
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.3
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DC1 Series Drives
Accessories
2
DC1 Series
2
PC Communication Kit and Copy/Paste Module
Extension Cables and Data Cable Splitter
Description
Catalog Number
Description
Catalog Number
Bluetooth copy/paste communication stick
DX-COM-STICK
RJ45 communication cable w/terminating resistor
EASY-NT-R
USB to RJ45 panel mount kit
DX-COM-PCKIT
RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 0.5 m
DX-CBL-RJ45-0M5
USB to RJ45 converter cable
DX-COM-PCCABLE
RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 1.0 m
DX-CBL-RJ45-1M0
USB to RJ45 PC Tool cable
DX-CBL-PC-3MO
RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 3.0 m
DX-CBL-RJ45-3M0
RS-485 three-way data cable splitter, RJ45
DX-SPL-RJ45-3SL
RS-485 data cable splitter, RJ45, (1 connector to 2 socket)
DX-SPL-RJ45-2SL1PL
Encoder Feedback Plug-In Option Module
and Miscellaneous Cards
Description
Catalog Number
SmartWire Modules
Local control/test option card
DXC-EXT-LOCSIM
Description
Catalog Number
HVACO drive running and tripped relay output card
DXC-EXT-2RO1 AO
SmartWire-DT interface for DC1 IP20
DX-NET-SWD3
Dual relay output card
DXC-EXT-2RO
110 V logic input card
DXC-EXT-IO110
230 V logic input card
DXC-EXT-IO230
2
2
2
2
2
2
Note
1 Includes 1 m RS-485 data cable.
2
2
Remote Keypad
Description
2
2
Catalog Number
1
LED remote keypad—7-segment display, IP54 rated
DX-KEY-LED
OLED remote keypad—full text display, multi-line text,
multi-language, IP54 hand/auto buttons
DX-KEY-OLED 1
2
2
Brake Resistor (FR2 and FR3)
Description
Catalog Number
DC1, DA1 internal mount 200 W, 100 R
DX-BR3-100
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-19
2.3
2
2
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DC1 Series Drives
Line and Load Reactors
A line and load reactor is a
three-phase inductance filter
that can be placed on the line
and load side of the AFD to
help improve the harmonic
performance of the system.
Consult the factory for
additional filtering options and
further technical details.
DR1 Line Reactor
A line reactor helps to provide
a moderate reduction in
current harmonics similar to a
DC choke. It also provides
increased input protection for
AFD and its semiconductors
from line transients helping to
extend the life of the AFD.
2
2
Line and Load Reactors—Catalog Number Selection
2
D R1 – 2 2D0 – 0 5
2
Basic Naming
D = Drive
2
Impedance
3 = 3%
5 = 5%
Device Series
R1 = Line side reactor
R2 = Load side reactor
2
Input/Output Voltage
2 = 230 V
4 = 480 V
2
2
2
2
2
2
Current Rating
Examples:
2D0 = 2.0 A
4D0 = 4.0 A
8D0 = 8.0 A
012 = 12 A
Environment Rating
0 = Open
1 = NEMA 1
Line and Load Reactors—230 V
2
2
DR2 Output Reactor
An output filter is used to
reduce the transient voltage
(dV/dt) at the motor terminals.
The output filter is
recommended for cable
lengths exceeding 100 ft
(30 m) with a drive of 3 hp
and above and for cable
lengths of 33 ft (10 m) with a
drive of 2 hp and below.
Open
NEMA 1
Line Reactor
Load Reactor
hp (CT)
3%
5%
0.5
DR2-22D0-03
DR2-22D0-05
1
DR2-24D0-03
DR2-28D0-05
1.5
DR2-28D0-03
DR2-28D0-05
3%
Line Reactor
Load Reactor
5%
3%
5%
3%
5%
DR1-22D2-03
DR1-22D2-05
DR2-22D0-13
DR2-22D0-15
DR1-22D2-13
DR1-22D2-15
DR1-24D2-03
DR1-24D2-05
DR2-24D0-13
DR2-28D0-15
DR1-24D2-13
DR1-24D2-15
DR1-26D0-03
DR1-26D0-05
DR2-28D0-13
DR2-28D0-15
DR1-26D0-13
DR1-26D0-15
2
DR2-28D0-03
DR2-28D0-05
DR1-26D8-03
DR1-26D8-05
DR2-28D0-13
DR2-28D0-15
DR1-26D8-13
DR1-26D8-15
3
DR2-2012-03
DR2-2012-05
DR1-29D6-03
DR1-29D6-05
DR2-2012-13
DR2-2012-15
DR1-29D6-13
DR1-29D6-15
5
DR2-2018-03
DR2-2018-05
DR1-2015-03
DR1-2015-05
DR2-2018-13
DR2-2018-15
DR1-2015-13
DR1-2015-15
7.5
DR2-2025-03
DR2-2025-05
DR1-2022-03
DR1-2022-05
DR2-2025-13
DR2-2025-15
DR1-2022-13
DR1-2022-15
10
DR2-2035-03
DR2-2035-05
DR1-2028-03
DR1-2028-05
DR2-2035-13
DR2-2035-15
DR1-2028-13
DR1-2028-15
2
15
DR2-2045-03
DR2-2045-05
DR1-2042-03
DR1-2042-05
DR2-2045-13
DR2-2045-15
DR1-2042-13
DR1-2042-15
2
Line and Load Reactors—480 V
Open
2
NEMA 1
Line Reactor
Load Reactor
Line Reactor
Load Reactor
hp (CT)
3%
5%
3%
5%
3%
5%
3%
5%
1
DR2-42D0-03
DR2-42D0-05
DR1-42D1-03
DR1-42D1-05
DR2-42D0-13
DR2-42D0-15
DR1-42D1-13
DR1-42D1-15
2
DR2-44D0-03
DR2-44D0-05
DR1-43D4-03
DR1-43D4-05
DR2-44D0-13
DR2-44D0-15
DR1-43D4-13
DR1-43D4-15
3
DR2-48D0-03
DR2-48D0-05
DR1-44D8-03
DR1-44D8-05
DR2-48D0-13
DR2-48D0-15
DR1-44D8-13
DR1-44D8-15
5
DR2-48D0-03
DR2-48D0-05
DR1-47D6-03
DR1-47D6-05
DR2-48D0-13
DR2-48D0-15
DR1-47D6-13
DR1-47D6-15
7.5
DR2-4012-03
DR2-4012-05
DR1-4011-03
DR1-4011-05
DR2-4012-13
DR2-4012-15
DR1-4011-13
DR1-4011-15
10
DR2-4018-03
DR2-4018-05
DR1-4014-03
DR1-4014-05
DR2-4018-13
DR2-4018-15
DR1-4014-13
DR1-4014-15
2
15
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4025-05
DR1-4021-03
DR1-4021-05
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4025-15
DR1-4021-13
DR1-4021-15
20
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4025-05
DR1-4027-03
DR1-4027-05
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4025-15
DR1-4027-13
DR1-4027-15
2
25
DR2-4035-03
DR2-4035-05
DR1-4034-03
DR1-4034-05
DR2-4035-13
DR2-4035-15
DR1-4034-13
DR1-4034-15
30
DR2-4045-03
DR2-4045-05
DR1-4040-03
DR1-4040-05
DR2-4045-13
DR2-4045-15
DR1-4040-13
DR1-4040-15
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-20
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DC1 Series Drives
2.3
Technical Data and Specifications
2
DC1 Series
2
Ratings
Specifications
PowerXL DC1 Basic Controller IP20 Standard Ratings
PowerXL DC1 Series Drives 1
Description
Description
Specification
2
Specification
2
Input Ratings
Protections
Overload protection
150% for 60s for every 600 seconds
Input voltage (Vin)
±10%
Overvoltage protection
Yes
Input frequency (fin)
50/60 Hz (variation up to 48–62 Hz)
Undervoltage protection
Yes
Connection to power
Maximum of one time every 30 seconds
2
Ground fault protection
Yes
Output Ratings
Overtemperature
protection
Yes
Output voltage
0 to Vin 2
2
Motor overload protection Yes
Continuous output
current
Continuous rated current IN at ambient temperature max.
122 °F (50 °C), 150% for 60 seconds, 175% for 2 seconds
2
Motor stall protection
Yes
Output frequency
0 to 500 Hz
Short-circuit
withstand rating
100 kAIC with Type 1 fuses
Frequency resolution
0.1 Hz
2
Initial output current (IH) 175% for 2s for every 20 seconds
Torque depends on motor
2
Control Characteristics
2
Programmable Parameters
Description
Built-in Help card
14 Standard operation parameters
Reference scaling
Programmable start and stop functions
DC-brake at start and stop
Programmable V/Hz curve
Adjustable switching frequency
Autorestart function after fault
Protections and supervisions
2
U/f control, slip compensation
Operation mode
Switching frequency
4 to 32 kHz
Voltage reference
10 Vdc (max. 10 mA)
Field weakening point
0 to 500 Hz
Acceleration time
0.1 to 600 seconds
Deceleration time
0.1 to 600 seconds
2
2
2
Brake Resistor (Minimum Values) 3
230 V Series
FS2 and FS3 47 ohms
400 V Series
FS2 100 ohms, FS3 47 ohms
2
2
Ambient Conditions
Power section fault indication
Ambient operating
temperature
+14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to +122 °F (+50 °C): Rated loadability IN
IP20—NEMA 0
External fault
Storage temperature
–40 °F (–40 °C) to +140 °F (+60 °C)
Fieldbus communication
Relative humidity
0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water
Second deceleration time
Enclosure class
IP20 (FS1–FS4)
Analog input range selection, signal scaling and filtering
Notes
1 Frame size 4 available June 2015.
2 Exception: 115 V single-phase in, 230 V three-phase out.
3 Only FS2, FS3 and FS4 drives are equipped with brake chopper circuit.
PI controller
Skip frequencies
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-21
2.3
2
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DC1 Series Drives
Standards—DC1 Series
I/O Specifications
●
Digital inputs DI1–DI4 are
programmable
●
Digital, relay and analog
outputs are programmable
2
2
2
2
2
2
Reliability
Pretested components
●
Computerized testing
●
Final test with full load
●
Conformal-coated boards
●
Eaton’s Electrical Services &
Systems: national network
of AF drive specialists
●
DC1 Series I/O Interface
Terminal
2
Includes:
●
Four inputs (two digital and
two digital/analog)
●
Analog inputs
●
4–20 mA
●
0–10 V
●
One output (analog or
digital)
●
One relay output
●
RS-485 interface
1
+24 Vdc
Signal
Factory Preset
Description
Control voltage for DI1–DI4
—
Maximum load 100 mA
Reference potential V
2
DI1
Digital Input 1
Start Enable FWD
8 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 kΩ)
3
DI2
Digital Input 2
Start Enable REV
8 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 kΩ)
4
DI3
Digital Input 3
Fixed frequency FF1
Digital: 8–30 V (high)
AI2
Analog Input 2
Fixed frequency FF1
Analog: 0 to +10 V (Ri >72 kΩ)
0/4–20 mA (Rß = 500 Ω)
Can be switched with parameter P16
2
2
5
+10 Vdc
Reference voltage, Output (+10 V) —
2
6
AI1
Analog Input 1
Frequency reference value 1 Analog: 0 to +10 V (Ri >72 kΩ)
(fixed frequency)
0/4–20 mA (Rß = 500 Ω)
Can be switched with parameter P16
DI4
Digital Input 5
Frequency reference value 1 Digital: 8–30 V (high)
(fixed frequency)
2
2
Maximum load 10 mA
Reference potential 0 V
0 V = connection terminal 9
Analog: 0 to +10 V, maximum 4–20 mA
Can be switched with parameter P-25
DO1
Digital Output 1
Output frequency
Digital: 8 to +24 V
9
0V
Reference potential
—
0 V connection terminal 7
2
10
K13
Relay 1, normally open contact
Active = RUN
Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
11
K14
Relay 1, normally open contact
Active = RUN
Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
2
Note
1 Programmable function.
2
2
2
2
3
FF1
4
DI3
(AI2)
REV
FWD
2
DI2
1
DI1
2
+24V Out
< 100 mA
2
24V
2
f-Out
0 to +10V/20 mA
—
Output frequency
6
8
AO
(DO)
Reference potential
Analog Output 1
f-Soll
0 to +10V/20 mA
0V
AO1
AI1
(DI4)
7
8
CPU
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-22
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DC1 Series Drives
2.3
Dimensions
2
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
DC1, Sizes FS1–FS4, Degree of Protection IP20/NEMA 0
Ø
B2
2
Ø1
2
2
Ø2
2
B1
B
2
2
2
2
A1
A
C1
2
C
Frame
Size
A
FS1
3.19 (81.0)
1.97 (50.0)
7.24 (184.0)
6.69 (170.0)
0.28 (7.0)
4.88 (124.0)
0.16 (4.0)
0.24 (6.0)
FS2
4.21 (107.0)
2.95 (75.0)
9.09 (231.0)
8.46 (215.0)
0.31 (8.0)
5.98 (152.0)
0.20 (5.0)
0.24 (6.0)
FS3
5.16 (131.0)
3.94 (100.0)
10.75 (273.0)
10.04 (255.0)
0.33 (8.5)
6.89 (175.0)
0.20 (5.0)
0.24 (6.0)
0.47 (12.0)
8.82 (4.0)
FS4 1
6.30 (160.0)
—
16.54 (420.0)
—
—
8.35 (212.0)
—
—
—
—
A1
B
B1
B2
C
C1
Ø1
Weight
lbs (kg)
2
0.47 (12.0)
2.43 (1.1)
0.47 (12.0)
5.73 (2.6)
2
Ø2
2
2
DC1, Sizes FS1–FS3, Degree of Protection IP66/NEMA 4
2
Ø1
2
2
Ø2
2
2
B
B1
2
2
2
B1
2
2
A1
A
A1
C1
B2
2
C
Frame
Size
A
A1
B
B1
B2
C
C1
Ø1
Ø2
Weight
lbs (kg)
FS1
6.34 (161.0)
5.85 (148.5)
9.13 (232.0)
7.44 (189.0)
0.98 (25.0)
7.24 (184.0)
0.14 (3.5)
0.15 (4.0)
0.31 (8.0)
5.51 (2.5)
FS2
7.40 (188.0)
6.93 (176.0)
10.12 (257.0)
7.87 (200.0)
1.12 (28.5)
7.58 (192.0)
0.14 (3.5)
0.16 (4.2)
0.33 (8.5)
10.36 (4.7)
FS3
8.29 (210.5)
7.78 (197.5)
12.20 (310.0)
9.90 (251.5)
1.31 (33.4)
9.21 (234.0)
0.14 (3.5)
0.16 (4.2)
0.33 (8.5)
17.42 (7.9)
Note
1 Frame size 4 available June 2015.
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-23
2.3
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DC1 Series Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
DC1, Sizes FS1–FS3, Degree of Protection IP66/NEMA 4, with Local Controls
2
Ø1
2
2
Ø2
2
2
B
B1
2
2
2
B1
2
2
2
2
2
A1
A
A1
C1
B2
C
Frame
Size
A
A1
B
B1
B2
C
C1
Ø1
Ø2
Weight
lbs (kg)
FS1
6.34 (161.0)
5.85 (148.5)
9.13 (232.0)
7.44 (189.0)
0.98 (25.0)
7.24 (184.0)
0.14 (3.5)
0.15 (4.0)
0.31 (8.0)
6.17 (2.8)
FS2
7.40 (188.0)
6.93 (176.0)
10.12 (257.0)
7.87 (200.0)
1.12 (28.5)
7.58 (192.0)
0.14 (3.5)
0.16 (4.2)
0.33 (8.5)
11.02 (5.0)
FS3
8.29 (210.5)
7.78 (197.5)
12.20 (310.0)
9.90 (251.5)
1.31 (33.4)
9.21 (234.0)
0.14 (3.5)
0.16 (4.2)
0.33 (8.5)
18.08 (8.2)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-24
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DA1 Series Drives
2.4
Contents
PowerXL DA1 Series Drives
Description
Page
PowerXL DA1 Series Drives
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
V6-T2-26
V6-T2-27
V6-T2-29
V6-T2-32
V6-T2-34
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Product Description
Features
Eaton’s PowerXL® DA1
variable frequency drives are
the next generation of drives
specifically engineered for
today’s machinery
applications.
●
DA1 is the perfect match for
demanding OEM applications.
High-performance processor,
safe torque off, multiple
fieldbus protocols including
SmartWire-DT, sensorless
vector control and the
possibility to operate
permanent magnet motors
are sure to leave a lasting
impression.
Models rated at 480 volts,
three-phase, 50/60 Hz are
available in sizes ranging from
1 to 15 hp. Models rated at
240 volts, single- or threephase, 50/60 Hz are available
in sizes ranging from 0.5
to 7.5 hp. Models rated at
575 volts, three-phase,
50/60 Hz are available in sizes
ranging from 1 to 20 hp.
●
●
●
●
●
●
Compact, space-saving
design
Rugged and reliable—200%
for 4s 50 °C rated
DIN rail and screw
mountable (FS1 and FS2)
Side-by-side installation
Industry-leading efficiency
delivers energy savings to
the customer
Integrated EMC filters
make the unit suitable for
commercial and industrial
networks
Communication cards that
integrate into the drive—
●
EtherNet/IP
●
DeviceNet
●
PROFIBUS-DP
●
EtherCAT
●
PROFINET
●
Modbus TCP
●
BACnet
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Brake chopper as standard
Temperature-controlled fan
RS-485/Modbus® and
CANopen™ as standard
PID controller as standard
SmartWire capability
Removable I/O terminal
blocks
Contactor style power
wiring
200% torque at zero speed
Designed to run surface
mounted (SPM) and rotor
in-built (IPM) permanent
magnet motors
PLC programming
Closed loop
Conformal coated boards
2
Standards and
Certifications
2
Product
●
Complies with EN61800-3
(2004)
2
EMC (At Default Settings)
●
EMC Category C1, C2
and C3 at default settings
(1 m, 5 m, 25 m)
2
Safety
●
61800-5-1
●
EN 60529
●
CE
●
UL
●
cUL
●
DNV
●
UkrSepro
●
c-Tick
●
RoHS compliant
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Note
1 See unit nameplate for more detailed
approvals.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-25
2.4
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DA1 Series Drives
2
Catalog Number Selection
2
DA1 Series Adjustable Frequency AC Drives
DA1 - 1 2 4D1 F B - A 20 C
2
2
Device Series
DA1 = Variable frequency drive, compact, Series 1
(D = Drives, A = Advanced, 1 = Series 1)
2
2
Type
C = Coated printed circuit boards
Degree of Protection
20 = IP20/NEMA 0
66 = IP66/NEMA 4/4X
6S = IP66 with disconnect/NEMA 4/4X
Connection in Power Section
1 = Single-phase mains connection/three-phase motor connection
3 = Three-phase mains connection/three-phase motor connection
2
2
Display Unit (Display)
A = LED display
B = OLED display (IP66 only)
Mains Voltage Category
2 = 230 V (200–240 V ±10%)
4 = 400 V (380–480 V ±10%)
5 = 575 V (500–600 V ±10%)
2
2
Rated
Operational Current
Examples—
2D2 = 2.2 A
4D1 = 4.1 A
024 = 24 A
2
2
Brake Chopper
B = Brake chopper
EMC (Radio Interference Suppression Filter)
F = Internal RFI filter
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-26
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DA1 Series Drives
2.4
Product Selection
IP20
2
DA1 Series IP20 Enclosure Drives
hp
2
kW
Volts
1
0.75
2
1.5
200–240 V single-phase in/
230 V three-phase out
3
2.2
200–240 V three-phase in/
230 V three-phase out
1
2
100% Continuous Frame
Current In (A)
Size 3
Catalog Number
4.3
2
DA1-124D3FB-A20C
7
2
DA1-127D0FB-A20C
10.5
2
DA1-12011FB-A20C
4.3
2
DA1-324D3FB-A20C
7
2
DA1-327D0FB-A20C
1
0.75
2
1.5
3
2.2
10.5
2
DA1-32011FB-A20C
5
4
18
3
DA1-32018FB-A20C
7.5
5.5
24
3
DA1-32024FB-A20C
2.2
2
DA1-342D2FB-A20C
4.1
2
DA1-344D1FB-A20C
1
0.75
2
1.5
380–480 V three-phase in/
460 V three-phase out
3
2.2
5.8
2
DA1-345D8FB-A20C
5
4
9.5
2
DA1-349D5FB-A20C
7.5
5.5
14
3
DA1-34014FB-A20C
10
7.5
18
3
DA1-34018FB-A20C
15
11
24
3
DA1-34024FB-A20C
2.1
2
DA1-352D1NB-A20C
3.1
2
DA1-353D1NB-A20C
1
0.75
2
4.5
500–600 V three-phase in/
575 V three-phase out
3
2.2
4.1
2
DA1-354D1NB-A20C
5
4
6.5
2
DA1-356D5NB-A20C
7.5
5.5
9
2
DA1-359D0NB-A20C
10
7.5
12
3
DA1-35012NB-A20C
15
11
17
3
DA1-35017NB-A20C
20
15
22
3
DA1-35022NB-A20C
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 These are constant torque/high overload rated drives.
2 For all applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the rated continuous output current.
3 Brake chopper circuit available as standard in frames 2 and 3.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-27
2.4
2
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DA1 Series Drives
IP66 NEMA 4/4X Interior
DA1 Drive
The IP66 version of the
DA1 is a unique solution to
allow for mounting the drive
outside of a control panel or
next to a motor for distributed
control.
“-B66C” Option
This version comes with the
OLED keypad. There are no
additional cover controls to
address security concerns.
2
“-B65C” Option
This version has an integrated
potentiometer, a forward/off/
reverse switch and a
disconnect switch with lockoff capability with the
OLED keypad. This allows
for reduced labor and
materials when compared
to a IP20 solution in
separate enclosure.
2
2
IP66
2
DA1 Series IP66 Enclosure Drives 1
IP66 NEMA 4/4X Interior DA1 Drive
100% Continuous Frame
Current In (A)
Size 3
Catalog Number
4.3
2
DA1-124D3FB-B6SC 4
7
2
DA1-127D0FB-B6SC 4
10.5
2
DA1-12011FB-B6SC 4
4.3
2
DA1-324D3FB-B6SC 4
7
2
DA1-327D0FB-B6SC 4
10.5
2
DA1-32011FB-B6SC 4
18
3
DA1-32018FB-B6SC 4
2.2
2
DA1-342D2FB-B6SC 4
4.1
2
DA1-344D1FB-B6SC 4
2.2
5.8
2
DA1-345D8FB-B6SC 4
5
4
9.5
2
DA1-349D5FB-B6SC 4
7.5
5.5
14
3
DA1-34014FB-B6SC 4
10
7.5
18
3
DA1-34018FB-B6SC 4
2.1
2
DA1-352D1NB-B6SC
3.1
2
DA1-353D1NB-B6SC
hp 2
kW
Volts
1
0.75
2
2
1.5
200–240 V single-phase in/
230 V three-phase out
3
2.2
2
1
0.75
2
1.5
3
2.2
2
5
4
1
0.75
2
2
1.5
3
2
2
IP66S
2
2
200–240 V three-phase in/
230 V three-phase out
380–480 V three-phase in/
460 V three-phase out
2
1
0.75
2
4.5
2
3
2.2
4.1
2
DA1-354D1NB-B6SC
5
4
6.5
2
DA1-356D5NB-B6SC
7.5
5.5
9
2
DA1-359D0NB-B6SC
10
7.5
12
3
DA1-35012NB-B6SC
15
11
17
3
DA1-35017NB-B6SC
2
2
2
500–600 V three-phase in/
575 V three-phase out
Notes
1 These are constant torque/high overload rated drives.
2 For all applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the rated continuous output current.
3 Brake chopper circuit available as standard in frames 2 and 3.
4 Non-disconnect version available. Substitute with -B66C.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-28
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.4
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DA1 Series Drives
Accessories
2
DA1 Series
2
PC Communication Kit and Copy/Paste Module
Remote Keypad
Description
Catalog Number
Description
Catalog Number
Bluetooth copy/paste communication stick
DX-COM-STICK
LED remote keypad—7-segment display, IP54 rated
DX-KEY-LED 1
USB to RJ45 panel mount kit
DX-COM-PCKIT
DX-KEY-OLED 1
USB to RJ45 PC Tool cable
DX-CBL-PC-3M0
OLED remote keypad—full text display, multi-line text,
multi-language, IP54, hand/auto
Description
Catalog Number
DeviceNet plug-in interface module
DX-NET-DEVICENET
PROFIBUS-DP plug-in interface module
DX-NET-PROFIBUS
EtherNet/IP plug-in interface module
DX-NET-ETHERNET-2
EtherCAT plug-in interface module
DX-NET-ETHERCAT-2
PROFINET plug-in interface module
DX-NET-PROFINET-2
Modbus TCP plug-in interface module
DX-NET-MODBUSTCP-2
BACnet plug-in interface module
DX-NET-BACNETIP-2
Encoder Feedback Plug-In Option Module
and Miscellaneous Cards
Description
Catalog Number
Expansion card: 3 relay outputs
DXA-EXT-3RO
Encoder feedback plug-in option module
DXA-EXT-ENCOD
Expansion card: 3 digital inputs and 1 relay output
DXA-EXT-3DI1RO
2
2
Extension Cables and Data Cable Splitter
Optional Communication Modules
2
Description
Catalog Number
RJ45 communication cable w/terminating resistor
EASY-NT-R
RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 0.5 m
DX-CBL-RJ45-0M5
RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 1.0 m
DX-CBL-RJ45-1M0
RS-485 data cable, RJ45, 3.0 m
DX-CBL-RJ45-3M0
RS-485 three-way data cable splitter, RJ45
DX-SPL-RJ45-3SL
RS-485 data cable splitter, RJ45, (1 connector to 2 socket)
DX-SPL-RJ45-2SL1PL
2
2
SmartWire Modules
Description
Catalog Number
SmartWire-DT interface for DA1 IP20
DX-NET-SWD1
2
2
2
2
2
Note
1 Includes 1 m RS-485 data cable.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-29
2.4
2
2
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DA1 Series Drives
Line and Load Reactors
A line and load reactor is a
three-phase inductance filter
that can be placed on the line
and load side of the AFD to
help improve the harmonic
performance of the system.
Consult the factory for
additional filtering options and
further technical details.
DR1 Line Reactor
A line reactor helps to provide
a moderate reduction in
current harmonics similar to a
DC choke. It also provides
increased input protection for
AFD and its semiconductors
from line transients helping to
extend the life of the AFD.
2
DR2 Output Reactor
An output filter is used to
reduce the transient voltage
(dV/dt) at the motor terminals.
The output filter is
recommended for cable
lengths exceeding 100 ft
(30 m) with a drive of 3 hp
and above and for cable
lengths of 33 ft (10 m) with a
drive of 2 hp and below.
2
2
Line and Load Reactors—Catalog Number Selection
D R1 – 2 2D0 – 0 5
2
Basic Naming
D = Drive
2
2
Impedance
3 = 3%
5 = 5%
Device Series
R1 = Line side reactor
R2 = Load side reactor
2
Input/Output Voltage
2 = 230 V
4 = 460 V
5 = 575 V
2
2
Current Rating
Examples:
2D0 = 2.0 A
4D0 = 4.0 A
8D0 = 8.0 A
012 = 12 A
Environment Rating
0 = Open
1 = NEMA 1
Line and Load Reactors—230 V
2
Open
NEMA 1
Line Reactor
Load Reactor
2
hp (CT)
2
1
DR2-24D0-03
DR2-28D0-05
2
DR2-28D0-03
DR2-28D0-05
2
3
DR2-2012-03
DR2-2012-05
5
DR2-2018-03
2
7.5
DR2-2025-03
3%
5%
3%
Line Reactor
3%
5%
3%
5%
DR1-24D2-03
DR1-24D2-05
DR2-24D0-13
DR2-28D0-15
DR1-24D2-13
DR1-24D2-15
DR1-26D8-03
DR1-26D8-05
DR2-28D0-13
DR2-28D0-15
DR1-26D8-13
DR1-26D8-15
DR1-29D6-03
DR1-29D6-05
DR2-2012-13
DR2-2012-15
DR1-29D6-13
DR1-29D6-15
DR2-2018-05
DR1-2015-03
DR1-2015-05
DR2-2018-13
DR2-2018-15
DR1-2015-13
DR1-2015-15
DR2-2025-05
DR1-2022-03
DR1-2022-05
DR2-2025-13
DR2-2025-15
DR1-2022-13
DR1-2022-15
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-30
Load Reactor
5%
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.4
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DA1 Series Drives
Line and Load Reactors—460 V
Open
Line Reactor
hp (CT)
2
NEMA 1
Load Reactor
Line Reactor
3%
Load Reactor
5%
3%
2
3%
5%
3%
5%
5%
1
DR2-42D0-03
DR2-42D0-05
DR1-42D1-03
DR1-42D1-05
DR2-42D0-13
DR2-42D0-15
DR1-42D1-13
DR1-42D1-15
2
DR2-44D0-03
DR2-44D0-05
DR1-43D4-03
DR1-43D4-05
DR2-44D0-13
DR2-44D0-15
DR1-43D4-13
DR1-43D4-15
3
DR2-48D0-03
DR2-48D0-05
DR1-44D8-03
DR1-44D8-05
DR2-48D0-13
DR2-48D0-15
DR1-44D8-13
DR1-44D8-15
5
DR2-48D0-03
DR2-48D0-05
DR1-47D6-03
DR1-47D6-05
DR2-48D0-13
DR2-48D0-15
DR1-47D6-13
DR1-47D6-15
7.5
DR2-4012-03
DR2-4012-05
DR1-4011-03
DR1-4011-05
DR2-4012-13
DR2-4012-15
DR1-4011-13
DR1-4011-15
10
DR2-4018-03
DR2-4018-05
DR1-4014-03
DR1-4014-05
DR2-4018-13
DR2-4018-15
DR1-4014-13
DR1-4014-15
15
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4025-05
DR1-4021-03
DR1-4021-05
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4025-15
DR1-4021-13
DR1-4021-15
2
2
2
2
2
Line and Load Reactors—575 V
Open
2
NEMA 1
Line Reactor
Load Reactor
Line Reactor
2
Load Reactor
hp (CT)
3%
5%
3%
5%
3%
5%
3%
5%
1
DR2-52D0-03
DR2-52D0-05
DR1-51D7-03
DR1-51D7-05
DR2-52D0-13
DR2-52D0-15
DR1-51D7-13
DR1-51D7-15
2
DR2-54D0-03
DR2-54D0-05
DR1-52D7-03
DR1-52D7-05
DR2-54D0-13
DR2-54D0-15
DR1-52D7-13
DR1-52D7-15
3
DR2-54D0-03
DR2-54D0-05
DR1-53D9-03
DR1-53D9-05
DR2-54D0-13
DR2-54D0-15
DR1-53D9-13
DR1-53D9-15
5
DR2-58D0-03
DR2-58D0-05
DR1-56D1-03
DR1-56D1-05
DR2-58D0-13
DR2-58D0-15
DR1-56D1-13
DR1-56D1-15
7.5
DR2-58D0-03
DR2-58D0-05
DR1-59D0-03
DR1-59D0-05
DR2-58D0-13
DR2-58D0-15
DR1-59D0-13
DR1-59D0-15
10
DR2-5012-03
DR2-5012-05
DR1-5011-03
DR1-5011-05
DR2-5012-13
DR2-5012-15
DR1-5011-13
DR1-5011-15
15
DR2-5018-03
DR2-5018-05
DR1-5017-03
DR1-5017-05
DR2-5018-13
DR2-5018-15
DR1-5017-13
DR1-5017-15
20
DR2-5025-03
DR2-5025-05
DR1-5022-03
DR1-5022-05
DR2-5025-13
DR2-5025-15
DR1-5022-13
DR1-5022-15
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-31
2.4
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DA1 Series Drives
Technical Data and Specifications
DA1 Series
2
2
2
Ratings
Specifications
PowerXL DA1 Basic Controller IP20 Standard Ratings
PowerXL DA1 Series Drives
Description
Description
Specification
Protections
2
Overload protection
150% for 60s for every 600 seconds
Overvoltage protection
2
Undervoltage protection
2
2
2
2
2
Specification
Input Ratings
Input voltage (Vin)
±10%
Yes
Input frequency (fin)
50/60 Hz (variation up to 48–62 Hz)
Yes
Connection to power
Maximum of one time every 30 seconds
Ground fault protection
Yes
Output Ratings
Overtemperature
protection
Yes
Output voltage
0 to Vin 1
Motor overload protection Yes
Continuous output
current
Continuous rated current IN at ambient temperature
max. 122 °F (50 °C), 150% for 60 seconds, 200% for 4 seconds
Motor stall protection
Yes
Output frequency
0 to 500 Hz
Short-circuit
withstand rating
100 kAIC with Type 1 fuses
Frequency resolution
0.1 Hz
Initial output current (IH) 200% for 4s for every 40 seconds
Torque depends on motor
Control Characteristics
Programmable Parameters
Operation mode
U/f control, slip compensation, sensorless vector control (SLV),
vector control with feedback (CLV)
2
Description
Built-in Help card
Switching frequency
4 to 32 kHz
2
14 Standard operation parameters
Voltage reference
10 Vdc (max. 10 mA)
Reference scaling
Field weakening point
0 to 500 Hz
Programmable start and stop functions
Acceleration time
0.1 to 600 seconds
DC-brake at start and stop
Deceleration time
0.1 to 600 seconds
Programmable V/Hz curve
Brake Resistor (Minimum Values) 2
2
Adjustable switching frequency
230 V Series
FS2 and FS3 15 ohms
Autorestart function after fault
400 V Series
FS2 33 ohms, FS3 22 ohms
2
Protections and supervisions
Ambient Conditions
Power section fault indication
Ambient operating
temperature
+14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to +122 °F (+50 °C): Rated loadability IN
IP20—NEMA 0
Storage temperature
–40 °F (–40 °C) to +140 °F (+60 °C)
2
2
2
2
2
External fault
Fieldbus communication
Safe torque off (STO) function
Analog input range selection, signal scaling and filtering
PI controller
2
Skip frequencies
Relative humidity
0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water
Enclosure class
IP20 (FS2 and FS3)
Notes
1 Exception: 115 V single-phase in, 230 V three-phase out.
2 Only FS2 and FS3 drives are equipped with brake chopper circuit.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-32
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DA1 Series Drives
2.4
Standards—DA1 Series
2
I/O Specifications
●
Digital inputs DI1–DI5 are
programmable
●
Digital, relay and analog
outputs are programmable
Includes:
Five inputs (three digital
and two digital/analog)
●
Analog inputs
●
4–20 mA
●
0–10 V
●
Two outputs (analog or
digital)
●
Two relay outputs
●
RS-485 interface
●
Reliability
●
Pretested components
●
Computerized testing
●
Final test with full load
●
Conformal-coated boards
●
Eaton’s Electrical Services &
Systems: national network
of AF drive specialists
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
DA1 Series I/O Interface
Terminal
Signal
Factory Preset
Description
1
+24 Vdc
Control voltage for DI1–DI5
—
Maximum load 100 mA
Reference potential V
2
DI1
Digital Input 1
Start Enable FWD 1
1
2
2
8 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 kΩ)
2
3
DI2
Digital Input 2
Start Enable REV
4
DI3
Digital Input 3
Fixed frequency FF1/FF2 1
8 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 kΩ)
5
+10 Vdc
Reference voltage, Output (+10 V)
—
Maximum load 10 mA
Reference potential 0 V
2
6
AI1
Analog Input 1
Frequency reference value 1
Analog: 0 to +10 V (Ri >72 kΩ)
0/4–20 mA (Ri = 500 Ω)
Can be switched with parameter P2-30
2
DI4
Digital Input 5
Frequency reference value 1
Digital: 8–30 V (high)
7
0V
Reference potential
—
0 V = connection terminal 9
8
AO1
Analog Output 1
Output frequency
Analog: 0 to +10 V, maximum 20 mA
Can be switched with parameter P2-11
DO1
Digital Output 1
Output frequency
Digital: 8–24 V
8 to +30 V (High, R1 > 6 kΩ)
9
0V
Reference potential
—
0 V connection terminal 7
10
DI4
Digital Input 4
Fixed frequency FF2 1
Analog: 0 to +10 V (Ri >72 kΩ)
0/4–20 mA (Ri = 500 Ω)
Can be switched with parameter P2-30
AI2
Analog Input 2
Fixed frequency FF2 1
Digital: 8–30 V (high)
AO2
Analog output 2
Output current 1
Analog: 0 to +10 V, maximum 4–20 mA
Can be switched with parameter P2-11
DO2
Digital output 2
Output current 1
Digital: 8–24 V
12
STO+
Safe Torque Off +
—
Enable = +24 V
13
STO-
Safe Torque Off –
—
11
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Enable = 0 V
1
Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
14
K11
Relay 1, changeover contact
Active = FAULT
15
K14
Relay 1, changeover contact (N/O)
Active = FAULT 1
Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
16
K12
Relay 1, changeover contact (N/C)
Active = FAULT 1
Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
17
K23
Relay 2, N/O contact
Active = FAULT 1
Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
18
K24
Relay 2, N/C contact
Active = FAULT 1
Maximum switching load: 250 Vac/6 A or 30 Vdc/5 A
2
2
2
f-Soll
0 to +10V/20 mA
f-Out
0 to +10V/20 mA
A-Out
0 to +10V/20 mA
10
6
8
11
AI1
(DI5)
AO1
(DO1)
AO2
(DO2)
FF2
FF1/FF2
4
2
DI4
(AI2)
3
DI3
REV
FWD
2
DI2
+24V Out
< 100 mA
1
DI1
+24V
Note
1 Programmable function.
2
2
2
2
2
CPU
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-33
2.4
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DA1 Series Drives
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
DA1, Sizes FS2 and FS3, Degree of Protection IP20/NEMA 0
2
Ø
2
B2
Ø1
2
2
Ø2
2
2
B1
B
2
2
2
A1
A
2
2
2
2
C1
C
Frame
Size
A
A1
B
B1
B2
C
C1
Ø1
Ø2
Weight
lbs (kg)
FS2
4.21 (107.0)
FS3
5.16 (131.0)
2.95 (75.0)
9.09 (231.0)
8.46 (215.0)
0.31 (8.0)
7.32 (186.0)
0.20 (5.0)
0.24 (6.0)
0.47 (12.0)
3.97 (1.8)
3.94 (100.0)
10.75 (273.0)
10.04 (255.0)
0.33 (8.5)
8.03 (204.0)
0.20 (5.0)
0.24 (6.0)
0.47 (12.0)
7.72 (3.5)
DA1, Sizes FS2 and FS3, Degree of Protection IP66/NEMA 4
2
Ø1
2
2
Ø2
2
2
B
2
B1
2
2
B1
2
2
2
2
2
2
A1
B2
A1
C1
A
C
Frame
Size
A
A1
B
B1
B2
C
C1
Ø1
Ø2
Weight
lbs (kg)
FS2
7.40 (188.0)
6.93 (176.0)
10.12 (257.0)
7.87 (200.0)
0.79 (20.0)
9.42 (239.3)
0.14 (3.5)
0.16 (4.2)
0.33 (8.5)
10.4 (4.5)
FS3
8.29 (211.0)
7.78 (198.0)
12.20 (310.0)
9.90 (252.0)
0.98 (25.0)
10.48 (266.3)
0.14 (3.5)
0.16 (4.2)
0.33 (8.5)
15.9 (7.0)
2
V6-T2-34
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DA1 Series Drives
2.4
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
DA1, Sizes FS2 and FS3, Degree of Protection IP66/NEMA 4, with Local Controls
2
Ø1
2
2
Ø2
2
2
2
B
B1
2
2
2
B1
2
2
A1
B2
A1
C1
A
C
Frame
Size
A
A1
B
B1
B2
C
C1
Ø1
Ø2
Weight
lbs (kg)
FS2
7.40 (188.0)
6.93 (176.0)
10.12 (257.0)
7.87 (200.0)
0.79 (20.0)
9.42 (239.3)
0.14 (3.5)
0.16 (4.2)
0.33 (8.5)
10.6 (4.8)
FS3
8.29 (211.0)
7.78 (198.0)
12.20 (310.0)
9.90 (252.0)
0.98 (25.0)
10.48 (266.3)
0.14 (3.5)
0.16 (4.2)
0.33 (8.5)
16.1 (7.3)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-35
2.5
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
M-Max Series Drives
M-Max Series Drives for Machinery Applications
Contents
Description
2
Page
M-Max Series Drives
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
2
V6-T2-37
V6-T2-37
V6-T2-38
V6-T2-39
V6-T2-42
V6-T2-44
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Product Description
Eaton’s M-Max™ Series
Sensorless Vector Adjustable
Frequency AC Drives are
the next generation of drives
specifically engineered
for today’s machinery
applications. These microprocessor-based drives have
standard features that can be
programmed to tailor the
drive’s performance to suit a
wide variety of application
requirements. The M-Max
product line uses a 32-bit
microprocessor and insulated
gate bipolar transistors
(IGBTs) that provide quiet
motor operation, high motor
efficiency, and smooth lowspeed performance. The size
and simplicity of the M-Max
make it ideal for hassle-free
installation. Models rated at
575 volts, three-phase,
50/60 Hz are available in sizes
ranging from 1 to 7-1/2 hp.
Models rated at 480 volts,
three-phase, 50/60 Hz
are available in sizes ranging
from 1/2 to 25 hp. Models
rated at 240 volts, single- or
three-phase, 50/60 Hz are
available in sizes ranging from
1/4 to 15 hp. Models rated
at 115 volts, single-phase,
50/60 Hz are available in the
1/4 to 1-1/2 hp size range.
Features
The standard drive includes a
digital display, and operating
and programming keys on a
visually appealing, efficient
application programming
interface. The display
provides drive monitoring, as
well as adjustment and
diagnostic information. The
keys are used for digital
adjustment and programming
of the drive, as well as for
operator control. Separate
terminal blocks for control
and power wiring are
provided for customer
connections.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Ease of use—preset
application macros, startup
wizard, diagnostic
capabilities
Compact, space-saving
design
Rugged and reliable—
150% torque for one
minute, 50C rated,
conformal coated boards
DIN rail and screw
mountable
Side-by-side installation
Industry leading efficiency
delivers energy savings to
the customer
Integrated 5% DC choke
(FS4 and FS5)
2
2
V6-T2-36
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Integrated EMC filters
make the unit suitable for
commercial and industrial
networks
IP21 as standard, option
for NEMA® 1 (FS4 and FS5)
IP20 as standard, option
for IP21 and NEMA 1
(FS1–FS3)
Brake chopper as standard
in three-phase, applications
of frames 2 (FS2) and
larger
Temperature-controlled fan
RS-485/Modbus® as
standard
PID controller as standard
Several fieldbus options
●
PROFIBUS
●
DeviceNet
●
CANopen
2.5
Adjustable Frequency Drives
M-Max Series Drives
Standards and Certifications
Product
●
Complies with EN61800-3
(2004)
2
EMC (At Default Settings)
●
EMC Category C2, C3, and
C4 (Level H): With an
internal RFI filter option
2
2
Safety 1
●
61800-5-1
●
EN60204-1
●
CE
●
UL
●
cUL
●
IEC
●
RoHS compliant
2
2
2
2
Note
1 See unit nameplate for more detailed
approvals.
2
2
2
Catalog Number Selection
2
MMX 1 1 AA 1D1 F 0 – 0
2
Description
MMX = Base catalog number
Phase
1 = Single-phase
3 = Three-phase
Enclosure Class
0 = NEMA 0 or IP20
Option
0 = Full version
2
2
Voltage
1 = 120 V
4 = 480 V
2 = 230 V
5 = 575 V
Software
Designation Series
AA
Output Current
1D6 = 1.6 A
010 = 10 A
EMC Filter
F = Filter
N = No filter
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-37
2.5
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
M-Max Series Drives
Product Selection
M-Max
2
M-Max Basic Controller
hp 1
Volts 2
1/4
100–120 V single-phase in
230 V three-phase out
2
Nominal Input
Current (A)
Frame
Size
Catalog Number
FS2
MMX11AA1D7N0-0
1.7
9.2
2.4
11.6
3/4
2.8
12.4
MMX11AA2D8N0-0
1
3.7
15
MMX11AA3D7N0-0
4.8
16.5
FS3
MMX11AA4D8N0-0
1.7
4.2
FS1
MMX12AA1D7N0-0
2.4
5.7
1/2
2
100% Continuous
Current IN (A)
1-1/2
MMX11AA2D4N0-0
2
1/4
2
3/4
2.8
6.6
1
3.7
8.3
1-1/2
4.8
11.2
2
2
7
14.1
3
9.6
15.8
FS3
MMX12AA9D6N0-0
2
1/4
1.7
2.7
FS1
MMX32AA1D7N0-0
2.4
3.5
2
3/4
2.8
3.8
1
3.7
4.3
1-1/2
4.8
6.8
2
7
8.4
3
11
13.4
FS3
MMX32AA011N0-0
FS4
MMX32AA017N0-0
1/2
2
1/2
2
2
2
2
2
200–240 V single-phase in
230 V three-phase out
200–240 V three-phase in
230 V three-phase out
MMX12AA2D8N0-0
FS2
MMX12AA3D7N0-0
MMX12AA4D8N0-0
MMX12AA7D0N0-0
MMX32AA2D4N0-0
MMX32AA2D8N0-0
FS2
MMX32AA3D7N0-0
MMX32AA4D8N0-0
MMX32AA7D0N0-0
5
17
17
7-1/2
25
25
10
31
31
15
38
38
1.3
2.2
1.9
2.8
MMX34AA1D9N0-0
2.4
3.2
MMX34AA2D4N0-0
1/2
3/4
380–480 V three-phase in
460 V three-phase out
2
1
2
1-1/2
3.3
4
2
4.3
5.6
2
MMX12AA2D4N0-0
MMX32AA025N0-0
FS5
MMX32AA031N0-0
MMX32AA038N0-0
FS1
FS2
MMX34AA1D3N0-0
MMX34AA3D3N0-0
MMX34AA4D3N0-0
3
5.6
7.3
4
7.6
9.6
5
9
11.5
MMX34AA9D0N0-0
7-1/2
12
14.9
MMX34AA012N0-0
10
14
18.7
2
10
16
16
15
23
23
2
20
31
31
25
38
38
2
1
1.7
2.0
2.7
3.6
MMX35AA2D7N0-0 3
3
3.9
5.0
MMX35AA3D9N0-0 3
5
6.1
7.6
MMX35AA6D1N0-0 3
7-1/2
9.0
10.4
MMX35AA9D0N0-0 3
2
2
2
2
2
2
575 V three-phase in
575 V three-phase out
MMX34AA5D6N0-0
FS3
MMX34AA7D6N0-0
MMX34AA014N0-0
FS4
MMX34AA016N0-0
MMX34AA023N0-0
FS5
MMX34AA031N0-0
MMX34AA038N0-0
FS3
MMX35AA1D7N0-0 3
Notes
1 Horsepower ratings are based on the use of a 240 V, 460 V, and 575 V NEMA B, four- or six-pole squirrel cage induction motor and are for reference only.
Units are to be selected such that the motor current is less than or equal to the MMX rated continuous output current.
2 For 208 V, 380 V, or 415 V applications, select the unit such that the motor current is less than or equal to the MMX rated continuous output current.
3 All 575 V units come with EMC filter standard.
2
2
2
V6-T2-38
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
M-Max Series Drives
2.5
Accessories
2
M-Max Copy/Paste Module
Description
Catalog Number
Module is plugged onto the front of the drive to provide: upload/download of all parameters, direct
link to a PC via USB interface for parameter assignment via MaxConnect software, and copying of
parameters for a series of devices or when exchanging devices. No PC required
MMX-COM-PC
2
2
2
2
PC Cable
Description
Catalog Number
Remote download USB to RJ-45 cable with software driver disk
REM-USB-DOWN
2
2
NEMA Type 1 Kits 1
Description
Catalog Number
NEMA Type 1 and IP21 kit for frame 1
MMX-IP21-FS1
NEMA Type 1 and IP21 kit for frame 2
MMX-IP21-FS2
NEMA Type 1 and IP21 kit for frame 3
MMX-IP21-FS3
NEMA Type 1 for frame 4
MMX-CKIT-FS4
NEMA Type 1 for frame 5
MMX-CKIT-FS5
2
2
2
2
2
Optional Communication Modules
Network cards require communication adapter.
2
Description
Catalog Number
Communication adapter kit (FS1–FS3)
MMX-NET-XA
Communication adapter kit (FS4 and FS5)
MMX-NET-XA-45
PROFIBUS DP network card with serial connection 2
XMX-NET-PS-A
PROFIBUS DP network card with Sub-D connection 2
XMX-NET-PD-A
DeviceNet network card 2
XMX-NET-DN-A
CANopen network card 2
XMX-NET-CO-A
2
2
2
2
2
Remote Keypad
There are three components needed for a full remote keypad.
3
2
Description
Catalog Number
Bezel and cable
OPTRMT-BP-HMAX 3
Remote copy/paste keypad
MMX-REMKEY-TEXT 3
VFD adapter
MMX-ADAPTER-RJ45 3
2
2
2
Notes
1 NEMA Type 1 kit provides conduit entry plate.
2 Requires communication adapter kit.
3 All three components are required for remote keypad operation.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-39
2.5
2
2
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
M-Max Series Drives
Line and Load Reactors
A line and load reactor is a
three-phase inductance filter
that can be placed on the line
and load side of the AFD to
help improve the harmonic
performance of the system.
Consult the factory for
additional filtering options and
further technical details.
DR1 Line Reactor
A line reactor helps to provide
a moderate reduction in
current harmonics similar to a
DC choke. It also provides
increased input protection for
AFD and its semiconductors
from line transients helping to
extend the life of the AFD.
2
DR2 Output Reactor
An output filter is used to
reduce the transient voltage
(dV/dt) at the motor terminals.
The output filter is
recommended for cable
lengths exceeding 100 ft
(30 m) with a drive of 3 hp
and above and for cable
lengths of 33 ft (10 m) with a
drive of 2 hp and below.
2
2
Line and Load Reactors—Catalog Number Selection
D R1 – 2 2D0 – 0 5
2
Basic Naming
D = Drive
2
2
Impedance
3 = 3%
5 = 5%
Device Series
R1 = Line side reactor
R2 = Load side reactor
2
Input/Output Voltage
2 = 230 V
4 = 480 V
5 = 575 V
2
2
Environment Rating
0 = Open
1 = NEMA 1
Line and Load Reactors—230 V
2
Open
NEMA 1
Line Reactor
2
Current Rating
Examples:
2D0 = 2.0 A
4D0 = 4.0 A
8D0 = 8.0 A
012 = 12 A
Load Reactor
Line Reactor
3%
5%
3%
5%
0.33
DR2-22D0-03
DR2-22D0-05
DR1-21D7-03
DR1-21D7-05
DR2-22D0-13
DR2-22D0-15
DR1-21D7-13
DR1-21D7-15
0.5
DR2-22D0-03
DR2-22D0-05
DR1-22D2-03
DR1-22D2-05
DR2-22D0-13
DR2-22D0-15
DR1-22D2-13
DR1-22D2-15
2
0.75
DR2-24D0-03
DR2-24D0-05
DR1-23D2-03
DR1-23D2-05
DR2-24D0-13
DR2-24D0-15
DR1-23D2-13
DR1-23D2-15
1
DR2-24D0-03
DR2-28D0-05
DR1-24D2-03
DR1-24D2-05
DR2-24D0-13
DR2-28D0-15
DR1-24D2-13
DR1-24D2-15
2
1.5
DR2-28D0-03
DR2-28D0-05
DR1-26D0-03
DR1-26D0-05
DR2-28D0-13
DR2-28D0-15
DR1-26D0-13
DR1-26D0-15
2
DR2-28D0-03
DR2-28D0-05
DR1-26D8-03
DR1-26D8-05
DR2-28D0-13
DR2-28D0-15
DR1-26D8-13
DR1-26D8-15
3
DR2-2012-03
DR2-2012-05
DR1-29D6-03
DR1-29D6-05
DR2-2012-13
DR2-2012-15
DR1-29D6-13
DR1-29D6-15
5
DR2-2018-03
DR2-2018-05
DR1-2015-03
DR1-2015-05
DR2-2018-13
DR2-2018-15
DR1-2015-13
DR1-2015-15
7.5
DR2-2025-03
DR2-2025-05
DR1-2022-03
DR1-2022-05
DR2-2025-13
DR2-2025-15
DR1-2022-13
DR1-2022-15
10
DR2-2035-03
DR2-2035-05
DR1-2028-03
DR1-2028-05
DR2-2035-13
DR2-2035-15
DR1-2028-13
DR1-2028-15
15
DR2-2045-03
DR2-2045-05
DR1-2042-03
DR1-2042-05
DR2-2045-13
DR2-2045-15
DR1-2042-13
DR1-2042-15
2
2
2
2
3%
Load Reactor
hp (CT)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-40
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
5%
3%
5%
2.5
Adjustable Frequency Drives
M-Max Series Drives
Line and Load Reactors—480 V
Open
Line Reactor
hp (CT)
3%
2
NEMA 1
Load Reactor
5%
3%
Line Reactor
Load Reactor
5%
3%
5%
3%
5%
2
0.5
DR2-41D0-03
DR2-41D0-05
DR1-41D1-03
DR1-41D1-05
DR2-41D0-13
DR2-41D0-15
DR1-41D1-13
DR1-41D1-15
0.75
DR2-42D0-03
DR2-42D0-05
DR1-41D6-03
DR1-41D6-05
DR2-42D0-13
DR2-42D0-15
DR1-41D6-13
DR1-41D6-15
1
DR2-42D0-03
DR2-42D0-05
DR1-42D1-03
DR1-42D1-05
DR2-42D0-13
DR2-42D0-15
DR1-42D1-13
DR1-42D1-15
1.5
DR2-44D0-03
DR2-44D0-05
DR1-43D0-03
DR1-43D0-05
DR2-44D0-13
DR2-44D0-15
DR1-43D0-13
DR1-43D0-15
2
DR2-44D0-03
DR2-44D0-05
DR1-43D4-03
DR1-43D4-05
DR2-44D0-13
DR2-44D0-15
DR1-43D4-13
DR1-43D4-15
3
DR2-48D0-03
DR2-48D0-05
DR1-44D8-03
DR1-44D8-05
DR2-48D0-13
DR2-48D0-15
DR1-44D8-13
DR1-44D8-15
5
DR2-48D0-03
DR2-48D0-05
DR1-47D6-03
DR1-47D6-05
DR2-48D0-13
DR2-48D0-15
DR1-47D6-13
DR1-47D6-15
7.5
DR2-4012-03
DR2-4012-05
DR1-4011-03
DR1-4011-05
DR2-4012-13
DR2-4012-15
DR1-4011-13
DR1-4011-15
10
DR2-4018-03
DR2-4018-05
DR1-4014-03
DR1-4014-05
DR2-4018-13
DR2-4018-15
DR1-4014-13
DR1-4014-15
15
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4025-05
DR1-4021-03
DR1-4021-05
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4025-15
DR1-4021-13
DR1-4021-15
20
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4025-05
DR1-4027-03
DR1-4027-05
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4025-15
DR1-4027-13
DR1-4027-15
25
DR2-4035-03
DR2-4035-05
DR1-4034-03
DR1-4034-05
DR2-4035-13
DR2-4035-15
DR1-4034-13
DR1-4034-15
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Line and Load Reactors—575 V
Open
2
NEMA 1
Line Reactor
Load Reactor
Line Reactor
Load Reactor
2
hp (CT)
3%
5%
3%
5%
3%
5%
3%
5%
1
DR2-52D0-03
DR2-52D0-05
DR1-51D7-03
DR1-51D7-05
DR2-52D0-13
DR2-52D0-15
DR1-51D7-13
DR1-51D7-15
2
DR2-54D0-03
DR2-54D0-05
DR1-43D4-03
DR1-52D7-05
DR2-54D0-13
DR2-54D0-15
DR1-52D7-13
DR1-52D7-15
3
DR2-54D0-03
DR2-54D0-05
DR1-53D9-03
DR1-53D9-05
DR2-54D0-13
DR2-54D0-15
DR1-53D9-13
DR1-53D9-15
5
DR2-58D0-03
DR2-58D0-05
DR1-56D1-03
DR1-56D1-05
DR2-58D0-13
DR2-58D0-15
DR1-56D1-13
DR1-56D1-15
7.5
DR2-58D0-03
DR2-58D0-05
DR1-59D0-03
DR1-59D0-05
DR2-58D0-13
DR2-58D0-15
DR1-59D0-13
DR1-59D0-15
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-41
2.5
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
M-Max Series Drives
Technical Data and Specifications
Ratings
Specifications
M-Max Basic Controller IP20 Standard Ratings
M-Max Series Drives
Description
Description
Specification
Protections
2
2
2
Overcurrent protection
Trip limit 4.0 x IH instantaneously
Input voltage (Vin)
+10%/–15%
Overvoltage protection
115/230 V series: 437 Vdc; 400 V series: 874 Vdc;
575 V series: 1048 Vdc trip level
Input frequency (fin)
50/60 Hz (variation up to 45–66 Hz)
Connection to power
Once per minute or less (typical operation)
Undervoltage protection
115/230 V series: 183 Vdc; 400 V series: 333 Vdc;
575 V series: 460 Vdc trip level
Ground fault protection
Ground fault is tested before every start. In case of ground fault in
motor or motor cable, only the frequency converter is protected
Overtemperature
protection
Yes
2
2
2
2
2
2
Continuous output
current
Continuous rated current IN at ambient temperature max.
122 °F (50 °C), overload 1.5 x IN max. 1 min/10 min
0 to 320 Hz
0.01 Hz
Motor stall protection
Initial output current (IH) Current 2 x IN for 2 seconds in every 20-second period
Torque depends on motor
Yes
Motor underload protection Yes
Short-circuit protection
100 kAIC with fuses
Programmable Parameters
Control Characteristics
Control method
Frequency control (V/Hz) open loop or sensorless vector control
Switching frequency
1.5 to 16 kHz; default 4 kHz
Frequency reference
Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ± 1% V/Hz
Panel reference: resolution 0.01 Hz
Description
Application macros: basic, pump, fan and high load (hoist)
Reference scaling
Programmable start and stop functions
DC-brake at start and stop
Programmable V/Hz curve
2
Autorestart function after fault
Adjustable switching frequency
Protections and supervisions (all fully programmable; off, warning, fault)
2
0 to Vin 1
Frequency resolution
2
2
Output voltage
Output frequency
Programmable start/stop and reverse signal logic (sinking or sourcing)
2
Output Ratings
Motor overload protection Yes
2
2
Specification
Input Ratings
Current signal input fault
External fault
Fieldbus communication
Field weakening point
30 to 320 Hz
Acceleration time
0 to 3000 sec
Deceleration time
0 to 3000 sec
Braking torque
DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option)
Brake Resistor (Minimum Values) 2
230 V Series
FS2 35 ohms and FS3 26 ohms, FS4 14 ohms, FS5 9 ohms
400 V Series
FS2 75 ohms and FS3 54 ohms, FS4 28 ohms, FS5 17 ohms
575 V Series
FS3 103 ohms
Ambient Conditions
Ambient operating
temperature
14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 122 °F (+50 °C): Rated loadability IN
Storage temperature
–40 °F (–40 °C) to 158 °F (70 °C)
Relative humidity
0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water
Air quality
Chemical vapors: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3C2; Mechanical
particles: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3S2
Altitude
2
100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m);
1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above 3280 ft (1000 m);
max. 6560 ft (2000 m)
Vibration
2
EN 60068-2-6; 3 to 150 Hz, displacement amplitude 1 mm (peak) at 3 to
15.8 Hz, max. acceleration amplitude 1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz
Shock
2
EN 50178, IEC 68-2-27 UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS weights);
storage and shipping: max. 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
Enclosure class
IP20 (FS1–FS3)
IP21 (FS4 and FS5)
2
Eight preset speeds
2
PID controller
Analog input range selection, signal scaling and filtering
Skip frequencies
2
Notes
1 Exception: 115 V single-phase in, 230 V three-phase out.
2 Only three-phase FS2 and FS3 drives are equipped with brake chopper circuit.
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-42
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
M-Max Series Drives
2.5
Standards
2
I/O Specifications
●
Digital inputs DI1–DI6 are
freely programmable. The
user can assign multiple
functions to a single input
●
Digital, relay, and analog
outputs are freely
programmable
Reliability
●
Pretested components
●
Computerized testing
●
Final test with full load
●
Conformal-coated boards
●
Eaton’s Electrical Services &
Systems: national network
of AF drive specialists
Includes:
●
Six digital inputs
●
Two analog inputs
– 4–20 mA
– 0–10 V
●
One analog output
●
One digital output
●
Two relay outputs
●
RS-485 interface
2
2
2
2
2
2
M-Max I/O Interface
Terminal
AUTOGEN
Ref
Current
Analog
OUT
Signal
Factory Preset
1
+10 V
Ref. output voltage
—
Maximum load 10 mA
2
AI1
Analog signal in 1
Freq. reference P)
0–+10 V Ri = 200k ohms [min.]
3
GND
I/O signal ground
—
—
6
24 V
24 V output for DIs
—
±20%, max. load 50 mA
7
GND
I/O signal ground
—
—
8
DI1
Digital input 1
Start forward P)
0–+30 V Ri = 12k ohms min.
9
DI2
Digital input 2
Start reverse P)
—
10
DI3
Digital input 3
Preset speed P)
—
A
A
RS-485 signal A
FB communication
—
B
B
RS-485 signal B
FB communication
—
4
AI2
Analog signal in 2
PI actual value P)
0[4]–20 mA, Ri = 200k ohms
5
GND
I/O signal ground
—
—
13
GND
I/O signal ground
—
—
14
DI4
Digital input 4
Preset speed B1 P)
0–+30 V Ri = 12k ohms min.
15
DI5
Digital input 5
Fault reset P)
0–+30 V Ri = 12k ohms min.
16
DI6
Digital input 6
Disable PI contr. P)
18
AO
20
DO
22
RO11
23
RO12
24
RO21
25
RO22
26
RO23
Analog output
Output frequency
Digital signal out
Active =
READY P)
2
Description
P)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0–+30 V Ri = 12k ohms min.
0(2)–10 V, RL = 500 ohms
2
Open collector, max. load 48V/50 mA
Relay out 1
Active = RUN P)
Max. switching load: 250 Vac/2 A or 250 Vdc/0.4 A
2
Relay out 2
Active = FAULT P)
Max. switching load: 250 Vac/2 A or 250 Vdc/0.4 A
2
2
2
Note
P) Parameter-selectable function.
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-43
2.5
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
M-Max Series Drives
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Dimensions and Frame Sizes, FS1–FS3 (FS = Frame Size)
2
a
a
a
a1
a1
a1
2
2
2
b1
2
2
2
2
FS1
2
FS2
2
2
FS3
2
0.28 in
(7 mm)
2
b2
2
2
2
2
2
c
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-44
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
b
b
b1
2
b
b1
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
M-Max Series Drives
2.5
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
Dimensions and Frame Sizes, FS4 and FS5 (FS = Frame Size)
2
a
0.28
(7.0)
a1
2
Ø
2
2
2
2
2
b2
b
b1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
c
2
2
Ø1
a1
2
2
b1
Ø2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-45
2.5
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
M-Max Series Drives
Dimensions and Frame Sizes
Approximate Dimensions in inches (mm)
2
Part Number
a
a1
b
b1
b2
c
Ø, Ø1
Ø2
Installation
Size
MMX12AA1D7_
MMX12AA2D4_
MMX12AA2D8_
2.60
(66)
1.50
(38)
6.30
(160)
5.79
(147)
1.26
(32)
4.02
(102)
0.18
(4.5)
—
FS1
2
3.54
(90)
2.46
(62.5)
7.68
(195)
7.17
(182)
1.26
(32)
4.14
(105)
2.17
(5.5)
—
FS2
3.94
(100)
2.95
(75)
9.96
(253)
9.53
(242)
1.34
(34)
4.41
(112)
2.17
(5.5)
—
FS3
6.50
(165.0)
5.51
(140.0)
14.57
(370.0)
13.82
(351.0)
13.27
(337.0)
6.61
(168.0)
0.28
(7.0)
0.55
(14.0)
FS4
6.50
(165.0)
5.51
(140.0)
16.30
(414.0)
15.67
(398.0)
15.08
(383.0)
8.07
(205.0)
0.28
(7.0)
0.55
(14.0)
FS5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
MMX32AA1D7_
MMX32AA2D4_
MMX32AA2D8_
MMX34AA1D3_
MMX34AA1D9_
MMX34AA2D4_
MMX11AA1D7_
MMX11AA2D4_
MMX11AA2D8_
MMX11AA3D7_
MMX12AA3D7_
MMX12AA4D8_
MMX12AA7D0_
MMX32AA3D7_
MMX32AA4D8_
MMX32AA7D0_
MMX34AA3D3_
MMX34AA4D3_
MMX34AA5D6_
MMX11AA4D8_
2
MMX12AA9D6_
2
MMX34AA7D6_
MMX34AA9D0_
MMX34AA012_
MMX34AA014_
2
2
2
MMX32AA011_
MMX35AA1D7_
MMX35AA2D7_
MMX35AA3D9_
MMX35AA6D1_
MMX35AA9D0_
2
MMX32AA012_
MMX32AA017_
MMX32AA025_
2
MMX34AA016_
MMX34AA023_
2
MMX32AA031_
MMX32AA038_
2
MMX34AA031_
MMX34AA038_
2
Note
1 in = 25.4 mm, 1 mm = 0.0394 in
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-46
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
M-Max Series Drives
2.5
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
NEMA 1/IP21 M-Max Drives and Communication Adapter Kit
2
D
2
2
W3
W2
2
2
H
2
2
2
2
W1
Frame Type
H
W1
W2
W3
D
FS1
8.14 (206.7)
3.77 (95.7)
2.99 (75.9)
3.98 (101.2)
5.41 (137.5)
FS2
9.90 (251.5)
4.72 (120.0)
3.97 (100.8)
4.94 (125.5)
5.68 (144.2)
FS3
12.26 (311.5)
5.12 (130.1)
4.36 (110.8)
5.33 (135.3)
6.32 (160.5)
FS4
16.40 (416.6)
—
6.50 (165.0)
—
6.61 (166.0)
FS5
18.10 (460.1)
—
6.50 (165.0)
—
8.07 (205.0)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-47
2.6
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Contents
DG1 General Purpose Drive
Description
2
Page
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PowerXL DG1 Series Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . .
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-49
V6-T2-49
V6-T2-50
V6-T2-53
V6-T2-59
V6-T2-62
V6-T2-67
V6-T2-68
2
2
2
2
2
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2
Product Description
Features and Benefits
The DG1 general purpose
drives are part of Eaton’s next
generation PowerXL Series of
adjustable frequency drives
specifically engineered for
today’s more demanding
commercial and industrial
applications. The power unit
makes use of the most
sophisticated semiconductor
technology and a highly
modular construction that can
be flexibly adapted to meet
the customer’s needs.
The control module was
designed to include today’s
standard communication
protocols and I/O while still
having the modularity to add
additional option cards.
Eaton’s patented Active
Energy Control is also a
standard feature on DG1
drives, offering customers
increased efficiency, safety
and reliability.
These drives continue
the tradition of robust
performance and raise
the bar on features and
functionality, ensuring
the best solution at the
right price.
Hardware
●
Brake chopper standard on
Frames 1, 2, 3
●
Dual overload ratings
●
110% variable torque (IL)
●
150% constant torque (IH)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Type 1/IP21 and Type 12/
IP54 enclosures available
Integrated common mode
reduction 5% DC link
choke with input surge
protection
EMI/RFI filters standard on
all drives—meets EMC
Category C2
Real-time clock—supports
calendaring and PLC
functionality
Graphic LCD display and
keypad—supports simple
menu navigation as well as
on-screen diagnostics and
troubleshooting
LOCAL/REMOTE operation
from keypad and two
configurable soft keys
Conformal coated control
and power boards standard
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Control logic can be
powered from an external
auxiliary control panel—
internal drive functions and
fieldbus if necessary
Standard I/O:
●
8DI, 1DO
●
2AI, 2AO
●
2FC, 1FA relays
Standard communications:
●
EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP
●
RS-485: Modbus RTU,
BACnet MS/TP
Seamless integration into
EtherNet/IP networks
via EIP-Assist I/O
tag-generation tool
Two expansion slots—
intended to support
additional I/O or
communication protocols
as necessary
Quick disconnect terminals
for I/O connections—
supports fast easy
installation
Safe Torque Off (STO) builtin with functional safety
SIL1 certification
Product Range
230 V to 125 hp, 312 A, 90 kW
480 V to 250 hp, 310 A, 160 kW
575 V to 250 hp, 250 A, 160 kW
V6-T2-48
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Software
Active energy control—
minimizes energy losses
in your motor, resulting in
industry-leading energy
efficiency for your
application
●
Quick Start Wizard upon
initial power-up supports
fast, easy installation
●
Standard applications:
●
Standard
●
Multi-pump and fan
Control
●
Multi-PID
●
Multi-purpose
●
●
●
●
●
●
Copy/paste functionality
on drive keypad—allows
for fast setup of multiple
drives
Pre-programmed I/O—
supports fast, easy
installation for most
applications
Dynamic motor
regenerative energy
management
Advanced PC Tool with
diagnostic capabilities
Two keypad software keys
for easy menu navigation
and shortcuts
2.6
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Standards and Certifications
Product
●
IEC/EN 61800-5-1
●
IEC/EN 61800-5-2
●
UL 508C
●
IEC 61508
●
EN 62061
●
EN ISO 13849-1
EMC
●
Immunity: IEC/EN 61800-3
●
Category C2
2
Certification
●
UL
●
cUL
●
CE
●
C-Tick
●
RoHS
●
EAC
●
Plenum rated
2
2
2
2
2
Catalog Number Selection
2
Catalog Number Selection is for illustrative purposes only and not to be used to create new catalog numbers.
PowerXL Series—DG1 General Purpose Drive
Series
Power Part
2
Options
2
D G1 – 3 4 4D3 F B – C 21 C
2
Basic Naming
D = Drive
Coating of Boards
C = Coated
Series
G1 = General purpose
Phase Reference
3 = 3~ INPUT/3~ OUTPUT
Internal Brake Chopper
N = No brake chopper
B = Brake chopper
Input/Output Voltage Rating
2 = 230 V (208–240 V, –15%, +10%)
4 = 400 V (380–500 V, –15%, +10%)
5 = 575 V (525–600 V, –15%, +10%)
3D7 =
4D8 =
6D6 =
7D8 =
011 =
012 =
017 =
025 =
031 =
048 =
061 =
075 =
088 =
114 =
143 =
170 =
211 =
248 =
208–240 V
3.7 A, 0.55 kW, 0.75 hp
4.8 A, 0.75 kW, 1 hp
6.6 A, 1.1 kW, 1.5 hp
7.8 A, 1.5 kW, 2 hp
11 A, 2.2 kW, 3 hp
12.5 A, 3 kW, 5 hp (VT)
17.5 A, 3.7 kW, 5 hp
25 A, 5.5 kW, 7.5 hp
31 A, 7.5 kW, 10 hp
48 A, 11 kW, 15 hp
61 A, 15 kW, 20 hp
75 A, 18.5 kW, 25 hp
88 A, 22 kW, 30 hp
114 A, 30 kW, 40 hp
143 A, 37 kW, 50 hp
170 A, 45 kW, 60 hp
211 A, 55 kW, 75 hp
248 A, 75 kW, 100 hp
Output Current Rating (CT)
380–500 V
2D2 = 2.2 A, 0.75 kW, 1 hp
3D3 = 3.3 A, 1.1 kW, 1.5 hp
4D3 = 4.3 A, 1.5 kW, 2 hp
5D6 = 5.6 A, 2.2 kW, 3 hp
7D6 = 7.6 A, 3 kW, 5 hp
9D0 = 9 A, 4 kW, 7.5 hp (VT)
012 = 12 A, 5.5 kW, 7.5 hp
016 = 16 A, 7.5 kW, 10 hp
023 = 23 A, 11 kW, 15 hp
031 = 31 A, 15 kW, 20 hp
038 = 38 A, 18 kW, 25 hp
046 = 46 A, 22 kW, 30 hp
061 = 61 A, 30 kW, 40 hp
072 = 72 A, 37 kW, 50 hp
087 = 87 A, 45 kW, 60 hp
105 = 105 A, 55 kW, 75 hp
140 = 140 A, 75 kW, 100 hp
170 = 170 A, 90 kW, 125 hp
205 = 205 A, 110 kW, 150 hp
245 = 245 A, 150 kW, 200 hp
D=
E =
F =
N=
3D3 =
4D5 =
7D5 =
010 =
013 =
018 =
022 =
027 =
034 =
041 =
052 =
062 =
080 =
100 =
125 =
144 =
208 =
Internal EMC Filter
DC choke only
EMC filter only
Internal EMC filter and DC choke
No EMC filter, no DC choke
2
Enclosure (IP Rating)
21 = IP21/Type 1
54 = IP54/Type 12
2
Display Option
C = LCD (graphical)
N = No display
2
2
2
525–600 V
3.3 A, 1.5 kW, 2 hp
4.5 A, 2.2 kW, 3 hp
7.5 A, 3.7 kW, 5 hp
10 A, 5.5 kW, 7.5 hp
13.5 A, 7.5 kW, 10 hp
18 A, 11 kW, 15 hp
22 A, 15 kW, 20 hp
27 A, 18 kW, 25 hp
34 A, 22 kW, 30 hp
41 A, 30 kW, 40 hp
52 A, 37 kW, 50 hp
62 A, 45 kW, 60 hp
80 A, 55 kW, 75 hp
100 A, 75 kW, 100 hp
125 A, 90 kW, 125 hp
144 A, 110 kW, 150 hp
208 A, 160 kW, 200 hp
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 General Purpose Drive Option Boards
DX G – NET – PROFIBUS
Basic Naming
DX = PowerXL Drive
2
Series
G = General purpose
NET =
EXT =
ACC =
SPR =
KEY =
CBL =
Type
Communication card
I/O card
Accessory
Spare part
Keypad
Cable
2
2
Function
PROFIBUS = PROFIBUS
DEVICENET = DeviceNet
CANOPEN = CANopen
SWD = SmartWire
See Accessories on Page V6-T2-53
for full offering
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2
2
2
V6-T2-49
2.6
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Product Selection
DG1 Series Drives—208–240 Volt
PowerXL Series—DG1
2
Type 1/IP21
Constant Torque (CT) / High Overload (IH)
Variable Torque (VT) / Low Overload (IL)
Frame Size
230 V, 50 Hz
kW Rating
230 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A
230 V, 50 Hz
kW Rating
230 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A
Catalog Number
FR1
0.55
0.75
3.7
0.75
1
4.8
DG1-323D7FB-C21C
0.75
1
4.8
1.1
1.5
6.6
DG1-324D8FB-C21C
1.1
1.5
6.6
1.5
2
7.8
DG1-326D6FB-C21C
1.5
2
7.8
2.2
3
11
DG1-327D8FB-C21C
2.2
3
11
3
—
12.5
DG1-32011FB-C21C
3
—
12.5
3.7
5
17.5
DG1-32012FB-C21C
3.7
5
17.5
5.5
7.5
25
DG1-32017FB-C21C
5.5
7.5
25
7.5
10
31
DG1-32025FB-C21C
7.5
10
31
11
15
48
DG1-32031FB-C21C
11
15
48
15
20
61
DG1-32048FB-C21C
15
20
61
18.5
25
75
DG1-32061FN-C21C
18.5
25
75
22
30
88
DG1-32075FN-C21C
22
30
88
30
40
114
DG1-32088FN-C21C
30
40
114
37
50
143
DG1-32114FN-C21C
37
50
143
45
60
170
DG1-32143FN-C21C
45
60
170
55
75
211
DG1-32170FN-C21C
55
75
211
75
100
261
DG1-32211FN-C21C
75
100
248
90
125
312
DG1-32248FN-C21C
2
2
2
FR2
2
2
FR3
2
FR4
2
2
FR5
2
FR6 1
2
2
2
PowerXL Series—DG1
2
2
Type 12/IP54
Constant Torque (CT) / High Overload (IH)
Variable Torque (VT) / Low Overload (IL)
Frame Size
230 V, 50 Hz
kW Rating
230 V, 50 Hz
kW Rating
FR1
0.55
0.75
3.7
0.75
0.75
1
4.8
1.1
1.1
1.5
6.6
1.5
1.5
2
7.8
2.2
3
3
—
2
2
FR2
2
2
FR3
2
FR4
2
2
FR5
2
2
FR6 1
2
230 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A
230 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A
Catalog Number
1
4.8
DG1-323D7FB-C54C
1.5
6.6
DG1-324D8FB-C54C
2
7.8
DG1-326D6FB-C54C
2.2
3
11
DG1-327D8FB-C54C
11
3
—
12.5
DG1-32011FB-C54C
12.5
3.7
5
17.5
DG1-32012FB-C54C
3.7
5
17.5
5.5
7.5
25
DG1-32017FB-C54C
5.5
7.5
25
7.5
10
31
DG1-32025FB-C54C
7.5
10
31
11
15
48
DG1-32031FB-C54C
11
15
48
15
20
61
DG1-32048FB-C54C
15
20
61
18.5
25
75
DG1-32061FN-C54C
18.5
25
75
22
30
88
DG1-32075FN-C54C
22
30
88
30
40
114
DG1-32088FN-C54C
30
40
114
37
50
143
DG1-32114FN-C54C
37
50
143
45
60
170
DG1-32143FN-C54C
45
60
170
55
75
211
DG1-32170FN-C54C
55
75
211
75
100
261
DG1-32211FN-C54C
75
100
248
90
125
312
DG1-32248FN-C54C
Note
1 FR6 available in 2016.
2
2
V6-T2-50
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2.6
DG1 Series Drives—380–500 Volt
PowerXL Series—DG1
2
Constant Torque (CT) / High Overload (IH)
Variable Torque (VT) / Low Overload (IL)
Frame Size
400 V, 50 Hz
kW Rating
460 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A
400 V, 50 Hz
kW Rating
460 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A
Catalog Number
FR1
0.75
1
2.2
1.1
1.5
3.3
DG1-342D2FB-C21C
1.1
1.5
3.3
1.5
2
4.3
DG1-343D3FB-C21C
1.5
2
4.3
2.2
3
5.6
DG1-344D3FB-C21C
2.2
3
5.6
3
5
7.6
DG1-345D6FB-C21C
3
5
7.6
4
—
9
DG1-347D6FB-C21C
4
—
9
5.5
7.5
12
DG1-349D0FB-C21C
FR2
FR3
FR4
FR5
FR6 1
PowerXL Series—DG1
2
Type 1/IP21
5.5
7.5
12
7.5
10
16
DG1-34012FB-C21C
7.5
10
16
11
15
23
DG1-34016FB-C21C
11
15
23
15
20
31
DG1-34023FB-C21C
15
20
31
18.5
25
38
DG1-34031FB-C21C
18.5
25
38
22
30
46
DG1-34038FB-C21C
22
30
46
30
40
61
DG1-34046FB-C21C
30
40
61
37
50
72
DG1-34061FN-C21C
37
50
72
45
60
87
DG1-34072FN-C21C
45
60
87
55
75
105
DG1-34087FN-C21C
55
75
105
75
100
140
DG1-34105FN-C21C
75
100
140
90
125
170
DG1-34140FN-C21C
90
125
170
110
150
205
DG1-34170FN-C21C
110
150
205
132
200
261
DG1-34205FN-C21C
150
200
245
160
250
310
DG1-34245FN-C21C
Type 12/IP54
Frame Size
FR1
FR2
FR3
FR4
FR5
FR6 1
Constant Torque (CT) / High Overload (IH)
Variable Torque (VT) / Low Overload (IL)
400 V, 50 Hz
kW Rating
400 V, 50 Hz
kW Rating
460 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A
460 V, 60 Hz
hp
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Current
A
Catalog Number
0.75
1
2.2
1.1
1.5
3.3
DG1-342D2FB-C54C
1.1
1.5
3.3
1.5
2
4.3
DG1-343D3FB-C54C
1.5
2
4.3
2.2
3
5.6
DG1-344D3FB-C54C
2.2
3
5.6
3
5
7.6
DG1-345D6FB-C54C
3
5
7.6
4
—
9
DG1-347D6FB-C54C
4
—
9
5.5
7.5
12
DG1-349D0FB-C54C
5.5
7.5
12
7.5
10
16
DG1-34012FB-C54C
7.5
10
16
11
15
23
DG1-34016FB-C54C
11
15
23
15
20
31
DG1-34023FB-C54C
15
20
31
18.5
25
38
DG1-34031FB-C54C
18.5
25
38
22
30
46
DG1-34038FB-C54C
22
30
46
30
40
61
DG1-34046FB-C54C
30
40
61
37
50
72
DG1-34061FN-C54C
37
50
72
45
60
87
DG1-34072FN-C54C
45
60
87
55
75
105
DG1-34087FN-C54C
55
75
105
75
100
140
DG1-34105FN-C54C
75
100
140
90
125
170
DG1-34140FN-C54C
90
125
170
110
150
205
DG1-34170FN-C54C
110
150
205
132
200
261
DG1-34205FN-C54C
150
200
245
160
250
310
DG1-34245FN-C54C
Note
1 FR6 available in 2016.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-51
2.6
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
DG1 Series Drives—575 Volt 1
PowerXL Series—DG1
2
Type 1/IP21
Frame Size
FR1
2
2
FR2
2
2
FR3
2
FR4
2
2
FR5
2
2
FR6 2
2
2
PowerXL Series—DG1
2
2
2
3.3
2.2
3
4.5
3
4.5
3.7
5
7.5
DG1-354D5FB-C21C
3.7
5
7.5
5.5
7.5
10
DG1-357D5FB-C21C
5.5
7.5
10
7.5
10
13.5
DG1-35010FB-C21C
7.5
10
13.5
11
15
18
DG1-35013FB-C21C
11
15
18
15
20
22
DG1-35018FB-C21C
15
20
22
18.5
25
27
DG1-35022FB-C21C
18.5
25
27
22
30
34
DG1-35027FB-C21C
22
30
34
30
40
41
DG1-35034FB-C21C
30
40
41
37
50
52
DG1-35041FN-C21C
37
50
52
45
60
62
DG1-35052FN-C21C
45
60
62
55
75
80
DG1-35062FN-C21C
55
75
80
75
100
100
DG1-35080FN-C21C
75
100
100
90
125
125
DG1-35100FN-C21C
90
125
125
110
150
144
DG1-35125FN-C21C
110
150
144
150
200
208
DG1-35144FN-C21C
150
200
208
187
250
250
DG1-35208FN-C21C
Variable Torque (VT) / Low Overload (IL)
Frame Size
575 V, 60 Hz
hp
Current
A
Catalog Number
FR1
1.5
2
3.3
2.2
3
4.5
DG1-353D3FB-C54C
2.2
3
4.5
3.7
5
7.5
DG1-354D5FB-C54C
3.7
5
7.5
5.5
7.5
10
DG1-357D5FB-C54C
5.5
7.5
10
7.5
10
13.5
DG1-35010FB-C54C
7.5
10
13.5
11
15
18
DG1-35013FB-C54C
11
15
18
15
20
22
DG1-35018FB-C54C
15
20
22
18.5
25
27
DG1-35022FB-C54C
18.5
25
27
22
30
34
DG1-35027FB-C54C
22
30
34
30
40
41
DG1-35034FB-C54C
30
40
41
37
50
52
DG1-35041FN-C54C
37
50
52
45
60
62
DG1-35052FN-C54C
45
60
62
55
75
80
DG1-35062FN-C54C
55
75
80
75
100
100
DG1-35080FN-C54C
75
100
100
90
125
125
DG1-35100FN-C54C
90
125
125
110
150
144
DG1-35125FN-C54C
110
150
144
150
200
208
DG1-35144FN-C54C
150
200
208
187
250
250
DG1-35208FN-C54C
FR5
2
FR6 2
Notes
1 575 V available May 2015.
2 FR6 available in 2016.
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-52
DG1-353D3FB-C21C
1.5
2.2
575 V, 60 Hz
kW Rating
2
2
Catalog Number
Current
A
FR4
2
Current
A
575 V, 60 Hz
hp
2
2
575 V, 60 Hz
hp
Constant Torque (CT) / High Overload (IH)
FR3
2
Current
A
575 V, 60 Hz
kW Rating
FR2
2
Variable Torque (VT) / Low Overload (IL)
575 V, 60 Hz
kW Rating
575 V, 60 Hz
hp
Type 12/IP54
2
2
Constant Torque (CT) / High Overload (IH)
575 V, 60 Hz
kW Rating
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.6
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Accessories
The PowerXL Series—DG1 drives can accommodate a wide
selection of expander and adapter option boards to customize
the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is
designed to accept a total of two additional option boards.
The PowerXL Series—DG1 drives come with a factory-installed
standard board configuration including the following:
●
●
Standard I/O:
●
8DI, 1DO
●
2AI, 2AO
●
2FC, 1FA relays
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Conversion and Flange Kits
The Type 12/IP54 option kit is used to convert a Type 1/IP21 to a
Type 12/IP54 drive. The kit includes cover, fan and grommets.
2
Type 12/IP54 Conversion Kits 1
2
Description
Catalog Number
Frame 1 230 V Type 12/IP54 kit
DXG-ACC-2FR1N12KIT
Frame 1 480 V Type 12/IP54 kit
DXG-ACC-4FR1N12KIT
Frame 2 Type 12/IP54 kit
DXG-ACC-FR2N12KIT
2
2
The flange kit is used when the power section heat sink is
mounted through the back panel of an enclosure. The kit
includes hardware, top flange plate, bottom flange plate and
two side flange plates.
Standard communications:
●
EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP
●
RS-485: Modbus RTU, BACnet MS/TP
Flange Kits
PowerXL Series—DG1 I/O Card Kits
Description
2
Catalog Number
3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 x thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT option card
DXG-EXT-3DI3DO1T
1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board) option card
DXG-EXT-1AI2AO
3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC) option card
DXG-EXT-3RO
3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input option card
DXG-EXT-THER1
6 x DI 240 Vac input option card
DXG-EXT-6DI
Description
Catalog Number
Frame 1 flange kit Type 12/IP54
DXG-ACC-FR1N12FK
Frame 2 flange kit Type 12/IP54
DXG-ACC-FR2N12FK
Frame 3 flange kit Type 12/IP54
DXG-ACC-FR3N12FK
Frame 4 flange kit Type 12/IP54
DXG-ACC-FR4N12FK
Frame 5 flange kit Type 12/IP54
DXG-ACC-FR5N12FK
Catalog Number
PROFIBUS-DP communication card
DXG-NET-PROFIBUS
CANopen communication card
DXG-NET-CANOPEN
DeviceNet communication card
DXG-NET-DEVICENET
PROFIBUS DB9 to 5-pin adapter card
DXG-MNT-PROFIBUS
SmartWire communication card and module
DXG-NET-SWD
2
2
2
2
2
Demo Units
Description
2
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Demo Units
PowerXL Series—DG1 Communication Card Kits
2
Description
Catalog Number
DG1 control module demo stand
DG1-DEMO1
DG1 full drive demo case
DG1-DEMO2
2
2
2
Note
1 For Frame 3 and above, consult factory.
2
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Keypad Kits
Description
Catalog Number
Standard keypad
DXG-KEY-LCD
Remote keypad kit (IP 54 rated keypad holder and 3 m cable)
DXG-KEY-RMTKIT
1 m remote keypad cable
DXG-CBL-1M0
3 m remote keypad cable
DXG-CBL-3M0
Remote keypad mounting holder only
DXG-KEY-HOLDER
Type 12/IP54 keypad hole plug (maintain rating without keypad)
DXG-KEY-N12PLUG
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-53
2.6
2
2
2
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Power Xpert inControl Software
The PowerXL Series PC Tool is designed for programming, controlling and monitoring of
the DG1 drives. Features include loading parameters that can be saved to a file or printed,
setting references, starting and stopping the motor, monitoring signals in graphical or text
form, and real-time display.
PowerXpert inControl Software
Description
Catalog Number
Software kit (software, cable, manual)
DXG-ACC-SOFTWARE
Software cable (USB to keypad [RJ45])
DXG-CBL-PCCABLE
Real-time clock battery (approximately 10,000 hours life)
DXG-ACC-RTBATT
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-54
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2.6
Brake Chopper Options
The brake chopper circuit
option is used for applications
that require dynamic braking.
Dynamic braking resistors are
not included with drive
purchase. Consult the factory
for additional dynamic braking
resistor selections that are
supplied separately. A list of
common resistors are listed
below and are complete
indoor assemblies, include a
pre-wired terminal block and
a thermal switch, and are not
UL Listed.
Duty Cycle
The duty cycle rating is based
on a 60-second period. For
example, the 20% duty cycle
resistor can carry 100%
current for 12 seconds out
of every 60 seconds, while
the 50% duty cycle resistor
can carry 150% current for
30 seconds out of every
60 seconds.
2
Torque
If the braking torque required
is less than 15%, dynamic
braking is not required
because the regenerated
energy will be dissipated in
the drive and motor losses.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Dynamic Brake Resistor—Catalog Number Selection
2
DBR – R100 – W0800
Dynamic Brake Resistor
Resistance
1D0 = 1.0 Ohms
100 = 100 Ohms
2
2
Rated Watts
0800 = 800 Watts
8000 = 8000 Watts
080K = 80,000 Watts
2
2
230 V Brake Resistors
Drive hp
(CT/IH)
Minimum
Ohms
20% Duty Cycle, 100% Torque
50% Duty Cycle, 150% Torque
Catalog Number
Dimensions
Catalog Number
Dimensions
0.75
15.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
1
15.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
1.5
15.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R036-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
2
15.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R036-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
3
15.0
DBR-R036-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R036-W2000
12W x 16D x 5H
4
9.0
DBR-R036-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R012-W2400
19W x 10D x 5H
5
9.0
DBR-R036-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R020-W2800
19W x 13D x 5H
7.5
9.0
DBR-R020-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R012-W4800
26.5W x 10D x 5H
10
7.0
DBR-R015-W1600
12W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R112-W6000
26.5W x 13D x 5H
15
7.0
DBR-R012-W2400
19W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R7D8-W9000
28W x 10D x 10H
20
2.0
DBR-R9D3-W3200
19W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R3D4-W012K
28W x 10D x 10H
25
2.0
DBR-R5D5-W4000
26.5W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R5D1-W015K
28W x 16D x 10H
30
2.0
DBR-R4D8-W4800
26.5W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R4D1-W020K
28W x 16D x 10H
40
2.0
DBR-R004-W6000
26.5W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R3D4-W025K
30W x 18D x 16H
50
2.0
DBR-R3D1-W7500
26.5W x 16D x 5H
DBR-R2D1-W030K
30W x 18D x 24H
60
2.0
DBR-R2D8-W9000
26.5W x 16D x 5H
DBR-R002-W036K
30W x 18D x 24H
75
2.0
DBR-R2D6-W012K
28W x 10D x 10H
DBR-R002-W045K
30W x 18D x 32H
100
2.0
DBR-R002-W015K
28W x 16D x 10H
DBR-R002-W060K
30W x 18D x 48H
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-55
2.6
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
480 V Brake Resistors
Drive hp
(CT/IH)
Minimum
Ohms
20% Duty Cycle, 100% Torque
50% Duty Cycle, 150% Torque
Catalog Number
Dimensions
Catalog Number
Dimensions
1
36.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
1.5
36.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R100-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
2
36.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R100-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
3
36.0
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R100-W2000
12W x 16D x 5H
2
5
36.0
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R100-W2800
19W x 13D x 5H
6
36.0
DBR-R100-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R070-W4000
19W x 16D x 5H
2
7.5
18.0
DBR-R100-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R020-W4800
26.5W x 13D x 5H
10
18.0
DBR-R063-W1600
12W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R030-W6000
26.5W x 16D x 5H
15
18.0
DBR-R030-W2400
19W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R030-W9000
28W x 10D x 10H
20
13.0
DBR-R030-W3200
19W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R023-W012K
28W x 13D x 10H
25
13.0
DBR-R030-W4000
19W x 16D x 5H
DBR-R013-W015K
28W x 16D x 10H
2
30
13.0
DBR-R020-W4800
26.5W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R014-W020K
30W x 18D x 24H
40
2.0
DBR-R112-W6000
26.5W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R007-W025K
30W x 18D x 16H
2
50
2.0
DBR-R013-W7500
26.5W x 16D x 5H
DBR-R8D5-W030K
30W x 18D x 24H
60
2.0
DBR-R010-W9000
28W x 10D x 10H
DBR-R7D3-W036K
30W x 18D x 24H
75
2.0
DBR-R009-W012K
28W x 13D x 10H
DBR-R002-W045K
30W x 18D x 32H
100
2.0
DBR-R5D1-W015K
28W x 16D x 10H
DBR-R004-W060K
30W x 18D x 40H
125
2.0
DBR-R4D1-W020K
28W x 16D x 10H
DBR-R004-W070K
30W x 18D x 48H
150
2.0
DBR-R3D4-W025K
30W x 18D x 16H
DBR-R3D5-W085K
30W x 18D x 56H
200
2.0
DBR-R3D3-W030K
30W x 18D x 24H
DBR-R2D6-W110K
30W x 18D x 64H
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-56
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.6
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Line and Load Reactors
A line and load reactor is a
three-phase inductance filter
that can be placed on the line
and load side of the AFD to
help improve the harmonic
performance of the system.
Consult the factory for
additional filtering options and
further technical details.
DR1 Line Reactor
A line reactor helps to provide
a moderate reduction in
current harmonics similar to a
DC choke. It also provides
increased input protection for
AFD and its semiconductors
from line transients helping to
extend the life of the AFD.
2
DR2 Output Reactor
An output filter is used to
reduce the transient voltage
(dV/dt) at the motor terminals.
The output filter is
recommended for cable
lengths exceeding 100 ft
(30 m) with a drive of 3 hp
and above and for cable
lengths of 33 ft (10 m) with a
drive of 2 hp and below.
2
2
2
2
2
2
Line and Load Reactors—Catalog Number Selection
2
D R1 – 2 2D0 – 0 5
Basic Naming
D = Drive
2
Impedance
3 = 3%
5 = 5%
Device Series
R1 = Line side reactor
R2 = Load side reactor
Input/Output Voltage
2 = 230 V
4 = 460 V
Current Rating
Examples:
2D0 = 2.0 A
4D0 = 4.0 A
8D0 = 8.0 A
012 = 12 A
2
2
Environment Rating
0 = Open
1 = NEMA 1
2
2
2
Line and Load Reactors—230 V
Open
2
NEMA 1
Line Reactor
Load Reactor
Line Reactor
Load Reactor
2
hp (CT)
3%
5%
3%
5%
3%
5%
3%
5%
0.75
DR1-23D4-03
DR1-23D4-05
DR2-24D0-03
DR2-24D0-05
DR1-23D4-13
DR1-23D4-15
DR2-24D0-13
DR2-24D0-15
1
DR1-24D8-03
DR1-24D8-05
DR2-24D0-03
DR2-28D0-05
DR1-24D8-13
DR1-24D8-15
DR2-24D0-13
DR2-28D0-15
1.5
DR1-2011-03
DR1-2011-05
DR2-28D0-03
DR2-28D0-05
DR1-2011-13
DR1-2011-15
DR2-28D0-13
DR2-28D0-15
2
DR1-27D6-03
DR1-27D6-05
DR2-28D0-03
DR2-28D0-05
DR1-27D6-13
DR1-27D6-15
DR2-28D0-13
DR2-28D0-15
3
DR1-2011-03
DR1-2011-05
DR2-2012-03
DR2-2012-05
DR1-2011-13
DR1-2011-15
DR2-2012-13
DR2-2012-15
5
DR1-2028-03
DR1-2028-05
DR2-2018-03
DR2-2018-05
DR1-2028-13
DR1-2028-15
DR2-2018-13
DR2-2018-15
7.5
DR1-2021-03
DR1-2021-05
DR2-2025-03
DR2-2025-05
DR1-2021-13
DR1-2021-15
DR2-2025-13
DR2-2025-15
10
DR1-2028-03
DR1-2028-05
DR2-2035-03
DR2-2035-05
DR1-2028-13
DR1-2028-15
DR2-2035-13
DR2-2035-15
15
DR1-2055-03
DR1-2055-05
DR2-2045-03
DR2-2045-05
DR1-2055-13
DR1-2055-15
DR2-2045-13
DR2-2045-15
20
DR1-2065-03
DR1-2065-05
DR2-2055-03
DR2-2055-05
DR1-2065-13
DR1-2065-15
DR2-2055-13
DR2-2055-15
25
DR1-2083-03
DR1-2083-05
DR2-2080-03
DR2-2080-05
DR1-2083-13
DR1-2083-15
DR2-2080-13
DR2-2080-15
30
DR1-2104-03
DR1-2104-05
DR2-2080-03
DR2-2100-05
DR1-2104-13
DR1-2104-15
DR2-2080-13
DR2-2100-15
40
DR1-2130-03
DR1-2130-05
DR2-2100-03
DR2-2100-05
DR1-2130-13
DR1-2130-15
DR2-2100-13
DR2-2100-15
50
DR1-2160-03
DR1-2160-05
DR2-2130-03
DR2-2130-05
DR1-2160-13
DR1-2160-15
DR2-2130-13
DR2-2130-15
60
DR1-2160-03
DR1-2160-05
DR2-2160-03
DR2-2200-15
DR1-2160-13
DR1-2160-15
DR2-2160-13
DR2-2200-15
75
DR1-2200-03
DR1-2200-05
DR2-2200-13
DR2-2200-15
DR1-2200-13
DR1-2200-15
DR2-2200-13
DR2-2200-15
100
DR1-2250-03
DR1-2250-05
DR2-2225-13
DR2-2225-15
DR1-2250-13
DR1-2250-15
DR2-2225-13
DR2-2225-15
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-57
2.6
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Line and Load Reactors—480 V
Open
NEMA 1
Line Reactor
hp (CT)
3%
Load Reactor
5%
3%
Line Reactor
5%
3%
Load Reactor
5%
3%
5%
1
DR1-42D1-03
DR1-42D1-05
DR2-42D0-05
DR2-42D0-05
DR1-42D1-13
DR1-42D1-15
DR2-42D0-13
DR2-42D0-15
1.5
DR1-44D8-03
DR1-43D4-05
DR2-44D0-05
DR2-44D0-05
DR1-44D8-13
DR1-43D4-15
DR2-44D0-13
DR2-44D0-15
2
DR1-43D4-03
DR1-43D4-05
DR2-44D0-03
DR2-44D0-05
DR1-43D4-13
DR1-43D4-15
DR2-44D0-13
DR2-44D0-15
3
DR1-44D8-03
DR1-44D8-05
DR2-48D0-03
DR2-48D0-05
DR1-44D8-13
DR1-44D8-15
DR2-48D0-13
DR2-48D0-15
5
DR1-47D6-03
DR1-47D6-05
DR2-48D0-03
DR2-48D0-05
DR1-47D6-13
DR1-47D6-15
DR2-48D0-13
DR2-48D0-15
2
7.5
DR1-4011-03
DR1-4011-05
DR2-4012-03
DR2-4012-05
DR1-4011-13
DR1-4011-15
DR2-4012-13
DR2-4012-15
10
DR1-4014-03
DR1-4014-05
DR2-4018-03
DR2-4018-05
DR1-4014-13
DR1-4014-15
DR2-4018-13
DR2-4018-15
2
15
DR1-4021-03
DR1-4021-05
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4025-05
DR1-4021-13
DR1-4021-15
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4025-15
20
DR1-4028-03
DR1-4028-05
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4025-05
DR1-4028-13
DR1-4028-15
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4025-15
25
DR1-4035-03
DR1-4035-05
DR2-4035-03
DR2-4035-05
DR1-4035-13
DR1-4035-15
DR2-4035-13
DR2-4035-15
30
DR1-4046-03
DR1-4046-05
DR2-4045-03
DR2-4045-05
DR1-4046-13
DR1-4046-15
DR2-4045-13
DR2-4045-15
40
DR1-4065-03
DR1-4055-05
DR2-4055-03
DR2-4055-05
DR1-4065-13
DR1-4055-15
DR2-4055-13
DR2-4055-15
2
50
DR1-4065-03
DR1-4065-05
DR2-4080-03
DR2-4080-05
DR1-4065-13
DR1-4065-15
DR2-4080-13
DR2-4080-15
60
DR1-4083-03
DR1-4083-05
DR2-4100-03
DR2-4080-05
DR1-4083-13
DR1-4083-15
DR2-4100-13
DR2-4080-15
2
75
DR1-4104-03
DR1-4104-05
DR2-4100-03
DR2-4100-05
DR1-4104-13
DR1-4104-15
DR2-4100-13
DR2-4100-15
100
DR1-4130-03
DR1-4130-05
DR2-4130-03
DR2-4130-05
DR1-4130-13
DR1-4130-15
DR2-4130-13
DR2-4130-15
125
DR1-4160-03
DR1-4160-05
DR2-4160-03
DR2-4160-05
DR1-4160-13
DR1-4160-15
DR2-4160-13
DR2-4160-15
150
DR1-4200-03
DR1-4200-05
DR2-4200-13
DR2-4200-15
DR1-4200-13
DR1-4200-15
DR2-4200-13
DR2-4200-15
200
DR1-4250-03
DR1-4250-05
DR2-4250-13
DR2-4250-15
DR1-4250-13
DR1-4250-15
DR2-4250-13
DR2-4250-15
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-58
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2.6
Replacement Parts
2
Frame 1
230 V
480 V
575 V
Description
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Standard keypad
DXG-KEY-LCD
DXG-KEY-LCD
DXG-KEY-LCD
Main control board
DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD
DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD
DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD
Control module kit with keypad 1
DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT
DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT
DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT
Control board cover
DXG-SPR-BCOVER
DXG-SPR-BCOVER
DXG-SPR-BCOVER
Type 1/IP21 standard cover
DXG-SPR-FR1CVR
DXG-SPR-FR1CVR
2
Main fan kit 1
DXG-SPR-FR1FAN
DXG-SPR-FR1FAN
2
Control fan
DXG-SPR-2FR1CF
DXG-SPR-4FR1CF
2
Main power board
DXG-SPR-2FR1MPB
DXG-SPR-4FR1MPB
2
EMI board
DXG-SPR-2FR1EB
DXG-SPR-4FR1EB
2
Middle chassis cover
DXG-SPR-FR1MCC
DXG-SPR-FR1MCC
2
Outer housing
DXG-SPR-FR1OH
DXG-SPR-FR1OH
2
UL conduit plate
DXG-SPR-FR1CPUL
DXG-SPR-FR1CPUL
2
IEC conduit plate
DXG-SPR-FR1CPIEC
DXG-SPR-FR1CPIEC
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Frame 2
230 V
480 V
575 V
Description
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Standard keypad
DXG-KEY-LCD
DXG-KEY-LCD
DXG-KEY-LCD
Main control board
DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD
DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD
DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD
Control module kit with keypad 1
DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT
DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT
DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT
Control board cover
DXG-SPR-BCOVER
DXG-SPR-BCOVER
DXG-SPR-BCOVER
Type 1/IP21 standard cover
DXG-SPR-FR2CVR
DXG-SPR-FR2CVR
2
Main fan kit 1
DXG-SPR-FR2FAN
DXG-SPR-FR2FAN
2
Control fan
DXG-SPR-FR2CF
DXG-SPR-FR2CF
2
Bus capacitor
DXG-SPR-2FR2BC
DXG-SPR-4FR24BC
2
Main power board
DXG-SPR-2FR2MPB
DXG-SPR-4FR2MPB
2
EMI board
DXG-SPR-2FR2EB
DXG-SPR-4FR2EB
2
IGBT module
DXG-SPR-FR2IGBT
DXG-SPR-FR2IGBT
2
Middle chassis cover
DXG-SPR-FR2MCC
DXG-SPR-FR2MCC
2
Outer housing
DXG-SPR-FR2OH
DXG-SPR-FR2OH
2
UL conduit plate
DXG-SPR-FR2CPUL
DXG-SPR-FR2CPUL
2
IEC conduit plate
DXG-SPR-FR2CPIEC
DXG-SPR-FR2CPIEC
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Factory recommended spare parts.
2 575 V available in May 2015.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-59
2.6
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Frame 3
230 V
480 V
575 V
2
Description
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Standard keypad
DXG-KEY-LCD
DXG-KEY-LCD
DXG-KEY-LCD
2
Main control board
DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD
DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD
DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD
Control module kit with keypad 1
DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT
DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT
DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT
Control board cover
DXG-SPR-BCOVER
DXG-SPR-BCOVER
DXG-SPR-BCOVER
Type 1/IP21 standard cover
DXG-SPR-FR3CVR
DXG-SPR-FR3CVR
2
DXG-SPR-FR3FANKIT
DXG-SPR-FR3FANKIT
2
Main fan
DXG-SPR-FR3FAN
DXG-SPR-FR3FAN
2
Control fan
DXG-SPR-FR34CF
DXG-SPR-FR34CF
2
Bus capacitor
DXG-SPR-FR3BC
DXG-SPR-FR3BC
2
Main power board
DXG-SPR-2FR3MPB
DXG-SPR-4FR3MPB
2
EMI board
DXG-SPR-2FR3EB
DXG-SPR-4FR3EB
2
2
Drive board
DXG-SPR-2FR3DB
DXG-SPR-4FR3DB
2
Output board
DXG-SPR-FR3OB
DXG-SPR-FR3OB
2
2
Middle chassis cover
DXG-SPR-FR3MCC
DXG-SPR-FR3MCC
2
Outer housing
DXG-SPR-FR3OH
DXG-SPR-FR3OH
2
UL conduit plate
DXG-SPR-FR3CPUL
DXG-SPR-FR3CPUL
2
IEC conduit plate
DXG-SPR-FR3CPIEC
DXG-SPR-FR3CPIEC
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Main fan kit
1
2
Frame 4
230 V
480 V
575 V
2
Description
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Standard keypad
DXG-KEY-LCD
DXG-KEY-LCD
DXG-KEY-LCD
Main control board
DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD
DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD
DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD
2
Control module kit with keypad 1
DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT
DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT
DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT
Control board cover
DXG-SPR-BCOVER
DXG-SPR-BCOVER
DXG-SPR-BCOVER
2
Type 1/IP21 standard cover
DXG-SPR-FR4CVR
DXG-SPR-FR4CVR
2
DXG-SPR-FR4FANKIT
DXG-SPR-FR4FANKIT
2
Main fan
DXG-SPR-FR4FAN
DXG-SPR-FR4FAN
2
Control fan
DXG-SPR-FR34CF
DXG-SPR-FR34CF
2
Bus capacitor
DXG-SPR-2FR4BC
DXG-SPR-4FR24BC
2
2
Main power board
DXG-SPR-2FR4MPB
DXG-SPR-4FR4MPB
2
EMI board
DXG-SPR-2FR4EB
DXG-SPR-4FR4EB
2
2
Softstart board
DXG-SPR-2FR4SB
DXG-SPR-4FR4SB
2
IGBT module
DXG-SPR-2FR4IGBT
DXG-SPR-4FR4IGBT
2
Rectifier module
DXG-SPR-2FR4RM
DXG-SPR-4FR4RM
2
Brake chopper module
DXG-SPR-2FR4BCM
DXG-SPR-4FR4BCM
2
Middle chassis cover
DXG-SPR-FR4MCC
DXG-SPR-FR4MCC
2
2
Outer housing
DXG-SPR-FR4OH
DXG-SPR-FR4OH
2
UL conduit plate
DXG-SPR-FR4CPUL
DXG-SPR-FR4CPUL
2
2
IEC conduit plate
DXG-SPR-FR4CPIEC
DXG-SPR-FR4CPIEC
2
2
Notes
1 Factory recommended spare parts.
2 575 V available in May 2015.
2
Main fan kit
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
V6-T2-60
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2.6
Frame 5
230 V
480 V
575 V
Description
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Standard keypad
DXG-KEY-LCD
DXG-KEY-LCD
DXG-KEY-LCD
Main control board
DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD
DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD
DXG-SPR-CTRLBOARD
Control module kit with keypad 1
DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT
DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT
DXG-SPR-CTRLKIT
Control board cover
DXG-SPR-BCOVER
DXG-SPR-BCOVER
DXG-SPR-BCOVER
Type 1/IP21 standard cover
DXG-SPR-FR5CVR
DXG-SPR-FR5CVR
2
Main fan kit 1
DXG-SPR-FR5FANKIT
DXG-SPR-FR5FANKIT
2
Main fan
DXG-SPR-FR5FAN
DXG-SPR-FR5FAN
2
Control fan
DXG-SPR-FR5CF
DXG-SPR-FR5CF
2
Bus capacitor
DXG-SPR-FR5BC
DXG-SPR-FR5BC
2
Main power board
DXG-SPR-2FR5MPB
DXG-SPR-4FR5MPB
2
EMI-1 board
DXG-SPR-2FR5E1B
DXG-SPR-4FR5E1B
2
EMI-2 board
DXG-SPR-2FR5E2B
DXG-SPR-4FR5E2B
2
EMI-3 board
DXG-SPR-FR5E3B
DXG-SPR-FR5E3B
2
IGBT module
DXG-SPR-FR5IGBT
DXG-SPR-FR5IGBT
2
Rectifier module
DXG-SPR-2FR5RM
DXG-SPR-4FR5RM
2
Brake chopper module
DXG-SPR-2FR5BCM
DXG-SPR-4FR5BCM
2
Middle chassis cover
DXG-SPR-FR5MCC
DXG-SPR-FR5MCC
2
Outer housing
DXG-SPR-FR5OH
DXG-SPR-FR5OH
2
UL conduit plate
DXG-SPR-FR5CPUL
DXG-SPR-FR5CPUL
2
IEC conduit plate
DXG-SPR-FR5IECCP
DXG-SPR-FR5IECCP
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Factory recommended spare parts.
2 575 V available in May 2015.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-61
2.6
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Technical Data and Specifications
PowerXL Series—DG1 Technical Data and Specifications
Attribute
Description
Specification
Input ratings
Input voltage Uin
208 V to 240 V, 380 V to 500 V, 525 V to 600 V, –15 to 10%
Input frequency
50 Hz to 60 Hz (variation up to 45 Hz to 66 Hz)
2
2
Connection to power
Once per minute or less
Starting delay
3 s (FR1 to FR2), 4 s (FR3), 5 s (FR4), 6 s (FR5 and FR6)
Short-circuit withstand rating
100 kAIC (fuses and circuit breakers)
Output voltage
0 to Uin
2
Continuous output current
IL: ambient temperature maximum 40 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.)
IH: ambient temperature maximum 50 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.5 x IH (1 min./10 min.)
2
Overload current
150% respectively 110% (1 min./10 min.)
2
Output ratings
2
2
Control characteristics
Initial output current
200% (2 s / 20 s)
Output frequency
0–400 Hz (standard)
Frequency resolution
0.01 Hz
Control methods
Frequency control
Speed control
Open-loop speed control
Open-loop torque control
Switching frequency
230 V / 480 V range:
FR1–3: 1 kHz to 12 kHz
FR4–6: 1 kHz to 10 kHz
230 V / 480 V defaults:
FR1–3: 4 kHz
FR4–5: 3.6 kHz
FR6: 2 kHz
575 V range:
FR1–6: 1 kHz to 6 kHz
575 V defaults:
FR1–4: 3 kHz
FR5–6: 2 kHz
Automatic switching frequency derating in case of overload.
Frequency reference
Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy +1%
Analog output: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy +1%
Panel reference: resolution 0.01 Hz
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Ambient conditions
2
Field weakening point
20 Hz to 400 Hz
Acceleration time
0.1 s to 3000 s
Deceleration time
0.1 s to 3000 s
Braking torque
DC brake: 30% x Motor Rated Torque (Tn) (without brake chopper)
Dynamic braking (with optional brake chopper using an external brake resistor):
100% continuous maximum rating
Ambient operating temperature
–10 °C (no frost) to +50 °C, up to +60 °C with derating (CT)
–10 °C (no frost) to +40 °C, up to +60 °C with derating (VT)
Storage temperature
–40 °C to +70 °C
2
Relative humidity
0–95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive
2
●
Air quality:
Chemical vapors
Mechanical particles
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-60 Test Key:
Flowing mixed gas corrosion test, Method 1 (H2S [hydrogen sulfide] and SO2 [sulfur dioxide])
Designed according to:
IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2
IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2
Altitude
100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m); 1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above
3280 ft (1000 m); max. 9842 ft (3000 m) (2000 m for corner grounded earth main systems)
For 575 V product, maximum altitude is 6561 ft (2000 m) regardless of main system
●
2
2
2
V6-T2-62
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2.6
PowerXL Series—DG1 Technical Data and Specifications, continued
2
Attribute
Description
Specification
Ambient conditions,
continued
Vibration:
EN 61800-5-1
EN 60668-2-6
5–150 Hz
Displacement amplitude: 1 mm (peak) at 5 Hz to 15.8 Hz (FR1–FR6)
Maximum acceleration amplitude: 1g at 15.8 Hz to 150 Hz (FR1–FR6)
Shock:
ISTA 1 A
EN 60068-2-27
Storage and shipping: maximum 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
Overvoltage
Overvoltage Category III
Pollution degree
Pollution Degree 2
2
Enclosure class
IP21/Type 1 standard in entire kW/hp range
IP54/Type 12 option
Note: Keypad or keypad hole plug required to be mounted in drive for IP54/Type 12 rating
2
Immunity
Fulfills EN 61800-3 (2004), first and second environment
MTBF
FR1: 165,457 hours
FR2: 134,833 hours
FR3: 102,515 hours
FR4: 121,567 hours
FR5: 108,189 hours
FR6: Available in 2016
●
●
2
2
2
●
●
Noise
Standards
Fieldbus connections
2
2
2
2
2
2
FR1: 51.2 dB
FR2: 58.6 dB
FR3: 61.0 dB
FR4: 68.0 dB
FR5: 69.1 dB
FR6: Available in 2016
2
2
2
Safety
UL 508C, CSA C22.2 No. 274-13 and EN 61800-5-1
EMC
+EMC2: EN 61800-3 (2004), Category C2
The drive can be modified for IT networks and corner grounding TN system
Electrostatic discharge
Second environment, IEC 61000-4-2, 4 kV CD or 8 kV AD, Criterion B
2
Fast transient burst
Second environment, IEC 61000-4-4, 2 kV/5 kHz, Criterion B
2
Dielectrical strength
Primary to secondary: 3600 Vac/5100 Vdc
Primary to earth: 2000 Vac/2828 Vdc
Approvals
EAC, RCM (C-Tick), RoHS, CE, UL and cUL (see nameplate for more detailed approvals)
2
2
2
Onboard: EtherNet/IP, Modbus® TCP, Modbus RTU, BACnet
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-63
2.6
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Technical Data and Specifications, continued
2
Safety/protections
Attribute
2
2
2
2
Description
Overvoltage protection
Yes
Overvoltage trip limit
230 V drives: 456 V
480 V drives: 911 V
575 V drives: 1100 V
Undervoltage protection
Yes
Undervoltage trip limit
230 V drives: 211 V
480 V drives: 370 V
575 V drives: 550 V
Earth fault protection
Yes
Default: 15% motor FLA
Minimum: 0% motor FLA
Maximum: 30% motor FLA
Input phase supervision
Yes
Motor phase supervision
Yes
2
2
2
Specification
Overcurrent protection
Yes
Unit overtemperature protection
Yes
Motor overload protection
Yes
Motor stall protection
Yes
2
Motor underload protection
Yes
2
DC bus overvoltage control
Yes
Short-circuit protection of 24 V
reference voltages
Yes
Surge protection
Yes (differential mode 2 kV; common mode 4 kV
230 V drives: 275 Vac, 10,000 A
480 V drives: 320 Vac, 8000 A
575 V drives: 385 Vac, 10,000 A
Common coated boards
Yes (prevents corrosion)
Drive efficiency ratings
480 V: FR1 = 97.7%
480 V: FR2 = 97.9%
480 V: FR3 = 97.7%
480 V: FR4 = 98.0%
480 V: FR5 = 98.2%
230 V: FR1 = 96.7%
230 V: FR2 = 97.4%
230 V: FR3 = 97.2%
230 V: FR4 = 97.4%
230 V: FR5 = 97.7%
2
2
2
2
2
2
Efficiency
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-64
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2.6
Wiring Diagram
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Control Wiring Diagram
Res
External Wiring
i
Pin
2
Signal Name
Signal
Default Setting
Description
1
+10 V
Ref. Output Voltage
—
10 Vdc Supply Source
2
AI1+
Analog Input 1
0–10 V
Voltage Speed Reference (Programmable to 4 mA to 20 mA)
3
AI1–
Analog Input 1 Ground
—
Analog Input 1 Common (Ground)
2
2
4
AI2+
Analog Input 2
4 mA to 20 mA
Current Speed Reference (Programmable to 0–10 V)
5
AI2–
Analog Input 2 Ground
—
Analog Input 2 Common (Ground)
6
GND
I/O Signal Ground
—
I/O Ground for Reference and Control
7
DIN5
Digital Input 5
Preset Speed B0
Sets frequency output to Preset Speed 1
8
DIN6
Digital Input 6
Preset Speed B1
Sets frequency output to Preset Speed 2
9
DIN7
Digital Input 7
—
—
10
DIN8
Digital Input 8
Force Remote (TI+)
Input takes VFD from Local to Remote
11
CMB
DI5 to DI8 Common
Grounded
Allows source input
12
GND
I/O Signal Ground
—
I/O Ground for Reference and Control
13
24 V
+24 Vdc Output
—
Control voltage output (100 mA max.)
14
DO1
Digital Output 1
Ready
Shows the drive is ready to run
15
24 Vo
+24 Vdc Output
—
Control voltage output (100 mA max.)
16
GND
I/O Signal Ground
—
I/O Ground for Reference and Control
2
17
AO1+
Analog Output 1
Output Frequency
Shows Output frequency to motor 0–60 Hz (4 mA to 20 mA)
18
AO2+
Analog Output 2
Motor Current
Shows Motor current of motor 0–FLA (4 mA to 20 mA)
2
19
24 Vi
+24 Vdc Input
—
External control voltage input
20
DIN1
Digital Input 1
Run Forward
Input starts drive in forward direction (start enable)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
21
DIN2
Digital Input 2
Run Reverse
Input starts drive in reverse direction (start enable)
22
DIN3
Digital Input 3
External Fault
Input causes drive to fault
23
DIN4
Digital Input 4
Fault Reset
Input resets active faults
24
CMA
DI1 to DI4 Common
Grounded
Allows source input
25
A
RS-485 Signal A
—
Fieldbus Communication (Modbus, BACnet)
26
B
RS-485 Signal B
—
Fieldbus Communication (Modbus, BACnet)
27
R3NO
Relay 3 Normally Open
At Speed
Relay output 3 shows VFD is at Ref. Frequency
28
R1NC
Relay 1 Normally Closed
Run
Relay output 1 shows VFD is in a run state
29
R1CM
Relay 1 Common
30
R1NO
Relay 1 Normally Open
31
R3CM
Relay 3 Common
At Speed
Relay output 3 shows VFD is at Ref. Frequency
2
32
R2NC
Relay 2 Normally Closed
Fault
Relay output 2 shows VFD is in a fault state
2
33
R2CM
Relay 2 Common
34
R2NO
Relay 2 Normally Open
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
The above wiring demonstrates a SINK configuration. It is important that CMA and CMB are wired to ground (as shown by dashed line).
If a SOURCE configuration is desired, wire 24 V to CMA and CMB and close the inputs to ground.
When using the +10 V for AI1, it is important to wire AI1– to ground (as shown by dashed line).
If using +10 V for AI1 or AI2, terminals 3, 5 and 6 need to be jumpered together.
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-65
2.6
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Control Board Layout
PowerXL Series—DG1 Control Board Layout
2
2
2
2
DSP Connection
to Power Board
Fan Power Wire
Keypad
Safe Torque Off (STO)
2
2
2
MCU Connection
to Power Board
1
AI Mode Selection
2
ON
3
2
RTC Battery (Standard)
2
RJ45 EtherNet/IP,
Modbus TCP
2
Optional Card Slot A
2
Optional Card Slot B
Control I/O
Terminals
ON
2
1
2
RS-485 Terminating
Resistor
2
MOV Screw
2
Removable
EMC Screw
2
2
2
2
Motor Ground
Clamp Location
Line Ground
Clamp Location
Grounding
Strap Location
Grounding
Strap Location
2
2
Line Side
Motor
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-66
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.6
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Dimensions
2
W4
Ø
D
2
2
2
W2
2
2
H1
H2
2
H3
2
2
2
W1
2
2
W3
Frame
Size
FR1
FR2
FR3
FR4
FR5
FR6 2
Voltage
hp (CT/IH) kW
Amperes
(CT/IH)
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
D
H1
H2
H3
W1
W2
W3
W4
Ø
Weight
Lb (kg)
2
7.91
(200.9)
12.87
(326.9)
12.28
(311.9)
11.50
(292.1)
6.02
(153.0)
4.80
(121.9)
3.94
(100.1)
3.94
(100.1)
0.28
(7.0)
14.33
(6.5)
2
9.63
(244.7)
16.50
(419.1)
15.98
(405.9)
14.96
(380.0)
6.61
(167.8)
5.28
(134.1)
3.54
(90.0)
3.54
(90.0)
0.28
(7.0)
23.37
(10.6)
10.44
(265.1)
21.97
(558.0)
21.46
(545.0)
20.41
(518.5)
8.06
(204.6)
7.24
(183.9)
4.92
(125.0)
4.92
(125.0)
0.35
(9.0)
49.82
(22.6)
11.57
(294.0)
24.80
(629.9)
24.31
(617.5)
23.27
(591.1)
9.36
(237.7)
9.13
(231.9)
8.07
(205.0)
8.07
(205.0)
0.35
(9.0)
77.60
(35.2)
13.41
(340.7)
34.98
(888.5)
29.65
(753.1)
27.83
(706.9)
11.34
(288.0)
11.10
(281.9)
8.66
(220.0)
8.66
(220.0)
0.35
(9.0)
154.32
(70.0)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
230 Vac
0.75–3
0.55–2.2
3.5–11
480 Vac
1–5
0.75–3.7
2.3–7.6
575 Vac 1
2–5
1.5–3.7
3.3–7.5
230 Vac
5–7.5
3–5.5
12.5–25
480 Vac
7.5–15
5.5–11
12–23
575 Vac 1
7.5–15
5.5–11
10–18
230 Vac
10–15
7.5–11
31–48
480 Vac
20–30
15–22
31–46
575 Vac 1
20–30
15–22
22–34
230 Vac
20–30
15–22
61–88
480 Vac
40–60
30–45
61–87
575 Vac 1
40–60
30–45
41–62
230 Vac
40–60
30–45
114–170
480 Vac
75–125
55–90
105–170
575 Vac 1
75–125
55–90
80–125
230 Vac
75–100
55–75
211–248
480 Vac
150–200
110–150
205–261
575 Vac
150–200
110–160
144–208
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 575 V available in May 2015.
2 FR6 available in 2016.
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-67
2.6
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Contents
DG1 General Purpose Enclosed Drive
Description
2
Page
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PowerXL DG1 Series Enclosed Drives
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Production Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosure Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-48
V6-T2-69
V6-T2-71
V6-T2-75
V6-T2-76
V6-T2-77
V6-T2-79
V6-T2-82
V6-T2-83
2
2
2
2
PowerXL DG1 Series Enclosed Drives
2
Product Description
Features and Benefits
The DG1 Enclosed Drive
family incorporates the latest
Eaton drive technology into
pre-engineered enclosed
solutions covering the
industry’s most common
applications. Using the
benefits of the PowerXL
DG1, the enclosed family
provides enhanced user
safety with the Safe Torque
feature as well as industryleading energy efficiency
from the patented Active
Energy Control algorithm.
Eaton further raises the bar
by providing customers with
industry best lead times with
the Rapid Response System.
This system allows
customers to select from
9 million standard
configurations that have been
pre-engineered with each
configuration having a set
lead time. The Rapid
Response System delivers an
improved quotation process
and a faster delivery.
●
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
●
●
●
●
●
●
2
2
●
2
●
Dual rated for both
constant torque (CT) / high
overload (IH) and variable
torque (VT) / low overload
applications
Optional Brake Chopper
for external braking
applications
Available circuit breaker,
motor circuit protector,
fused disconnect, isolation
fusing and surge protection
device options to provide
input power protection
Optional 3% input and
output reactors provide
a reduction in voltage and
current harmonics on both
line and load side
Bypass options include a
standard three-contactor
design and a reduced
voltage soft starter design
Output contactor option
provides a means for
positive disconnection of
the drive output from the
motor terminals
MotoRX and dV/dt filter
options are used to reduce
transients voltages at the
motor terminals
Customizable cover control
options
Padlockable disconnect
Standards and Certifications
●
The PowerXL DG1 comes
standard with the following
communication protocols:
●
EtherNet/IP
●
Modbus/TCP
●
Modbus RTU
●
BACnet MS/TP
Communication Options
●
PROFIBUS-DP
●
LonWorks
●
CANopen
●
DeviceNet
Enclosure Ratings
●
NEMA Type 1
●
NEMA Type 12
●
NEMA Type 3R
Mounting
●
Wall mount
●
Floor mount: 12-inch legs
●
Floor mount: 22-inch legs
Product Range
●
208 V: 0.75–100 hp
●
230 V: 0.75–125 hp
●
480 V: 1–250 hp
●
230 V single-phase:
1–60 hp
●
480 V single-phase:
1.5–125 hp
2
2
V6-T2-68
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
●
●
UL 508C tested, listed
and approved
OSHPD
2.6
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Catalog Number Selection
Catalog Number Selection is for reference only. Not all option combinations may be available.
2
DG1 Enclosed—Base Catalog Number
2
EGS 3D5 1 D 1
_ _ _ _ _ _
2
2
3
Product Family
EGS = Enclosed DG1 drives—standard
Options
See Page V6-T2-70 for catalog number
option selection.
2
2
3D5 =
4D6 =
6D6 =
7D5 =
010 =
016 =
024 =
030 =
046 =
059 =
074 =
088 =
114 =
143 =
169 =
211 =
273 =
208 V
3.5 A, 0.75 hp
4.6 A, 1 hp
6.6 A, 1.5 hp
7.5 A, 2 hp
10.6 A, 3 hp
16.7 A, 5 hp
24.2 A, 7.5 hp
30.8 A, 10 hp
46.2 A, 15 hp
59.4 A, 20 hp
74.8 A, 25 hp
88 A, 30 hp
114 A, 40 hp
143 A, 50 hp
169 A, 60 hp
211 A, 75 hp
273 A, 100 hp
Output Ampere Rating
230 V
3D2 = 3.2 A, 0.75 hp
4D2 = 4.2 A, 1 hp
6D0 = 6.0 A, 1.5 hp
6D8 = 6.8 A, 2 hp
9D6 = 9.6 A, 3 hp
015 = 15.2, 5 hp
022 = 22 A, 7.5 hp
028 = 28 A, 10 hp
042 = 42 A, 15 hp
054 = 54 A, 20 hp
068 = 68 A, 25 hp
080 = 80 A, 30 hp
104 = 104 A, 40 hp
130 = 130 A, 50 hp
154 = 154 A, 60 hp
192 = 192 A, 75 hp
248 = 248 A, 100 hp
312 = 312 A, 125 hp
2D1 =
3D0 =
3D4 =
4D8 =
7D6 =
011 =
014 =
021 =
027 =
034 =
040 =
052 =
065 =
077 =
096 =
124 =
156 =
180 =
240 =
302 =
480 V
2.1 A, 1 hp
3.0 A, 1.5 hp
3.4 A, 2 hp
4.8 A, 3 hp
7.6 A, 5 hp
11 A, 7.5 hp
14 A, 10 hp
21 A, 15 hp
27 A, 20 hp
34 A, 25 hp
40 A, 30 hp
52 A, 40 hp
65 A, 50 hp
77 A, 60 hp
96 A, 75 hp
124 A, 100 hp
156 A, 125 hp
180 A, 150 hp
240 A, 200 hp
302 A, 250 hp
Enclosure Rating 2
1 = NEMA Type 1
2 = NEMA Type 12
3 = NEMA Type 3R
6 = NEMA Type 1 Filtered and gasketed
• = Custom option
2
2
2
2
Braking Application 1
A = No brake chopper, low overload
B = Brake chopper, low overload
C = No brake chopper, high overload
D = Brake chopper, high overload
2
2
Phasing, Voltage
1 = Input: Three-phase, 208 V
5 = Input: Three-phase, 575 V
Output: Three-phase
Output: Three-phase
2 = Input: Three-phase, 230 V
J = Input: Single-phase, 230 V
Output: Three-phase
Output: Three-phase
4 = Input: Three-phase, 480 V
K = Input: Single-phase, 480 V
Output: Three-phase
Output: Three-phase
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Brake chopper is a factory-installed option only. Braking resistors sold separately. See DG1 drives starting on Page V6-T2-55 for selection.
2 Additional enclosure options including NEMA 4, 4X, 7 and 9 are available. Please contact the factory for configuration and pricing.
3 Part number configuration continued on the following page.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-69
2.6
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Catalog Number Selection is for reference only. Not all option combinations may be available.
DG1 Enclosed—Catalog Number Options
EGS 3D5 1 D 1
2 0 0 B 1 0 0 0 0
2
2
Base Catalog Number Example
See Page V6-T2-69 for base catalog
number selection.
Option Boards 2
Same options and codes as Option Boards 1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Power Disconnect Options
0 = None
1 = MCP disconnect 1
2 = Circuit breaker
3 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing
4 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
5 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/SPD
6 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor
7 = Circuit breaker/3% input reactor
8 = Circuit breaker/SPD
9 = Circuit breaker/SPD/3% input reactor
A = Fused disconnect
B = Fused disconnect/SPD
C = Fused disconnect/SPD/3% input reactor
D = Fused disconnect/3% input reactor
E = Isolation fuses
F = Isolation fuses/3% input reactor
G = Isolation fuses/SPD
H = Isolation fuses/SPD/3% input reactor
• = Custom option 2
Bypass Options 3
0 = None
1 = Manual HOA bypass
2 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing
3 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
4 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD
5 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor
6 = Manual HOA bypass/3% input reactor
7 = Manual HOA bypass/SPD
8 = Manual HOA bypass/SPD/3% input reactor
H = Manual HOA RVSS bypass
J = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing
K = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
L = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD
M = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor
N = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/3% input reactor
P = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD
R = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD/3% input reactor
• = Custom option 2
0
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
•
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Output Power Options 4
None
Output contactor
3% Output reactor
MotoRX filter
dV/dt filter
3% Output Reactor/output contactor
MotoRX/output contactor
dV/dt/output contactor
Custom option 2
2
2
2
2
2
Option Boards 1
No option
3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 Thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT (DG1 only)
1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board) (DG1 only)
3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC) (DG1 only)
3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input (DG1 only)
6 DI 240 Vac input (DG1 only)
6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc (SVX only)
1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm (SVX only)
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
(SVX only)
9 = 3 RO (NO) (SVX only)
A = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100 (SVX only)
B = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input (SVX only)
C = Encoder low volt +5 V / 15 V / 24 V (high-performance drive only)
D = Encoder high volt +15 V / 24 V (high-performance drive only)
E = Double encoder (high-performance drive only)
• = Custom option 2
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Communication Options
0 = No option
1 = PROFIBUS-DP
2 = LonWorks (SVX only)
3 = CANopen (slave)
4 = DeviceNet
5 = PROFIBUS-DP (D9 connector)
6 = Modbus (SVX only)
7 = Modbus (D9 connector) (SVX only)
8 = Johnson Controls N2 (SVX only)
9 = Modbus TCP (SVX only)
A = BACnet (SVX only)
B = EtherNet/IP (SVX only)
C = RS-232 with D9 connector (SVX only)
D = SmartWire-DT (DG1 only)
• = Custom option 2
Control Options 5
0 = None
1 = Speed pot
2 = Start-stop pushbutton
3 = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot
A = HOA switch
B = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot & HOA switch
C = Start-stop pushbutton with HOA switch
D = HOA switch with speed pot
• = Custom option 2
Enclosure Options
0 = None
1 = Floor stand—12 inches
2 = Floor stand—22 inches
A = Space heater
B = Space heater & 12-inch floor stands
C = Space heater & 22-inch floor stands
• = Custom option 2
Light Options 5
0 = None
1 = Non-bypass light kit—Power On, Run, Fault
2 = Bypass light kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run
• = Custom option 2
Notes
1 HMCP disconnect option required and only available when bypass is selected.
2 More options are available as Engineered to Order through the Bid Manager tool.
3 All bypass options include third contactor for drive isolation when in bypass mode.
4 Output contactor not available with bypass. Bypass comes standard with output contactor.
5 Pilot devices are 22 mm standard. 30 mm options are available as engineered to order through the Bid Manager tool.
V6-T2-70
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2.6
Production Selection
DG1 Enclosed Drive
DG1 Enclosed Drive
2
208 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
2
2
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
0.75
3.5
1
EGS3D51D1
EGS3D51D2
EGS3D51D3
1
4.6
1
EGS4D61D1
EGS4D61D2
EGS4D61D3
1.5
6.6
1
EGS6D61D1
EGS6D61D2
EGS6D61D3
2
7.5
1
EGS7D51D1
EGS7D51D2
EGS7D51D3
3
10.6
1
EGS0101D1
EGS0101D2
EGS0101D3
5
16.7
2
EGS0161D1
EGS0161D2
EGS0161D3
7.5
24.2
2
EGS0241D1
EGS0241D2
EGS0241D3
10
30.8
3
EGS0301D1
EGS0301D2
EGS0301D3
15
46.2
3
EGS0461D1
EGS0461D2
EGS0461D3
20
59.4
4
EGS0591C1
EGS0591C2
EGS0591C3
25
74.8
4
EGS0741C1
EGS0741C2
EGS0741C3
30
88
4
EGS0881C1
EGS0881C2
EGS0881C3
40
114
5
EGS1141C1
EGS1141C2
EGS1141C3
50
143
5
EGS1431C1
EGS1431C2
EGS1431C3
60
169
5
EGS1691C1
EGS1691C2
EGS1691C3
75
211
6
EGS2111C1
EGS2111C2
EGS2111C3
100 2
261 2
6
EGS2611C1
EGS2611C2
EGS2611C3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
208 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
1
4.6
1
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
EGS4D61B1
EGS4D61B2
EGS4D61B3
1.5
6.6
1
EGS6D61B1
EGS6D61B2
EGS6D61B3
2
7.5
1
EGS7D51B1
EGS7D51B2
EGS7D51B3
3
10.6
1
EGS0101B1
EGS0101B2
EGS0101B3
5
16.7
2
EGS0161B1
EGS0161B2
EGS0161B3
7.5
24.2
2
EGS0241B1
EGS0241B2
EGS0241B3
10
30.8
2
EGS0301B1
EGS0301B2
EGS0301B3
15
46.2
3
EGS0461B1
EGS0461B2
EGS0461B3
20
59.4
3
EGS0591B1
EGS0591B2
EGS0591B3
25
74.8
4
EGS0741A1
EGS0741A2
EGS0741A3
30
88
4
EGS0881A1
EGS0881A2
EGS0881A3
40
114
4
EGS1141A1
EGS1141A2
EGS1141A3
50
143
5
EGS1431A1
EGS1431A2
EGS1431A3
60
169
5
EGS1691A1
EGS1691A2
EGS1691A3
75
211
5
EGS2111A1
EGS2111A2
EGS2111A3
100
273
6
EGS2731A1
EGS2731A2
EGS2731A3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-70.
2 These units are current rated. They do not meet NEC ampere rating at this horsepower.
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-71
2.6
2
DG1 Enclosed Drive
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
230 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
EGS3D22D3
2
0.75
3.2
1
EGS3D22D1
EGS3D22D2
1
4.2
1
EGS4D22D1
EGS4D22D2
EGS4D22D3
2
1.5
6
1
EGS6D02D1
EGS6D02D2
EGS6D02D3
2
6.8
1
EGS6D82D1
EGS6D82D2
EGS6D82D3
2
3
9.6
1
EGS9D62D1
EGS9D62D2
EGS9D62D3
2
5
15.2
2
EGS0152D1
EGS0152D2
EGS0152D3
7.5
22
2
EGS0222D1
EGS0222D2
EGS0222D3
2
2
10
28
3
EGS0282D1
EGS0282D2
EGS0282D3
15
42
3
EGS0422D1
EGS0422D2
EGS0422D3
20
54
4
EGS0542C1
EGS0542C2
EGS0542C3
25
68
4
EGS0682C1
EGS0682C2
EGS0682C3
30
80
4
EGS0802C1
EGS0802C2
EGS0802C3
2
40
104
5
EGS1042C1
EGS1042C2
EGS1042C3
50
130
5
EGS1302C1
EGS1302C2
EGS1302C3
2
60
154
5
EGS1542C1
EGS1542C2
EGS1542C3
75
192
6
EGS1922C1
EGS1922C2
EGS1922C3
100
248
6
EGS2482C1
EGS2482C2
EGS2482C3
2
2
2
2
DG1 Enclosed Drive
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
230 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
1
4.2
1
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
EGS4D22B1
EGS4D22B2
EGS4D22B3
EGS6D02B3
1.5
6
1
EGS6D02B1
EGS6D02B2
2
6.8
1
EGS6D82B1
EGS6D82B2
EGS6D82B3
3
9.6
1
EGS9D62B1
EGS9D62B2
EGS9D62B3
5
15.2
2
EGS0152B1
EGS0152B2
EGS0152B3
7.5
22
2
EGS0222B1
EGS0222B2
EGS0222B3
10
28
2
EGS0282B1
EGS0282B2
EGS0282B3
15
42
3
EGS0422B1
EGS0422B2
EGS0422B3
20
54
3
EGS0542B1
EGS0542B2
EGS0542B3
25
68
4
EGS0682A1
EGS0682A2
EGS0682A3
30
80
4
EGS0802A1
EGS0802A2
EGS0802A3
40
104
4
EGS1042A1
EGS1042A2
EGS1042A3
50
130
5
EGS1302A1
EGS1302A2
EGS1302A3
EGS1542A3
60
154
5
EGS1542A1
EGS1542A2
75
192
5
EGS1922A1
EGS1922A2
EGS1922A3
100
248
6
EGS2482A1
EGS2482A2
EGS2482A3
2
125
312
6
EGS3122A1
EGS3122A2
EGS3122A3
2
Notes
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-70.
2 These units are current rated. They do not meet NEC ampere rating at this horsepower.
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-72
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
DG1 Enclosed Drive
2.6
480 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
2
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
2
2
1
2.1
1
EGS2D14D1
EGS2D14D2
EGS2D14D3
1.5
3
1
EGS3D04D1
EGS3D04D2
EGS3D04D3
2
3.4
1
EGS3D44D1
EGS3D44D2
EGS3D44D3
3
4.8
1
EGS4D84D1
EGS4D84D2
EGS4D84D3
5
7.6
1
EGS7D64D1
EGS7D64D2
EGS7D64D3
7.5
11
2
EGS0114D1
EGS0114D2
EGS0114D3
10
14
2
EGS0144D1
EGS0144D2
EGS0144D3
15
21
2
EGS0214D1
EGS0214D2
EGS0214D3
20
27
3
EGS0274D1
EGS0274D2
EGS0274D3
25
34
3
EGS0344D1
EGS0344D2
EGS0344D3
30
40
3
EGS0404D1
EGS0404D2
EGS0404D3
40
52
4
EGS0524C1
EGS0524C2
EGS0524C3
50
65
4
EGS0654C1
EGS0654C2
EGS0654C3
60
77
4
EGS0774C1
EGS0774C2
EGS0774C3
75
96
5
EGS0964C1
EGS0964C2
EGS0964C3
100
124
5
EGS1244C1
EGS1244C2
EGS1244C3
125
156
5
EGS1564C1
EGS1564C2
EGS1564C3
150
180
6
EGS1804C1
EGS1804C2
EGS1804C3
200
240
6
EGS2404C1
EGS2404C2
EGS2404C3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
DG1 Enclosed Drive
480 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
2
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
2
2
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
1.5
3
1
EGS3D04B1
EGS3D04B2
EGS3D04B3
2
3.4
1
EGS3D44B1
EGS3D44B2
EGS3D44B3
3
4.8
1
EGS4D84B1
EGS4D84B2
EGS4D84B3
5
7.6
1
EGS7D64B1
EGS7D64B2
EGS7D64B3
7.5
11
1
EGS0114B1
EGS0114B2
EGS0114B3
10
14
2
EGS0144B1
EGS0144B2
EGS0144B3
15
21
2
EGS0214B1
EGS0214B2
EGS0214B3
20
27
2
EGS0274B1
EGS0274B2
EGS0274B3
25
34
3
EGS0344B1
EGS0344B2
EGS0344B3
30
40
3
EGS0404B1
EGS0404B2
EGS0404B3
40
52
3
EGS0524B1
EGS0524B2
EGS0524B3
50
65
4
EGS0654A1
EGS0654A2
EGS0654A3
60
77
4
EGS0774A1
EGS0774A2
EGS0774A3
75
96
4
EGS0964A1
EGS0964A2
EGS0964A3
100
124
5
EGS1244A1
EGS1244A2
EGS1244A3
125
156
5
EGS1564A1
EGS1564A2
EGS1564A3
150
180
5
EGS1804A1
EGS1804A2
EGS1804A3
200
240
6
EGS2404A1
EGS2404A2
EGS2404A3
250
302
6
EGS3024A1
EGS3024A2
EGS3024A3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Note
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-70.
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-73
2.6
2
DG1 Enclosed Drive
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
230 V Single-Phase Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
2
1
4.2
1
EGS4D2JB1
EGS4D2JB2
EGS4D2JB3
1.5
6
1
EGS6D0JB1
EGS6D0JB2
EGS6D0JB3
2
2
6.8
1
EGS6D8JB1
EGS6D8JB2
EGS6D8JB3
3
9.6
1
EGS9D6JB1
EGS9D6JB2
EGS9D6JB3
2
5
15.2
2
EGS015JB1
EGS015JB2
EGS015JB3
7.5
22
2
EGS022JB1
EGS022JB2
EGS022JB3
10
28
2
EGS028JB1
EGS028JB2
EGS028JB3
2
15
42
3
EGS042JB1
EGS042JB2
EGS042JB3
20
54
3
EGS054JB1
EGS054JB2
EGS054JB3
2
25
68
4
EGS068JA1
EGS068JA2
EGS068JA3
30
80
4
EGS080JA1
EGS080JA2
EGS080JA3
40
104
4
EGS104JA1
EGS104JA2
EGS104JA3
50
130
5
EGS130JA1
EGS130JA2
EGS130JA3
60
154
5
EGS154JA1
EGS154JA2
EGS154JA3
2
2
2
2
2
DG1 Enclosed Drive
2
480 V Single-Phase Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
2
1.5
3
1
EGS3D0KB1
EGS3D0KB2
EGS3D0KB3
2
3.4
1
EGS3D4KB1
EGS3D4KB2
EGS3D4KB3
2
3
4.8
1
EGS4D8KB1
EGS4D8KB2
EGS4D8KB3
5
7.6
1
EGS7D6KB1
EGS7D6KB2
EGS7D6KB3
2
2
7.5
11
1
EGS011KB1
EGS011KB2
EGS011KB3
10
14
2
EGS014KB1
EGS014KB2
EGS014KB3
15
21
2
EGS021KB1
EGS021KB2
EGS021KB3
2
20
27
2
EGS027KB1
EGS027KB2
EGS027KB3
25
34
3
EGS034KB1
EGS034KB2
EGS034KB3
2
30
40
3
EGS040KB1
EGS040KB2
EGS040KB3
2
40
52
3
EGS052KB1
EGS052KB2
EGS052KB3
50
65
4
EGS065KA1
EGS065KA2
EGS065KA3
2
2
2
60
77
4
EGS077KA1
EGS077KA2
EGS077KA3
75
96
4
EGS096KA1
EGS096KA2
EGS096KA3
100
124
5
EGS124KA1
EGS124KA2
EGS124KA3
125
156
5
EGS156KA1
EGS156KA2
EGS156KA3
Note
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-70.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-74
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.6
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Enclosure Selection
2
EGS
Enclosure selection charts are based on physical space limitations only and only to be used as a reference.
For actual enclosure sizing, refer to Bid Manager.
2
Note: Standard enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for a circuit
breaker or fusible disconnect, CPT, SPD, heater/thermostat, control relay
and terminal blocks.
Note: Single-phase enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for a
capacitor kit, circuit breaker or fusible disconnect, CPT, SPD, heater/
thermostat, control relay and terminal blocks.
2
Standard Enclosure X-Space
Single-Phase Enclosure X-Space
2
2
Enclosure Size
Frame 1
Frame 2
Frame 3
Frame 4
Frame 5
Enclosure Size
Frame 1
Frame 2
Frame 3
Frame 4
Frame 5
AX
2
2
2
—
—
AX
0
0
—
—
—
BX
4
4
4
4
—
BX
2
2
1
1
—
CX
7
7
7
7
7
CX
5
5
4
4
4
DX
18
18
18
18
18
DX
16
16
15
15
15
2
2
2
2
Standard Power Options X-Space
Single-Phase Power Options X-Space
Power Options
Frame 1
Frame 2
Frame 3
Frame 4
Frame 5
Power Options
Frame 1
Frame 2
Frame 3
Frame 4
Frame 5
Isolation fuses
1
1
1
1
1
Isolation fuses
1
1
1
1
1
3% Input reactor
2
2
3
5
6
3% Input reactor
2
2
3
5
6
3% Output reactor
1
1
3
5
6
3% Output reactor
1
1
3
5
6
MotoRX filter
3
3
3
3
5
MotoRX filter
3
3
3
3
5
dV/dt filter
3
3
3
5
6
dV/dt filter
3
3
3
5
6
Output contactor
1
1
1
1
1
Output contactor
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
Note: Bypass enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for a MCP, CPT,
input contactor, output bypass contactors, overload relay, SPD, heater/
thermostat, control relay and terminal blocks.
2
Bypass Enclosure X-Space
Enclosure Size
Frame 1
Frame 2
Frame 3
Frame 4
Frame 5
AX
0
0
0
—
—
BX
2
2
2
0
—
CX
5
5
5
3
2
DX
16
16
16
14
13
2
2
2
2
2
Bypass Power Options X-Space
2
Power Options
Frame 1
Frame 2
Frame 3
Frame 4
Frame 5
Isolation fuses
1
1
1
1
1
3% Input reactor
2
2
3
5
6
RVSS bypass
2
2
2
3
4
3% output reactor
1
1
3
5
6
MotoRX filter
3
3
3
3
5
dV/dt filter
3
3
3
5
6
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-75
2.6
2
2
2
2
The PowerXL Series—DG1 drives can accommodate a wide
selection of expander and adapter option boards to customize
the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is
designed to accept a total of two additional option boards.
The PowerXL Series—DG1 drives come with a factory-installed
standard board configuration including the following:
●
Standard I/O:
●
8DI, 1DO
●
2AI, 2AO
●
2FC, 1FA relays
●
Standard communications:
●
EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP
●
RS-485: Modbus RTU, BACnet MS/TP
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Accessories
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL Series—DG1 I/O Card Kits
Description
Catalog Number
3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 x thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT option card
DXG-EXT-3DI3DO1T
1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board) option card
DXG-EXT-1AI2AO
3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC) option card
DXG-EXT-3RO
3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input option card
DXG-EXT-THER1
6 x DI 240 Vac input option card
DXG-EXT-6DI
PowerXL Series—DG1 Communication Card Kits
Description
Catalog Number
PROFIBUS-DP communication card
DXG-NET-PROFIBUS
CANopen communication card
DXG-NET-CANOPEN
2
DeviceNet communication card
DXG-NET-DEVICENET
PROFIBUS DB9 to 5-pin adapter card
DXG-MNT-PROFIBUS
2
SmartWire communication card and module
DXG-NET-SWD
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-76
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2.6
Options
2
Input Power Options
Option
Description
2
HMCP Disconnect
The HMCP motor protection circuit breaker uses an electronic trip unit to provide typical motor overload relay functionality and short-circuit
protection against potential phase-to-phase or phase-to-ground faults.
2
Circuit Breaker
Utilizes a circuit breaker to provide a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the drive, and protection from highlevel ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can
be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure.
2
Isolation Fusing
Provides high-level fault protection of the drive input power circuit from the load side of the fuses to the input side of the power transistors.
This option consists of three 200 kA fuses that are factory mounted in the enclosure.
3% Input Reactor
The input reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the line side of an AFD. It is used to provide a reduction in voltage and current
harmonics. It also provides increased input protection for AFD and its semiconductors from line transients.
SPD
Provides a surge protection device (SPD) connected to the line side terminals and is designed to clip line side transients.
2
Fused Disconnect
Utilizes fusing to provide a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the drive, and protection from high-level
ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can be
padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure.
2
2
2
2
Bypass Options
2
Option
Description
Manual HOA Bypass
Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of operation. HAND mode is defaulted
keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via
programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include keypad, I/O and fieldbus.
Manual HOA RVSS Bypass
This option adds a reduced voltage soft starter to bypass assembly for soft starting in bypass mode.
2
2
2
Output Power Options
2
Option
Description
Output Contactor
Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil is controlled by the drive’s run or
permissive logic. NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10 A, 600 Vac are provided for customer use. This option includes a low VA 115 Vac
fused control power transformer and is factory mounted in the enclosure.
3% Output Reactor
The output reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the load side of an AFD. It is used to provide a reduction in voltage and current
harmonics.
MotoRX Filter
Used to reduce transient voltage (dV/dt) and peak voltages at the motor terminals. This option is comprised of a 0.5% line reactor, followed by
capacitive filtering and an energy recovery/clamping circuit. Unlike the traditional dV/dt filter, the MotoRx recovers most of the energy from the
voltage peaks, resulting in a lower voltage drop to the motor, therefore conserving power. This option is used when the distance between
a single motor and the drive is 300–600 ft (91–183 m). This option can not be used with the brake chopper circuit. in this case, the traditional
dV/dt filter should be investigated as an alternative.
dV/dt Filter
Used to reduce the transient voltage (dV/dt) at the motor terminals. The traditional dV/dt filter is recommended for cable lengths exceeding
100 ft (30 m) with a drive of 3 hp and above, for cable lengths of 33 ft (10 m) with a drive of 2 hp and below, or for a drive rated at 525–690 V.
This option is mounted in the enclosure and may be used in conjunction with a brake chopper circuit. This option is mounted in the enclosure.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-77
2.6
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Control Options
Option
Description
Speed Pot
Provides the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. This option uses the 10 Vdc reference to generate a
0–10 V signal at the analog voltage input signal terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is controlled when the HOA switch
is in the HAND position. Without the HOA bypass option, a two-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select
speed reference from the speed potentiometer or a remote speed signal.
HOA Switch
Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of operation. HAND mode is defaulted to
keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via
drive programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include Keypad, I/O and fieldbus.
Start-Stop Pushbutton
Provides door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass configurations.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Light Options
Option
Description
Non-Bypass Light Kit—Power On, Run, Fault
Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running and a red
FAULT light that indicates a drive fault has occurred.
Bypass Light Kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run
Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running, a red
FAULT light that indicates a drive fault has occurred and an amber light that indicates when the motor is running in Bypass mode.
Enclosure Options
Option
Description
Floor Stand 12 in
Converts a normally wall-mounted enclosure to a floor-standing enclosure with a height of 12 in (304.8 mm).
Floor Stand 22 in
Converts a normally wall-mounted enclosure to a floor-standing enclosure with a height of 22 in (558.8 mm).
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-78
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2.6
Technical Data and Specifications
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Technical Data and Specifications
2
Attribute
Description
Specification
Input ratings
Input voltage Uin
208 V to 240 V, 380 V to 500 V, 525 V to 600 V, –15 to 10%
Input frequency
50 Hz to 60 Hz (variation up to 45 Hz to 66 Hz)
Connection to power
Once per minute or less
Starting delay
3 s (FR1 to FR2), 4 s (FR3), 5 s (FR4), 6 s (FR5 and FR6)
Short-circuit withstand rating
100 kAIC (fuses and circuit breakers)
Output voltage
0 to Uin
2
Continuous output current
IL: ambient temperature maximum 40 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.)
IH: ambient temperature maximum 50 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.5 x IH (1 min./10 min.)
2
Overload current
150% respectively 110% (1 min./10 min.)
2
Initial output current
200% (2 s / 20 s)
Output frequency
0–400 Hz (standard)
Frequency resolution
0.01 Hz
Control methods
Frequency control
Speed control
Open-loop speed control
Open-loop torque control
Output ratings
Control characteristics
Switching frequency
Ambient conditions
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
230 V / 480 V range:
FR1–3: 1 kHz to 12 kHz
FR4–6: 1 kHz to 10 kHz
230 V / 480 V defaults:
FR1–3: 4 kHz
FR4–5: 3.6 kHz
FR6: 2 kHz
575 V range:
FR1–6: 1 kHz to 6 kHz
575 V defaults:
FR1–4: 3 kHz
FR5–6: 2 kHz
Automatic switching frequency derating in case of overload.
2
Frequency reference
Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy +1%
Analog output: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy +1%
Panel reference: resolution 0.01 Hz
2
Field weakening point
20 Hz to 400 Hz
Acceleration time
0.1 s to 3000 s
2
Deceleration time
0.1 s to 3000 s
2
Braking torque
DC brake: 30% x Motor Rated Torque (Tn) (without brake chopper)
Dynamic braking (with optional brake chopper using an external brake resistor):
100% continuous maximum rating
2
Ambient operating temperature
–10 °C (no frost) to +50 °C, up to +60 °C with derating (CT)
–10 °C (no frost) to +40 °C, up to +60 °C with derating (VT)
Storage temperature
–40 °C to +70 °C
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Relative humidity
0–95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive
2
Air quality:
Chemical vapors
Mechanical particles
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-60 Test Key:
Flowing mixed gas corrosion test, Method 1 (H2S [hydrogen sulfide] and SO2 [sulfur dioxide])
Designed according to:
IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2
IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2
2
Altitude
100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m); 1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above
3280 ft (1000 m); max. 9842 ft (3000 m) (2000 m for corner grounded earth main systems)
For 575 V product, maximum altitude is 6561 ft (2000 m) regardless of main system
●
●
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-79
2
2
2
2.6
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Technical Data and Specifications, continued
Attribute
Description
Specification
2
Ambient conditions,
continued
Vibration:
EN 61800-5-1
EN 60668-2-6
5–150 Hz
Displacement amplitude: 1 mm (peak) at 5 Hz to 15.8 Hz (FR1–FR6)
Maximum acceleration amplitude: 1g at 15.8 Hz to 150 Hz (FR1–FR6)
Shock:
ISTA 1 A
EN 60068-2-27
Storage and shipping: maximum 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
Overvoltage
Overvoltage Category III
2
●
●
2
●
●
2
2
2
Pollution degree
Pollution Degree 2
Enclosure class
IP21/Type 1 standard in entire kW/hp range
IP54/Type 12 option
Note: Keypad or keypad hole plug required to be mounted in drive for IP54/Type 12 rating
2
Immunity
Fulfills EN 61800-3 (2004), first and second environment
2
MTBF
FR1: 165,457 hours
FR2: 134,833 hours
FR3: 102,515 hours
FR4: 121,567 hours
FR5: 108,189 hours
FR6: Available in 2016
Noise
FR1: 51.2 dB
FR2: 58.6 dB
FR3: 61.0 dB
FR4: 68.0 dB
FR5: 69.1 dB
FR6: Available in 2016
2
2
2
2
2
2
Safety
UL 508C, CSA C22.2 No. 274-13 and EN 61800-5-1
2
Standards
EMC
2
+EMC2: EN 61800-3 (2004), Category C2
The drive can be modified for IT networks and corner grounding TN system
Electrostatic discharge
Second environment, IEC 61000-4-2, 4 kV CD or 8 kV AD, Criterion B
2
Fast transient burst
Second environment, IEC 61000-4-4, 2 kV/5 kHz, Criterion B
Dielectrical strength
Primary to secondary: 3600 Vac/5100 Vdc
Primary to earth: 2000 Vac/2828 Vdc
Approvals
EAC, RCM (C-Tick), RoHS, CE, UL and cUL (see nameplate for more detailed approvals)
2
2
Fieldbus connections
Onboard: EtherNet/IP, Modbus® TCP, Modbus RTU, BACnet
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-80
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2.6
PowerXL Series—DG1 Technical Data and Specifications, continued
Attribute
Safety/protections
Efficiency
Description
2
Specification
Overvoltage protection
Yes
2
Overvoltage trip limit
230 V drives: 456 V
480 V drives: 911 V
575 V drives: 1100 V
2
Undervoltage protection
Yes
2
Undervoltage trip limit
230 V drives: 211 V
480 V drives: 370 V
575 V drives: 550 V
Earth fault protection
Yes
Default: 15% motor FLA
Minimum: 0% motor FLA
Maximum: 30% motor FLA
Input phase supervision
Yes
Motor phase supervision
Yes
Overcurrent protection
Yes
Unit overtemperature protection
Yes
Motor overload protection
Yes
Motor stall protection
Yes
Motor underload protection
Yes
DC bus overvoltage control
Yes
Short-circuit protection of 24 V
reference voltages
Yes
Surge protection
Yes (differential mode 2 kV; common mode 4 kV
230 V drives: 275 Vac, 10,000 A
480 V drives: 320 Vac, 8000 A
575 V drives: 385 Vac, 10,000 A
Common coated boards
Yes (prevents corrosion)
Drive efficiency ratings
480 V: FR1 = 97.7%
480 V: FR2 = 97.9%
480 V: FR3 = 97.7%
480 V: FR4 = 98.0%
480 V: FR5 = 98.2%
230 V: FR1 = 96.7%
230 V: FR2 = 97.4%
230 V: FR3 = 97.2%
230 V: FR4 = 97.4%
230 V: FR5 = 97.7%
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-81
2.6
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Wiring Diagram
PowerXL Series—DG1 Control Wiring Diagram
Signal Name Signal
Default Setting
Description
1
+10 V
Ref. Output Voltage
—
10 Vdc Supply Source
2
AI1+
Analog Input 1
0–10 V
Voltage Speed Reference (Programmable to 4 mA to 20 mA)
3
AI1–
Analog Input 1 Ground
—
Analog Input 1 Common (Ground)
4
AI2+
Analog Input 2
4 mA to 20 mA
Current Speed Reference (Programmable to 0–10 V)
5
AI2–
Analog Input 2 Ground
—
Analog Input 2 Common (Ground)
6
GND
I/O Signal Ground
—
I/O Ground for Reference and Control
7
DIN5
Digital Input 5
Preset Speed B0
Sets frequency output to Preset Speed 1
8
DIN6
Digital Input 6
Preset Speed B1
Sets frequency output to Preset Speed 2
2
9
DIN7
Digital Input 7
Emergency Stop (TI–)
Input forces VFD output to shut off
10
DIN8
Digital Input 8
Force Remote (TI+)
Input takes VFD from Local to Remote
2
11
CMB
DI5 to DI8 Common
Grounded
Allows source input
12
GND
I/O Signal Ground
—
I/O Ground for Reference and Control
13
24 V
+24 Vdc Output
—
Control voltage output (100 mA max.)
2
14
DO1
Digital Output 1
Ready
Shows the drive is ready to run
15
24 Vo
+24 Vdc Output
—
Control voltage output (100 mA max.)
2
16
GND
I/O Signal Ground
—
I/O Ground for Reference and Control
2
17
AO1+
Analog Output 1
Output Frequency
Shows Output frequency to motor 0–60 Hz (4 mA to 20 mA)
18
AO2+
Analog Output 2
Motor Current
Shows Motor current of motor 0–FLA (4 mA to 20 mA)
2
19
24 Vi
+24 Vdc Input
—
External control voltage input
20
DIN1
Digital Input 1
Run Forward
Input starts drive in forward direction (start enable)
2
Res
Pin
2
2
i
2
2
2
2
21
DIN2
Digital Input 2
Run Reverse
Input starts drive in reverse direction (start enable)
2
22
DIN3
Digital Input 3
External Fault
Input causes drive to fault
23
DIN4
Digital Input 4
Fault Reset
Input resets active faults
2
24
CMA
DI1 to DI4 Common
Grounded
Allows source input
25
A
RS-485 Signal A
—
Fieldbus Communication (Modbus, BACnet)
26
B
RS-485 Signal B
—
Fieldbus Communication (Modbus, BACnet)
2
27
R3NO
Relay 3 Normally Open
At Speed
Relay output 3 shows VFD is at Ref. Frequency
28
R1NC
Relay 1 Normally Closed
Run
Relay output 1 shows VFD is in a run state
2
29
R1CM
Relay 1 Common
2
30
R1NO
Relay 1 Normally Open
31
R3CM
Relay 3 Common
At Speed
Relay output 3 shows VFD is at Ref. Frequency
2
32
R2NC
Relay 2 Normally Closed
Fault
Relay output 2 shows VFD is in a fault state
33
R2CM
Relay 2 Common
34
R2NO
Relay 2 Normally Open
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-82
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2.6
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
AX Box Type 1
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
25.80
(655.3)
2
2
26.74
(679.2)
25.35
(643.9)
2
17.31
(439.7)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
1.76
(44.8)
19.30 (490.2)
2
17.02 (432.2)
2
20.92 (531.4)
2
AX Box Type 1—12 Inch Floor Stands
19.30 (490.0)
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting Holes
(2 Places)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
14.06
(357.1)
25.35
(643.9)
2
10.53
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
29.12
(739.6)
5.00 (127.0)
2
15.50 (393.7)
17.50 (444.7)
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
1.76 (44.8)
2
17.02 (432.2)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-83
2.6
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
AX Box Type 1—22 Inch Floor Stands
19.30 (490.2)
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting Holes
(2 Places)
14.06
(357.1)
10.53
(267.5)
25.35
(643.9)
2
2
7.00
(177.8)
47.37
(1203.2)
47.87
(1215.9)
2
39.15
(994.4)
2
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
15.50 (393.7)
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
17.02 (432.2)
AX Box Type 12
2
2
1.76 (44.8)
25.80
(655.3)
26.74
(679.2)
25.35
(643.9)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
2
19.30 (490.2)
2
1.76
(44.8)
17.02 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-84
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2.6
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
AX Box Type 12—12 Inch Floor Stands
19.30 (490.2)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
14.06
(357.1)
10.53
(267.5)
25.35
(643.9)
2
7.00
(177.8)
37.87
(961.9)
37.37
(949.2)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
29.13
(739.9)
5.00 (127.0)
2
15.50 (393.7)
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
1.76 (44.8)
20.92 (531.4)
17.02 (432.2)
2
2
AX Box Type 12—22 Inch Floor Stands
19.30 (490.2)
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
14.06
(357.1)
10.53
(267.5)
25.35
(643.9)
2
2
7.00
(177.8)
47.87
(1215.9)
5.00 (127.0)
39.15
(994.4)
47.37
(1203.2)
2
3.00 (76.2)
2
15.50 (393.7)
17.75 (450.7)
2
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
1.76 (44.8)
17.02 (432.2)
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-85
2.6
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
AX Box Type 3R
20.18 (512.5)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
2
2
33.09
(840.4)
33.97
(862.8)
31.76
(806.6)
2
25.35
(643.9)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
2
2
AX Box Type 3R—12 Inch Floor Stands
20.88 (530.4)
2
17.88 (454.2)
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
20.18 (512.5)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
31.76
(806.8)
14.25
(361.8)
10.72
(272.2) 7.19
(182.5)
25.36
(644.0)
2
2
17.02 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
3.64
(92.5)
19.30 (490.2)
2
17.28
(438.9)
1.04 [26.4]
45.10
(1145.5)
44.66
(1134.3)
3.20
(81.3)
5.20
(132.1)
15.70 (398.8)
2
29.12
(739.6)
2
17.70 (449.6)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
3.64
(92.5)
17.02 (432.2)
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-86
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2.6
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
AX Box Type 3R—22 Inch Floor Stands
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
20.88 (530.4)
17.88 (454.2)
2
20.18 (512.5)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
31.76
(806.8)
2
14.25
(361.8)
10.72
(272.2)
2
7.19
(182.5)
25.35
(643.9)
2
3.20 (81.3)
55.10
(1399.5)
2
5.20 (132.1)
2
15.70 (398.8)
17.70 (449.6)
2
39.13
(993.9)
54.66
(1388.3)
2
2
2
3.64 (92.5)
20.92 (531.4)
2
17.02 (432.2)
2
BX Box Type 1
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
36.80
(934.7)
2
36.35
(923.3)
2
37.74
(958.6)
28.55
(725.1)
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
19.30 (490.2)
2
1.76
(44.8)
2
17.01 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-87
2.6
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
BX Box Type 1—12 Inch Floor Stands
19.30 (490.2)
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
14.06
(357.1) 10.53
(267.5)
36.35
(923.3)
7.00
(177.8)
3.00 (76.2)
48.37
(1228.6)
48.87
(1241.3)
40.38
(1025.7)
5.00 (127.0)
15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
1.76
(44.8)
20.92 (531.4)
17.01 (432.2)
2
BX Box Type 1—22 Inch Floor Stands
2
19.30 (490.2)
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
14.06
(357.1) 10.53
(267.5)
36.35
(923.3)
2
2
58.37
(1482.6)
58.87
(1495.3)
50.38
(1279.7)
2
7.00
(177.8)
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2)
2
2
2
V6-T2-88
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2.6
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
BX Box Type 12
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
36.80
(934.7)
2
2
36.35
(923.3)
37.74
(958.6)
28.55
(725.1)
2
2
2
1.76
(44.8)
19.30 (490.2)
2
17.01 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
BX Box Type 12—12 Inch Floor Stands
19.30 (490.2)
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
36.35
(923.3)
14.06
(357.1)
2
10.53
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
2
3.00 (76.2)
48.37
(1228.6)
48.87
(1241.3)
40.38
(1025.7)
2
5.00 (127.0)
2
15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
1.76
(44.8)
2
17.01 (432.2)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-89
2.6
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
BX Box Type 12—22 Inch Floor Stands
19.30 (490.2)
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
14.06
(357.1)
36.35
(923.3)
3.00 (76.2)
2
2
5.00 (127.0)
58.87
(1495.3)
58.37
(1482.6)
2
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2)
BX Box Type 3R
2
20.18 (512.5)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
2
15.50 (393.7)
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
10.53
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
44.09
(1119.8)
42.69
(1084.3)
37.74
(958.6)
36.35
(923.3)
2
28.56
(725.3)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
2
19.30 (490.2)
3.51
(89.1)
17.01 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-90
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.6
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
BX Box Type 3R—12 Inch Floor Stands
20.88 (530.4)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
17.88 (454.2)
20.18 (512.5)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
14.06
(357.1)
55.66
(1413.7)
2
10.53
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
42.77
(1086.4)
2
3.00 (76.2)
56.10
(1424.9)
36.35
(923.3)
2
5.00 (127.0)
2
15.50 (393.7)
40.40
(1026.3)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
3.51
(89.1)
20.92 (531.4)
17.01 (432.2)
2
2
BX Box Type 3R—22 Inch Floor Stands
20.88 (530.4)
17.88 (454.2)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
20.18 (512.5)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
42.77
(1086.4)
14.06
(357.1)
36.35
(923.3)
55.10
(1429.9)
65.66
(1667.7)
2
10.53
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
2
3.00 (76.2)
2
5.00 (127.0)
50.38
(1279.7)
2
15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
3.57 (90.7)
2
17.01 (432.2)
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-91
2.6
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
CX Box Type 1
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
2
2
48.80
(1239.5)
48.35
(1228.1)
49.74
(1263.4)
35.85
(910.6)
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
29.30 (744.2)
2
2
1.74
(44.2)
30.92 (785.4)
17.76 (451.2)
CX Box Type 1—12 Inch Floor Stands
29.30 (744.2)
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
14.81
(376.2)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
2
2
2
2
48.35
(1228.1)
3.00 (76.2)
47.67
(1210.8)
60.37
(1533.4)
49.74
(1263.4)
2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
2
1.74
(44.2)
17.76 (451.2)
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-92
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
5.00 (127.0)
25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5)
2.6
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
CX Box Type 1—22 Inch Floor Stands
29.30 (744.2)
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting Holes
(2 Places)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
14.81
(376.2)
48.35
(1228.1)
2
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
57.68
(1465.0)
70.37
(1787.4)
2
3.00
(76.2)
70.87
(1800.1)
5.00
(127.0)
2
25.50
(647.7)
2
27.50
(698.5)
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
2
1.74 (44.2)
17.76 (451.2)
2
CX Box Type 12
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
48.80
(1239.5)
2
49.74
(1263.4)
2
35.85
(910.6)
48.35
(1228.1)
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
29.30 (744.2)
30.92 (785.4)
2
1.74
(44.2)
17.76 (451.2)
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-93
2.6
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
CX Box Type 12—12 Inch Floor Stands
29.30 (744.2)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
14.81
(376.2)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
48.35
(1228.1)
2
2
60.37
(1533.4)
47.67
(1210.8)
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
49.74
(1263.4)
25.50 (647.7)
2
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2
2
1.74
(44.2)
30.92 (785.4)
17.76 (451.2)
CX Box Type 12—22 Inch Floor Stands
2
29.30 (744.2)
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
14.81
(376.2)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
48.35
(1228.1)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
70.37
(1787.4)
57.68
(1465.0)
2
70.87
(1800.1)
2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
2
1.74
(44.2)
17.76
(451.2)
2
V6-T2-94
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5)
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2.6
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
CX Box Type 3R
30.88 (784.4)
2
21.00 (533.3)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
56.08
(1424.5)
2
2
2
54.77
(1391.2)
2
56.96
(1446.9)
48.35
(1228.1)
2
35.85
(910.6)
2
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
29.30 (744.2)
2
3.72
(94.4)
30.92 (785.4)
17.76 (451.2)
2
2
CX Box Type 3R—12 Inch Floor Stands
30.88 (784.4)
28.10 (713.7)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
21.00 (533.3)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
14.81
(376.2) 11.28
(286.5)
67.65
(1718.4)
2
7.75
(196.9)
66.60
(1691.7)
2
3.00 (76.2)
47.67
(1210.8)
68.09
(1729.6)
48.35
(1228.1)
5.00 (127.0)
2
25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
3.72
(94.4)
17.76 (451.2)
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-95
2.6
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
CX Box Type 3R—22 Inch Floor Stands
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
30.88 (784.4)
2
27.88 (708.2)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
2
21.00 (533.3)
77.65
(1972.4)
14.81
(376.2) 11.28
(286.5)
76.60
(1945.7)
7.75
(196.9)
78.09
(1983.6)
48.35
(1228.1)
2
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
57.68
(1465.0)
2
25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
17.76
(451.2)
DX Box Type 1
2
29.30 (744.2)
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
3.72
(94.4)
22.56
(573.0)
82.23
(2088.6)
2
2
6.13
(155.6)
82.85
(2104.4)
76.35
(1939.3)
1.62 (41.1)
67.88
(1724.2)
8.38 (212.9)
22.12
(561.8)
2
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
2
1.55
(39.4)
22.48
(571.1)
2
2
V6-T2-96
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL DG1 Series Drives
2.6
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
DX Box Type 12
2
29.30 (744.2)
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
22.56
(573.0)
82.35
(2091.7)
82.85
(2104.4)
67.89
(1724.4)
76.35
(1939.3)
2
6.13
(155.6)
2
1.62 (41.1)
2
8.38 (212.9)
22.12
(561.8)
2
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
30.92
(785.4)
1.55
(39.4)
2
22.48
(571.1)
2
2
DX Box Type 3R
30.88 (784.4)
27.88 (708.2)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
25.51 (647.8)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
89.70
(2278.3)
22.81
(579.2) 6.31
(160.3)
82.84
(2104.1)
2
90.14
(2289.5)
67.89
(1724.4)
76.35
(1939.3)
2
2
1.80 (45.7)
8.56 (217.4)
2
22.30
(566.4)
29.06 (738.1)
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
3.64
(92.5)
22.48
(571.1)
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-97
2.7
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Contents
SVX Drives
Description
2
Page
SVX Drives
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SVX Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-99
V6-T2-99
V6-T2-100
V6-T2-104
V6-T2-105
V6-T2-113
V6-T2-122
V6-T2-123
V6-T2-139
2
2
2
2
SVX Drives
2
Product Description
Features
SVX Series Adjustable
Frequency Drives from
Eaton’s Electrical Sector are
the next generation of drives
specifically engineered for
today’s commercial and
industrial applications. The
power unit makes use of the
most sophisticated
semiconductor technology
and a highly modular
construction that can be
flexibly adapted to the
customer’s needs.
●
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
The input and output
configuration (I/O) is designed
with modularity in mind. The
I/O is compromised of option
cards, each with its own input
and output configuration. The
control module is designed to
accept a total of five of these
cards. The cards contain not
only normal analog and digital
inputs but also fieldbus cards.
These drives continue the
tradition of robust
performance, and raise the
bar on features and
functionality, ensuring the
best solution at the right
price.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Robust design—proven
500,000 hours MTBF
Integrated 3% line reactors
standard on drives from
FR4 through FR9
EMI/RFI Filters H standard
up to 200 hp IH 480 V, 100
hp IH 230 V
Simplified operating menu
allows for typical
programming changes,
while programming mode
provides control of
everything
Quick Start Wizard built
into the programming of
the drive ensures a smooth
start-up
Keypad can display up to
three monitored
parameters simultaneously
LOCAL/REMOTE operation
from keypad
Copy/paste function allows
transfer of parameter
settings from one drive to
the next
Standard NEMA Type 12/
IP54 keypad on all drives
●
●
●
The SVX can be flexibly
adapted to a variety of
needs using our preinstalled “Seven in One”
precision application
programs consisting of:
●
Basic
●
Standard
●
Local/remote
●
Multi step speed control
●
PID control
●
Multi-purpose control
●
Pump and fan control
with auto change
Additional I/O and
communication cards
provide plug and play
functionality
I/O connections with
simple quick connection
terminals
2
2
2
V6-T2-98
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
●
●
●
●
●
●
Hand-held auxiliary 24 V
power supply allows
programming/monitoring
of control module without
applying full power to the
drive
Control logic can be
powered from an external
auxiliary control panel,
internal drive functions and
fieldbus if necessary
Brake chopper standard
from: 1–30 hp/380–500 V
3/4–15 hp/208–230 V
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and
NEMA Type 12/IP54
enclosures available,
Frame Sizes FR4–FR9
Open chassis FR10 and
greater
Standard option board
configuration includes an
A9 I/O board and an A2
relay output board installed
in slots A and B
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
Standards and Certifications
EMC (At Default Settings)
●
Immunity: Fulfills all EMC
immunity requirements;
Emissions: EN 61800-3,
LEVEL H
Product
●
IEC 61800-2
2
Safety
●
UL 508C
●
CE
2
2
2
2
Catalog Number Selection
2
SVX Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX 010 A 1 – 4 A 1 B 1
2
_ _ _ _ _ _
2
Product Family
SVX = Open drives
SPX = Open drives FR10 and greater
Board Modifications
1 = Standard boards
2 = Conformal (varnished) coating 4
Horsepower Rating
F07 = 3/4 hp
800 = 800 hp
F15 = 1-1/2 hp
900 = 900 hp
007 = 7-1/2 hp
H10 = 1000 hp
010 = 10 hp
H12 = 1200 hp
050 = 50 hp
H13 = 1350 hp
125 = 125 hp
H15 = 1500 hp
350 = 350 hp
H16 = 1600 hp
700 = 700 hp
H20 = 2000 hp
Brake Chopper Options 2
N = No brake chopper circuit
B = Internal brake chopper circuit
AFD Software Series
A = Standard software
Keypad
A = Alphanumeric
Input Options 1
1 = Three-phase, EMC H
2 = Three-phase, EMC N
4 = Three-phase, EMC L
Enclosure 3
0 = Chassis
1 = NEMA Type 1/IP21
2 = NEMA Type 12/IP54
Voltage Rating
2 = 230 V (208–240)
4 = 480 V (380–500)
5 = 575 V (525–690)
Options
Options appear in alphabetical order.
Extended I/O Card Options
B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
B2 = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm
B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),
1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT + 24 Vdc
B5 = 3 RO (NO)
B8 = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100
B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
Communication Cards
CA = Johnson Controls N2
CI = Modbus TCP
CJ = BACnet
CQ = EtherNet/IP
C2 = Modbus
C3 = PROFIBUS DP
C4 = LonWorks
C5 = PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector)
C6 = CANopen (slave)
C7 = DeviceNet
C8 = Modbus (D9 Type connector)
D3 = RS-232 with D9 connection
Notes
1 All 230 V drives and 480 V drives up to 200 hp (IH) are only available with input option 1 (EMC Level H). 480 V drives 250 hp (IH) or larger are available
with input option 2 (EMC Level N). 480 V drives are available with input option 4 (EMC Level L). 575 V drives 200 hp (IH) or larger are only available
with input option 2. 575 V drives up to 150 hp (IH) are only available with input option 4 (EMC Level L).
2 480 V drives up to 30 hp (IH) are only available with brake chopper option B. 480 V drives 40 hp (IH) or larger come standard with brake chopper option N.
230 V drives up to 15 hp (IH) are only available with brake chopper option B. 230 V drives 20 hp or larger come standard with brake chopper option N.
All 575 V drives come standard without brake chopper option (N). N = No brake chopper.
3 480 V drives 250 hp (I ) and larger are available with enclosure style 0 (chassis); 690 V drives 200 hp (I ) and larger are available with
H
H
enclosure style 0 (chassis).
4 Factory promise delivery. Consult sales office for availability.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-99
2.7
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Product Selection
230 V SVX Drives
SVX Open Drives
208–240 V, NEMA Type 1/IP21 Drives
Frame
Size
2
FR4
2
2
2
FR5
2
2
FR6
2
FR7
2
FR8
2
2
FR9
2
2
hp (IH)
Current (IH)
hp (IL)
Current (IL)
Catalog Number
3/4
3.7
1
4.8
SVXF07A1-2A1B1
1
4.8
1-1/2
6.6
SVX001A1-2A1B1
1-1/2
6.6
2
7.8
SVXF15A1-2A1B1
2
7.8
3
11
SVX002A1-2A1B1
SVX003A1-2A1B1
3
11
—
12.5
—
12.5
5
17.5
SVX004A1-2A1B1
5
17.5
7-1/2
25
SVX005A1-2A1B1
7-1/2
25
10
31
SVX007A1-2A1B1
SVX010A1-2A1B1
10
31
15
48
15
48
20
61
SVX015A1-2A1B1
20
61
25
75
SVX020A1-2A1N1
25
75
30
88
SVX025A1-2A1N1
30
88
40
114
SVX030A1-2A1N1
40
114
50
140
SVX040A1-2A1N1
50
140
60
170
SVX050A1-2A1N1
60
170
75
205
SVX060A1-2A1N1
75
205
100
261
SVX075A1-2A1N1
100
261
125
300
SVX100A1-2A1N1
208–240 V, NEMA Type 12/IP54 Drives
2
2
Frame
Size
hp (IH)
Current (IH)
hp (IL)
Current (IL)
Catalog Number
FR4
3/4
3.7
1
4.8
SVXF07A2-2A1B1
1
4.8
1-1/2
6.6
SVX001A2-2A1B1
1-1/2
6.6
2
7.8
SVXF15A2-2A1B1
2
7.8
3
11
SVX002A2-2A1B1
SVX003A2-2A1B1
2
2
2
FR5
2
FR6
2
FR7
2
2
FR8
2
2
FR9
2
3
11
—
12.5
—
12.5
5
17.5
SVX004A2-2A1B1
5
17.5
7-1/2
25
SVX005A2-2A1B1
7-1/2
25
10
31
SVX007A2-2A1B1
10
31
15
48
SVX010A2-2A1B1
15
48
20
61
SVX015A2-2A1B1
20
61
25
75
SVX020A2-2A1N1
25
75
30
88
SVX025A2-2A1N1
30
88
40
114
SVX030A2-2A1N1
40
114
50
140
SVX040A2-2A1N1
50
140
60
170
SVX050A2-2A1N1
60
170
75
205
SVX060A2-2A1N1
75
205
100
261
SVX075A2-2A1N1
100
261
125
300
SVX100A2-2A1N1
2
2
2
V6-T2-100
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
480 V SVX Drives
SVX Open Drives
2
380–500 V, NEMA Type 1/IP21 Drives
2
Frame
Size
hp (IH)
Current (IH)
hp (IL)
Current (IL)
Catalog Number
FR4
1
2.2
1-1/2
3.3
SVX001A1-4A1B1
1-1/2
3.3
2
4.3
SVXF15A1-4A1B1
2
4.3
3
5.6
SVX002A1-4A1B1
FR5
FR6
FR7
FR8
FR9
3
5.6
5
7.6
SVX003A1-4A1B1
5
7.6
—
9
SVX005A1-4A1B1
—
9
7-1/2
12
SVX006A1-4A1B1
7-1/2
12
10
16
SVX007A1-4A1B1
10
16
15
23
SVX010A1-4A1B1
15
23
20
31
SVX015A1-4A1B1
20
31
25
38
SVX020A1-4A1B1
25
38
30
46
SVX025A1-4A1B1
30
46
40
61
SVX030A1-4A1B1
40
61
50
72
SVX040A1-4A1N1
50
72
60
87
SVX050A1-4A1N1
60
87
75
105
SVX060A1-4A1N1
75
105
100
140
SVX075A1-4A1N1
100
140
125
170
SVX100A1-4A1N1
125
170
150
205
SVX125A1-4A1N1
150
205
200
261
SVX150A1-4A1N1
200
245
250
300
SVX200A1-4A1N1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
380–500 V, NEMA Type 12/IP54 Drives
2
Frame
Size
hp (IH)
Current (IH)
hp (IL)
Current (IL)
Catalog Number
FR4
1
2.2
1-1/2
3.3
SVX001A2-4A1B1
1-1/2
3.3
2
4.3
SVXF15A2-4A1B1
2
4.3
3
5.6
SVX002A2-4A1B1
3
5.6
5
7.6
SVX003A2-4A1B1
5
7.6
—
9
SVX005A2-4A1B1
—
9
7-1/2
12
SVX006A2-4A1B1
7-1/2
12
10
16
SVX007A2-4A1B1
10
16
15
23
SVX010A2-4A1B1
15
23
20
31
SVX015A2-4A1B1
20
31
25
38
SVX020A2-4A1B1
25
38
30
46
SVX025A2-4A1B1
30
46
40
61
SVX030A2-4A1B1
40
61
50
72
SVX040A2-4A1N1
50
72
60
87
SVX050A2-4A1N1
60
87
75
105
SVX060A2-4A1N1
75
105
100
140
SVX075A2-4A1N1
100
140
125
170
SVX100A2-4A1N1
125
170
150
205
SVX125A2-4A1N1
150
205
200
261
SVX150A2-4A1N1
200
245
250
300
SVX200A2-4A1N1
FR5
FR6
FR7
FR8
FR9
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-101
2.7
2
SVX Open Drives
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
380–500 V, Open Chassis Drives
Frame
Size
2
FR10
1
2
2
FR11
2
FR12
2
2
FR13
2
2
FR14
2
hp (IH)
Current (IH)
hp (IL)
Current (IL)
Catalog Number
250
330
300
385
SPX250A0-4A2N1
300
385
350
460
SPX300A0-4A2N1
350
460
400
520
SPX350A0-4A2N1
400
520
500
590
SPX400A0-4A2N1
500
590
—
650
SPX500A0-4A2N1
—
650
600
730
SPX550A0-4A2N1
600
730
—
820
SPX600A0-4A2N1
—
820
700
920
SPX650A0-4A2N1
700
920
800
1030
SPX700A0-4A2N1
800
1030
900
1150
SPX800A0-4A2N1
900
1150
1000
1300
SPX900A0-4A2N1
1000
1300
1200
1450
SPXH10A0-4A2N1
1200
1600
1500
1770
SPXH12A0-4A2N1
1600
1940
1800
2150
SPXH16A0-4A2N1
1900
2300
2200
2700
SPXH19A0-4A2N1
2
2
575 V SVX Drives
525–690 V, NEMA Type 1/IP21 Drives
2
2
Frame
Size
hp (IH)
Current (IH)
hp (IL)
Current (IL)
Catalog Number
FR6
2
3.3
3
4.5
SVX002A1-5A4N1
2
2
3
4.5
—
5.5
SVX003A1-5A4N1
—
5.5
5
7.5
SVX004A1-5A4N1
5
7.5
7-1/2
10
SVX005A1-5A4N1
2
7-1/2
10
10
13.5
SVX007A1-5A4N1
10
13.5
15
18
SVX010A1-5A4N1
2
15
18
20
22
SVX015A1-5A4N1
20
22
25
27
SVX020A1-5A4N1
25
27
30
34
SVX025A1-5A4N1
30
34
40
41
SVX030A1-5A4N1
40
41
50
52
SVX040A1-5A4N1
50
52
60
62
SVX050A1-5A4N1
60
62
75
80
SVX060A1-5A4N1
75
80
100
100
SVX075A1-5A4N1
100
100
125
125
SVX100A1-5A4N1
125
125
150
144
SVX125A1-5A4N1
150
144
—
170
SVX150A1-5A4N1
—
170
200
208
SVX175A1-5A4N1
2
FR7
2
FR8
2
2
FR9
2
2
2
Note
1 FR10–FR14 includes 3% line reactor, but it is not integral to chassis.
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-102
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
SVX Open Drives
2.7
525–690 V, NEMA Type 12/IP54 Drives
2
Frame
Size
hp (IH)
Current (IH)
hp (IL)
Current (IL)
Catalog Number
FR6
2
3.3
3
4.5
SVX002A2-5A4N1
FR7
FR8
FR9
3
4.5
—
5.5
SVX003A2-5A4N1
—
5.5
5
7.5
SVX004A2-5A4N1
5
7.5
7-1/2
10
SVX005A2-5A4N1
7-1/2
10
10
13.5
SVX007A2-5A4N1
10
13.5
15
18
SVX010A2-5A4N1
15
18
20
22
SVX015A2-5A4N1
20
22
25
27
SVX020A2-5A4N1
25
27
30
34
SVX025A2-5A4N1
30
34
40
41
SVX030A2-5A4N1
40
41
50
52
SVX040A2-5A4N1
50
52
60
62
SVX050A2-5A4N1
60
62
75
80
SVX060A2-5A4N1
75
80
100
100
SVX075A2-5A4N1
100
100
125
125
SVX100A2-5A4N1
125
125
150
144
SVX125A2-5A4N1
150
144
—
170
SVX150A2-5A4N1
—
170
200
208
SVX175A2-5A4N1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
525–690 V, Open Chassis Drives
Frame
Size
FR10
FR11
FR12
FR13
FR14
hp (IH)
Current (IH)
2
hp (IL)
Current (IL)
Catalog Number
200
208
250
261
SPX200A0-5A2N1
250
261
300
325
SPX250A0-5A2N1
300
325
400
385
SPX300A0-5A2N1
400
385
450
460
SPX400A0-5A2N1
450
460
500
502
SPX450A0-5A2N1
500
502
—
590
SPX500A0-5A2N1
—
590
600
650
SPX550A0-5A2N1
600
650
700
750
SPX600A0-5A2N1
700
750
800
820
SPX700A0-5A2N1
800
820
900
920
SPX800A0-5A2N1
900
920
1000
1030
SPX900A0-5A2N1
1000
1030
1250
1180
SPXH10A0-5A2N1
1350
1300
1500
1500
SPXH13A0-5A2N1
1500
1500
2000
1900
SPXH15A0-5A2N1
2000
1900
2300
2250
SPXH20A0-5A2N1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-103
2.7
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Accessories
Demo Drive and Power Supply
Demo Drive and Power Supply
Description
Catalog Number
9000X demo drive
9000XDEMO
NEMA Type 12/IP54 Conversion Kit
The NEMA Type 12/IP54 kit
option is used to convert a
NEMA Type 1/IP21 to a
NEMA Type 12/IP54 drive.
The NEMA Type 12/IP54
kit consists of a metal
drive shroud, fan kit for
some frames, adaptor plate
and plugs.
NEMA Type 12/IP54 Conversion Kit
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Frame Size
Delivery Code
Length
Width
Height
Approximate
Weight Lb (kg)
Catalog Number
FR4
W
13 (330)
7 (178)
4 (102)
4 (1.8)
OPTN12FR4
FR5
16 (406)
8 (203)
7 (178)
5 (2.3)
OPTN12FR5
FR6
21 (533)
10 (254)
5 (127)
7 (3.2)
OPTN12FR6
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Flange Kits
Flange Kit NEMA Type 12/
IP54
The flange kit is utilized when
the power section is mounted
through the back panel of an
enclosure. Includes flange
mount brackets and NEMA
Type 12/IP54 fan
components. Metal shroud
not included.
Flange kits for NEMA Type
12/IP54 enclosure drive rating
are determined by rating of
drive.
Flange Kit for NEMA
Type 1/ IP21 to NEMA
Type 12/IP54 1
2
Frame
Size
Delivery
Code
Catalog
Number
FR4
FP
OPTTHR4
FR5
OPTTHR5
FR6
OPTTHR6
Catalog
Number
FR7
OPTTHR7
OPTTHRFR4
FR8
OPTTHR8
FR5
OPTTHRFR5
FR9
OPTTHR9
FR6
OPTTHRFR6
Frame
Size
FR4
2
Flange Kit NEMA Type 12/
IP54—Frames 4–9
Delivery
Code
W
2
2
Note
1 For installation of an SVX NEMA Type 1/IP21 drive into a NEMA Type 12/IP54 oversized enclosure.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-104
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.7
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Options
2
SVX Series Option Board Kits
2
The SVX Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to
customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept a total
of five option boards.
The SVX Series factory installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an A2 relay
output board, which are installed in slots A and B.
Option Boards
2
2
Option Board Kits
2
Allowed Slot
Locations 2
Field
Installed
Catalog
Number
Factory
Installed
Option
Designator
SVX Ready Programs
Local/
Basic Remote Standard
MSS
PID
Multi-P. PFC
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref,
2 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
A
OPTA9
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2 RO (NC-NO)
B
OPTA2
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2 RO, therm
B
OPTA3
A3
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V/24 V—SPX only
C
OPTA4
A4
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V—SPX only
C
OPTA5
A5
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
Double encoder—SPX only
C
OPTA7
A7
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO
A
OPTA8
A8
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
3 DI (encoder 10–24 V), out +15 V/+24 V,
2 DO (pulse+direction)—SPX only
C
OPTAE
AE
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
B, C, D, E
OPTB1
B1
—
—
—
—
—
■
■
1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm
B, C, D, E
OPTB2
B2
—
—
—
—
—
■
■
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),
1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
B, C, D, E
OPTB4
B4
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
3 RO (NO)
B, C, D, E
OPTB5
B5
—
—
—
—
—
■
■
1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100
B, C, D, E
OPTB8
B8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
B, C, D, E
OPTB9
B9
—
—
—
—
—
■
■
Modbus 3
D, E
OPTC2
C2
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Johnson Controls N2 3
D, E
OPTC2
CA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Modbus TCP
D, E
OPTCI
CI
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Option Kit Description 1
2
2
Standard I/O Cards
A
D E
B C
2
2
Extended I/O Cards
Communication Cards
BACnet
D, E
OPTCJ
CJ
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
EtherNet/IP
D, E
OPTCQ
CQ
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
PROFIBUS DP
D, E
OPTC3
C3
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
LonWorks
D, E
OPTC4
C4
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector)
D, E
OPTC5
C5
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
CANopen (slave)
D, E
OPTC6
C6
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
DeviceNet
D, E
OPTC7
C7
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Modbus (D9 type connector)
D, E
OPTC8
C8
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Adapter—SPX only
D, E
OPTD1
D1
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Adapter—SPX only
D, E
OPTD2
D2
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
RS-232 with D9 connection
D, E
OPTD3
D3
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output
2 Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location.
3 OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-105
2.7
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Modbus RTU Network
Communications
The Modbus Network Card
OPTC2 is used for connecting
the SVX Drive as a slave on a
Modbus network. The
interface is connected by a
9-pin DSUB connector
(female) and the baud rate
ranges from 300 to 19,200
baud. Other communication
parameters include an
address range from 1 to 247;
a parity of None, Odd or
Even; and the stop bit is 1.
DeviceNet Network
Communications
The DeviceNet Network Card
OPTC7 is used for connecting
the SVX Drive on a DeviceNet
Network. It includes a
5.08 mm pluggable
connector. Transfer method
is via CAN using a two-wire
twisted shielded cable with
two-wire bus power cable
and drain. The baud rates
used for communication
include 125 Kbaud,
250 Kbaud and 500 Kbaud.
PROFIBUS Network
Communications
The PROFIBUS Network Card
OPTC3 is used for connecting
the SVX Drive as a slave on
a PROFIBUS-DP network.
The interface is connected
by a 9-pin DSUB connector
(female). The baud rates
range from 9.6 Kbaud to
12 Mbaud, and the addresses
range from 1 to 127.
Johnson Controls
Metasys N2 Network
Communications
The OPTC2 fieldbus board
provides communication
between the SVX Drive and a
Johnson Controls Metasys™
N2 network. With this
connection, the drive can be
controlled, monitored and
programmed from the
Metasys system. The N2
fieldbus is available as a
factory installed option and as
a field installable kit.
LonWorks Network
Communications
The LonWorks Network Card
OPTC4 is used for connecting
the SVX Drive on a LonWorks
network. This interface uses
Standard Network Variable
Types (SNVT) as data types.
The channel connection is
achieved using a FTT-10 A
Free Topology transceiver
via a single twisted transfer
cable. The communication
speed with LonWorks is
78 kBits/s.
CANopen (Slave)
Communications
The CANopen (Slave)
Network Card OPTC6 is used
for connecting the SVX Drive
to a host system. According
to ISO11898 standard cables
to be chosen for CANbus
should have a nominal
impedance of 120 ohms, and
specific line delay of nominal
5 nS/m. 120 ohms line
termination resistors required
for installation.
Modbus/TCP Network
Communications
The Modbus/TCP Network
Card OPTCI is used for
connecting the SVX Drive to
Ethernet networks utilizing
Modbus protocol. It includes
an RJ-45 pluggable connector.
This interface provides a
selection of standard and
custom register values to
communicate drive parameters.
The board supports 10 Mbps
and 100 Mbps communication
speeds. The IP address of the
board is configurable over
Ethernet using a supplied
software tool.
BACnet Network
Communications
The BACnet Network Card
OPTCJ is used for connecting
the SVX Drive to BACnet
networks. It includes a
5.08 mm pluggable connector.
Data transfer is Master-Slave/
Token Passing (MS/TP)
RS-485. This interface uses
a collection of 30 Binary Value
Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog
Value Objects (AVOs) to
communicate drive parameters.
The card supports 9.6, 19.2
and 38.4 Kbaud communication
speeds and supports network
addresses 1–127.
EtherNet/IP Network
Communications
The EtherNet/IP Network
Card OPTCK is used for
connecting the SVX Drive to
Ethernet/Industrial Protocol
networks. It includes an
RJ-45 pluggable connector.
The interface uses CIP
objects to communicate drive
parameters (CIP is “Common
Industrial Protocol”, the same
protocol used by DeviceNet).
The board supports 10 Mbps
and 100 Mbps communication
speeds. The IP address of the
board is configurable by Static,
BOOTP and DHCP methods.
2
2
2
V6-T2-106
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
Control Panel Options
2
Factory Options
Description
Factory Installed
Field Installed
Option Code
NEMA Type 1/IP21
Catalog Number
Local/Remote Keypad SVX Control Panel—This option is standard on all drives and consists of A
an RS-232 connection, backlit alphanumeric LCD display with nine indicators for the RUN status
and two indicators for the control source. The nine pushbuttons on the panel are used for panel
programming and monitoring of all SVX parameters. The panel is detachable and isolated from the
input line potential. Include LOC/REM key to choose control location.
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Keypad Remote Mounting Kit—This option is used to remote mount the SVX keypad. The
footprint is compatible to the SV remote mount kit. Includes 10 ft cable, keypad holder and
mounting hardware.
OPTRMT-KIT-9000X
—
2
2
2
2
2
2
Miscellaneous Options
2
Description
Catalog Number
9000XDrive—A PC-based tool for controlling and monitoring of the SVX. Features include: loading parameters that can be
saved to a file or printed, setting references, starting and stopping the motor, monitoring signals in graphical or text form,
and real-time display. To avoid damage to the drive or computer, SVDrivecable must be used.
9000XDRIVE
SVDrivecable—6 ft (1.8 m) RS-232 cable (22 gauge) with a 7-pin connector on each end. Should be used in conjunction
with the 9000XDrive option to avoid damage to the SVX or computer. The same cable can be used for downloading
specialized applications to the drive.
SVDRIVECABLE
External Dynamic Braking Resistors—Used with the dynamic braking chopper circuit to absorb motor regenerative
energy for stopping the load and to dissipate the energy flowing back into the drive. Resistors are separated into standard
duty and heavy-duty. Standard duty is defined as 20% duty or less with 100% braking torque, while heavy-duty is defined as
50% duty or less with 150% braking torque.
See Page V6-T2-108
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-107
2.7
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2
Open Drive Options
2
The brake chopper circuit
option is used for applications
that require dynamic braking.
Dynamic braking resistors are
not included with drive
purchase. Consult the factory
for additional dynamic braking
resistor selections that are
supplied separately. A list of
common resistors are listed
below and are complete
indoor assemblies, include a
pre-wired terminal block and
a thermal switch, and are not
UL Listed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
Brake Chopper Options
Duty Cycle
The duty cycle rating is based
on a 60-second period. For
example, the 20% duty cycle
resistor can carry 100%
current for 12 seconds out
of every 60 seconds, while
the 50% duty cycle resistor
can carry 150% current for
30 seconds out of every
60 seconds.
Torque
If the braking torque required
is less than 15%, dynamic
braking is not required
because the regenerated
energy will be dissipated in
the drive and motor losses.
2
2
Dynamic Brake Resistor—Catalog Number Selection
DBR – R100 – W0800
2
2
Dynamic Brake Resistor
Resistance
1D0 = 1.0 Ohms
100 = 100 Ohms
2
Rated Watts
0800 = 800 Watts
8000 = 8000 Watts
080K = 80,000 Watts
2
230 V Brake Resistors
2
Drive hp
(CT/IH)
Minimum
Ohms
20% Duty Cycle, 100% Torque
50% Duty Cycle, 150% Torque
Catalog Number
Dimensions (Inches)
Catalog Number
Dimensions (Inches)
2
0.75
30.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
1
30.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
2
1.5
30.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R036-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
2
30.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R036-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
3
30.0
DBR-R036-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R036-W2000
12W x 16D x 5H
2
4
30.0
DBR-R036-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R030-W2400
19W x 10D x 5H
5
30.0
DBR-R036-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R030-W2800
19W x 13D x 5H
2
7.5
20.0
DBR-R020-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R020-W4800
26.5W x 13D x 5H
10
10.0
DBR-R015-W1600
12W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R112-W6000
26.5W x 13D x 5H
2
15
10.0
DBR-R012-W2400
19W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R010-W9000
28W x 10D x 10H
20
3.3
DBR-R9D3-W3200
19W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R3D4-W012K
28W x 10D x 10H
25
3.3
DBR-R5D5-W4000
26.5W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R5D1-W015K
28W x 16D x 10H
2
30
3.3
DBR-R4D8-W4800
26.5W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R4D1-W020K
28W x 16D x 10H
40
1.4
DBR-R004-W6000
26.5W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R3D4-W025K
30W x 18D x 16H
2
50
1.4
DBR-R3D1-W7500
26.5W x 16D x 5H
DBR-R2D1-W030K
30W x 18D x 24H
60
1.4
DBR-R2D8-W9000
26.5W x 16D x 5H
DBR-R002-W036K
30W x 18D x 24H
75
1.4
DBR-R2D6-W012K
28W x 10D x 10H
DBR-R1D5-W045K
30W x 18D x 32H
100
1.4
DBR-R002-W015K
28W x 16D x 10H
DBR-R1D4-W060K
30W x 18D x 40H
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-108
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
480 V Brake Resistors
Drive hp
(CT/IH)
Minimum
Ohms
20% Duty Cycle, 100% Torque
50% Duty Cycle, 150% Torque
Catalog Number
Dimensions (Inches)
Catalog Number
Dimensions (Inches)
1
63.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
1.5
63.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R100-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
2
63.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R100-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
3
63.0
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R100-W2000
12W x 16D x 5H
5
63.0
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R100-W2800
19W x 13D x 5H
6
63.0
DBR-R100-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R070-W4000
19W x 16D x 5H
7.5
63.0
DBR-R100-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R063-W4800
26.5W x 13D x 5H
10
63.0
DBR-R063-W1600
12W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R063-W6000
26.5W x 16D x 5H
15
42.0
DBR-R042-W2400
19W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R042-W9000
28W x 10D x 10H
20
21.0
DBR-R030-W3200
19W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R023-W012K
28W x 13D x 10H
25
21.0
DBR-R030-W4000
19W x 16D x 5H
DBR-R021-W015K
28W x 13D x 10H
30
14.0
DBR-R020-W4800
26.5W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R014-W020K
30W x 18D x 24H
40
6.5
DBR-R112-W6000
26.5W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R007-W025K
30W x 18D x 16H
50
6.5
DBR-R013-W7500
26.5W x 16D x 5H
DBR-R8D5-W030K
30W x 18D x 24H
60
6.5
DBR-R010-W9000
28W x 10D x 10H
DBR-R7D3-W036K
30W x 18D x 24H
75
3.3
DBR-R009-W012K
28W x 13D x 10H
DBR-R3D3-W045K
30W x 18D x 32H
100
3.3
DBR-R5D1-W015K
28W x 16D x 10H
DBR-R004-W060K
30W x 18D x 40H
125
3.3
DBR-R4D1-W020K
28W x 16D x 10H
DBR-R004-W070K
30W x 18D x 48H
150
3.3
DBR-R3D4-W025K
30W x 18D x 16H
DBR-R3D5-W085K
30W x 18D x 56H
200
3.3
DBR-R3D3-W030K
30W x 18D x 24H
DBR-R3D3-W110K
30W x 18D x 72H
250
1.4
DBR-R2D5-W036K
30W x 18D x 24H
1
—
300
1.4
DBR-R1D5-W045K
30W x 18D x 32H
1
—
350
1.4
DBR-R1D4-W060K
30W x 18D x 40H
1
—
400
0.9
DBR-R1D4-W060K
30W x 18D x 40H
1
—
500
0.9
DBR-R0D9-W080K
30W x 18D x 48H
1
—
550
0.9
DBR-R001-W085K
30W x 18D x 56H
1
—
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Note
1 Consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-109
2.7
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
575 V Brake Resistors
Drive hp
(CT/IH)
Minimum
Ohms
20% Duty Cycle, 100% Torque
50% Duty Cycle, 150% Torque
Catalog Number
Dimensions (Inches)
Catalog Number
Dimensions (Inches)
2
100.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R100-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
3
100.0
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R100-W2000
12W x 16D x 5H
4
100.0
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R100-W2400
19W x 10D x 5H
5
100.0
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R100-W2800
19W x 13D x 5H
2
7.5
100.0
DBR-R100-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R100-W4800
26.5W x 13D x 5H
10
30.0
DBR-R063-W1600
12W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R063-W6000
26.5W x 16D x 5H
2
15
30.0
DBR-R042-W2400
19W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R042-W9000
28W x 10D x 10H
20
30.0
DBR-R030-W3200
19W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R030-W012K
28W x 13D x 10H
25
30.0
DBR-R030-W4000
19W x 16D x 5H
DBR-R030-W015K
28W x 16D x 10H
30
18.0
DBR-R020-W4800
26.5W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R020-W020K
30W x 18D x 16H
40
18.0
DBR-R030-W6000
26.5W x 16D x 5H
DBR-R184-W025K
30W x 18D x 16H
2
50
9.0
DBR-R013-W7500
26.5W x 16D x 5H
DBR-R012-W030K
30W x 18D x 24H
60
9.0
DBR-R010-W9000
28W x 10D x 10H
DBR-R010-W036K
30W x 18D x 24H
2
75
9.0
DBR-R009-W012K
28W x 13D x 10H
DBR-R009-W045K
30W x 18D x 24H
100
7.0
DBR-R013-W015K
28W x 16D x 10H
DBR-R8D4-W060K
30W x 18D x 40H
125
7.0
DBR-R8D2-W020K
30W x 18D x 10H
DBR-R007-W070K
30W x 18D x 40H
150
7.0
DBR-R007-W025K
30W x 18D x 16H
DBR-R006-W085K
30W x 18D x 56H
175
7.0
DBR-R007-W030K
30W x 18D x 24H
DBR-R007-W100K
30W x 18D x 72H
2
200
2.5
DBR-R3D3-W030K
30W x 18D x 24H
DBR-R2D6-W110K
30W x 18D x 64H
250
2.5
DBR-R2D5-W036K
30W x 18D x 24H
DBR-R003-W140K
30W x 18D x 72H
2
300
2.5
DBR-R3D3-W045K
30W x 18D x 32H
1
—
400
1.7
DBR-R002-W060K
30W x 18D x 48H
1
—
450
1.7
DBR-R1D8-W070K
30W x 18D x 48H
1
—
500
1.7
DBR-R002-W080K
30W x 18D x 56H
1
—
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Note
1 Consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-110
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.7
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Line and Load Reactors
A line and load reactor is a
three-phase inductance filter
that can be placed on the line
and load side of the AFD to
help improve the harmonic
performance of the system.
Consult the factory for
additional filtering options and
further technical details.
DR1 Line Reactor
A line reactor helps to provide
a moderate reduction in
current harmonics similar to a
DC choke. It also provides
increased input protection for
AFD and its semiconductors
from line transients helping to
extend the life of the AFD.
2
DR2 Output Reactor
An output filter is used to
reduce the transient voltage
(dV/dt) at the motor terminals.
The output filter is
recommended for cable
lengths exceeding 100 ft
(30 m) with a drive of 3 hp
and above and for cable
lengths of 33 ft (10 m) with a
drive of 2 hp and below.
2
2
2
2
2
2
Line and Load Reactors—Catalog Number Selection
2
D R1 – 2 2D0 – 0 5
2
Basic Naming
D = Drive
Impedance
3 = 3%
5 = 5%
Device Series
R1 = Line side reactor
R2 = Load side reactor
Input/Output Voltage
2 = 240 V
4 = 480 V
5 = 575 V
Current Rating
Examples:
2D0 = 2.0 A
4D0 = 4.0 A
8D0 = 8.0 A
012 = 12 A
2
2
Environment Rating
0 = Open
1 = NEMA 1
2
2
2
Line and Load Reactors—230 V
Open
2
NEMA 1
Line Reactor
Load Reactor
Line Reactor
Load Reactor
2
hp (CT)
3%
5%
3%
5%
3%
5%
3%
5%
0.75
DR1-23D4-03
DR1-23D4-05
DR2-24D0-03
DR2-24D0-05
DR1-23D4-13
DR1-23D4-15
DR2-24D0-13
DR2-24D0-15
1
DR1-24D8-03
DR1-24D8-05
DR2-24D0-03
DR2-28D0-05
DR1-24D8-13
DR1-24D8-15
DR2-24D0-13
DR2-28D0-15
1.5
DR1-2011-03
DR1-2011-05
DR2-28D0-03
DR2-28D0-05
DR1-2011-13
DR1-2011-15
DR2-28D0-13
DR2-28D0-15
2
DR1-27D6-03
DR1-27D6-05
DR2-28D0-03
DR2-28D0-05
DR1-27D6-13
DR1-27D6-15
DR2-28D0-13
DR2-28D0-15
3
DR1-2011-03
DR1-2011-05
DR2-2012-03
DR2-2012-05
DR1-2011-13
DR1-2011-15
DR2-2012-13
DR2-2012-15
5
DR1-2028-03
DR1-2028-05
DR2-2018-03
DR2-2018-05
DR1-2028-13
DR1-2028-15
DR2-2018-13
DR2-2018-15
7.5
DR1-2021-03
DR1-2021-05
DR2-2025-03
DR2-2025-05
DR1-2021-13
DR1-2021-15
DR2-2025-13
DR2-2025-15
10
DR1-2028-03
DR1-2028-05
DR2-2035-03
DR2-2035-05
DR1-2028-13
DR1-2028-15
DR2-2035-13
DR2-2035-15
15
DR1-2055-03
DR1-2055-05
DR2-2045-03
DR2-2045-05
DR1-2055-13
DR1-2055-15
DR2-2045-13
DR2-2045-15
20
DR1-2065-03
DR1-2065-05
DR2-2055-03
DR2-2055-05
DR1-2065-13
DR1-2065-15
DR2-2055-13
DR2-2055-15
25
DR1-2083-03
DR1-2083-05
DR2-2080-03
DR2-2080-05
DR1-2083-13
DR1-2083-15
DR2-2080-13
DR2-2080-15
30
DR1-2104-03
DR1-2104-05
DR2-2080-03
DR2-2100-05
DR1-2104-13
DR1-2104-15
DR2-2080-13
DR2-2100-15
40
DR1-2130-03
DR1-2130-05
DR2-2100-03
DR2-2100-05
DR1-2130-13
DR1-2130-15
DR2-2100-13
DR2-2100-15
50
DR1-2160-03
DR1-2160-05
DR2-2130-03
DR2-2130-05
DR1-2160-13
DR1-2160-15
DR2-2130-13
DR2-2130-15
60
DR1-2160-03
DR1-2160-05
DR2-2160-03
DR2-2200-15
DR1-2160-13
DR1-2160-15
DR2-2160-13
DR2-2200-15
75
DR1-2200-03
DR1-2200-05
DR2-2200-13
DR2-2200-15
DR1-2200-13
DR1-2200-15
DR2-2200-13
DR2-2200-15
100
DR1-2250-03
DR1-2250-05
DR2-2225-13
DR2-2225-15
DR1-2250-13
DR1-2250-15
DR2-2225-13
DR2-2225-15
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-111
2.7
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Line and Load Reactors—480 V
hp (CT)
Open
Line Reactor
3%
1
DR1-42D1-03
1.5
DR1-44D8-03
DR1-43D4-05
2
DR1-43D4-03
DR1-43D4-05
3
DR1-44D8-03
DR1-44D8-05
5
DR1-47D6-03
DR1-47D6-05
7.5
DR1-4011-03
DR1-4011-05
2
10
DR1-4014-03
DR1-4014-05
15
DR1-4021-03
DR1-4021-05
2
20
DR1-4028-03
25
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
5%
NEMA 1
Line Reactor
3%
5%
Load Reactor
3%
5%
DR2-42D0-05
DR1-42D1-13
DR1-42D1-15
DR2-42D0-13
DR2-42D0-15
DR2-44D0-05
DR2-44D0-05
DR1-44D8-13
DR1-43D4-15
DR2-44D0-13
DR2-44D0-15
DR2-44D0-03
DR2-44D0-05
DR1-43D4-13
DR1-43D4-15
DR2-44D0-13
DR2-44D0-15
DR2-48D0-03
DR2-48D0-05
DR1-44D8-13
DR1-44D8-15
DR2-48D0-13
DR2-48D0-15
DR2-48D0-03
DR2-48D0-05
DR1-47D6-13
DR1-47D6-15
DR2-48D0-13
DR2-48D0-15
DR2-4012-03
DR2-4012-05
DR1-4011-13
DR1-4011-15
DR2-4012-13
DR2-4012-15
DR2-4018-03
DR2-4018-05
DR1-4014-13
DR1-4014-15
DR2-4018-13
DR2-4018-15
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4025-05
DR1-4021-13
DR1-4021-15
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4025-15
DR1-4028-05
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4025-05
DR1-4028-13
DR1-4028-15
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4025-15
DR1-4035-03
DR1-4035-05
DR2-4035-03
DR2-4035-05
DR1-4035-13
DR1-4035-15
DR2-4035-13
DR2-4035-15
30
DR1-4046-03
DR1-4046-05
DR2-4045-03
DR2-4045-05
DR1-4046-13
DR1-4046-15
DR2-4045-13
DR2-4045-15
40
DR1-4065-03
DR1-4055-05
DR2-4055-03
DR2-4055-05
DR1-4065-13
DR1-4055-15
DR2-4055-13
DR2-4055-15
50
DR1-4065-03
DR1-4065-05
DR2-4080-03
DR2-4080-05
DR1-4065-13
DR1-4065-15
DR2-4080-13
DR2-4080-15
60
DR1-4083-03
DR1-4083-05
DR2-4100-03
DR2-4080-05
DR1-4083-13
DR1-4083-15
DR2-4100-13
DR2-4080-15
75
DR1-4104-03
DR1-4104-05
DR2-4100-03
DR2-4100-05
DR1-4104-13
DR1-4104-15
DR2-4100-13
DR2-4100-15
100
DR1-4130-03
DR1-4130-05
DR2-4130-03
DR2-4130-05
DR1-4130-13
DR1-4130-15
DR2-4130-13
DR2-4130-15
125
DR1-4160-03
DR1-4160-05
DR2-4160-03
DR2-4160-05
DR1-4160-13
DR1-4160-15
DR2-4160-13
DR2-4160-15
150
DR1-4200-03
DR1-4200-05
DR2-4200-13
DR2-4200-15
DR1-4200-13
DR1-4200-15
DR2-4200-13
DR2-4200-15
200
DR1-4250-03
DR1-4250-05
DR2-4250-13
DR2-4250-15
DR1-4250-13
DR1-4250-15
DR2-4250-13
DR2-4250-15
250
DR1-4320-03
DR1-4320-05
DR2-4320-13
DR2-4320-15
DR1-4320-13
DR1-4320-15
DR2-4320-13
DR2-4320-15
300
DR1-4414-03
DR1-4414-05
DR2-4400-13
DR2-4400-15
DR1-4414-13
DR1-4414-15
DR2-4400-13
DR2-4400-15
350
DR1-4515-03
DR1-4414-05
DR2-4400-13
DR2-4400-15
DR1-4515-13
DR1-4414-15
DR2-4400-13
DR2-4400-15
400
DR1-4515-03
DR1-4515-05
DR2-4500-03
DR2-4500-05
DR1-4515-13
DR1-4515-15
DR2-4500-13
DR2-4500-15
500
DR1-4750-03
DR1-4600-05
DR2-4600-03
DR2-4600-05
DR1-4750-13
DR1-4600-15
DR2-4600-13
DR2-4600-15
600
DR1-4750-03
DR1-4750-05
DR2-4750-03
DR2-4750-05
DR1-4750-13
DR1-4750-15
DR2-4750-13
DR2-4750-15
5%
NEMA 1
Line Reactor
3%
5%
Load Reactor
3%
5%
DR2-54D0-05
DR1-54D8-13
DR1-54D8-15
DR2-54D0-13
DR2-54D0-15
5%
Load Reactor
3%
DR1-42D1-05
DR2-42D0-05
Line and Load Reactors—575 V
hp (CT)
Open
Line Reactor
3%
5%
Load Reactor
3%
2
2
DR1-54D8-03
DR1-54D8-05
DR2-54D0-03
2
3
DR1-54D8-03
DR1-54D8-05
DR2-54D0-03
DR2-54D0-05
DR1-54D8-13
DR1-54D8-15
DR2-54D0-13
DR2-54D0-15
5
DR1-57D6-03
DR1-57D6-05
DR2-58D0-03
DR2-58D0-05
DR1-57D6-13
DR1-57D6-15
DR2-58D0-13
DR2-58D0-15
7.5
DR1-5011-03
DR1-5011-05
DR2-58D0-03
DR2-58D0-05
DR1-5011-13
DR1-5011-15
DR2-58D0-13
DR2-58D0-15
10
DR1-5011-03
DR1-5011-05
DR2-5012-03
DR2-5012-05
DR1-5011-13
DR1-5011-15
DR2-5012-13
DR2-5012-15
2
15
DR1-5021-03
DR1-5021-05
DR2-5018-03
DR2-5018-05
DR1-5021-13
DR1-5021-15
DR2-5018-13
DR2-5018-15
20
DR1-5028-03
DR1-5028-05
DR2-5025-03
DR2-5025-05
DR1-5028-13
DR1-5028-15
DR2-5025-13
DR2-5025-15
2
25
DR1-5028-03
DR1-5028-05
DR2-5025-03
DR2-5025-05
DR1-5028-13
DR1-5028-15
DR2-5025-13
DR2-5025-15
30
DR1-5035-03
DR1-5035-05
DR2-5035-03
DR2-5035-05
DR1-5035-13
DR1-5035-15
DR2-5035-13
DR2-5035-15
2
40
DR1-5046-03
DR1-5046-05
DR2-5045-03
DR2-5045-05
DR1-5046-13
DR1-5046-15
DR2-5045-13
DR2-5045-15
50
DR1-5055-03
DR1-5055-05
DR2-5055-03
DR2-5055-05
DR1-5055-13
DR1-5055-15
DR2-5055-13
DR2-5055-15
2
60
DR1-5065-03
DR1-5065-05
DR2-5080-03
DR2-5080-05
DR1-5065-13
DR1-5065-15
DR2-5080-13
DR2-5080-15
75
DR1-5083-03
DR1-5083-05
DR2-5080-03
DR2-5080-05
DR1-5083-13
DR1-5083-15
DR2-5080-13
DR2-5080-15
2
100
DR1-5104-03
DR1-5104-05
DR2-5100-03
DR2-5100-05
DR1-5104-13
DR1-5104-15
DR2-5100-13
DR2-5100-15
125
DR1-5130-03
DR1-5130-05
DR2-5130-03
DR2-5130-05
DR1-5130-13
DR1-5130-15
DR2-5130-13
DR2-5130-15
2
150
DR1-5160-03
DR1-5160-05
DR2-5160-03
DR2-5160-05
DR1-5160-13
DR1-5160-15
DR2-5160-13
DR2-5160-15
200
DR1-5200-03
DR1-5200-05
DR2-5200-13
DR2-5200-15
DR1-5200-13
DR1-5200-15
DR2-5200-13
DR2-5200-15
250
DR1-5250-03
DR1-5250-05
DR2-5250-13
DR2-5250-15
DR1-5250-13
DR1-5250-15
DR2-5250-13
DR2-5250-15
300
DR1-5322-03
DR1-5322-05
DR2-5320-13
DR2-5320-15
DR1-5322-13
DR1-5322-15
DR2-5320-13
DR2-5320-15
400
DR1-5414-03
DR1-5414-05
DR2-5400-13
DR2-5400-15
DR1-5414-13
DR1-5414-15
DR2-5400-13
DR2-5400-15
450
DR1-5414-03
DR1-5414-05
DR2-5400-13
DR2-5400-15
DR1-5414-13
DR1-5414-15
DR2-5400-13
DR2-5400-15
500
DR1-5515-03
DR1-5515-05
DR2-5500-03
DR2-5500-05
DR1-5515-13
DR1-5515-15
DR2-5500-13
DR2-5500-15
600
DR1-5600-03
DR1-5600-05
DR2-5600-03
DR2-5600-05
DR1-5600-13
DR1-5600-15
DR2-5600-13
DR2-5600-15
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-112
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
Replacement Parts
2
FR4 Spare Parts
Category
Description
1
Quantity/
Drive
230 V
480 V
575 V
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
1
PP01086
PP01086
—
Control fan
NEMA Type 12 control fan
Control module 2
SVX control module
1
CSBS0000000000
CSBS0000000000
—
Standard slot A I/O card
1
OPTA9
OPTA9
—
Standard slot B I/O card
1
OPTA2
OPTA2
—
Power board 3
1
VB00308-0004-2
VB00208-0003-5
—
1
VB00308-0007-2
VB00208-0004-5
—
1
VB00308-0008-2
VB00208-0005-5
—
1
—
VB00208-0007-5
—
1
—
VB00208-0009-5
—
1
—
VB00410-0012-5-ARV
—
1
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
—
Converter
Keypad 2
SVX/SPX keypad
Main fan 2
DC fan (main)
1
PP01060
PP01060
—
Other
Mounting kit, fixing kit
1
FR00040
FR00040
—
Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1
1
FR00079
FR00079
—
Control cover, plastic, N1
1
FR00006
FR00006
—
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
FR5 Spare Parts
Category
Quantity/
Drive
Description
1
230 V
480 V
575 V
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Control fan
NEMA Type 12 control fan
1
PP01088
PP01088
—
Control module 2
SVX control module
1
CSBS0000000000
CSBS0000000000
—
Converter
Keypad
2
Main fan 2
Other
Standard slot A I/O card
1
OPTA9
OPTA9
—
Standard slot B I/O card
1
OPTA2
OPTA2
—
Power board 3
1
VB00313-0017-2
VB00213-0016-5
—
1
VB00313-0025-2
VB00213-0022-5
—
1
VB00313-0031-2
VB00213-0031-5
—
SVX/SPX keypad
1
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
—
DC fan (main)
1
PP01061
PP01061
—
Mounting kit, fixing kit
1
FR00050
FR00050
—
Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1
1
FR00081
FR00081
—
Control cover, plastic, N1
1
FR05011
FR05011
—
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Only for NEMA Type 12/IP54 Type drives.
2 Factory recommended spare parts.
3 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-113
2.7
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
FR6 Spare Parts
230 V
480 V
575 V
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
2
Category
Description
Quantity/
Drive
Control fan
NEMA Type 12 control fan 1
1
PP01049
PP01049
—
2
Control module 2
SVX control module
1
CSBS0000000000
CSBS0000000000
CSBS0000000000
Standard slot A I/O card
1
OPTA9
OPTA9
OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card
1
OPTA2
OPTA2
OPTA2
Power board 3
1
VB00316-0048-2
VB00416-0038-5
VB00404-0004-6
1
VB00316-0061-2
VB00416-0045-5
VB00404-0005-6
1
—
VB00416-0061-5
VB00404-0007-6
1
—
—
VB00404-0010-6
1
—
—
VB00404-0013-6
1
—
—
VB00404-0018-6
1
—
—
VB00404-0022-6
1
—
—
VB00404-0027-6
1
—
—
VB00404-0034-6
2
2
Converter
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
DC section
Bus capacitor
2
—
—
S00930
Keypad 2
SVX/SPX keypad
1
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Main fan 2
DC fan (main)
1
PP01062
PP01062
—
Other
Mounting kit, fixing kit
1
FR00060
FR00060
FR00060
Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1
1
FR00082
FR00082
FR00082
Control cover, plastic, N1
1
FR06011
FR06011
FR06011
Quantity/
Drive
230 V
480 V
575 V
Description
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
NEMA Type 12 control fan 1
1
PP01049
PP01049
PP01049
SVX control module
1
CSBS0000000000
CSBS0000000000
CSBS0000000000
2
2
2
2
2
2
FR7 Spare Parts
Category
Control fan
Control module
Converter
2
Standard slot A I/O card
1
OPTA9
OPTA9
OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card
1
OPTA2
OPTA2
OPTA2
Power board 3
1
VB00319-0075-2
VB00619-0072-5
VB00419-0041-6
1
VB00319-0088-2
VB00619-0087-5
VB00419-0052-6
1
VB00319-0114-2
VB00619-0105-5
—
2
2
2
2
DC section
Bus capacitor
2
—
—
PP01041
Keypad 2
SVX/SPX keypad
1
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Main fan 2
DC fan (main)
1
PP01063
PP01063
PP01063
Other
Mounting kit, fixing kit
1
FR07071
FR07071
FR07071
Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1
1
FR07072
FR07072
FR07072
Control cover, plastic, N1
1
FR07011
FR07011
FR07011
2
2
2
Notes
1 Only for NEMA Type 12/IP54 Type drives.
2 Factory recommended spare parts.
3 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-114
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
FR8 Spare Parts
230 V
480 V
575 V
Category
Description
Quantity/
Drive
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Control fan
NEMA Type 12 control fan 1
1
CP01180
CP01180
CP01180
Control module 2
SVX control module
1
CSBS0000000000
CSBS0000000000
CSBS0000000000
Standard slot A I/O card
1
OPTA9
OPTA9
OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card
1
OPTA2
OPTA2
OPTA2
1
VB00722-0140-2-ANV
VB00636-0140-4-ANV
VB00422-0062-5-ANV
1
VB00722-0170-2-ANV
VB00636-0168-4-ANV
VB00422-0080-5-ANV
1
VB00722-0205-2-ANV
VB00636-0205-4-ANV
VB00422-0100-5-ANV
2
PP01175
PP01175
PP01127
Converter
Power board
3
IGBT
DC section
Bus capacitor
4
S00335
S00335
PP01041
Inverter
Diode
3
CP01268
CP01268
CP01373
Rectifier board
1
VB00227
VB00227
VB00427
Keypad 2
SVX/SPX keypad
1
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Main AC fan
Fan AC
1
PP01123
PP01123
PP01123
Fan fuse
2
PP20202
PP20202
PP20202
Starting cap
1
S00734
S00734
S00734
Fan driver board AC
1
VB00599
VB00799
VB00799
Isolation transformer (fan)
1
S0000113
S0000113
S0000113
Main DC fan 2
DC fan
1
PP00071
PP00071
PP00071
DC power supply
1
S01016
S01016
S01016
Other
Front cover, N12 1
1
FR08079
FR08079
FR08079
Conduit plate, N12
1
FR08082
FR08082
FR08082
Front cover, N1
1
FR08106
FR08106
FR08106
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Only for NEMA Type 12/IP54 Type drives.
2 Factory recommended spare parts.
3 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-115
2.7
2
2
2
SVX Drives
FR9 Spare Parts
Control fan
50 mm fan
1
PP09041
PP09041
PP09041
80 mm fan
1
PP01068
PP01068
PP01068
SVX control module
1
CSBS0000000000
CSBS0000000000
CSBS0000000000
Control module 1
Converter
2
DC section
2
2
2
Inverter
2
2
2
Keypad 1
Main AC fan
2
2
2
2
Main DC fan 1
Other
2
2
575 V
Catalog Number
Quantity/
Drive
2
2
480 V
Catalog Number
Description
Standard slot A I/O card
1
OPTA9
OPTA9
OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card
1
OPTA2
OPTA2
OPTA2
Power module 2
1
FR09-0261-2-ANV
FR09-0261-4-ANV
FR09-0125-5-ANV
1
FR09-0300-2-ANV
FR09-0300-4-ANV
FR09-0144-5-ANV
2
2
230 V
Catalog Number
Category
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
1
—
—
FR09-0170-5-ANV
Driver board
1
S00583
S00583
S00583
Shunt board 2
6
—
VB00535
VB00537
6
—
VB00536
VB00542
6
—
—
VB00543
Balancing resistor
3
PP00052
PP00052
PP00052
Bus capacitor
8
S00335
S00335
PP01041
DC busbars DC–
1
FR09043
FR09043
FR09043
DC busbars DC+
1
FR09044
FR09044
FR09044
DC busbars connection
1
FR09045
FR09045
FR09045
DC busbars +/– insulator
1
FR09046
FR09046
FR09046
DC busbars –/con insulator
1
FR09047
FR09047
FR09047
Rectifier module
1
FR09826
FR09822
FR09823
Diode
3
CP01268
CP01268
CP01268
Rectifier board
1
—
VB00459
VB00460
SVX/SPX keypad
1
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Fan AC
1
PP01080
PP01080
PP01080
Fan fuse
2
PP20202
PP20202
PP20202
Starting cap
1
S00465
S00465
S00465
Fan driver board AC
1
VB00899
VB00399
VB00299
Isolation transformer (fan)
1
PP09056
PP09055
PP09055
DC fan
1
PP00072
PP00072
PP00072
S01017
DC power supply
1
S01017
S01017
Front cover power
1
FR09012
FR09012
FR09012
Front cover connection
1
FR09013
FR09013
FR09013
Front power conduit
1
FR09014
FR09014
FR09014
Notes
1 Factory recommended spare parts.
2 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-116
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
FR10 Spare Parts
230 V
480 V
575 V
Category
Description
Quantity/
Drive
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Control
Fiber board
1
—
S00451
S00451
ASIC board
1
—
S00457
S00457
Control fan
ASIC fan
1
—
PP01096
PP01096
Control module 1
SVX control module
1
—
CPBS0000000000
CPBS0000000000
Standard slot A I/O card
1
—
OPTA9
OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card
1
—
OPTA2
OPTA2
1
—
FR10-0385-4-ANV
FR10-0261-5-ANV
1
—
FR10-0460-4-ANV
FR10-0325-5-ANV
1
—
FR10-0520-4-ANV
FR10-0385-5-ANV
1
—
—
FR10-0416-5-ANV
Converter
Covers
DC section
Inverter
Keypad 1
Main AC fan
Main DC fan 1
Power module
2
Driver board
1
—
S00450
S00450
Driver adapter board
1
—
VB00330
VB00330
Shunt board 2
6
—
VB00497
VB00510
6
—
VB00498
VB00511
6
—
VB00537
VB00545
Top cover
1
—
FR10340
FR10340
Side cover
2
—
FR10341
FR10341
Balancing resistor
2
—
PP13027
PP13028
DC busbars kit (right)
1
—
S0000005
S0000005
Bus capacitor
12
—
S00335
S00336
Rectifier module
1
—
FR10823
FR10823
Charging resistor
1
—
PP00066
PP00066
Diode
3
—
PP01177
PP01177
Rectifier board
1
—
S00591
S00592
SVX/SPX keypad
1
—
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Fan assembly (left)
1
—
FR10846
FR10846
Fan assembly (right)
1
—
FR10847
FR10847
Fan AC
2
—
PP01080
PP01080
Fan fuse
4
—
PP20202
PP20202
Starting cap
2
—
S00528
S00528
Fan driver board AC
2
—
VB00299
VB00299
Isolation transformer (left)
1
—
FR10844
FR10844
Isolation transformer (right)
1
—
FR10845
FR10845
DC fan
2
—
PP00072
PP00072
DC power supply
2
—
S01017
S01017
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Factory recommended spare parts.
2 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-117
2.7
2
2
Category
Control
Description
230 V
480 V
575 V
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
S00451
Fiber board
1
—
S00451
1
—
S00457
S00457
Control fan
ASIC fan
1
—
PP01096
PP01096
Control module 1
SVX control module
1
—
CPBS0000000000
CPBS0000000000
Standard slot A I/O card
1
—
OPTA9
OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card
1
—
OPTA2
OPTA2
Power module 2
1
—
FR11-0590-4-ANV
FR11-0460-5-ANV
1
—
FR11-0650-4-ANV
FR11-0502-5-ANV
1
—
FR11-0730-4-ANV
FR11-0590-5-ANV
1
—
S00452
S00452
1
—
VB00330
VB00330
9
—
VB00513
VB00512
9
—
VB00514
VB00546
9
—
VB00538
VB00547
1
—
FR11345
FR11345
Converter
2
Driver board
2
Driver adapter board
Shunt board
2
2
2
Covers
2
Quantity/
Drive
ASIC board
2
2
SVX Drives
FR11 Spare Parts
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
DC section
2
Top cover
Balancing resistor
3
—
PP13027
PP13027
DC busbars kit (right)
3
—
S0000005
S0000005
Bus capacitor
18
—
S00335
S00335
Rectifier module
1
—
FR10823
FR10823
Diode
3
—
PP01177
PP01177
Rectifier board
1
—
S00591
S00591
Keypad 1
SVX/SPX keypad
1
—
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Main AC fan
Fan assembly (right)
3
—
FR10847
FR10847
2
Fan AC
3
—
PP01080
PP01080
Fan fuse
4
—
PP20202
PP20202
2
Starting cap
3
—
S00530
S00530
Fan driver board AC
3
—
VB00299
VB00299
2
Inverter
2
2
2
2
2
2
Main DC fan 1
Isolation transformer (right)
3
—
FR10845
FR10845
DC fan
2
—
PP00072
PP00072
DC power supply
2
—
S01017
S01017
Notes
1 Factory recommended spare parts.
2 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-118
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
FR12 Spare Parts
230 V
480 V
575 V
Category
Description
Quantity/
Drive
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Control
Fiber board
2
—
S00451
S00451
ASIC board
2
—
S00457
S00457
Star coupler
1
—
S00593
S00593
ASIC fan
2
—
PP01096
PP01096
SVX control module
1
—
CPBS0000000000
CPBS0000000000
Standard slot A I/O card
1
—
OPTA9
OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card
1
—
OPTA2
OPTA2
Power module 2
1
—
FR12-0820-4-ANV
FR12-0650-5-ANV
1
—
FR12-0920-4-ANV
FR12-0750-5-ANV
1
—
FR12-1030-4-ANV
FR12-0820-5-ANV
Control fan
Control module
Converter
Covers
DC section
Inverter
Keypad 1
Main AC fan
Main DC fan
1
1
Driver board
2
—
S00450
S00450
Driver adapter board
2
—
VB00330
VB00330
Shunt board
12
—
VB00498
VB00511
Top cover
2
—
FR10340
FR10340
Side cover
4
—
FR10341
FR10341
Balancing resistor
4
—
PP13027
PP13027
DC busbars kit (right)
2
—
S0000005
S0000005
Bus capacitor
24
—
S00335
S00336
Rectifier module
2
—
FR10823
FR10823
Diode
3
—
PP01177
PP01177
Rectifier board
2
—
S00591
S00591
SVX/SPX keypad
1
—
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Fan assembly (left)
2
—
FR10846
FR10846
Fan assembly (right)
2
—
FR10847
FR10847
Fan AC
4
—
PP01080
PP01080
Fan fuse
8
—
PP20202
PP20202
Starting cap
4
—
S00528
S00528
Fan driver board AC
4
—
VB00299
VB00299
Isolation transformer (left)
2
—
FR10844
FR10844
Isolation transformer (right)
2
—
FR10845
FR10845
DC fan
4
—
PP00072
PP00072
DC power supply
4
—
S01017
S01017
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Factory recommended spare parts.
2 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-119
2.7
2
2
Quantity/
Drive
230 V
480 V
575 V
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
ASIC board
1
—
S00457
S00457
ASIC assembly
1
—
60S01030
60S01030
ASIC fan
1
—
PP01096
PP01096
SVX control module
1
—
CPBS0000000000
CPBS0000000000
Standard slot A I/O card
1
—
OPTA9
OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card
1
—
OPTA2
OPTA2
Power module 2
3
—
FI13-1150-4-ANV
FR13-1030-5-ANV
3
—
FI13-1300-4-ANV
FR13-1180-5-ANV
3
—
FI13-1450-4-ANV
FR13-920-5-ANV
3
—
S00454
S00454
2
—
VB00330
VB00330
18
—
VB00505
VB00516
18
—
VB00514
VB00517
18
—
VB00541
VB00547
Top cover
3
—
FI10001
FI10001
Side cover
3
—
FI10003
FI10003
Balancing resistor
6
—
PP13034
PP13034
Bus capacitor
36
—
S00335
S00336
DC busbars kit
3
—
FI13329
FI13329
Rectifier module
2
—
FR10823
FR10823
Diode
3
—
PP01177
PP01177
Rectifier board
2
—
S00591
S00591
Keypad 1
SVX/SPX keypad
1
—
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Main AC fan
Fan assembly (left)
3
—
FI13301
FI13301
Fan AC
3
—
PP01080
PP01080
Fan fuse
6
—
PP20202
PP20202
Starting cap
3
—
S00520
S00520
Fan driver board AC
3
—
VB00299
VB00299
Isolation transformer
3
—
PP10057
PP10057
Category
Description
Control
Control fan
Control module
2
2
SVX Drives
FR13 Spare Parts
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Converter
1
2
Driver board
2
Driver adapter board
Shunt board
2
2
2
Covers
2
2
2
DC section
Inverter
2
2
2
2
2
2
Main DC fan 1
2
2
DC fan
4
—
PP00072
PP00072
DC power supply
4
—
S01017
S01017
Notes
1 Factory recommended spare parts.
2 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-120
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
FR14 Spare Parts
230 V
480 V
575 V
Category
Description
Quantity/
Drive
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Control
ASIC board
2
—
S00457
S00457
Star coupler
1
—
S00593
S00593
ASIC assembly
2
—
60S01030
60S01030
Star coupler kit
1
—
FR10860
FR10860
Control fan
ASIC fan
2
—
PP01096
PP01096
Control module 1
SVX control module
1
—
CPBS0000000000
CPBS0000000000
Converter
Covers
DC section
Inverter
Standard slot A I/O card
1
—
OPTA9
OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card
1
—
OPTA2
OPTA2
Power module 2
1
—
FR14-1770-4-ANV
FR14-1500-5-ANV
1
—
FR14-2150-4-ANV
FR14-1900-5-ANV
1
—
FR14-2700-4-ANV
FR14-2250-5-ANV
Driver board
6
—
S00454
S00454
Driver adapter board
2
—
VB00330
VB00330
Shunt board 2
36
—
VB00541
VB00516
36
—
—
VB00517
Top cover
6
—
FI10001
FI10001
Side cover
6
—
FI10003
FI10003
Balancing resistor
6
—
PP13034
PP13034
Bus capacitor
72
—
S00335
S00336
DC busbars kit
6
—
FI13329
FI13329
Rectifier module
2
—
FR10823
FR10823
Diode
3
—
PP01177
PP01177
Rectifier board
2
—
S00591
S00591
Keypad 1
SVX/SPX keypad
1
—
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Main AC fan
Fan assembly (left)
6
—
FI13301
FI13301
Main DC fan
1
Fan AC
6
—
PP01080
PP01080
Fan fuse
12
—
PP20202
PP20202
Starting cap
6
—
S00520
S00520
Fan driver board AC
6
—
VB00299
VB00299
Isolation transformer
6
—
PP10057
PP10057
DC fan
6
—
PP00072
PP00072
DC power supply
6
—
S01017
S01017
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Factory recommended spare parts.
2 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-121
2.7
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Technical Data and Specifications
SVX Drives
Description
Specification
2
Input Ratings
Input voltage (Vin)
+10%/–15%
2
Input frequency (fin)
50/60 Hz (variation up to 45–66 Hz)
Connection to power
Once per minute or less (typical operation)
2
2
2
Description
Specification
Control Connections
High withstand rating
100 kAIC
Output Ratings
Output voltage
0 to Vin
Analog input voltage
0 to 10 V, R = 200 kohms (–10 to 10 V joystick control)
resolution 0.1%; accuracy ±1%
Analog input current
0(4) to 20 mA; Ri—250 ohms differential
Digital inputs (6)
Positive or negative logic; 18 to 30 Vdc
Auxiliary voltage
+24 V ±15%, max. 250 mA
Output reference voltage
+10 V +3%, max. load 10 mA
Analog output
0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms;
resolution 10 bit; accuracy ±2%
Continuous output current
IH rated 100% at 122 °F (50 °C), FR9 and below
IL rated 100% at 104 °F (40 °C), FR9 and below
IH/IL 100% at 104 °F (40 °C), FR10 and above
Digital outputs
Open collector output, 50 mA/48V
Overload current (IH/IL)
150% IH, 110% IL for 1 min.
Relay outputs
2
Output frequency
0 to 320 Hz
Two programmable Form C relay outputs
switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8 A, 250 Vac/8 A, 125 Vdc/0.4 A
Frequency resolution
0.01 Hz
2
Initial output current (IH)
250% for 2 seconds
2
Efficiency
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
>96%
Control Characteristics
Trip limit 4.0 x IH instantaneously
Overvoltage protection
Yes
Undervoltage protection
Yes
Earth fault protection
In case of earth fault in motor or motor cable, only the
frequency converter is protected
Frequency control (V/f)
Open loop: Sensorless vector control
Closed loop: SPX drives only
Input phase supervision
Trips if any of the input phases are missing
Switching frequency
Frame 4–6
Frame 7–12
Adjustable with parameter 2.6.9
1–16 kHz; default 10 kHz
1–10 kHz; default 3.6 kHz
Motor phase supervision
Trips if any of the output phases are missing
Overtemperature protection
Yes
Frequency reference
Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1% V/Hz
Panel reference: Resolution 0.01 Hz
Motor overload protection
Yes
Motor stall protection
Yes
Field weakening point
30–320 Hz
Motor underload protection
Yes
Acceleration time
0–3000 sec.
Short-circuit protection
Yes (+24 V and +10 V reference voltages)
Deceleration time
0–3000 sec.
Braking torque
DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option)
Ambient Conditions
14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 122 °F (50 °C) IH (FR4–FR9)
14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C) IH (FR10 and up)
14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C) IL (all frames)
Storage temperature
–40° to 158 °F (–40° to 70 °C)
2
Relative humidity
0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive,
no dripping water
2
Air quality
Chemical vapors: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2;
Mechanical particles: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2
2
Altitude
100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m);
1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above 3280 ft (1000 m);
max. 9842 ft (3000 m)
Vibration
EN 50178, EN 60068-2-6; 5 to 50 Hz, displacement amplitude
1 mm (peak) at 3 to 15.8 Hz, max. acceleration amplitude
1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz
Shock
EN 50178, EN 60068-2-27 UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS
weights) Storage and shipping: max. 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
Enclosure class
NEMA 1/IP21 or NEMA 12/IP54, open chassis/IP20
2
2
2
Overcurrent protection
Control method
Ambient operating
temperature
2
Protections
Standard I/O Specifications
Description
Specification
Six–digital input
programmable
24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V,Ri >5 kohms
Two–analog input
configurable w/jumpers
Voltage: 0–±10 V, Ri >200 kohms
Current: 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms
Two–digital output
programmable
Form C relays 250 Vac
30 Vdc 2 amp resistive
One–analog output
programmable
configurable w/jumper
0–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±2%
One digital output
programmable
Open collector 48 Vdc 50 mA
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-122
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.7
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
9000X Open Drives
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR4, FR5 and FR6
W1
W2
D1
2
R2
2
R1
2
EATON
2
2
2
H1
H3
2
H2
2
2
2
R2
2
2
2
2
Knockouts
2
D3
2
D2
2
hp (IH)
H1
H2
H3
D1
D2
D3
W1
W2
R1 Dia.
R2 Dia.
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Knockouts at Inches (mm)
N1 (O.D.)
230 V
3/4–3
11.5
(292)
7.5
(190)
3.0
(77)
4.9
(126)
5.0
(128)
3.9
(100)
0.3 (7)
11.0 (5)
3 @ 1.1 (28)
1–5
12.3
(313)
0.5 (13)
480 V
12.9
(327)
16.5
(419)
16.0
(406)
15.3
(389)
8.4
(214)
3.9
(100)
5.8
(148)
5.6
(143)
3.9
(100)
0.5 (13)
Voltage
FR4
2
2
2
FR5
230 V
5–7-1/2
480 V
7-1/2–15
0.3 (7)
17.9 (8)
2
2 @ 1.5 (37)
1 @ 1.1 (28)
2
FR6
230 V
10–15
480 V
20–30
575 V
2–25
22.0
(558)
21.3
(541)
20.4
(519)
9.3
(237)
4.2
(105)
6.5
(165)
7.6
(195)
5.8
(148)
0.6 (15.5)
0.4 (9)
40.8 (19)
3 @ 1.5 (37)
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-123
2.7
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54 with Flange Kit, FR4, FR5 and FR6
2
2
2
W2
2
Dia. A
2
H2
H1
2
W1
2
2
H4
2
D1
2
2
H5
D2
2
2
H3
Dia. B
H7
2
2
2
W5
Flange Opening
FR4 to FR6
H8
H6
W4 W3
2
2
2
2
FR4, FR5 and FR6 with Flange Kit
W1
5.0 (128)
2
5.6 (143)
2
H2
H3
H4
H5
D1
D2
Dia. A
4.5 (113)
13.3 (337)
12.8 (325)
12.9 (327)
1.2 (30)
0.9 (22)
7.5 (190)
3.0 (77)
0.3 (7)
4.7 (120)
17.0 (434)
16.5 (420)
16.5 (419)
1.4 (36)
0.7 (18)
8.4 (214)
3.9 (100)
0.3 (7)
6.7 (170)
22.0 (560)
21.6 (549)
22.0 (558)
1.2 (30)
0.8 (20)
9.3 (237)
4.2 (106)
0.3 (7)
FR6
7.7 (195)
Flange Opening, FR4 to FR6
W3
2
4.8 (123)
2
H1
FR5
2
2
W2
FR4
2
2
H9
W4
W5
H6
H7
H8
H9
Dia. B
4.5 (113)
—
12.4 (315)
12.8 (325)
—
0.2 (5)
0.3 (7)
4.7 (120)
—
16.2 (410)
16.5 (420)
—
0.2 (5)
0.3 (7)
6.7 (170)
6.2 (157)
21.2 (539)
21.6 (549)
0.3 (7)
0.2 (5)
0.3 (7)
FR4
FR5
5.3 (135)
FR6
7.3 (185)
2
V6-T2-124
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.7
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR7
2
H1
H2
2
2
2
W2 W1
2
2
R2
R1
2
R2
2
2
Knockouts
H3
2
2
D2
2
D1
2
D3
2
2
Voltage
hp (IH)
H1
H2
H3
D1
D2
D3
W1
W2
R1 Dia.
R2 Dia.
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Knockouts at Inches (mm)
N1 (O.D.)
2
230 V
20–30
24.8 (630)
24.2 (614)
23.2 (590)
10.1 (257)
3.0 (77)
7.3 (184)
9.3 (237)
7.5 (190)
0.7 (18)
0.4 (9)
77.2 (35)
3 at 1.5 (37)
2
480 V
40–60
575 V
30–40
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-125
2.7
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR8
2
H1
H2
2
2
2
2
W1 W2
2
2
2
2
2
R2
R1
H3
2
2
2
2
D1
2
2
2
2
Voltage
hp (IH)
D1
H1
H2
H3
W1
W2
R1 Dia.
R2 Dia.
Weight
Lbs (kg)
2
230 V
40–60
13.5 (344)
30.1 (764)
28.8 (732)
28.4 (721)
11.5 (291)
10 (255)
0.7 (18)
0.4 (9)
127 (58)
480 V
75–125
2
575 V
50–75
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-126
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.7
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, with Flange Kit, FR7 and FR8
H6
H4
H4
H5
2
Dia. A
2
2
2
W4 W2
2
2
2
H2
H1
W3
W1
H7
2
2
2
2
D1
2
D2
2
H3
H12
2
H9
H9
H10
H11
2
2
Flange Opening
FR7/FR8
W5 W6
W7
2
Dia. B
2
H8
H13
W1
2
W2
W3
W4
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6
H7
D1
D2
Dia. A
6.8 (175)
10.6 (270)
10.0 (253)
24.9 (652)
24.8 (632)
24.8 (630)
7.4 (189)
7.4 (189)
0.9 (23)
0.8 (20)
10.1 (257)
4.6 (117)
0.3 (6)
—
14.0 (355)
13.0 (330)
32.8 (832)
—
29.3 (745)
10.2 (258)
10.4 (265)
1.7 (43)
2.2 (57)
13.5 (344)
4.3 (110)
0.4 (9)
FR7
9.3 (237)
FR8
11.2 (285)
2
2
2
Flange Opening, FR7 and FR8
W5
2
W6
W7
H8
H9
H10
H11
H12
H13
Dia. B
2
6.9 (175)
10.0 (253)
24.4 (619)
7.4 (189)
7.4 (189)
1.4 (35)
1.3 (32)
1.0 (25)
0.3 (6)
2
—
13.0 (330)
31.9 (810)
10.2 (258)
10.4 (265)
—
—
1.3 (33)
0.4 (9)
2
FR7
9.2 (233)
FR8
11.9 (301)
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-127
2.7
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54 FR9
2
H6
H4
H3
W4
2
W5
2
W5
W2
W3
W1
PE
2
B- B+ /R+ R-
2
2
2
H2
H5
D3
H1
2
Dia.
2
2
2
D1
D2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Voltage
hp (IH)
W1
W2
W3
W4
H1
H2
H3
H4 1
D1
D2
D3
Dia.
230 V
75–100
480 V
150–200
18.9
(480)
15.7
(400)
0.4
(9)
2.1
(54)
45.3
(1150)
44.1
(1120)
0.6
(16)
7.4
(188)
14.2
(361.5)
13.4
(340)
11.2
(285)
0.8
(21)
575 V
100–175
Note
1 Brake resistor terminal box (H6) included when brake chopper ordered.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-128
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Weight
Lbs (kg)
321.9 (146)
2.7
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR9 with Flange Kit
2
H7
2
2
W5
2
W1
2
2
2
2
Dia.
2
2
D1
D2
2
D3
H4
H4
H2
H5
H3
2
H3
H3
2
2
H5
2
2
W4
Flange Opening
FR9
W3
2
W2
2
W4
2
2
2
H1
H6
.20 (5)
Dia.
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
H1
H2
H3
20.9 (530)
20.0 (510)
19.1 (485)
7.9 (200)
0.2 (5.5)
51.7 (1312) 45.3 (1150) 16.5 (420)
H4
H5
H6
H7
D1
D2
D3
Dia.
3.9 (100)
1.4 (35)
0.4 (9)
0.1 (2)
24.9 (362)
13.4 (340)
4.3 (109)
0.8 (21)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-129
2.7
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR10 Freestanding
2
W7
2
W4
W5
W6
W6
W4
2
Dia. 3
2
Dia. 1
Dia. 2
D6 D7
D3 D2
2
D5
2
D4
2
W2
W3
W3
W3 W3
W2
2
W1
D1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
H1
H2
2
2
Operator
(Shown with
Optional
Disconnect)
2
2
2
H3
2
2
2
2
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
W6
W7
H1
H2
H3
D1
23.43
(595)
2.46
(62.5)
4.53
(115)
0.79
(20)
5.95
(151)
2.95
(75)
30.11
(79)
79.45
(2018)
74.80
(1900)
20.18 23.70
(512.5) (602)
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
Dia. 1
Dia. 2
Dia. 3
Weight
Lbs (kg)
17.44
(443)
19.02
(483)
0.47
(12)
11.22
(285)
17.60
(447)
20.08
(510)
0.83
(21)
1.89
(48)
0.43
(11)
857
(389)
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-130
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.7
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
FR10 Open Chassis 1
2
H3
H4
H5
2
W3
2
2
W2
W1
W5
2
2
2
2
H7
W4
H6
2
H2
H1
2
2
2
2
2
D3
D4
D2
D1
2
2
2
Voltage
hp (IH)
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6
H7
D1
D2
D3
D4
Weight
Lbs (kg)
480 V
250–350
575 V
200–300
19.7
(500)
16.7
(425)
1.2
(30)
2.6
(67)
12.8
(325)
45.9
(1165)
44.1
(1121)
34.6
(879)
33.5
(850)
0.7
(17)
24.7
(627)
10.8
(275)
19.9
(506)
17.9
(455)
16.7
(423)
16.6
(421)
518
(235)
2
2
2
Note
1 9000X FR12 is built of two FR10 modules. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-131
2.7
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA Type 1/IP21, FR11 Freestanding Drive
2
W5
2
W8
W6 W6 W6 W7 W7 W6 W6 W6
W4
2
Dia. 3
2
Dia. 1
2
Dia. 2
D3
D5
2
D2
2
W2
D4
W3
2
W1
W3
W3
W3
W2
D1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
H1
H2
2
2
Operator
(Shown with
Optional
Disconnect)
2
2
2
H3
2
2
2
2
Voltage hp (IH)
480
W1
400–550 31.26
(794)
W2
W3
W4
W5
W6
W7
W8
H1
H2
H3
D1
2.40
(61)
6.50
(165)
0.79
(20)
3.43
(87)
2.95
(75)
2.52
(64)
1.18
(30)
79.45 74.80 20.18 23.70
(2018) (1900) (512.5) (602)
D2
D3
D4
D5
Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3
11.22
(285)
19.09
(485)
0.47
(12)
17.60
(447)
0.83
(21)
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-132
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
1.89
(48)
Weight
Lbs (kg)
0.35 x 0.43 526
(9 x 11)
(239)
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
FR11 Open Chassis
2
H2
W3
W3
W2
W2
2
2
2
2
W2
2
W2
2
Shown without
terminal cover
2
2
2
H1
2
2
2
2
W1
2
2
2
2
2
2
D1
D2
2
2
2
Voltage
hp (IH)
W1
W2
W3
H1
H2
D1
D2
Weight
Lbs (kg)
2
480 V
400–550
27.9 (709)
8.86 (225)
2.6 (67)
45.5 (1155)
33.5 (850)
19.8 (503)
18.4 (468)
833 (378)
575 V
400–500
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-133
2.7
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
FR13, Open Chassis Inverter
2
W3
2
D6
Dia. 4
2
D8
2
D7
2
D5
2
W4 W4 W4 W4 W4 Dia. 1
D1
D2
D6
W1
2
2
2
2
H3
H1
H4
2
2
2
H2
2
Dia. 2
Dia. 3
W2
W2
W2
W2
D4
D4
H5
2
2
2
Dia. 3
2
D3
2
2
2
2
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
27.87
(708)
5.91
(150)
26.65
(677)
4.57
(116)
3.35
(85)
41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.79
(1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (20)
W5
W5
W5
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
Dia.
2
Dia.
3
Dia.
4
Weight
Lbs (kg)
21.77
(553)
0.51
(13)
0.63
(16)
1.97
(50)
1.06
(27)
1.57
(40)
5.91
(150)
9.64
0.35x0.59 0.18
(244.8) (9x15)
(4.6)
0.51
(13)
0.37
(9.5)
683
(310)
Notes
9000X FR14 is built of two FR13 modules. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions.
FR13 is built from an inverter module and a converter module. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-134
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Dia.
1
2.7
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
FR13, Open Chassis Converter
Dia. 3
2
D9
2
W3
2
D8
2
D7
2
D6
Dia. 1 W4
W4
W4
D1
D2
W1
2
2
2
2
2
H4
H1
H3
2
2
2
2
H2
W2
D4
W2
D5 D5
2
H5
Dia. 2
2
2
2
Dia. 2
2
D3
H2
H3
H4
H5
W5
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
H1
D1
18.74
(476)
5.91
(150)
17.52
(445)
4.57
(116)
3.35
(85)
41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.69 14.69
(1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (17.5) (373)
W5
D2
D3
D4
0.51
(13)
0.73 6.42
(18.5) (163)
Weight
Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg)
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
Dia. 1
2.56
(65)
1.06
(27)
1.57
(40)
5.91
(150)
5.24
(133)
0.35x0.59 0.51
(9x15)
(13)
0.37
(9.5)
295
(134)
2
2
2
2
Number of Input Units
480 V
Catalog Number
hp
Input
Modules
690 V
Catalog Number
hp
Input
Modules
2
SPX800A0-4A2N1
800
2
SPX800A0-5A2N1
800
2
2
SPX900A0-5A2N1
900
2
SPXH10A0-5A2N1
1000
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-135
2.7
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
FR13, Open Chassis Converter—900/1000 hp 480 V
2
Dia. 4
W3
2
D9
2
D8
2
D7
2
D6
Dia. 1 W4
W4
W4
W4
W4
D1
2
W1
D2
2
2
2
2
H1
H3
H4
2
2
2
2
H2
2
Dia. 2
W2
D3
W5
W2
W2
D4
W2
D5 D5
H5
Dia. 3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
D1
27.87
(708)
5.91
(150)
26.65
(677)
4.57
(116)
3.35
(85)
41.54 2.46 39.86
41.34 0.69 14.69
(1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (17.5) (373)
W5
D2
D3
D4
D5
0.51
(13)
0.73 6.42 2.56
(18.5) (163) (65)
W5
D6
D7
D8
Dia.
2
Dia.
3
Dia.
4
Weight
Lbs (kg)
1.06
(27)
1.57
(40)
5.91 5.24 0.35x0.59 0.18
(150) (133) (9x15)
(4.6)
0.51
(13)
0.37
(9.5)
443
(201)
2
Number of Input Units
2
480 V
Catalog Number
hp
Input
Modules
2
SPX900A0-4A2N1
900
3
SPXH10A0-4A2N1
1000
3
V6-T2-136
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2
2
2
2
D9
Dia.
1
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
AC Choke Dimensions
2
Choke Types
Catalog Number
Frame Size
Choke Type 1
Catalog Number
Voltage Range 380–500 V
SPX 250 4
Frame Size
Choke Type 1
2
CHK0261
2
Voltage Range 525–690 V
CHK0400
SPX 200 5
SPX 300 4
CHK0520
SPX 250 5
CHK0400
SPX 350 4
CHK0520
SPX 300 5
CHK0400
SPX 400 4
FR10
2 x CHK0400
SPX 400 5
SPX 500 4
2 x CHK0400
SPX 450 5
CHK0520
SPX 550 4
2 x CHK0400
SPX 500 5
2 x CHK0400
SPX 600 4
FR11
FR10
FR12
FR11
2 x CHK0520
SPX 550 5
SPX 600 5
2 x CHK0520
SPX 700 5
2 x CHK0400
SPX 800 5
SPX 900 4
3 x CHK0520
SPX 900 5
2 x CHK0400
SPX H10 4
3 x CHK0520
SPX H10 5
2 x CHK0400
4 x CHK0520
SPX H13 5
6 x CHK0400
SPX H15 5
SPX 700 4
SPX 800 4
SPX H12 4
FR13
FR14
SPX H16 4
2
CHK0520
2 x CHK0520
SPX 650 4
2
FR12
2
2 x CHK0400
2
2 x CHK0400
2
2 x CHK0400
FR13
2 x CHK0400
FR14
2
2
4 x CHK0400
6 x CHK0400
2
2
CHK0520
2
2
2
6.50
(165)
6.50
(165)
2
.24
(6)
2
8.03 (204)
1.69
(43)
2
19.57
(497)
2
1
1
1
.79
(20)
.83
(21)
3
.79
(20)
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
7.88
(200)
5.70
(145)
9.61 (244)
2
17.57
15.71 (446)
(399)
1.58
(40)
3.03
(77)
2
2
.55 (14)
2
Note
1 Chokes are provided with all FR10–FR14 drives.
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-137
2.7
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
CHK0400
2
2
.24
(6)
2
2
4.72
(120)
2
4.72
(120)
9.37 (238)
1.54
(39)
2
13.79 (350)
2
1
1
1
2
2
13.94
(354)
2.64
(67)
2
.75
(19)
2
2
.59
(15)
16.58
15.08 (421)
(383)
1.18
(30)
.59
(15)
3
3
3
2
2
2
5.51
(140)
2
5.90
(150)
10.83 (275)
10.30 (262)
2
2
CHK0261
2
2
.24
(6)
2
4.72
(120)
2
13.79 (350)
2
8.11 (206)
1.54
(39)
2
2
1
1
1.18
(30)
.87
(22)
2
2
2
1
.59
(15)
2
2
4.72
(120)
.59
(15)
.39
(10)
4.25
(108)
9.06 (230)
.75 (19)
Min.
3
3
3
2
2
2
14.06
12.56
11.30 (319) (357)
(287)
5.90
(150)
10.83 (275)
2
V6-T2-138
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
Contents
SVX Enclosed Drives
Description
Page
SVX Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SVX Enclosed Drives
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosure Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-98
V6-T2-140
V6-T2-142
V6-T2-149
V6-T2-151
V6-T2-155
V6-T2-157
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
SVX Enclosed Drives
Product Description
Features and Benefits
Eaton’s line of enclosed
SVX drives combine the
proven performance from
Eaton’s SVX drives with the
enhanced capabilities of
enclosed control. With a
comprehensive list of preengineered options, Eaton’s
SVX enclosed drives
eliminate the lead time
normally associated with
customer specific options.
For those applications with
more unique or complex
requirements, Eaton offers
individually engineered
solutions to meet the
customer’s needs.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Dual rated for both
constant torque (CT) /
high overload (IH) and
variable torque (VT) / low
overload applications
Optional Brake Chopper
for external braking
applications
High-performance drive
option uses an Eaton
SPX (IH) drive that allows
for increased functionality
and performance
Available circuit breaker,
motor circuit protector,
isolation fusing and surge
protection device options
to provide input power
protection
Optional 3% input and
output reactors provide
a reduction in voltage and
current harmonics on both
line and load side
Bypass options include a
standard three-contactor
design and a reduced
voltage soft starter design
Output contactor option
provides a means for
positive disconnection of
the drive output from the
motor terminals
MotoRX and dV/dt filter
options are used to reduce
transients voltages at the
motor terminals
Customizable cover control
options
Padlockable disconnect
Standards and Certifications
Communication Options
●
Modbus
●
Modbus/TCP
●
Johnson Controls N2
●
BACnet
●
EtherNet/IP
●
PROFIBUS-DP
●
LonWorks
●
CANopen
●
DeviceNet
●
●
UL 508C tested, listed
and approved
OSHPD
2
2
2
2
2
2
Enclosure Ratings
●
NEMA Type 1
●
NEMA Type 12
●
NEMA Type 3R
2
2
Mounting
●
Wall mount
●
Floor mount: 12-inch legs
●
Floor mount: 22-inch legs
2
2
2
Product Range
●
208 V: 0.75–100 hp
●
230 V: 0.75–125 hp
●
480 V: 1–800 hp
●
575 V: 2–800 hp
●
230 V single-phase:
1–60 hp
●
480 V single-phase:
1.5–125 hp
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-139
2.7
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2
Catalog Number Selection
2
SVX Enclosed—Base Catalog Number
Catalog Number Selection is for reference only. Not all option combinations may be available.
SVX F07 1 A 1
2
_ _ _ _ _ _
2
2
Options 3
See Page V6-T2-141 for catalog
number option selection.
Product Family
SVX = Enclosed SVX drives—standard
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
F07 =
001 =
F15 =
002 =
003 =
005 =
007 =
010 =
015 =
020 =
025 =
030 =
040 =
050 =
060 =
075 =
100 =
208 V
0.75 hp
1 hp
1.5 hp
2 hp
3 hp
5 hp
7.5 hp
10 hp
15 hp
20 hp
25 hp
30 hp
40 hp
50 hp
60 hp
75 hp
100 hp
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
F07 =
001 =
F15 =
002 =
003 =
005 =
007 =
010 =
015 =
020 =
025 =
030 =
040 =
050 =
060 =
075 =
100 =
125 =
Output Horsepower Rating
230 V
480 V
0.75 hp
001 = 1 hp
1 hp
F15 = 1.5 hp
1.5 hp
002 = 2 hp
2 hp
003 = 3 hp
3 hp
005 = 5 hp
5 hp
007 = 7.5 hp
7.5 hp
010 = 10 hp
10 hp
015 = 15 hp
15 hp
020 = 20 hp
20 hp
025 = 25 hp
25 hp
030 = 30 hp
30 hp
040 = 40 hp
40 hp
050 = 50 hp
50 hp
060 = 60 hp
60 hp
075 = 75 hp
75 hp
100 = 100 hp
100 hp
125 = 125 hp
125 hp
150 = 150 hp
200 = 200 hp
250 = 250 hp
300 = 300 hp
350 = 350 hp
400 = 400 hp
500 = 500 hp
550 = 550 hp
600 = 600 hp
650 = 650 hp
700 = 700 hp
800 = 800 hp
002 =
003 =
005 =
007 =
010 =
015 =
020 =
025 =
030 =
040 =
050 =
060 =
075 =
100 =
125 =
150 =
200 =
250 =
300 =
350 =
400 =
500 =
550 =
600 =
650 =
700 =
800 =
575 V
2 hp
3 hp
5 hp
7.5 hp
10 hp
15 hp
20 hp
25 hp
30 hp
40 hp
50 hp
60 hp
75 hp
100 hp
125 hp
150 hp
200 hp
250 hp
300 hp
350 hp
400 hp
500 hp
550 hp
600 hp
650 hp
700 hp
800 hp
Enclosure Rating 2
1 = NEMA Type 1
2 = NEMA Type 12
3 = NEMA Type 3R
6 = NEMA Type 1 Filtered and gasketed
• = Custom option
Drive Type/Braking/Application 1
A = Standard drive/no brake chopper/low overload
B = Standard drive/brake chopper/low overload
C = Standard drive/no brake chopper/high overload
D = Standard drive/brake chopper/high overload
E = High-performance drive/no brake chopper/low overload
F = High-performance drive/brake chopper/low overload
G = High-performance drive/no brake chopper/high overload
H = High-performance drive/brake chopper/high overload
Phasing and Voltage Rating
1 = Input: Three-phase, 208 V 5 = Input: Three-phase, 575 V
Output: Three-phase
Output: Three-phase
2 = Input: Three-phase, 230 V J = Input: Single-phase, 230 V
Output: Three-phase
Output: Three-phase
4 = Input: Three-phase, 480 V K = Input: Single-phase, 480 V
Output: Three-phase
Output: Three-phase
Notes
1 Brake chopper is a factory-installed option only. Braking resistors sold separately. See SVX catalog section for selection.
2 Additional enclosure options including NEMA 4 and 4X are available. Please contact the factory for configuration and pricing.
3 Part number configuration continued on the following page.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-140
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
Catalog Number Selection is for reference only. Not all option combinations may be available.
2
SVX Enclosed—Catalog Number Options
SVX F07 1 A 1
2
2 0 0 B 1 0 0 0 0
2
Base Catalog Number Example
See Page V6-T2-140 for base catalog
number selection.
2
Option Boards 2
Same options and codes as Option Boards 1
2
Power Disconnect Options
0 = None
1 = MCP disconnect 1
2 = Circuit breaker
3 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing
4 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
5 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/SPD
6 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor
7 = Circuit breaker/3% input reactor
8 = Circuit breaker/SPD
9 = Circuit breaker/SPD/3% input reactor
A = Fused disconnect
B = Fused disconnect/SPD
C = Fused disconnect/SPD/3% input reactor
D = Fused disconnect/3% input reactor
E = Isolation fuses
F = Isolation fuses/3% input reactor
G = Isolation fuses/SPD
H = Isolation fuses/SPD/3% input reactor
• = Custom option 2
2
Option Boards 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
No option
3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 Thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT (DG1 only)
1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board) (DG1 only)
3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC) (DG1 only)
3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input (DG1 only)
6 DI 240 Vac input (DG1 only)
6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc (SVX only)
1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm (SVX only)
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
(SVX only)
9 = 3 RO (NO) (SVX only)
A = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100 (SVX only)
B = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input (SVX only)
C = Encoder low volt +5 V / 15 V / 24 V (high-performance drive only)
D = Encoder high volt +15 V / 24 V (high-performance drive only)
E = Double encoder (high-performance drive only)
• = Custom option 2
Bypass Options
0 = None
1 = Manual HOA bypass
2 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing
3 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
4 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD
5 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor
6 = Manual HOA bypass/3% input reactor
7 = Manual HOA bypass/SPD
8 = Manual HOA bypass/SPD/3% input reactor
H = Manual HOA RVSS bypass
J = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing
K = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
L = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD
M = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor
N = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/3% input reactor
P = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD
R = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD/3% input reactor
• = Custom option 2
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
3
0
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
•
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Output Power Options 4
None
Output contactor
3% Output reactor
MotoRX filter
dV/dt filter
3% Output Reactor/output contactor
MotoRX/output contactor
dV/dt/output contactor
Custom option 2
Control Options 5
0 = None
1 = Speed pot
2 = Start-stop pushbutton
3 = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot
A = HOA switch
B = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot & HOA switch
C = Start-stop pushbutton with HOA switch
D = HOA switch with speed pot
• = Custom option 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Communication Options
0 = No option
1 = PROFIBUS-DP
2 = LonWorks (SVX only)
3 = CANopen (slave)
4 = DeviceNet
5 = PROFIBUS-DP (D9 connector)
6 = Modbus (SVX only)
7 = Modbus (D9 connector) (SVX only)
8 = Johnson Controls N2 (SVX only)
9 = Modbus TCP (SVX only)
A = BACnet (SVX only)
B = EtherNet/IP (SVX only)
C = RS-232 with D9 connector (SVX only)
D = SmartWire-DT (DG1 only)
• = Custom option 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Enclosure Options
0 = None
1 = Floor stand—12 inches
2 = Floor stand—22 inches
A = Space heater
B = Space heater & 12-inch floor stands
C = Space heater & 22-inch floor stands
• = Custom option 2
2
2
2
Light Options 5
2
0 = None
1 = Non-bypass light kit—Power On, Run, Fault
2 = Bypass light kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run
• = Custom option 2
2
2
Notes
1 HMCP disconnect option required and only available when bypass is selected.
2 More options are available as Engineered to Order through the Bid Manager tool.
3 All bypass options include third contactor for drive isolation when in bypass mode.
4 Output contactor not available with bypass. Bypass comes standard with output contactor.
5 Pilot devices are 22 mm standard. 30 mm options are available as engineered to order through the Bid Manager tool.
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2
2
V6-T2-141
2.7
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Product Selection
208 V Drives
SVX Enclosed Drives
2
2
2
2
208 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
0.75
3.5
4
SVXF071D1
SVXF071D2
SVXF071D3
1
4.6
4
SVX0011D1
SVX0011D2
SVX0011D3
1.5
6.6
4
SVXF151D1
SVXF151D2
SVXF151D3
2
7.5
4
SVX0021D1
SVX0021D2
SVX0021D3
3
10.6
4
SVX0031D1
SVX0031D2
SVX0031D3
5
16.7
5
SVX0051D1
SVX0051D2
SVX0051D3
7.5
24.2
5
SVX0071D1
SVX0071D2
SVX0071D3
10
30.8
6
SVX0101D1
SVX0101D2
SVX0101D3
15
46.2
6
SVX0151D1
SVX0151D2
SVX0151D3
2
20
59.4
7
SVX0201C1
SVX0201C2
SVX0201C3
25
74.8
7
SVX0251C1
SVX0251C2
SVX0251C3
2
30
88
7
SVX0301C1
SVX0301C2
SVX0301C3
40
114
8
SVX0401C1
SVX0401C2
SVX0401C3
2
50
143
8
SVX0501C1
SVX0501C2
SVX0501C3
60
169
8
SVX0601C1
SVX0601C2
SVX0601C3
75
211
9
SVX0751C1
SVX0751C2
SVX0751C3
2
261
9
SVX1001C1
SVX1001C2
SVX1001C3
2
2
2
2
2
SVX Enclosed Drives
208 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
2
hp
2
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
1
4.6
4
SVX0011B1
SVX0011B2
SVX0011B3
1.5
6.6
4
SVXF151B1
SVXF151B2
SVXF151B3
2
7.5
4
SVX0021B1
SVX0021B2
SVX0021B3
2
3
10.6
4
SVX0031B1
SVX0031B2
SVX0031B3
2
5
16.7
5
SVX0051B1
SVX0051B2
SVX0051B3
7.5
24.2
5
SVX0071B1
SVX0071B2
SVX0071B3
2
10
30.8
5
SVX0101B1
SVX0101B2
SVX0101B3
15
46.2
6
SVX0151B1
SVX0151B2
SVX0151B3
2
20
59.4
6
SVX0201B1
SVX0201B2
SVX0201B3
25
74.8
7
SVX0251A1
SVX0251A2
SVX0251A3
2
30
88
7
SVX0301A1
SVX0301A2
SVX0301A3
2
40
114
7
SVX0401A1
SVX0401A2
SVX0401A3
50
143
8
SVX0501A1
SVX0501A2
SVX0501A3
2
60
169
8
SVX0601A1
SVX0601A2
SVX0601A3
75
211
9
SVX0751A1
SVX0751A2
SVX0751A3
2
100
273
9
SVX1001A1
SVX1001A2
SVX1001A3
2
Notes
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-140.
2 These units are current rated. They do not meet NEC ampere rating at this horsepower.
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-142
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
230 V Drives
SVX Enclosed Drives
SVX Enclosed Drives
2
230 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
0.75
3.2
4
SVXF072D1
SVXF072D2
SVXF072D3
1
4.2
4
SVX0012D1
SVX0012D2
SVX0012D3
1.5
6
4
SVXF152D1
SVXF152D2
SVXF152D3
2
6.8
4
SVX0022D1
SVX0022D2
SVX0022D3
3
9.6
4
SVX0032D1
SVX0032D2
SVX0032D3
5
15.2
5
SVX0052D1
SVX0052D2
SVX0052D3
7.5
22
5
SVX0072D1
SVX0072D2
SVX0072D3
10
28
6
SVX0102D1
SVX0102D2
SVX0102D3
15
42
6
SVX0152D1
SVX0152D2
SVX0152D3
20
54
7
SVX0202C1
SVX0202C2
SVX0202C3
25
68
7
SVX0252C1
SVX0252C2
SVX0252C3
30
80
7
SVX0302C1
SVX0302C2
SVX0302C3
40
104
8
SVX0402C1
SVX0402C2
SVX0402C3
50
130
8
SVX0502C1
SVX0502C2
SVX0502C3
60
154
8
SVX0602C1
SVX0602C2
SVX0602C3
75
192
9
SVX0752C1
SVX0752C2
SVX0752C3
100
248
9
SVX1002C1
SVX1002C2
SVX1002C3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
230 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
SVX0012B2
SVX0012B3
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
1
4.2
4
SVX0012B1
1.5
6
4
SVXF152B1
SVXF152B2
SVXF152B3
2
6.8
4
SVX0022B1
SVX0022B2
SVX0022B3
3
9.6
4
SVX0032B1
SVX0032B2
SVX0032B3
5
15.2
5
SVX0052B1
SVX0052B2
SVX0052B3
7.5
22
5
SVX0072B1
SVX0072B2
SVX0072B3
10
28
5
SVX0102B1
SVX0102B2
SVX0102B3
15
42
6
SVX0152B1
SVX0152B2
SVX0152B3
20
54
6
SVX0202B1
SVX0202B2
SVX0202B3
25
68
7
SVX0252A1
SVX0252A2
SVX0252A3
30
80
7
SVX0302A1
SVX0302A2
SVX0302A3
40
104
7
SVX0402A1
SVX0402A2
SVX0402A3
50
130
8
SVX0502A1
SVX0502A2
SVX0502A3
60
154
8
SVX0602A1
SVX0602A2
SVX0602A3
75
192
8
SVX0752A1
SVX0752A2
SVX0752A3
100
248
9
SVX1002A1
SVX1002A2
SVX1002A3
2
300
9
SVX1252A1
SVX1252A2
SVX1252A3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-140.
2 These units are current rated. They do not meet NEC ampere rating at this horsepower.
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-143
2.7
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
480 V Drives
SVX Enclosed Drives
2
480 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives
hp
2
2
2
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
1
2.1
4
SVX0014D1
SVX0014D2
SVX0014D3
1.5
3
4
SVXF154D1
SVXF154D2
SVXF154D3
2
3.4
4
SVX0024D1
SVX0024D2
SVX0024D3
3
4.8
4
SVX0034D1
SVX0034D2
SVX0034D3
5
7.6
4
SVX0054D1
SVX0054D2
SVX0054D3
7.5
11
5
SVX0074D1
SVX0074D2
SVX0074D3
10
14
5
SVX0104D1
SVX0104D2
SVX0104D3
15
21
5
SVX0154D1
SVX0154D2
SVX0154D3
20
27
6
SVX0204D1
SVX0204D2
SVX0204D3
2
25
34
6
SVX0254D1
SVX0254D2
SVX0254D3
30
40
6
SVX0304D1
SVX0304D2
SVX0304D3
2
40
52
7
SVX0404C1
SVX0404C2
SVX0404C3
50
65
7
SVX0504C1
SVX0504C2
SVX0504C3
60
77
7
SVX0604C1
SVX0604C2
SVX0604C3
75
96
8
SVX0754C1
SVX0754C2
SVX0754C3
100
124
8
SVX1004C1
SVX1004C2
SVX1004C3
2
125
156
8
SVX1254C1
SVX1254C2
SVX1254C3
150
180
9
SVX1504C1
SVX1504C2
SVX1504C3
2
200
240
9
SVX2004C1
SVX2004C2
SVX2004C3
250
302
10
SVX2504G1
SVX2504G6 2
SVX2504G3
300
361
10
SVX3004G1
SVX3004G6 2
SVX3004G3
2
350
414
10
SVX3504G1
SVX3504G6 2
SVX3504G3
400
477
11
SVX4004G1
SVX4004G6 2
SVX4004G3
2
500
590
11
SVX5004G1
SVX5004G6 2
SVX5004G3
2
SVX5504G3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
550
650
11
SVX5504G1
SVX5504G6
600
730
12
SVX6004G1
SVX6004G6 2
SVX6004G3
650
820
12
SVX6504G1
SVX6504G6 2
SVX6504G3
700
920
12
SVX7004G1
SVX7004G6 2
SVX7004G3
Notes
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-140.
2 Enclosure rating is NEMA Type 1 filtered and gasketed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-144
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
480 V Drives, continued
SVX Enclosed Drives
2
480 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
1.5
3
4
SVXF154B1
SVXF154B2
SVXF154B3
2
3.4
4
SVX0024B1
SVX0024B2
SVX0024B3
3
4.8
4
SVX0034B1
SVX0034B2
SVX0034B3
5
7.6
4
SVX0054B1
SVX0054B2
SVX0054B3
7.5
11
4
SVX0074B1
SVX0074B2
SVX0074B3
10
14
5
SVX0104B1
SVX0104B2
SVX0104B3
15
21
5
SVX0154B1
SVX0154B2
SVX0154B3
20
27
5
SVX0204B1
SVX0204B2
SVX0204B3
25
34
6
SVX0254B1
SVX0254B2
SVX0254B3
30
40
6
SVX0304B1
SVX0304B2
SVX0304B3
40
52
6
SVX0404B1
SVX0404B2
SVX0404B3
50
65
7
SVX0504A1
SVX0504A2
SVX0504A3
60
77
7
SVX0604A1
SVX0604A2
SVX0604A3
75
96
7
SVX0754A1
SVX0754A2
SVX0754A3
100
124
8
SVX1004A1
SVX1004A2
SVX1004A3
125
156
8
SVX1254A1
SVX1254A2
SVX1254A3
150
180
8
SVX1504A1
SVX1504A2
SVX1504A3
200
240
9
SVX2004A1
SVX2004A2
SVX2004A3
2
300
9
SVX2504A1
SVX2504A2
SVX2504A3
300
361
10
SVX3004E1
SVX3004E6 3
SVX3004E3
350
414
10
SVX3504E1
SVX3504E6 3
SVX3504E3
400
477
10
SVX4004E1
SVX4004E6 3
SVX4004E3
500
590
11
SVX5004E1
SVX5004E6 3
SVX5004E3
550
650
11
SVX5504E1
SVX5504E6 3
SVX5504E3
600
730
11
SVX6004E1
SVX6004E6 3
SVX6004E3
650
820
12
SVX6504E1
SVX6504E6 3
SVX6504E3
700
920
12
SVX7004E1
SVX7004E6 3
SVX7004E3
800
1030
12
SVX8004E1
SVX8004E6 3
SVX8004E3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-140.
2 These units are current rated. They do not meet NEC ampere rating at this horsepower.
3 Enclosure rating is NEMA Type 1 filtered and gasketed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-145
2.7
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
575 V Drives
SVX Enclosed Drives
2
575 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
3
3.9
6
SVX0035B1
SVX0035B2
SVX0035B3
5
6.1
6
SVX0055B1
SVX0055B2
SVX0055B3
2
7.5
9
6
SVX0075B1
SVX0075B2
SVX0075B3
10
11
6
SVX0105B1
SVX0105B2
SVX0105B3
2
15
17
6
SVX0155B1
SVX0155B2
SVX0155B3
20
22
6
SVX0205B1
SVX0205B2
SVX0205B3
25
27
6
SVX0255B1
SVX0255B2
SVX0255B3
30
32
6
SVX0305B1
SVX0305B2
SVX0305B3
2
2
2
40
41
7
SVX0405A1
SVX0405A2
SVX0405A3
2
50
52
7
SVX0505A1
SVX0505A2
SVX0505A3
60
62
8
SVX0605A1
SVX0605A2
SVX0605A3
2
75
77
8
SVX0755A1
SVX0755A2
SVX0755A3
100
99
8
SVX1005A1
SVX1005A2
SVX1005A3
125
125
9
SVX1255A1
SVX1255A2
SVX1255A3
150
144
9
SVX1505A1
SVX1505A2
SVX1505A3
200
192
9
SVX2005A1
SVX2005A2
2
2
SVX2005A3
2
SVX2505E3
2
250
242
10
SVX2505E1
SVX2505E6
300
289
10
SVX3005E1
SVX3005E6 2
SVX3005E3
2
400
382
10
SVX4005E1
SVX4005E6 2
SVX4005E3
450
412
11
SVX4505E1
SVX4505E6 2
SVX4505E3
500
472
11
SVX5005E1
SVX5005E6 2
SVX5005E3
2
550
590
11
SVX5505E1
SVX5505E6 2
SVX5505E3
600
650
12
SVX6005E1
SVX6005E6 2
SVX6005E3
2
700
750
12
SVX7005E1
SVX7005E6 2
SVX7005E3
SVX8005E1
2
SVX8005E3
2
800
2
820
12
SVX8005E6
Notes
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-140.
2 Enclosure rating is NEMA Type 1 filtered and gasketed.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-146
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
230 V, Single-Phase Drives
SVX Enclosed Drives
2
230 V Single-Phase Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
1
4.2
4
SVX001JB1
SVX001JB2
SVX001JB3
1.5
6
4
SVXF15JB1
SVXF15JB2
SVXF15JB3
2
6.8
4
SVX002JB1
SVX002JB2
SVX002JB3
3
9.6
4
SVX003JB1
SVX003JB2
SVX003JB3
5
15.2
5
SVX005JB1
SVX005JB2
SVX005JB3
7.5
22
5
SVX007JB1
SVX007JB2
SVX007JB3
10
28
5
SVX010JB1
SVX010JB2
SVX010JB3
15
42
6
SVX015JB1
SVX015JB2
SVX015JB3
20
54
6
SVX020JB1
SVX020JB2
SVX020JB3
25
68
7
SVX025JA1
SVX025JA2
SVX025JA3
30
80
7
SVX030JA1
SVX030JA2
SVX030JA3
40
104
7
SVX040JA1
SVX040JA2
SVX040JA3
50
130
8
SVX050JA1
SVX050JA2
SVX050JA3
60
154
8
SVX060JA1
SVX060JA2
SVX060JA3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Note
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-140.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-147
2.7
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
480 V, Single-Phase Drives
SVX Enclosed Drives
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
480 V Single-Phase Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
SVXF15KB3
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
1.5
3
4
SVXF15KB1
SVXF15KB2
2
3.4
4
SVX002KB1
SVX002KB2
SVX002KB3
3
4.8
4
SVX003KB1
SVX003KB2
SVX003KB3
5
7.6
4
SVX005KB1
SVX005KB2
SVX005KB3
7.5
11
4
SVX007KB1
SVX007KB2
SVX007KB3
10
14
5
SVX010KB1
SVX010KB2
SVX010KB3
15
21
5
SVX015KB1
SVX015KB2
SVX015KB3
20
27
5
SVX020KB1
SVX020KB2
SVX020KB3
25
34
6
SVX025KB1
SVX025KB2
SVX025KB3
30
40
6
SVX030KB1
SVX030KB2
SVX030KB3
40
52
6
SVX040KB1
SVX040KB2
SVX040KB3
50
65
7
SVX050KA1
SVX050KA2
SVX050KA3
60
77
7
SVX060KA1
SVX060KA2
SVX060KA3
75
96
7
SVX075KA1
SVX075KA2
SVX075KA3
100
124
8
SVX100KA1
SVX100KA2
SVX100KA3
125
156
8
SVX125KA1
SVX125KA2
SVX125KA3
Note
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-140.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-148
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.7
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Enclosure Selection
2
SVX Drives
Enclosure selection charts are based on physical space limitations only and only to be used as a reference.
For actual enclosure sizing, refer to Bid Manager.
2
Note: Standard enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for a circuit
breaker or fusible disconnect, CPT, SPD, heater/thermostat, control relay
and terminal blocks.
Note: Bypass enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for a MCP, CPT,
input contactor, output bypass contactors, overload relay, SPD, heater/
thermostat, control relay and terminal blocks.
2
Standard Enclosure X-Space
Bypass Enclosure X-Space
2
2
Enclosure Size
Frame 4
Frame 5
Frame 6
Frame 7
Frame 8
Enclosure Size
Frame 4
Frame 5
Frame 6
Frame 7
Frame 8
AX
2
2
2
—
—
AX
0
0
0
—
—
BX
4
4
4
4
—
BX
2
2
2
0
—
CX
7
7
7
7
7
CX
5
5
5
3
2
DX
18
18
18
18
18
DX
16
16
16
14
13
2
2
2
2
Standard Power Options X-Space
Bypass Power Options X-Space
Power Options
Frame 4
Frame 5
Frame 6
Frame 7
Frame 8
Power Options
Frame 4
Frame 5
Frame 6
Frame 7
Frame 8
Isolation fuses
1
1
1
1
1
Isolation fuses
1
1
1
1
1
3% Input reactor
2
2
3
5
6
3% Input reactor
2
2
3
5
6
3% Output reactor
1
1
3
5
6
RVSS bypass
2
2
2
3
4
MotoRX filter
3
3
3
3
5
3% Output reactor
1
1
3
5
6
dV/dt filter
3
3
3
5
6
MotoRX filter
3
3
3
3
5
Output contactor
1
1
1
1
1
dV/dt filter
3
3
3
5
6
Larger Frame Enclosure Sizes
Larger Frame Enclosure Sizes
Frame Size
Type 1
Type 12
Type 1
Filtered and
Gasketed Type 3R
Frame 9
Size 5
Size 5
—
Size F
Frame 10 (without power options)
Size 6
—
Size 6
Size F
Frame 10 (with power options)
Size 8
—
Size 8
Size F
Frame 11 (without power options)
Size 8
—
Size 8
Size F
Frame 11 (with power options)
Size 9
—
Size 9
Size F
Frame 12
1
—
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Frame Size
Type 1
Type 12
Type 1 Filtered
and Gasketed
Type 3R
Frame 9
Size 5
Size 5
—
Size F
Frame 10
Size 8
—
Size 8
Size F
Frame 11
Size 9
—
Size 9
Size F
Frame 12
1
—
1
1
2
2
2
2
Note
1 Consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-149
2.7
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Note: Single-phase enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for a
capacitor kit, circuit breaker or fusible disconnect, CPT, SPD, heater/
thermostat, control relay and terminal blocks.
Single-Phase Enclosure X-Space
Enclosure Size
Frame 4
Frame 5
Frame 6
Frame 7
Frame 8
AX
0
0
—
—
—
BX
2
2
1
1
—
CX
5
5
4
4
4
DX
16
16
15
15
15
Single-Phase Power Options X-Space
Power Options
Frame 4
Frame 5
Frame 6
Frame 7
Frame 8
Isolation fuses
1
1
1
1
1
3% Input reactor
2
2
3
5
6
2
3% Output reactor
1
1
3
5
6
MotoRX filter
3
3
3
3
5
2
dV/dt filter
3
3
3
5
6
Output contactor
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
Larger Frame Enclosure Sizes
2
Frame Size
Type 1
Type 12
Type 1A Filtered
and Gasketed
Type 3R
Frame 9
Size 5
Size 5
—
Size F
2
Frame 10
Size 8
—
Size 8
Size F
Frame 11
Size 9
—
Size 9
Size F
2
Frame 12
1
—
1
1
2
Note
1 Consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-150
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.7
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Options
2
SVX Series Option Board Kits
The SVX Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to
customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept a total
of five option boards.
2
2
The SVX Series factory installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an A2 relay
output board, which are installed in slots A and B.
Option Boards
2
Option Board Kits
2
Allowed Slot
Locations 2
Field
Installed
Catalog
Number
Factory
Installed
Option
Designator
SVX Ready Programs
Local/
Basic Remote Standard
MSS
PID
Multi-P. PFC
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref,
2 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
A
OPTA9
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2 RO (NC-NO)
B
OPTA2
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2 RO, therm
B
OPTA3
A3
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V/24 V—SPX only
C
OPTA4
A4
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V—SPX only
C
OPTA5
A5
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
Double encoder—SPX only
C
OPTA7
A7
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO
A
OPTA8
A8
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
3 DI (encoder 10–24 V), out +15 V/+24 V,
2 DO (pulse+direction)—SPX only
C
OPTAE
AE
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
B, C, D, E
OPTB1
B1
—
—
—
—
—
■
■
1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm
B, C, D, E
OPTB2
B2
—
—
—
—
—
■
■
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),
1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
B, C, D, E
OPTB4
B4
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
3 RO (NO)
B, C, D, E
OPTB5
B5
—
—
—
—
—
■
■
1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100
B, C, D, E
OPTB8
B8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
B, C, D, E
OPTB9
B9
—
—
—
—
—
■
■
Modbus 3
D, E
OPTC2
C2
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Modbus TCP
D, E
OPTCI
CI
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
BACnet
D, E
OPTCJ
CJ
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Option Kit Description 1
2
2
Standard I/O Cards
A
D E
B C
2
2
Extended I/O Cards
Communication Cards
EtherNet/IP
D, E
OPTCQ
CQ
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Johnson Controls N2 3
D, E
OPTC2
CA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
PROFIBUS DP
D, E
OPTC3
C3
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
LonWorks
D, E
OPTC4
C4
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector)
D, E
OPTC5
C5
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
CANopen (slave)
D, E
OPTC6
C6
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
DeviceNet
D, E
OPTC7
C7
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Modbus (D9 type connector)
D, E
OPTC8
C8
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Adapter—SPX only
D, E
OPTD1
D1
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Adapter—SPX only
D, E
OPTD2
D2
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
RS-232 with D9 connection
D, E
OPTD3
D3
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output
2 Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location.
3 OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-151
2.7
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Modbus RTU Network
Communications
The Modbus Network Card
OPTC2 is used for connecting
the SVX Drive as a slave on a
Modbus network. The
interface is connected by a
9-pin DSUB connector
(female) and the baud rate
ranges from 300 to 19,200
baud. Other communication
parameters include an
address range from 1 to 247;
a parity of None, Odd or
Even; and the stop bit is 1.
DeviceNet Network
Communications
The DeviceNet Network Card
OPTC7 is used for connecting
the SVX Drive on a DeviceNet
Network. It includes a
5.08 mm pluggable
connector. Transfer method
is via CAN using a two-wire
twisted shielded cable with
two-wire bus power cable
and drain. The baud rates
used for communication
include 125 Kbaud,
250 Kbaud and 500 Kbaud.
PROFIBUS Network
Communications
The PROFIBUS Network Card
OPTC3 is used for connecting
the SVX Drive as a slave on
a PROFIBUS-DP network.
The interface is connected
by a 9-pin DSUB connector
(female). The baud rates
range from 9.6 Kbaud to
12 Mbaud, and the addresses
range from 1 to 127.
Johnson Controls
Metasys N2 Network
Communications
The OPTC2 fieldbus board
provides communication
between the SVX Drive and a
Johnson Controls Metasys™
N2 network. With this
connection, the drive can be
controlled, monitored and
programmed from the
Metasys system. The N2
fieldbus is available as a
factory installed option and as
a field installable kit.
LonWorks Network
Communications
The LonWorks Network Card
OPTC4 is used for connecting
the SVX Drive on a LonWorks
network. This interface uses
Standard Network Variable
Types (SNVT) as data types.
The channel connection is
achieved using a FTT-10 A
Free Topology transceiver
via a single twisted transfer
cable. The communication
speed with LonWorks is
78 kBits/s.
CANopen (Slave)
Communications
The CANopen (Slave)
Network Card OPTC6 is used
for connecting the SVX Drive
to a host system. According
to ISO11898 standard cables
to be chosen for CANbus
should have a nominal
impedance of 120 ohms, and
specific line delay of nominal
5 nS/m. 120 ohms line
termination resistors required
for installation.
Modbus/TCP Network
Communications
The Modbus/TCP Network
Card OPTCI is used for
connecting the SVX Drive to
Ethernet networks utilizing
Modbus protocol. It includes
an RJ-45 pluggable connector.
This interface provides a
selection of standard and
custom register values to
communicate drive parameters.
The board supports 10 Mbps
and 100 Mbps communication
speeds. The IP address of the
board is configurable over
Ethernet using a supplied
software tool.
BACnet Network
Communications
The BACnet Network Card
OPTCJ is used for connecting
the SVX Drive to BACnet
networks. It includes a
5.08 mm pluggable connector.
Data transfer is Master-Slave/
Token Passing (MS/TP)
RS-485. This interface uses
a collection of 30 Binary Value
Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog
Value Objects (AVOs) to
communicate drive parameters.
The card supports 9.6, 19.2
and 38.4 Kbaud communication
speeds and supports network
addresses 1–127.
EtherNet/IP Network
Communications
The EtherNet/IP Network
Card OPTCK is used for
connecting the SVX Drive to
Ethernet/Industrial Protocol
networks. It includes an
RJ-45 pluggable connector.
The interface uses CIP
objects to communicate drive
parameters (CIP is “Common
Industrial Protocol”, the same
protocol used by DeviceNet).
The board supports 10 Mbps
and 100 Mbps communication
speeds. The IP address of the
board is configurable by Static,
BOOTP and DHCP methods.
2
2
2
V6-T2-152
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
Input Power Options
Option
Description
2
HMCP Disconnect
The HMCP motor protection circuit breaker uses an electronic trip unit to provide typical motor overload relay functionality and short-circuit
protection against potential phase-to-phase or phase-to-ground faults.
2
Circuit Breaker
Utilizes a circuit breaker to provide a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the drive, and protection from highlevel ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can
be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure.
2
Isolation Fusing
Provides high-level fault protection of the drive input power circuit from the load side of the fuses to the input side of the power transistors.
This option consists of three 200 kA fuses that are factory mounted in the enclosure.
3% Input Reactor
The input reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the line side of an AFD. It is used to provide a reduction in voltage and current
harmonics. It also provides increased input protection for AFD and its semiconductors from line transients.
SPD
Provides a surge protection device (SPD) connected to the line side terminals and is designed to clip line side transients.
2
Fused Disconnect
Utilizes fusing to provide a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the drive, and protection from high-level
ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can be
padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure.
2
2
2
2
Bypass Options
2
Option
Description
Manual HOA Bypass
Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of operation. HAND mode is defaulted
keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via
programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include keypad, I/O and fieldbus.
Manual HOA RVSS Bypass
This option adds a reduced voltage soft starter to bypass assembly for soft starting in bypass mode.
2
2
2
2
Output Power Options
Option
Description
Output Contactor
Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil is controlled by the drive’s run or
permissive logic. NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10 A, 600 Vac are provided for customer use. This option includes a low VA 115 Vac
fused control power transformer and is factory mounted in the enclosure.
3% Output Reactor
The output reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the load side of an AFD. It is used to provide a reduction in voltage and current
harmonics.
MotoRX Filter
Used to reduce transient voltage (dV/dt) and peak voltages at the motor terminals. This option is comprised of a 0.5% line reactor, followed by
capacitive filtering and an energy recovery/clamping circuit. Unlike the traditional dV/dt filter, the MotoRx recovers most of the energy from the
voltage peaks, resulting in a lower voltage drop to the motor, therefore conserving power. This option is used when the distance between
a single motor and the drive is 300–600 ft (91–183 m). This option can not be used with the brake chopper circuit. in this case, the traditional
dV/dt filter should be investigated as an alternative.
dV/dt Filter
Used to reduce the transient voltage (dV/dt) at the motor terminals. The traditional dV/dt filter is recommended for cable lengths exceeding
100 ft (30 m) with a drive of 3 hp and above, for cable lengths of 33 ft (10 m) with a drive of 2 hp and below, or for a drive rated at 525–690 V.
This option is mounted in the enclosure and may be used in conjunction with a brake chopper circuit. This option is mounted in the enclosure.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Control Options
2
Option
Description
Speed Pot
Provides the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. This option uses the 10 Vdc reference to generate a
0–10 V signal at the analog voltage input signal terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is controlled when the HOA switch
is in the HAND position. Without the HOA bypass option, a two-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select
speed reference from the speed potentiometer or a remote speed signal.
HOA Switch
Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of operation. HAND mode is defaulted to
keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via
drive programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include Keypad, I/O and fieldbus.
2
Start-Stop Pushbutton
Provides door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass configurations.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-153
2.7
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Light Options
Option
Description
2
Non-Bypass Light Kit—Power On, Run, Fault
Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running and a red
FAULT light that indicates a drive fault has occurred.
2
Bypass Light Kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run
Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running, a red
FAULT light that indicates a drive fault has occurred and an amber light that indicates when the motor is running in Bypass mode.
2
2
2
Enclosure Options
Option
Description
Floor Stand 12 in
Converts a normally wall-mounted enclosure to a floor-standing enclosure with a height of 12 in (304.8 mm).
Floor Stand 22 in
Converts a normally wall-mounted enclosure to a floor-standing enclosure with a height of 22 in (558.8 mm).
2
2
Enclosed Drive Options
2
Brake Chopper Options
2
The brake chopper circuit option is used for applications that
require dynamic braking. Dynamic braking resistors are not
included with drive purchase. Consult Page V6-T2-108 for
dynamic braking resistors which are supplied separately.
Resistors are not UL Listed.
2
For brake chopper circuit selection and adder—NEMA
Type 1/IP21, NEMA Type 12/IP54, consult the factory
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-154
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
Technical Data and Specifications
2
SVX Enclosed Drives
Description
NEMA Type 1/IP21 or NEMA Type 12/IP54
Specification
Primary Design Features
Description
NEMA Type 1/IP21 or NEMA Type 12/IP54
Specification
Input/Output Interface Features
2
2
2
45–66 Hz input frequency
Standard
Output: AC volts maximum
Input voltage base
Remote keypad/display
Standard
Output frequency range
0–320 Hz
Personal computer
Standard
2
Initial output current (IH)
250% for 2 seconds
Overload (1 minute [IH/IL])
150%/110%
Drive mounted keypad/display
Standard
2
Enclosure space heater
Optional
Remote keypad/display
Standard
Oversize enclosure
Standard
Conventional control elements
Standard
Output contactor
Optional
Serial communications
Optional
Bypass motor starter
Optional
115 Vac control circuit
Optional
Listings
UL, cUL
Protection Features
Setup adjustment provisions
Operator control provisions
2
2
2
Speed setting inputs
Keypad
Standard
Optional
0–10 Vdc potentiometer/voltage signal
Standard
AC input circuit disconnect
Optional
4–20 mA Isolated
Configurable
Line reactors (3%)
Standard
4–20 mA Differential
Configurable
Phase rotation insensitive
Standard
EMI filter
Standard
Speed/frequency
Input phase loss protection
Standard
Torque/load/current
Programmable
Input overvoltage protection
Standard
Motor voltage
Programmable
Line surge protection
Optional
Kilowatts
Programmable
Output short-circuit protection
Standard
0–10 Vdc signals
Configurable w/jumpers
Output ground fault protection
Standard
4–20 mA DC signals
Standard
Optional
2
Standard
2
Incoming line fuses
2
2
2
Analog outputs
Standard
Output phase protection
Standard
Isolated signals
Overtemperature protection
Standard
Discrete outputs
DC overvoltage protection
Standard
Fault alarm
Drive overload protection
Standard
Drive running
Standard
Motor overload protection
Standard
Drive at set speed
Programmable
Programmer software
Optional
Optional parameters
14
Local/remote keypad
Standard
Dry contacts
1 (2 relays Form C)
Keypad lockout
Standard
Open collector outputs
1
Fault alarm output
Standard
Additional discrete outputs
Optional
Built-in diagnostics
Standard
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Communications
RS-232
Standard
RS-422/485
Optional
DeviceNet™
Optional
Modbus RTU
Optional
CANopen (slave)
Optional
PROFIBUS-DP
Optional
Lonworks®
Optional
Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2
Optional
EtherNet/IP
Optional
Modbus TCP
Optional
BACnet
Optional
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-155
2.7
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
SVX Enclosed Drives, continued
Standard I/O Specifications
NEMA Type 1/IP21 or NEMA Type 12/IP54
Specification
Description
Specification
Six–digital input
programmable
24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V,Ri >5 kohms
Sensorless vector control
Standard
Volts/hertz control
Standard
Two–analog input
configurable w/jumpers
Voltage: 0–±10 V, Ri >200 kohms
Current: 0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms
IR and slip compensation
Standard
Two–digital output
programmable
Form C relays 250 Vac
30 Vdc 2 amp resistive
Electronic reversing
Standard
Optional 1
2
DC braking
Standard
One–analog output
programmable
configurable w/jumper
0–20 mA, RL max. 500 ohms 10 bits ±2%
Dynamic braking
PID setpoint controller
Programmable
One digital output
programmable
Open collector 48 Vdc 50 mA
2
Critical speed lockout
Standard
Current (torque) limit
Standard
Adjustable acceleration/deceleration
Standard
I/O Specifications for Control/Communication Options
Linear or S curve accel/decel
Standard
Description
Specification
Jog at preset speed
Standard
Analog voltage, input
0–±10 V, Ri >200 kohms
2
Thread/preset speeds
7 Standard, 15 Optional
Analog current, input
0 (4)–20 mA, Ri = 250 ohms
Automatic restart
Selectable
Digital input
24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V, Ri >5 kohms
2
Coasting motor start
Standard
Auxiliary voltage
24 V (±20%), max. 50 mA
Coast or ramp stop selection
Standard
Reference voltage
10 V ±3%, max. 10 mA
Elapsed time meter
Optional
Analog current, output
Carrier frequency adjustment
1–16 kHz
0 (4)–20 mA, RL = 500 kohms resolution 10 bit,
accuracy <±2%
Analog voltage, output
0 (2)–10 V, RL >1 kohms, resolution 10 bit,
accuracy <±2%
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Description
Performance Features
Standard Conditions for Application and Service
Operating ambient temperature
IL: 0 to 40 °C; IH: 0 to 50 °C
Storage temperature
–40 to 60 °C
Maximum switching voltage
300 Vdc, 250 Vac
Humidity (maximum), non-condensing
95%
Maximum switching load
8 A/24 Vdc, 0.4 A/300 Vdc, 2 kVA/250 Vac
Altitude (maximum without derate)
3300 ft (1000 m)
Maximum continuous load
2 A rms
Line voltage variation
+10/–15%
Thermistor input
Rtrip = 4.7 kohms
2
Line frequency variation
45–66 Hz
Encoder input
Efficiency
>96%
24 V: “0” <10 V, “1” >18V, Ri = 2.2 kohms
5 V: “0” <2V, “1” >3V, Ri = 330 ohms
2
Power factor (displacement)
>0.94
2
2
2
Relay output
Note
1 Some horsepower units include dynamic braking chopper as standard—refer to individual
drive sections.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-156
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
AX Box Type 1
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
25.80
(655.3)
2
2
26.74
(679.2)
25.35
(643.9)
2
17.31
(439.7)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
1.76
(44.8)
19.30 (490.2)
2
17.02 (432.2)
2
20.92 (531.4)
2
AX Box Type 1—12 Inch Floor Stands
19.30 (490.0)
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting Holes
(2 Places)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
14.06
(357.1)
25.35
(643.9)
2
10.53
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
29.12
(739.6)
5.00 (127.0)
2
15.50 (393.7)
17.50 (444.7)
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
1.76 (44.8)
2
17.02 (432.2)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-157
2.7
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
AX Box Type 1—22 Inch Floor Stands
19.30 (490.2)
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting Holes
(2 Places)
14.06
(357.1)
10.53
(267.5)
25.35
(643.9)
2
2
7.00
(177.8)
47.37
(1203.2)
47.87
(1215.9)
2
39.15
(994.4)
2
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
15.50 (393.7)
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
17.02 (432.2)
AX Box Type 12
2
2
1.76 (44.8)
25.80
(655.3)
26.74
(679.2)
25.35
(643.9)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
2
19.30 (490.2)
2
1.76
(44.8)
17.02 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-158
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
AX Box Type 12—12 Inch Floor Stands
19.30 (490.2)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
14.06
(357.1)
10.53
(267.5)
25.35
(643.9)
2
7.00
(177.8)
37.87
(961.9)
37.37
(949.2)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
29.13
(739.9)
5.00 (127.0)
2
15.50 (393.7)
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
1.76 (44.8)
20.92 (531.4)
17.02 (432.2)
2
2
AX Box Type 12—22 Inch Floor Stands
19.30 (490.2)
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
14.06
(357.1)
10.53
(267.5)
25.35
(643.9)
2
2
7.00
(177.8)
47.87
(1215.9)
5.00 (127.0)
39.15
(994.4)
47.37
(1203.2)
2
3.00 (76.2)
2
15.50 (393.7)
17.75 (450.7)
2
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
1.76 (44.8)
17.02 (432.2)
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-159
2.7
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
AX Box Type 3R
20.18 (512.5)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
2
2
33.09
(840.4)
33.97
(862.8)
31.76
(806.6)
2
25.35
(643.9)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
2
2
AX Box Type 3R—12 Inch Floor Stands
20.88 (530.4)
2
17.88 (454.2)
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
20.18 (512.5)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
31.76
(806.8)
14.25
(361.8)
10.72
(272.2) 7.19
(182.5)
25.36
(644.0)
2
2
17.02 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
3.64
(92.5)
19.30 (490.2)
2
17.28
(438.9)
1.04 [26.4]
45.10
(1145.5)
44.66
(1134.3)
3.20
(81.3)
5.20
(132.1)
15.70 (398.8)
2
29.12
(739.6)
2
17.70 (449.6)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
3.64
(92.5)
17.02 (432.2)
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-160
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
AX Box Type 3R—22 Inch Floor Stands
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
20.88 (530.4)
17.88 (454.2)
2
20.18 (512.5)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
31.76
(806.8)
2
14.25
(361.8)
10.72
(272.2)
2
7.19
(182.5)
25.35
(643.9)
2
3.20 (81.3)
55.10
(1399.5)
2
5.20 (132.1)
2
15.70 (398.8)
17.70 (449.6)
2
39.13
(993.9)
54.66
(1388.3)
2
2
2
3.64 (92.5)
20.92 (531.4)
2
17.02 (432.2)
2
BX Box Type 1
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
36.80
(934.7)
2
36.35
(923.3)
2
37.74
(958.6)
28.55
(725.1)
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
19.30 (490.2)
2
1.76
(44.8)
2
17.01 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-161
2.7
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
BX Box Type 1—12 Inch Floor Stands
19.30 (490.2)
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
14.06
(357.1) 10.53
(267.5)
36.35
(923.3)
7.00
(177.8)
3.00 (76.2)
48.37
(1228.6)
48.87
(1241.3)
40.38
(1025.7)
5.00 (127.0)
15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
1.76
(44.8)
20.92 (531.4)
17.01 (432.2)
2
BX Box Type 1—22 Inch Floor Stands
2
19.30 (490.2)
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
14.06
(357.1) 10.53
(267.5)
36.35
(923.3)
2
2
58.37
(1482.6)
58.87
(1495.3)
50.38
(1279.7)
2
7.00
(177.8)
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2)
2
2
2
V6-T2-162
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
BX Box Type 12
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
36.80
(934.7)
2
2
36.35
(923.3)
37.74
(958.6)
28.55
(725.1)
2
2
2
1.76
(44.8)
19.30 (490.2)
2
17.01 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
BX Box Type 12—12 Inch Floor Stands
19.30 (490.2)
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
36.35
(923.3)
14.06
(357.1)
2
10.53
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
2
3.00 (76.2)
48.37
(1228.6)
48.87
(1241.3)
40.38
(1025.7)
2
5.00 (127.0)
2
15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
1.76
(44.8)
2
17.01 (432.2)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-163
2.7
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
BX Box Type 12—22 Inch Floor Stands
19.30 (490.2)
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
14.06
(357.1)
36.35
(923.3)
3.00 (76.2)
2
2
5.00 (127.0)
58.87
(1495.3)
58.37
(1482.6)
2
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2)
BX Box Type 3R
2
20.18 (512.5)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
2
15.50 (393.7)
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
10.53
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
44.09
(1119.8)
42.69
(1084.3)
37.74
(958.6)
36.35
(923.3)
2
28.56
(725.3)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
2
19.30 (490.2)
3.51
(89.1)
17.01 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-164
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.7
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
BX Box Type 3R—12 Inch Floor Stands
20.88 (530.4)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
17.88 (454.2)
20.18 (512.5)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
14.06
(357.1)
55.66
(1413.7)
2
10.53
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
42.77
(1086.4)
2
3.00 (76.2)
56.10
(1424.9)
36.35
(923.3)
2
5.00 (127.0)
2
15.50 (393.7)
40.40
(1026.3)
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
2
3.51
(89.1)
20.92 (531.4)
17.01 (432.2)
2
2
BX Box Type 3R—22 Inch Floor Stands
20.88 (530.4)
17.88 (454.2)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
20.18 (512.5)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
42.77
(1086.4)
14.06
(357.1)
36.35
(923.3)
55.10
(1429.9)
65.66
(1667.7)
2
10.53
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
2
3.00 (76.2)
2
5.00 (127.0)
50.38
(1279.7)
2
15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
3.57 (90.7)
2
17.01 (432.2)
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-165
2.7
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
CX Box Type 1
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
2
2
48.80
(1239.5)
48.35
(1228.1)
49.74
(1263.4)
35.85
(910.6)
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
29.30 (744.2)
2
2
1.74
(44.2)
30.92 (785.4)
17.76 (451.2)
CX Box Type 1—12 Inch Floor Stands
29.30 (744.2)
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
14.81
(376.2)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
2
2
2
2
48.35
(1228.1)
3.00 (76.2)
47.67
(1210.8)
60.37
(1533.4)
49.74
(1263.4)
2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
2
1.74
(44.2)
17.76 (451.2)
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-166
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
5.00 (127.0)
25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5)
2.7
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
CX Box Type 1—22 Inch Floor Stands
29.30 (744.2)
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting Holes
(2 Places)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
14.81
(376.2)
48.35
(1228.1)
2
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
57.68
(1465.0)
70.37
(1787.4)
2
3.00
(76.2)
70.87
(1800.1)
5.00
(127.0)
2
25.50
(647.7)
2
27.50
(698.5)
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
2
1.74 (44.2)
17.76 (451.2)
2
CX Box Type 12
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
48.80
(1239.5)
2
49.74
(1263.4)
2
35.85
(910.6)
48.35
(1228.1)
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
29.30 (744.2)
30.92 (785.4)
2
1.74
(44.2)
17.76 (451.2)
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-167
2.7
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
CX Box Type 12—12 Inch Floor Stands
29.30 (744.2)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
14.81
(376.2)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
48.35
(1228.1)
2
2
60.37
(1533.4)
47.67
(1210.8)
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
49.74
(1263.4)
25.50 (647.7)
2
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2
2
1.74
(44.2)
30.92 (785.4)
17.76 (451.2)
CX Box Type 12—22 Inch Floor Stands
2
29.30 (744.2)
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
14.81
(376.2)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
48.35
(1228.1)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
70.37
(1787.4)
57.68
(1465.0)
2
70.87
(1800.1)
2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
2
1.74
(44.2)
17.76
(451.2)
2
V6-T2-168
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5)
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
CX Box Type 3R
30.88 (784.4)
2
21.00 (533.3)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
56.08
(1424.5)
2
2
2
54.77
(1391.2)
2
56.96
(1446.9)
48.35
(1228.1)
2
35.85
(910.6)
2
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
29.30 (744.2)
2
3.72
(94.4)
30.92 (785.4)
17.76 (451.2)
2
2
CX Box Type 3R—12 Inch Floor Stands
30.88 (784.4)
28.10 (713.7)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
21.00 (533.3)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
14.81
(376.2) 11.28
(286.5)
67.65
(1718.4)
2
7.75
(196.9)
66.60
(1691.7)
2
3.00 (76.2)
47.67
(1210.8)
68.09
(1729.6)
48.35
(1228.1)
5.00 (127.0)
2
25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
3.72
(94.4)
17.76 (451.2)
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-169
2.7
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
CX Box Type 3R—22 Inch Floor Stands
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
30.88 (784.4)
2
27.88 (708.2)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
2
21.00 (533.3)
77.65
(1972.4)
14.81
(376.2) 11.28
(286.5)
76.60
(1945.7)
7.75
(196.9)
78.09
(1983.6)
48.35
(1228.1)
2
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
57.68
(1465.0)
2
25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
17.76
(451.2)
DX Box Type 1
2
29.30 (744.2)
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
3.72
(94.4)
22.56
(573.0)
82.23
(2088.6)
2
2
6.13
(155.6)
82.85
(2104.4)
76.35
(1939.3)
1.62 (41.1)
67.88
(1724.2)
8.38 (212.9)
22.12
(561.8)
2
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
2
1.55
(39.4)
22.48
(571.1)
2
2
V6-T2-170
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
2.7
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
DX Box Type 12
2
29.30 (744.2)
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
22.56
(573.0)
82.35
(2091.7)
82.85
(2104.4)
67.89
(1724.4)
76.35
(1939.3)
2
6.13
(155.6)
2
1.62 (41.1)
2
8.38 (212.9)
22.12
(561.8)
2
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
30.92
(785.4)
1.55
(39.4)
2
22.48
(571.1)
2
2
DX Box Type 3R
30.88 (784.4)
27.88 (708.2)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
25.51 (647.8)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
89.70
(2278.3)
22.81
(579.2) 6.31
(160.3)
82.84
(2104.1)
2
90.14
(2289.5)
67.89
(1724.4)
76.35
(1939.3)
2
2
1.80 (45.7)
8.56 (217.4)
2
22.30
(566.4)
29.06 (738.1)
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
3.64
(92.5)
22.48
(571.1)
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-171
2.7
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Size 5
2
J
2
2
2
2
Lifting Eyes
(2 Places)
2
RR
2
2
N
For Cable
Entry
T
2
L
H
S
2
M
B
A
Front View
NEMA Type 1/IP21
2
P
Top View
2
0.56 (14.2) Dia.
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
2
F
SS
G
C
2
D
D1
Side View
Bottom View
2
2
IL hp
2
208/230V
75
100
480V
200
250
2
2
2
Front View
NEMA Type 12/IP54
2
For reference only, dimensions are subject to change.
2
Wide
High
Deep
Mounting
Door Height
Min. Air Space
A
B
C
D
D1
E
E1
F
G
G1
H
J
K
2
40.0 (1016)
90.0 (2286)
21.3 (541)
36.0 (914)
2.0 (51)
—
—
8.0 (203)
10.8 (273)
—
84.4 (2143)
4.0 (102)
—
2
Cable Entry
2
2
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
RR
SS
TT
UU
VV
Max. Approx.
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
15.0
(381)
10.0
(254)
4.8
(122)
2.0
(51)
—
36.3
(921)
20.0
(508)
—
—
—
94.0
(2387)
15.5
(394)
—
—
—
1275 (579)
Door Clearance
2
2
V6-T2-172
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.7
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
Size 6
2
2
T
2
S
2
Door Clearance
Top View
2
J
2
2
Keypad
2
Flanged Disconnect Supplied
with Circuit Breaker When Specified
2
Operator Elements When Specified,
Mounted on These Panels
2
RR
B
Key-Locking Handle
H
2
2
2
Ventilating Slots
2
Quarter Turn Latch
(2 Places)
C
2
2
A
Side View
Front View
For Cable Entry
2
N
IL hp
480V
2
L
M
F
300
350
400
P
2
0.56 (14.2) Dia.
Mounting Hole –
(4 Places)
2
G
D1
2
D
Bottom View
For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. See Page V6-T2-144, notes 3 and 5 for enclosure and option selection.
2
Wide
High
Deep
Mounting
Door Height
Min. Air Space
A
B
C
D
D1
E
E1
F
G
G1
H
J
K
2
30.0 (762)
90.0 (2286)
26.0 (660)
26.5 (673)
1.8 (46)
—
—
17.3 (438)
5.5 (140)
—
84.4 (2143)
4.0 (102)
—
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
RR
SS
TT
UU
VV
Max. Approx.
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
23.5
(597)
3.3
(84)
4.5
(114)
19.3
(490)
—
26.2
(667)
24.8
(629)
—
—
—
93.9
(2386)
—
—
—
—
1500 (681)
Cable Entry
Door Clearance
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-173
2.7
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Size 8
2
For Top Cable Entry –
(2 Places)
T
S
2
2
R
2
2
Top View
2
J
2
2
2
2
2
2
RR
H
B
2
2
2
2
2
U
C
V
A
Front View
Side View
2
0.56 (14.2) Dia.
Mounting Hole –
(4 Places)
2
IL hp
2
300
350
400
480V
2
M
L
For Bottom
Cable Entry
F
N
G
P
2
D
Bottom View
D1
2
For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. See Page V6-T2-144, notes 3 and 5 for enclosure and option selection.
2
Wide
High
Deep
Mounting
Door Height
Min. Air Space
A
B
C
D
D1
E
E1
F
G
G1
H
J
K
2
48.0 (1219)
90.0 (2286)
24.0 (610)
42.2 (1072)
3.0 (77)
—
—
—
5.5 (139)
—
84.4 (2143)
4.0 (102)
—
2
Cable Entry
2
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
RR
SS
TT
UU
VV
Max. Approx.
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
9.5
(241)
37.5
(952)
12.5
(318)
7.7
(196)
8.3
(210)
1.3
(32)
31.0
(787)
21.5
(545)
21.3
(541)
—
93.5
(2375)
—
—
—
—
2000 (908)
2
2
V6-T2-174
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.7
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
Size 9
T
S
2
U
2
R
Access in Top –
(2 Places)
2
W
V
2
90° Max.
Door
Opening
SS
TT
90° Max.
Door
Opening
2
UU
2
2
Top View
2
J
Openings Filtered for
NEMA Type 12/IP54 Design
2
Drive Circuit Breaker
2
2
Key-Locking Handle
2
RR
2
B
2
2
Access
Plate –
4 Places
2
2
C
Side View
2
A
Front View
M
2
Bottom Access
L
0.56 (14.2) Dia.
Mounting Hole –
(5 Places)
2
N
G
IH hp
480V
400
500
550
IL hp
500
550
600
2
P
G1
D1
D
2
D2
E
Bottom View
2
For reference only, dimensions are subject to change. See Page V6-T2-144, notes 3 and 5 for enclosure and option selection.
2
Wide
High
Deep
Mounting
A
B
C
D
D1
E
E1
F
G
2
60.0 (1524)
90.0 (2286)
260.1 (664)
22.9 (582)
2.0 (51)
30.0 (762)
44.3 (1125)
10.6 (270)
10.6 (270)
Door Height
Min. Air Space
G1
H
J
K
8.2 (208)
—
4.0 (102)
—
2
2
2
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
RR
SS
TT
UU
VV
Max. Approx.
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
8.5
(216)
32.7
(831)
12.0
(305)
11.9
(303)
9.8
(249)
1.5
(38)
43.5
(1105)
15.0
(381)
7.5
(191)
25.0
(635)
93.5
(2375)
27.4
(696)
290.1
(738)
270.1
(687)
—
2500 (1135)
Cable Entry
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-175
2.7
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SVX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Enclosure Size F
2
W
D
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
H1
2
H
2
2
2
2
W1
2
D1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
H
H1
W
W1
D
D1
2
93.58
(2376.9)
69.51
(1765.60)
60.00
(1524.0)
48.00
(1219.2)
37.50
(952.5)
26.00
(660.4)
Approximate
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Approximate
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
1700 (771)
1850 (839)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-176
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
2.8
Contents
H-Max Drives
Description
Page
H-Max Drives
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives . . .
2
2
V6-T2-178
V6-T2-179
V6-T2-182
V6-T2-182
V6-T2-185
V6-T2-186
V6-T2-187
V6-T2-188
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
H-Max Drives
Product Description
Features and Benefits
Eaton’s H-Max Series VFD
has software and hardware
designed specifically for the
HVAC, pump industry. The
ultra-efficient DC capacitor
and power structure allows
the drive to consume less
energy, lowering greenhouse
gases.
Hardware
●
Thin metal capacitor
design—ultra-efficient
drive operation and
extended self life (up to
five years without
reforming)
●
Integrated 5% DC link
choke with Input surge
protection—protects
against voltage spikes and
provides a clean wave form
to the motor
●
EMI/RFI filters standard on
all drives—meets EMC
Category 2 for commercial
applications
●
Real-time clock—supports
calendaring and PLC
functionality
●
Graphic LCD display and
keypad—supports simple
menu navigation as well as
on-screen diagnostics and
troubleshooting
●
HAND-OFF-AUTO and
drive-bypass selector on
keypad—simplifies control
●
Standard I/O: 6DI, 2AI,
1AO, 2 Form C RO (NO/
NC), 1 Form A RO (NO)—
supports requirements for
most installations
The I/O configuration is
designed with wiring
ergonomics in mind by
including removable terminal
blocks. The main, easily
removable, control board
used for all drive frames with
six digital IN, two analog IN,
one analog OUT, three relay
OUT accepts two additional
I/O or communication board.
In addition, the control board
has built-in RS-485 and
Ethernet communication.
These drives continue
the tradition of robust
performance, and raise
the bar on features and
functionality, ensuring
the best solution at the
right price.
In addition to the Active
Energy Control Algorithm to
maximize motor efficiency,
the drive boasts an ultraefficient DC capacitor and
power structure to allow less
energy consumption,
lowering greenhouse gases.
Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
●
Onboard RS 485: Modbus,
N2, BACnet—meets needs
of most communication
requirements
Onboard Ethernet: BACnet/
IP, Modbus/TCP—meets
needs of most
communication
requirements
Two expansion slots—
intended to support
additional I/O or
communication protocols
as necessary
Quick disconnect terminals
for I/O connections—
supports fast easy
installation
Product
●
IEC 61800-5-1
●
CE
●
UL508C
●
cUL
●
C-Tick Mark
●
OSHPD Seismic Certified
●
Plenum Rated
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Software
●
Active energy control—
minimizes energy losses in
your motor resulting in
industry leading energy
efficiency for your
application
●
Quick Start Wizard upon
initial power up—supports
fast easy installation
●
Copy/paste functionality on
drive keypad—allows for
fast setup of multiple
drives
●
Pre-programmed I/O—
supports fast easy
installation for most
applications
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-177
2.8
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
Catalog Number Selection
H-Max Series Drives
HMX 3 4 A G 3D4 2 1 - N
2
2
Product
HMX = HVAC drive
2
Braking/Application
N = No brake chopper (low overload)
Phase
3 = Three-phase
2
2
Enclosure
1 = Open NEMA Type 1 IP21
2 = Open NEMA Type 12 IP54
Voltage
2 = 200–240 V
4 = 380–480 V
2
2
Input Options Frame and
Voltage Specific
2 = EMC C2
Software Series
A–Z
2
Keypad
G = Graphical panel
2
2
200–240 Volts
3D7 = 3.7 A–0.75 hp, 0.55 kW
4D8 = 4.8 A–1 hp, 0.75 kW
6D6 = 6.6 A–1.5 hp, 1.1 kW
8D0 = 8 A–2 hp, 1.5 kW
011 = 11 A–3 hp, 2.2 kW
012 = 12 A–4 hp, 3 kW
018 = 18 A–5 hp, 4 kW
024 = 24 A–7.5 hp, 5.5 kW
031 = 31 A–10 hp, 7.5 kW
048 = 48 A–15 hp, 11 kW
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
062 =
075 =
088 =
105 =
140 =
170 =
205 =
261 =
310 =
Amperes
380–480 Volts
62 A–20 hp, 15 kW
3D4 = 3.4 A–1.5 hp, 1.1 kW
75 A–25 hp, 18.5 kW
4D8 = 4.8–2 hp, 1.5 kW
88 A–30 hp, 22 kW
5D6 = 5.6 A–3 hp, 2.2 kW
105 A–40 hp, 30 kW
8D0 = 8 A–4 hp, 3 kW
140 A–50 hp, 37 kW
9D6 = 9.6 A–5 hp, 4 kW
170 A–60 hp, 45 kW
012 = 12 A–7.5 hp, 5.5 kW
205 A–75 hp, 55 kW
016 = 16 A–10 hp, 7.5 kW
261 A–100 hp, 75 kW
023 = 23 A–15 hp, 11 kW
310 A–125 hp, 90 kW
031 = 31 A–20 hp, 15 kW
038 = 38 A–25 hp, 18.5 kW
Notes
All boards are varnished (conformed coated). Corrosion resistant.
Battery included in all drives for real-time clock.
Keypad kit includes HOA bypass.
Keypad kit includes HOA, back reset for Europe application.
EMI/RFI filters included.
DC link choke included.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-178
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
046 =
061 =
072 =
087 =
105 =
140 =
170 =
205 =
261 =
310 =
46 A–30 hp, 22 kW
61 A–40 hp, 30 kW
72 A–50 hp, 37 kW
87 A–60 hp, 45 kW
105 A–75 hp, 55 kW
140 A–100 hp, 75 kW
170 A–125 hp, 90 kW
205 A–150 hp, 110 kW
261 A–200 hp, 132 kW
310 A–250 hp, 160 kW
2.8
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
Product Selection
2
H-Max Series Drives—230 Vac
NEMA Type 1
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21
FS
Frame
Size
Drive Output Current
Low Overload Full
Load Amps at 40 °C
4
3.7
5
2
Horsepower
Assigned Motor Ratings
230 Vac
Drive kW
NEC Amps 1
230 Vac/50 Hz
Low Overload Full
Load Amps at 50 °C
Catalog
Number
0.75
0.55
3.2
2.6
HMX32AG3D721-N
4.8
1
0.75
4.2
3.7
HMX32AG4D821-N
6.6
1.5
1.1
6.6
4.8
HMX32AG6D621-N
8
2
1.5
6.8
6.6
HMX32AG8D021-N
11
3
2.2
9.6
8
HMX32AG01121-N
12.5
4
3
N/A
11
HMX32AG01221-N
18
5
4
15.2
12.5
HMX32AG01821-N
24
7.5
5.5
22
18
HMX32AG02421-N
31
10
7.5
28
24
HMX32AG03121-N
6
48
15
11
42
31
HMX32AG04821-N
62
20
15
54
48
HMX32AG06221-N
7
75
25
18.5
68
62
HMX32AG07521-N
88
30
22
80
75
HMX32AG08821-N
105
40
30
104
88
HMX32AG10521-N
140
50
37
130
105
HMX32AG14021-N
170
60
45
154
140
HMX32AG17021-N
205
75
55
192
170
HMX32AG20521-N
261
100
75
248
205
HMX32AG26121-N
310
125
90
N/A
261
HMX32AG31021-N
8
9
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
NEMA Type 12
2
NEMA Type 12/IP54
FS
Frame
Size
Drive Output Current
Low Overload Full
Load Amps at 40 °C
4
3.7
4.8
6.6
8
5
6
7
8
9
Assigned Motor Ratings
230 Vac
Drive kW
NEC Amps 1
230 Vac/50 Hz
Low Overload Full
Load Amps at 50 °C
Catalog
Number
2
0.75
0.55
3.2
2.6
HMX32AG3D722-N
2
1
0.75
4.2
3.7
HMX32AG4D822-N
1.5
1.1
6.6
4.8
HMX32AG6D622-N
2
1.5
6.8
6.6
HMX32AG8D022-N
11
3
2.2
9.6
8
HMX32AG01122-N
12.5
4
3
N/A
11
HMX32AG01222-N
18
5
4
15.2
12
HMX32AG01822-N
24
7.5
5.5
22
18
HMX32AG02422-N
31
10
7.5
28
24
HMX32AG03122-N
48
15
11
42
31
HMX32AG04822-N
62
20
15
54
48
HMX32AG06222-N
75
25
18.5
68
62
HMX32AG07522-N
88
30
22
80
75
HMX32AG08822-N
105
40
30
104
88
HMX32AG10522-N
140
50
37
130
105
HMX32AG14022-N
170
60
45
154
140
HMX32AG17022-N
205
75
55
192
170
HMX32AG20522-N
261
100
75
248
205
HMX32AG26122-N
310
125
90
N/A
261
HMX32AG31022-N
Horsepower
Note
1 For sizing reference.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-179
2.8
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
H-Max Series Drives—480 Vac
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 1/IP21
FS
Frame
Size
2
4
2
2
2
2
5
2
6
2
2
7
2
8
2
2
9
2
2
NEMA Type 12
2
4
2
2
2
5
2
2
6
2
2
7
2
8
2
2
9
2
Horsepower
Assigned Motor Ratings
Drive kW
480 Vac
400 Vac/50 Hz
NEC Amps 1
Low Overload Full
Load Amps at 50 °C
Catalog
Number
HMX34AG3D421-N
3.4
1.5
1.1
2.1
2.6
4.8
2
1.5
3.4
3.4
HMX34AG4D821-N
5.6
3
2.2
5.6
4.8
HMX34AG5D621-N
8.0
4
3.0
N/A
5.6
HMX34AG8D021-N
9.6
5
4
7.6
8
HMX34AG9D621-N
12
7.5
5.5
11
9.6
HMX34AG01221-N
16
10
7.5
14
12
HMX34AG01621-N
23
15
11
21
16
HMX34AG02321-N
31
20
15
27
23
HMX34AG03121-N
38
25
18.5
34
31
HMX34AG03821-N
46
30
22
40
38
HMX34AG04621-N
61
40
30
52
46
HMX34AG06121-N
72
50
37
65
61
HMX34AG07221-N
87
60
45
77
72
HMX34AG08721-N
105
75
55
96
87
HMX34AG10521-N
140
100
75
124
105
HMX34AG14021-N
170
125
90
156
140
HMX34AG17021-N
205
150
110
180
170
HMX34AG20521-N
261
200
132
240
205
HMX34AG26121-N
310
250
160
302
261
HMX34AG31021-N
Horsepower
Assigned Motor Ratings
Drive kW
480 Vac
400 Vac/50 Hz
NEC Amps 1
Low Overload Full
Load Amps at 50 °C
Catalog
Number
NEMA Type 12/IP54
FS
Frame
Size
2
Drive Output Current
Low Overload Full
Load Amps at 40 °C
Drive Output Current
Low Overload Full
Load Amps at 40 °C
3.4
1.5
1.1
2.1
2.6
HMX34AG3D422-N
4.8
2
1.5
3.4
3.4
HMX34AG4D822-N
5.6
3
2.2
5.6
4.8
HMX34AG5D622-N
8.0
4
3.0
N/A
5.6
HMX34AG8D022-N
9.6
5
4
7.6
8
HMX34AG9D622-N
12
7.5
5.5
11
9.6
HMX34AG01222-N
16
10
7.5
14
12
HMX34AG01622-N
23
15
11
21
16
HMX34AG02322-N
31
20
15
27
23
HMX34AG03122-N
38
25
18.5
34
31
HMX34AG03822-N
46
30
22
40
38
HMX34AG04622-N
61
40
30
52
46
HMX34AG06122-N
72
50
37
65
61
HMX34AG07222-N
87
60
45
77
72
HMX34AG08722-N
105
75
55
96
87
HMX34AG10522-N
140
100
75
124
105
HMX34AG14022-N
170
125
90
156
140
HMX34AG17022-N
205
150
110
180
170
HMX34AG20522-N
261
200
132
240
205
HMX34AG26122-N
310
250
160
302
261
HMX34AG31022-N
Note
1 For sizing reference.
2
2
V6-T2-180
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
2.8
Onboard Network Communications
Johnson Controls
Metasys N2
H-Max Series provides
communication between the
drive and a Johnson Controls
Metasys™ N2 network. With
this connection, the drive can
be controlled, monitored and
programmed from the
Metasys system. N2 can be
selected and programmed by
the drive keypad.
2
BACnet
Modbus RTU
H-Max Series provides
communication to BACnet
networks. Data transfer is
master-slave/token passing
(MS/TP) RS-485.
H-Max Series provides
communication to Modbus
RTU RS-485 as a slave on a
Modbus network. Other
communication parameters
include an address range
from 1–247; a parity of
None, Odd or Even; and the
stop bit is 1.
BACnet/IP
100Base-T interface.
2
2
2
2
2
Modbus TCP
2
Ethernet based protocol.
2
H-Max Series Option Board Kits Available for Slot B
The factory issued relay
option board can be replaced
with the following option
boards to customize the drive
for your application needs.
2
The standard board provides
2 Form C RO (NO/NC) and
1 Form A RO (NO).
2
2
Option Boards Mounted in Slot B
Option Kit Description
Option Kit
Catalog Number
2
I/O expander card, 2 RO and thermistor input
Relay Board 2
2
2
H-Max Series Option Board Kits Available for Slots D and E
The H-Max Series drives can
accommodate a wide
selection of expander and
adapter option boards to
customize the drive for your
application needs. The drive’s
control unit is designed to
accept a total of two option
boards.
2
The H-Max Series factoryinstalled standard board
configuration includes an
I/O board and a relay
output board.
2
2
Option Boards Mounted in Slots D and E
Option Kit Description
Option Kit
Catalog Number
6 x DI /DO, each digital input can be individually programmed as digital output
XMX-IO-B1-A
1RO Form C (NO/NC), 1RO Form A (NO), 1 thermistor
XMX-IO-B2-A
1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated)
XMX-IO-B4-A
3 x RO Form A (NO)
XMX-IO-B5-A
1RO Form A (NO), 5DI 42–240 Vac input
XMX-IO-B9-A
1 x AO, 1 x DO, 1 x RO
XMX-IO-BF-A
LonWorks®
XMX-COM-C4-A
2
2
2
2
2
2
NEMA Type 1 to NEMA Type 12/IP54 Conversion Kit
2
The NEMA Type 12/IP54
option kit is used to convert a
NEMA Type 1 to a NEMA
Type 12 drive.
2
Kit consists of a drive cover,
fan kit and plugs.
2
2
NEMA Type 12/IP54 Cover
Option Kit Description
Option Kit
Catalog Number
FS4-branded N12/IP54 cover with gasket, plastic plug, fans, Eaton logos
FS4-N12KIT
FS5-branded N12/IP54 cover with gasket, plastic plug, fans, Eaton logos
FS5-N12KIT
FS6-branded N12/IP54 cover with gasket, plastic plug, fans, Eaton logos
FS6-N12KIT
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2
2
2
V6-T2-181
2.8
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
Accessories
Replacement Parts
Flange Kits
The flange kit is used when the power section heat sink is
mounted through the back panel of an enclosure.
Control Board/Keypad
Description
Current Catalog
Number
Flange Kit NEMA Type 12/IP54
Includes flange, mounting brackets, NEMA Type 12 fan
components, air shroud screws and plugs.
H-Max Series graphic bypass, HOA
KeypadbypassHOA
H-Max Series graphic back, HOA
KeypadbackHOA
PC Cable
Frames FS4–FS7 12
Catalog
Number
Description
NEMA Type 12/IP54
FS4 N12/IP54 flange kit
(mounting N1 drive into N12 enclosure)
FS4-Flange-N12KIT
FS5 N12/IP54 flange kit
(mounting N1 drive into N12 enclosure)
FS5-Flange-N12KIT
FS6 N12/IP54 flange kit
(mounting N1 drive into N12 enclosure)
FS6-Flange-N12KIT
FS7 N12/IP54 flange kit
(mounting N1 drive into N12 enclosure)
FS7-Flange-N12KIT
Description
Remote download USB to RJ-45 cable with
software driver disk
Catalog
Number
REM-USB-Down
Replacement Relay Board in Slot B
Description
Replacement relay board
qty 2 Form C relay, qty 1 Form A relay
Catalog
Number
Relay board 1
Main Fan
Description
Catalog
Number
Keypad Accessories
FS4 main fan
FS4-Main Fan
Remote Mounting Keypad Kit
FS5 main fan
FS5-Main Fan
FS6 main fan
FS6-Main Fan
FS7 main fan
FS7-Main Fan
Frames FS4–FS9
Description
Catalog
Number
Remote mounting keypad kit—bezel and cable
OPTRMT-BP-HMAX
Internal Fan
Description
Catalog
Number
FS4 internal fan (IP54/NEMA 12)
FS4-Internal Fan
FS5 internal fan (IP54/NEMA 12)
FS5-Internal Fan
2
Drive Demo
2
H-Max Series Drive Demo
FS6 internal fan (IP54/NEMA 12)
FS6-Internal Fan
2
Demos and Power Supply
FS7 internal fan (IP54/NEMA 12)
FS7-Internal Fan
2
Description
Catalog
Number
H-Max Series bypass demo
H-MAX-BYPASS-DEMO
2
Hand-held 24 V auxiliary power supply—used to supply power
to the control module in order to perform keypad programming
before the drive is connected to line voltage
9000XAUX24 V
2
2
2
Notes
1 For installation of a NEMA Type 1 drive into a NEMA Type 12 oversized enclosure.
2 Frame size 8 and 9 must be ordered from the factory as a flange mount unit.
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-182
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.8
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
Line and Load Reactors
A line and load reactor is a
three-phase inductance filter
that can be placed on the line
and load side of the AFD to
help improve the harmonic
performance of the system.
Consult the factory for
additional filtering options and
further technical details.
DR1 Line Reactor
A line reactor helps to provide
a moderate reduction in
current harmonics similar to a
DC choke. It also provides
increased input protection for
AFD and its semiconductors
from line transients helping to
extend the life of the AFD.
2
DR2 Output Reactor
An output filter is used to
reduce the transient voltage
(dV/dt) at the motor terminals.
The output filter is
recommended for cable
lengths exceeding 100 ft
(30 m) with a drive of 3 hp
and above and for cable
lengths of 33 ft (10 m) with a
drive of 2 hp and below.
2
2
2
2
2
2
Line and Load Reactors—Catalog Number Selection
2
D R1 – 2 2D0 – 0 5
2
Basic Naming
D = Drive
Impedance
3 = 3%
5 = 5%
Device Series
R1 = Line side reactor
R2 = Load side reactor
Input/Output Voltage
2 = 240 V
4 = 480 V
Current Rating
Examples:
2D0 = 2.0 A
4D0 = 4.0 A
8D0 = 8.0 A
012 = 12 A
2
2
Environment Rating
0 = Open
1 = NEMA 1
2
2
2
Line and Load Reactors—240 V
Open
2
NEMA 1
Line Reactor
Load Reactor
Line Reactor
Load Reactor
2
hp (CT)
3%
5%
3%
5%
3%
5%
3%
5%
0.75
DR2-24D0-03
DR2-24D0-05
DR1-23D2-03
DR1-23D2-05
DR2-24D0-13
DR2-24D0-15
DR1-23D2-13
DR1-23D2-15
1
DR2-24D0-03
DR2-28D0-05
DR1-24D2-03
DR1-24D2-05
DR2-24D0-13
DR2-28D0-15
DR1-24D2-13
DR1-24D2-15
1.5
DR2-28D0-03
DR2-28D0-05
DR1-26D0-03
DR1-26D0-05
DR2-28D0-13
DR2-28D0-15
DR1-26D0-13
DR1-26D0-15
2
DR2-28D0-03
DR2-28D0-05
DR1-26D8-03
DR1-26D8-05
DR2-28D0-13
DR2-28D0-15
DR1-26D8-13
DR1-26D8-15
3
DR2-2012-03
DR2-2012-05
DR1-29D6-03
DR1-29D6-05
DR2-2012-13
DR2-2012-15
DR1-29D6-13
DR1-29D6-15
5
DR2-2018-03
DR2-2018-05
DR1-2015-03
DR1-2015-05
DR2-2018-13
DR2-2018-15
DR1-2015-13
DR1-2015-15
7.5
DR2-2025-03
DR2-2025-05
DR1-2022-03
DR1-2022-05
DR2-2025-13
DR2-2025-15
DR1-2022-13
DR1-2022-15
10
DR2-2035-03
DR2-2035-05
DR1-2028-03
DR1-2028-05
DR2-2035-13
DR2-2035-15
DR1-2028-13
DR1-2028-15
15
DR2-2045-03
DR2-2045-05
DR1-2042-03
DR1-2042-05
DR2-2045-13
DR2-2045-15
DR1-2042-13
DR1-2042-15
20
DR2-2055-03
DR2-2055-05
DR1-2054-03
DR1-2054-05
DR2-2055-13
DR2-2055-15
DR1-2054-13
DR1-2054-15
25
DR2-2080-03
DR2-2080-05
DR1-2068-03
DR1-2068-05
DR2-2080-13
DR2-2080-15
DR1-2068-13
DR1-2068-15
30
DR2-2080-03
DR2-2100-05
DR1-2080-03
DR1-2080-05
DR2-2080-13
DR2-2100-15
DR1-2080-13
DR1-2080-15
40
DR2-2100-03
DR2-2100-05
DR1-2104-03
DR1-2104-05
DR2-2100-13
DR2-2100-15
DR1-2104-13
DR1-2104-15
50
DR2-2130-03
DR2-2130-05
DR1-2130-03
DR1-2130-05
DR2-2130-13
DR2-2130-15
DR1-2130-13
DR1-2130-15
60
DR2-2160-03
DR2-2200-15
DR1-2154-03
DR1-2154-05
DR2-2160-13
DR2-2200-15
DR1-2154-13
DR1-2154-15
75
DR2-2200-13
DR2-2200-15
DR1-2192-03
DR1-2192-05
DR2-2200-13
DR2-2200-15
DR1-2192-13
DR1-2192-15
100
DR2-2225-13
DR2-2225-15
DR1-2248-03
DR1-2248-05
DR2-2225-13
DR2-2225-15
DR1-2248-13
DR1-2248-15
125
DR2-2320-13
DR2-2320-15
DR1-2312-03
DR1-2312-05
DR2-2320-13
DR2-2320-15
DR1-2312-13
DR1-2312-15
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-183
2.8
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
Line and Load Reactors—480 V
Open
NEMA 1
Line Reactor
Load Reactor
hp (CT)
3%
1.5
DR2-44D0-05
DR2-44D0-05
2
DR2-44D0-03
DR2-44D0-05
2
3
DR2-48D0-03
DR2-48D0-05
2
5
DR2-48D0-03
7.5
DR2-4012-03
2
10
2
3%
5%
3%
5%
DR1-43D0-03
DR1-43D0-05
DR2-44D0-13
DR2-44D0-15
DR1-43D0-13
DR1-43D0-15
DR1-43D4-03
DR1-43D4-05
DR2-44D0-13
DR2-44D0-15
DR1-43D4-13
DR1-43D4-15
DR1-44D8-03
DR1-44D8-05
DR2-48D0-13
DR2-48D0-15
DR1-44D8-13
DR1-44D8-15
DR2-48D0-05
DR1-47D6-03
DR1-47D6-05
DR2-48D0-13
DR2-48D0-15
DR1-47D6-13
DR1-47D6-15
DR2-4012-05
DR1-4011-03
DR1-4011-05
DR2-4012-13
DR2-4012-15
DR1-4011-13
DR1-4011-15
DR2-4018-03
DR2-4018-05
DR1-4014-03
DR1-4014-05
DR2-4018-13
DR2-4018-15
DR1-4014-13
DR1-4014-15
15
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4025-05
DR1-4021-03
DR1-4021-05
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4025-15
DR1-4021-13
DR1-4021-15
20
DR2-4025-03
DR2-4025-05
DR1-4027-03
DR1-4027-05
DR2-4025-13
DR2-4025-15
DR1-4027-13
DR1-4027-15
25
DR2-4035-03
DR2-4035-05
DR1-4034-03
DR1-4034-05
DR2-4035-13
DR2-4035-15
DR1-4034-13
DR1-4034-15
30
DR2-4045-03
DR2-4045-05
DR1-4040-03
DR1-4040-05
DR2-4045-13
DR2-4045-15
DR1-4040-13
DR1-4040-15
40
DR2-4055-03
DR2-4055-05
DR1-4052-03
DR1-4052-05
DR2-4055-13
DR2-4055-15
DR1-4052-13
DR1-4052-15
50
DR2-4080-03
DR2-4080-05
DR1-4065-03
DR1-4065-05
DR2-4080-13
DR2-4080-15
DR1-4065-13
DR1-4065-15
2
60
DR2-4100-03
DR2-4080-05
DR1-4077-03
DR1-4077-05
DR2-4100-13
DR2-4080-15
DR1-4077-13
DR1-4077-15
75
DR2-4100-03
DR2-4100-05
DR1-4096-03
DR1-4096-05
DR2-4100-13
DR2-4100-15
DR1-4096-13
DR1-4096-15
2
100
DR2-4130-03
DR2-4130-05
DR1-4124-03
DR1-4124-05
DR2-4130-13
DR2-4130-15
DR1-4124-13
DR1-4124-15
125
DR2-4160-03
DR2-4160-05
DR1-4156-03
DR1-4156-05
DR2-4160-13
DR2-4160-15
DR1-4156-13
DR1-4156-15
150
DR2-4200-13
DR2-4200-15
DR1-4180-03
DR1-4180-05
DR2-4200-13
DR2-4200-15
DR1-4180-13
DR1-4180-15
200
DR2-4250-13
DR2-4250-15
DR1-4240-03
DR1-4302-05
DR2-4250-13
DR2-4250-15
DR1-4240-13
DR1-4302-15
2
2
2
2
3%
Load Reactor
5%
2
5%
Line Reactor
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-184
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
2.8
Technical Data and Specifications
2
H-Max Series Drives
Description
Specification
Description
Input Ratings
2
Control Connections
Input voltage (Vin)
200–240 Vac, 380–480 Vac, –10%/+10%
Input frequency (fin)
50/60 Hz (variation up to 47–66 Hz)
Connection to power
Once per minute or less (typical operation)
Short-circuit withstand
rating
100 kAIC
Output Ratings
Output voltage
0 to Vin/Uin line voltage in
Continuous output current
Ambient temperature max. 104 °F (40 °C)
IL overload
1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.)
Overload current
110% (1 min./10 min.)
Initial output current
150% for two seconds
Output frequency
0 to 320 Hz
Frequency resolution
0.01 Hz
Analog input voltage
Control method
Frequency control (V/f) open loop sensorless vector control
Switching frequency
1–310 amps
FS4–9: default 6 kHz
0 to 10 V, R = 200 kohms differential
Resolution 0.1%; Accuracy ±1%
DIP switch selection (voltage/current)
2
2
Analog input current
0(4) to 20 mA; Ri –250 ohms differential
Digital inputs (6)
Positive or negative logic; 18 to 30 Vdc
Auxiliary voltage
+24 V ±10%, max. 250 mA
Output reference voltage
+10 V +3%, max. load 10 mA
Analog output
0–10 V, 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms;
Resolution 10 bit; Accuracy ±2%
DIP switch selection (voltage/current)
Relay outputs
3 programmable, 2 Form C, 1 Form A relay outputs
Switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8 A, 250 Vac/8 A, 125 Vdc/0.4 A
Hard wire jumper
Between terminal 6 and 10 factory default
DIP switch setting default
RS-485 = off
A01 = current
A12 = current
A11 = voltage
Control Characteristics
Overcurrent protection
Yes
DC bus regulation anti-trip
Yes (accelerates or decelerates the load)
Field weakening point
8 to 320 Hz
Undervoltage protection
Yes
Acceleration time
0.1 to 3000 seconds
Earth fault protection
Deceleration time
0.1 to 3000 seconds
Yes (in case of earth fault in motor or motor cable,
only the frequency converter is protected)
Braking torque
DC brake: 30% x Tn
Input phase supervision
Yes (trips if any of the input phases are missing)
Ambient Conditions
Motor phase supervision
Yes (trips if any of the output phases are missing)
Ambient operating
temperature
FS4–FS9: 14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C)
(Drive can operate at 122 °F (50 °C), see Pages V6-T2-179 and
V6-T2-180)
Overtemperature protection Yes
Storage temperature
–40° to 158 °F (–40° to 70 °C)
0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water
Air quality
Chemical vapors: IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3C2;
Mechanical particles: IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3S2
2
2
Motor overload protection
Yes
Motor stall protection
Yes
2
2
2
2
Yes
Overvoltage protection
Relative humidity
2
Protections
Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1%
Panel reference: Resolution 0.01 Hz
Frequency reference
2
Specification
2
2
2
2
2
2
Motor underload protection Yes
Short-circuit protection
Yes
Surge protection
Yes (varistor input)
Conformed coated
(varnished) boards
Yes (prevents corrosion)
2
2
Altitude
100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m);
1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above 3280 ft (1000 m);
max. 9842 ft (3000 m); 380–480 V
Vibration
FS4–FS9: EN 61800-5-1, EN 60068-2-6; 5 to 150 Hz,
displacement amplitude 1 mm (peak) at 5 to 15.8 Hz,
max. acceleration amplitude 1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz
2
Shock
EN 61800-5-1, EN 60068-2-27 UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS
weights) Storage and shipping: max. 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
2
Enclosure class
NEMA Type 1/IP21 or NEMA Type 12/IP54
(keypad required for IP54/Type 12)
2
2
Standards
EMC
Immunity: Fulfills all EMC immunity requirements;
Emissions: EN 61800-3, LEVEL H (EMC C2)
Emissions
EMC level dependent—
+EMC 2: EN61800-3 (2004) Category C2
Delivered with Class C2 EMC filtering as default.
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-185
2.8
2
2
2
Wiring Diagram
Control Input/Output, PID Application
RJ-45
L1
Circuit
Breaker
L2
L3
Resistor
2
2
Factory
Jumper
2
2
1
+10V
2
AI–1+
3
Vin
4
AI–2+
5
AI–2–
6
24Vout
Three-Phase
Output
8
DIN1
START/STOP (Contact closed = start)
9
DIN2
External Fault (Closed = fault)
Run Interlock Permissive IP Interlock
(Closed = OK)
DIN1–DIN6 Common
Control Voltage Output (0.1A max.)
13 GND
I/O Ground
14 DIN4
Speed Select 0–100% (Preset speed)
15 DIN5
Fire Mode (Contact closed = fire mode)
16 DIN6
Force Bypass (Contact closed = bypass)
2
17 CMB
DIN1–DIN6 Common
18 AO–1+
Output Frequency (0–20 mA)
2
19 AO–1–
Analog Output Common (Ground)
30 24 Vdcin
Auxiliary Input Voltage
2
2
2
Analog
A
DATA-
RS-485 DATA-
2
B
DATA+
RS-485 DATA+
2
22
21
Relay Board 1
Default Signal
RO1 Bypass Run
Test
24
2
25
RO2 Drive Run
OFF
VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE
ON
CURRENT
CURRENT
CURRENT
RS485
AO1
AI2
AI1
Terminal Block Layout
Programmable BACnet,
Modbus, FLN, N2
Slot B
23
2
Motor
24 Vdc/8A
250 Vac/8A
125 Vdc/0.4A
21
22
23
24
25
26
32
33
RO1
RO1
RO1
RO2
RO2
RO2
RO3
RO3
NC
COM
NO
NC
COM
NO
COM
NO
30
A
12
13
24 Vdc GND
out
14
15
16
17
18
DI4
DI5
DI6
COM
DI1–6
AO1+
19
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
+10
Vdc
AI1+
AI1–
AI2+
AI2–
24 Vdc
out
GND
DI1
DI2
DI3
COM
DI1–6
26
2
32
33
2
2
2
2
2
RO3 Fault
Standards
●
Digital inputs D1–D6, relay
out, analog in/out are freely
programmed
●
The user can assign a
single input to multiple
functions
2
V6-T2-186
Includes
Six digital input
●
Two analog input
●
One analog output
●
Three relay output
●
RS-485
●
Ethernet (BACnet and
Modbus)
●
B
AO1– 24 Vdc RS-485 RS-485
in
Data– Data+
Factory Jumper
External Interlock
Reliability
Pretested components
●
Conformal coated
(varnished) boards
●
40 °C rated
●
110% overload for one
minute
●
Eaton Electrical Services &
Systems national network
of AF drive specialists
●
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Slot E __________________
12 24Vout
2
V (T2)
Factory Default Signal
I/O Ground
COM
U (T1)
Reference Output
Analog Input Voltage (Range 0–10 Vdc)
(can be programmed to current 4–20 mA)
Analog Output Common (Ground)
Analog Input Current (Range 4–20 mA)
(can be programmed to voltage 0–10 Vdc)
PI Setpoint or Feedback
Analog Input Common
PI Setpoint or Feedback
Control Voltage Output (0.1A max.)
GND
11
Optional
Resistor
W (T3)
7
10 DIN3
2
DB R+
Chopper R-
5% DC Link
Reactor
Three-Phase Input
Input
(Single-Phase not available)
Slot A
Terminal
2
2
BACnet/IP Ethernet Industrial Protocol
Modbus/TCP Transmission Control Protocol (Ethernet Based)
Optional
2
2
H-Max Series Drives
Slot D __________________
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
2.8
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
H-Max Series Frames FS4–FS7
2
W2
2
2
H1
H3
2
H2
W1
2
2
2
W3
D
hp
kW
Amps
D
H1
Hole
Center-to-Center
H2
230 Vac
0.75–4
0.55–3.0
3.7–12.5
480 Vac
1.5–7.5
1.1–5.5
3.4–12
7.77
(197.3)
12.89
(327.5)
12.32
(313.0)
11.22
(285.0)
5.04
(128.0)
3.94
(100.0)
3.94
(100.0)
13.2
(6)
230 Vac
5–10
4–7.5
18–31
480 Vac
10–20
7.5–15
16–31
8.73
(221.6)
16.50
(419.0)
15.98
(406.0)
15.04
(382.0)
5.67
(144.0)
4.53
(115.0)
3.94
(100.0)
22.0
(10)
230 Vac
15–20
11–15
48–62
480 Vac
25–40
18.5–30
38–61
9.29
(236.0)
21.93
(557.0)
21.28
(540.5)
20.24
(514.0)
7.68
(195.0)
5.83
(148.0)
5.83
(148.0)
44.1
(20)
230 Vac
25–30
18.5–30
75–105
480 Vac
50–75
37–55
72–105
10.49
(266.5)
25.98
(660.0)
25.39
(645.0)
24.29
(617.0)
9.06
(230.0)
7.48
(190.0)
7.48
(190.0)
82.6
(37.5)
Voltage
H3
W1
W2
W3
Weight in
Lbs (kg)
FS4
2
2
2
2
FS5
FS6
2
2
2
FS7
2
2
2
H-Max Series Frames FS8 and FS9
W2
W1
2
2
W3
2
H3
H2
H1
2
2
2
D
hp
kW
Amps
D
H1
Hole
Center-to-Center
H2
230 Vac
50–75
37–55
140–205
480 Vac
100–150
75–110
13.76
(349.6)
38.02
(965.7)
37.26
(946.4)
37.26
(946.4)
11.42
(290.1)
9.29
(236.0)
1.42
(36.0)
154.3
(70)
230 Vac
100–120
75–90
261–310
480 Vac
200–250
132–160
14.63
(371.6)
33.09
(890.4)
31.89
(810.0)
31.89
(810.0)
18.90
(480.0)
15.75
(400.0)
1.57
(40.0)
238.1
(108)
Voltage
H3
W1
W2
W3
Weight in
Lbs (kg)
FS8
2
2
2
2
FS9
2
Note: For flange dimension, please reference User Manual.
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2
V6-T2-187
2.8
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
Contents
H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives
Description
2
Page
H-Max Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
2
V6-T2-177
V6-T2-189
V6-T2-190
V6-T2-198
V6-T2-199
V6-T2-201
2
2
2
2
2
2
H-Max IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives
2
Product Description
Features and Benefits
The IntelliPass electronic
bypass is a two or optional
three contactor design using a
24 Vdc XT Series contactor
with an optional manual
override switch that allows
the unit to run in bypass
without the H-Max Series
drive.
Industry-leading energy
saving solution—uses the
Eaton H-Max drive with
Active Energy Control
algorithm.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
The IntelliPass software
parameters utilize engineering
units common to the HVAC
industry. Onboard startup
wizard guarantees flawless
commissioning with plugand-play screen entry.
Available in NEMA/UL Type 1,
Type 12 and Type 3R with
optional pre-engineered
operator devices to meet
all customized specification
requirements.
Built to be as tough as the
application—Eaton’s robust
design boasts an industrial
grade enclosure and industry
proven components.
●
●
●
Industrial Power Supply
XT Contactors
22 mm Pilot Devices
Standards and Certifications
Designed with Our Customers
in Mind
●
Removable top and bottom
entry panels
●
Door-mounted graphic
display and keypad
●
Easily accessible
connection terminals with
removable I/O terminal
connections
Engineered Product Solution
●
The Eaton H-Max
IntelliPass and
IntelliDisconnect products
are available with a variety
of factory tested and
certified options meeting
or exceeding UL508C
requirements
The IntelliPass construction
features allow for easy
installation, reliable operation
and serviceability with
additional onboard wire space,
and removable conduit plates
with knockouts.
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-188
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Product
●
IEC 61800-5-1
●
UL508C
●
cUL
●
OSHPD Seismic Certified
2.8
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
Catalog Number Selection
2
H-Max Series IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives
HMX 011 3 4 N A
Product
HMX = HVAC drive (VT)
(low overload)
NEC Ampere Ratings
208 Volts
480 Volts
4D6 = 4.6 A–1 hp
2D1 = 2.1 A–1 hp
7D5 = 7.5 A–2 hp
3D4 = 3.4 A–2 hp
011 = 11 A–3 hp
5D6 = 5.6 A–3 hp
017 = 17 A–5 hp
7D6 = 7.6 A–5 hp
025 = 25 A–7.5 hp
011 = 11 A–7.5 hp
031 = 31 A–10 hp
014 = 14 A–10 hp
047 = 47 A–15 hp
021 = 21 A–15 hp
060 = 60 A–20 hp
027 = 27 A–20 hp
075 = 75 A–25 hp
034 = 34 A–25 hp
088 = 88 A–30 hp
040 = 40 A–30 hp
052 = 52 A–40 hp
230 Volts
065 = 65 A–50 hp
4D2 = 4.2 A–1 hp
077 = 77 A–60 hp
6D8 = 6.8 A–2 hp
096 = 96 A–75 hp
9D6 = 9.6 A–3 hp
016 = 16 A–5 hp
022 = 22 A–7.5 hp
028 = 28 A–10 hp
042 = 42 A–15 hp
054 = 54 A–20 hp
068 = 68 A–25 hp
080 = 80 A–30 hp
Software Series
A–Z
Braking/Application
N = No brake chopper
(low overload)
Voltage
1 = 208V
2 = 230 V
4 = 480 V
3
4
5
A
B
C
=
=
=
=
=
=
Enclosure Style
IntelliPass NEMA Type 1
IntelliPass NEMA Type 12
IntelliPass NEMA Type 3R
IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 1
IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 12
IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 3R
2
_ _ Build
_ options
_ alphabetically
_ _ and_numerically.
_ _ _
2
Extended I/O Options in Slot D and E
B1 = 6 x DI /DO, Each digital input can be individually
programmed as digital output
B2 = 1RO (NC/NO), 1RO (NO), 1 Thermistor
B4 = 1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated)
B5 = 3 x RO
B9 = 1RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
BF = Expander IO, 1 AO, 1 DO, 1 RO
2
Optional Communications in Slot D and E
C4 = LonWorks
2
EMC Upgrade Option
EMC C2 Standard
L3
P3
PE
SA
=
=
=
=
Keypad Options
None available
2
2
2
2
2
2
IntelliDisconnect Options
Pilot lights (Power ON, RUN, Fault)
Fused drive isolation
Output contactor
Space heater w/transformer (Type 3R only)
2
2
IntelliPass Bypass Options
L4 = Pilot lights (Power ON, RUN, Fault, Bypass)
P3 = Fused drive isolation (can not be used with P6 or MI)
P6 = Third contactor drive isolation
(cannot be used with P3, IS or MI)
M1 = Manual bypass, includes isolation contactor and pilot
lights (not available with P3, L4, P6 or IS)
SA = Space heater w/transformer (Type 3R only)
K9 = Auxiliary contacts
IS = Isolation switch (cannot be used with P6 or MI)
Standard Onboard Communications
RS-485 Communications
BACnet MS/TP = Master slave/token protocol (Universal BACnet) RS-485
Modbus RTU RS-485, ASCII or RTU, remote terminal unit 32 nodes
N2 = Johnson Controls Metasys N2 network
Onboard Ethernet-Based Communications
(port left side of keypad)
BACnet/IP Ethernet industrial protocol
Modbus/TCP Transmission control protocol (Ethernet-based)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
IntelliPass—two contactor electronic bypass standard.
All boards are varnished. Corrosion resistant.
Battery included in all drives for real-time clock. Three year lifetime.
Keypad kit includes HOA bypass.
EMI/RFI filters included.
DC link choke included.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-189
2.8
2
H-Max Series Drives
Product Selection
H-Max Series IntelliPass NEMA Type 1—Two Contactor Bypass Standard
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
HMX_
208 Vac
FS
Frame Size
2
4
2
2
1
4.6
HMX4D631NA
2
7.5
HMX7D531NA
10.6
HMX01131NA
16.7
HMX01731NA
7.5
24.2
HMX02531NA
10
30.8
HMX03131NA
15
46.2
HMX04731NA
20
59.4
HMX06031NA
25
74.9
HMX07531NA
30
88
HMX08831NA
FS
Frame Size
Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps
Catalog Number
4
1
4.2
HMX4D232NA
2
6.8
HMX6D832NA
7
2
2
Catalog Number
3
6
2
Drive Rated
NEC Amps
5
5
2
Horsepower
230 Vac
2
2
2
3
9.6
HMX9D632NA
5
15.2
HMX01632NA
7.5
22
HMX02232NA
10
28
HMX02832NA
6
15
42
HMX04232NA
20
54
HMX05432NA
7
25
68
HMX06832NA
30
80
HMX08032NA
FS
Frame Size
Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps
Catalog Number
4
1
2.1
HMX2D134NA
2
3.4
HMX3D434NA
3
5.6
HMX5D634NA
5
7.6
HMX7D634NA
5
2
2
2
2
2
480 Vac
2
2
2
2
5
2
2
6
2
2
7
2
2
7.5
11
HMX01134NA
10
14
HMX01434NA
15
21
HMX02134NA
20
27
HMX02734NA
25
34
HMX03434NA
HMX04034NA
30
40
40
52
HMX05234NA
50
65
HMX06534NA
60
77
HMX07734NA
75
96
HMX09634NA
Notes
For Wiring Diagrams, see Page V6-T2-200.
For NEMA 12 or 3R enclosures, see Catalog Number Selection on Page V6-T2-189.
Call Technical Support for NEMA 3R specifics. Enclosure size and weight differ from NEMA 1 and 12 products.
2
2
V6-T2-190
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
2.8
H-Max Series IntelliPass NEMA Type 12—Two Contactor Bypass Standard
HMX_
2
208 Vac
FS
Frame Size
4
5
Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps
2
Catalog Number
1
4.6
HMX4D641NA
2
7.5
HMX7D541NA
3
10.6
HMX01141NA
5
16.7
HMX01741NA
7.5
24.2
HMX02541NA
10
30.8
HMX03141NA
6
15
46.2
HMX04741NA
20
59.4
HMX06041NA
7
25
74.9
HMX07541NA
30
88
HMX08841NA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
230 Vac
2
FS
Frame Size
Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps
Catalog Number
4
1
4.2
HMX4D242NA
5
2
6.8
HMX6D842NA
3
9.6
HMX9D642NA
5
15.2
HMX01642NA
7.5
22
HMX02242NA
10
28
HMX02842NA
6
15
42
HMX04242NA
20
54
HMX05442NA
7
25
68
HMX06842NA
30
80
HMX08042NA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
480 Vac
2
FS
Frame Size
Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps
Catalog Number
4
1
2.1
HMX2D144NA
2
3.4
HMX3D444NA
3
5.6
HMX5D644NA
5
6
7
5
7.6
HMX7D644NA
7.5
11
HMX01144NA
10
14
HMX01444NA
15
21
HMX02144NA
20
27
HMX02744NA
25
34
HMX03444NA
30
40
HMX04044NA
40
52
HMX05244NA
50
65
HMX06544NA
60
77
HMX07744NA
75
96
HMX09644NA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
For Wiring Diagrams, see Page V6-T2-200.
For NEMA 12 or 3R enclosures, see Catalog Number Selection on Page V6-T2-189.
Call Technical Support for NEMA 3R specifics. Enclosure size and weight differ from NEMA 1 and 12 products.
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-191
2.8
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
H-Max Series IntelliPass NEMA Type 3R—Two Contactor Bypass Standard
HMX_
2
208 Vac
FS
Frame Size
Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps
4
1
4.6
HMX4D651NA
2
7.5
HMX7D551NA
2
2
3
10.6
HMX01151NA
5
16.7
HMX01751NA
7.5
24.2
HMX02551NA
10
30.8
HMX03151NA
15
46.2
HMX04751NA
20
59.4
HMX06051NA
25
74.9
HMX07551NA
30
88
HMX08851NA
FS
Frame Size
Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps
Catalog Number
4
1
4.2
HMX4D252NA
2
6.8
HMX6D852NA
5
2
6
2
7
2
Catalog Number
2
230 Vac
2
2
2
2
3
9.6
HMX9D652NA
5
15.2
HMX01652NA
7.5
22
HMX02252NA
10
28
HMX02852NA
6
15
42
HMX04252NA
20
54
HMX05452NA
7
25
68
HMX06852NA
30
80
HMX08052NA
FS
Frame Size
Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps
Catalog Number
4
1
2.1
HMX2D154NA
2
3.4
HMX3D454NA
3
5.6
HMX5D654NA
5
7.6
HMX7D654NA
5
2
2
2
2
480 Vac
2
2
2
2
2
5
2
6
2
2
7
2
2
7.5
11
HMX01154NA
10
14
HMX01454NA
15
21
HMX02154NA
20
27
HMX02754NA
25
34
HMX03454NA
30
40
HMX04054NA
40
52
HMX05254NA
50
65
HMX06554NA
60
77
HMX07754NA
75
96
HMX09654NA
Notes
For Wiring Diagrams, see Page V6-T2-200.
For NEMA 12 or 3R enclosures, see Catalog Number Selection on Page V6-T2-189.
Call Technical Support for NEMA 3R specifics. Enclosure size and weight differ from NEMA 1 and 12 products.
2
2
2
V6-T2-192
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
2.8
H-Max Series IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 1—Main Disconnect Standard
HMX_
2
208 Vac
2
FS
Frame Size
Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps
Catalog Number
4
1
4.6
HMX4D6 A1NA
2
7.5
HMX7D5 A1NA
3
11
HMX011 A1NA
5
17
HMX017 A1NA
7.5
25
HMX025 A1NA
5
10
31
HMX031 A1NA
6
15
47
HMX047 A1NA
20
60
HMX060 A1NA
7
25
75
HMX075 A1NA
30
88
HMX088 A1NA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
230 Vac
2
FS
Frame Size
Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps
Catalog Number
4
1
4.2
HMX4D2 A2NA
2
6.8
HMX6D8 A2NA
3
9.6
HMX9D6 A2NA
5
15.2
HMX016 A2NA
7.5
22
HMX022 A2NA
5
10
28
HMX028 A2NA
6
15
42
HMX042 A2NA
20
54
HMX054 A2NA
7
25
68
HMX068 A2NA
30
80
HMX080 A2NA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
480 Vac
2
FS
Frame Size
Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps
Catalog Number
4
1
2.1
HMX2D1 A4NA
2
3.4
HMX3D4 A4NA
3
5.6
HMX5D6 A4NA
5
7.6
HMX7D6 A4NA
7.5
11
HMX011 A4NA
10
14
HMX014 A4NA
15
21
HMX021 A4NA
5
6
7
20
27
HMX027 A4NA
25
34
HMX034 A4NA
30
40
HMX040 A4NA
40
52
HMX052 A4NA
50
65
HMX065 A4NA
60
77
HMX077 A4NA
75
96
HMX096 A4NA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
For Wiring Diagrams, see Page V6-T2-200.
For NEMA 12 or 3R enclosures, see Catalog Number Selection on Page V6-T2-189.
Call Technical Support for NEMA 3R specifics. Enclosure size and weight differ from NEMA 1 and 12 products.
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-193
2.8
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
H-Max Series IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 12—Main Disconnect Standard
HMX_
208 Vac
FS
Frame Size
Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps
Catalog Number
4
1
4.6
HMX4D6B1NA
2
7.5
HMX7D5B1NA
3
11
HMX011B1NA
5
17
HMX017B1NA
7.5
25
HMX025B1NA
10
31
HMX031B1NA
15
47
HMX047B1NA
20
60
HMX060B1NA
25
75
HMX075B1NA
30
88
HMX088B1NA
FS
Frame Size
Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps
Catalog Number
4
1
4.2
HMX4D2B2NA
2
6.8
HMX6D8B2NA
3
9.6
HMX9D6B2NA
5
15.2
HMX016B2NA
7.5
22
HMX022B2NA
10
28
HMX028B2NA
15
42
HMX042B2NA
20
54
HMX054B2NA
25
68
HMX068B2NA
30
80
HMX080B2NA
FS
Frame Size
Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps
Catalog Number
4
1
2.1
HMX2D1B4NA
2
2
3.4
HMX3D4B4NA
3
5.6
HMX5D6B4NA
2
5
7.6
HMX7D6B4NA
7.5
11
HMX011B4NA
10
14
HMX014B4NA
15
21
HMX021B4NA
20
27
HMX027B4NA
25
34
HMX034B4NA
30
40
HMX040B4NA
40
52
HMX052B4NA
50
65
HMX065B4NA
60
77
HMX077B4NA
75
96
HMX096B4NA
2
2
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
2
230 Vac
2
2
2
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
2
480 Vac
2
2
2
5
2
6
2
2
7
2
2
Notes
For Wiring Diagrams, see Page V6-T2-200.
For NEMA 12 or 3R enclosures, see Catalog Number Selection on Page V6-T2-189.
Call Technical Support for NEMA 3R specifics. Enclosure size and weight differ from NEMA 1 and 12 products.
2
2
2
V6-T2-194
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
2.8
H-Max Series IntelliDisconnect NEMA Type 3R—Main Disconnect Standard
HMX_
2
208 Vac
2
FS
Frame Size
Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps
Catalog Number
4
1
4.6
HMX4D6C1NA
2
7.5
HMX7D5C1NA
3
11
HMX011C1NA
5
17
HMX017C1NA
7.5
25
HMX025C1NA
5
10
31
HMX031C1NA
6
15
47
HMX047C1NA
20
60
HMX060C1NA
7
25
75
HMX075C1NA
30
88
HMX088C1NA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
230 Vac
2
FS
Frame Size
Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps
Catalog Number
4
1
4.2
HMX4D2C2NA
2
6.8
HMX6D8C2NA
3
9.6
HMX9D6C2NA
5
15.2
HMX016C2NA
7.5
22
HMX022C2NA
5
10
28
HMX028C2NA
6
15
42
HMX042C2NA
20
54
HMX054C2NA
7
25
68
HMX068C2NA
30
80
HMX080C2NA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
480 Vac
2
FS
Frame Size
Horsepower
Drive Rated
NEC Amps
Catalog Number
4
1
2.1
HMX2D1C4NA
2
3.4
HMX3D4C4NA
3
5.6
HMX5D6C4NA
5
7.6
HMX7D6C4NA
7.5
11
HMX011C4NA
10
14
HMX014C4NA
15
21
HMX021C4NA
5
6
7
20
27
HMX027C4NA
25
34
HMX034C4NA
30
40
HMX040C4NA
40
52
HMX052C4NA
50
65
HMX065C4NA
60
77
HMX077C4NA
75
96
HMX096C4NA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
For Wiring Diagrams, see Page V6-T2-200.
For NEMA 12 or 3R enclosures, see Catalog Number Selection on Page V6-T2-189.
Call Technical Support for NEMA 3R specifics. Enclosure size and weight differ from NEMA 1 and 12 products.
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-195
2.8
2
2
2
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
Onboard Network Communications
Johnson Controls
Metasys N2
H-Max Series provides
communication between the
drive and a Johnson Controls
Metasys™ N2 network. With
this connection, the drive can
be controlled, monitored and
programmed from the
Metasys system. N2 can be
selected and programmed by
the drive keypad.
2
BACnet
Modbus RTU
H-Max Series provides
communication to BACnet
networks. Data transfer is
master-slave/token passing
(MS/TP) RS-485.
H-Max Series provides
communication to Modbus
RTU RS-485 as a slave on a
Modbus network. Other
communication parameters
include an address range
from 1 to 247; a parity of
None, Odd or Even; and the
stop bit is 1.
BACnet/IP
100Base-T interface.
Modbus TCP
Ethernet based protocol.
2
2
2
2
2
H-Max Series Option Board Kits Available for Slots D and E
The H-Max Series drives can
accommodate a wide
selection of expander and
adapter option boards to
customize the drive for your
application needs. The drive’s
control unit is designed to
accept a total of two option
boards.
The H-Max Series factoryinstalled standard board
configuration includes an
I/O board and a relay
output board.
Option Boards Mounted in Slots D and E
2
Option Kit Description
Option Kit
Catalog Number
6 x DI /DO, each digital input can be individually programmed as digital output
XMX-IO-B1-A
2
1RO Form C (NO/NC), 1RO Form A (NO), 1 thermistor
XMX-IO-B2-A
1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated)
XMX-IO-B4-A
2
3 x RO Form A (NO)
XMX-IO-B5-A
1RO Form A (NO), 5DI 42–240 Vac input
XMX-IO-B9-A
LonWorks
XMX-COM-C4-A
1 x AO, 1 x DO, 1 x RO
XMX-IO-BF-A
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-196
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
.
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
2.8
Extended I/O Options in Slot D and E
2
Suffix
Number
Description
6 x DI /DO, Each digital input can be individually
programmed as digital output
B1
2
1RO (NC/NO), 1RO (NO), 1 Thermistor
B2
2
1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated)
B4
3 x RO
B5
1RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
B9
Expander IO, 1 AO, 1 DO, 1 RO
BF
2
2
2
2
Optional Communications in Slot D and E
Description
Suffix
Number
LonWorks
C4
2
2
2
IntelliDisconnect Options
Description
Suffix
Number
2
Pilot lights (Power ON, RUN, Fault)
L3
Fused drive isolation (cannot be used with PE)
P3
2
Output contactor (cannot be used with P3)
PE
Space heater w/transformer (Type 3R only)
SA
2
2
2
IntelliPass Bypass Options
Description
Suffix
Number
Pilot lights (Power ON, RUN, Fault)
L4
Fused drive isolation (can not be used with P6)
P3
Third contactor drive isolation (cannot be used with P3 or IS)
P6
Manual bypass switch located on front door
M1
Space heater w/transformer (Type 3R only)
SA
Auxiliary contacts
K9
Isolation switch
IS
2
2
2
2
2
2
Standard Onboard Communications
2
Suffix
Number
Description
2
RS-485 Communications
BACnet MS/TP = Master slave/token protocol (Universal BACnet) RS-485
BACnet
Modbus RTU RS-485, ASCII or RTU, remote terminal unit 32 nodes
Modbus
Johnson Controls Metasys N2 network
N2
2
2
Onboard Ethernet-Based Communications
(port left side of keypad)
BACnet/IP Ethernet industrial protocol
BACnet
Modbus/TCP Transmission control protocol (Ethernet-based)
Modbus
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-197
2.8
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
Technical Data and Specifications
Primary Design Features
Description
IntelliPass
IntelliDisconnect
Description
IntelliPass
IntelliDisconnect
2
CB MMP
Standard
Standard
Isolation switch
Optional
N/A
2 contactor bypass
Standard
N/A
Top entry (power)
Standard
Standard
2
Electrical interlock
Standard
N/A
Bottom entry (power)
Standard
Standard
Third contactor (isolation)
Optional
N/A
Output contactor
Standard
Optional
2
2
H-Max Series Drives
Description
2
Specification
Input Ratings
2
208, 230, 480 Vac, –10%/+10%
Input frequency (fin)
50/60 Hz (variation up to 47–66 Hz)
2
Connection to power
Once per minute or less (typical operation)
Short-circuit withstand
rating
65 kAIC combination
2
Output voltage
Ambient temperature max. 104 °F (40 °C)
1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.)
2
Overload current
110% (1 min./10 min.)
Initial output current
150% for two seconds
2
Output frequency
0 to 320 Hz
Frequency resolution
2
Immunity: Fulfills all EMC immunity requirements;
Emissions: EN 61800-3, LEVEL H (EMC C2)
Emissions
EMC level dependent—
+EMC 2: EN61800-3 (2004) Category C2
Delivered with Class C2 EMC filtering as default.
Analog input voltage
0 to 10 V, R = 200 kohms differential
Resolution 0.1%; Accuracy ±1%
DIP switch selection (voltage/current)
Analog input current
0(4) to 20 mA; Ri –250 ohms differential
0 to Vin/Uin line voltage in
IL overload
2
EMC
Control Connections
Output Ratings
Continuous output current
2
Specification
Standards
Input voltage (Vin)
2
Description
0.01 Hz
Digital inputs (6)
Positive or negative logic; 18 to 30 Vdc
Auxiliary voltage
+24 V ±10%, max. 250 mA
Output reference voltage
+10 V +3%, max. load 10 mA
Analog output
0–10 V, 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms;
Resolution 10 bit; Accuracy ±2%;
DIP switch selection (voltage/current)
Control Characteristics
Control method
Frequency control (V/f) open loop sensorless vector control
Relay outputs
3 programmable, 2 Form C, 1 Form A relay outputs
Switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8 A, 250 Vac/8 A, 125 Vdc/0.4 A
Switching frequency
1–310 amps; adjustable with parameter 2.6.9
FS4–FS7: default 6 kHz
Hard wire jumper
Between terminal 6 and 10 factory default
DIP switch setting default
RS-485 = off
A01 = current
A12 = current
A11 = voltage
2
Frequency reference
2
Field weakening point
8 to 320 Hz
Acceleration time
0.1 to 3000 seconds
Protections
Deceleration time
0.1 to 3000 seconds
Overcurrent protection
Braking torque
DC brake: 30% x Tn
Overvoltage protection
Yes
DC bus regulation anti-trip
Yes (accelerates or decelerates the load)
Undervoltage protection
Yes
Earth fault protection
Yes (in case of earth fault in motor or motor cable,
only the frequency converter is protected)
2
2
2
2
Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1%
Panel reference: Resolution 0.01 Hz
Ambient Conditions
Ambient operating
temperature
Storage temperature
FS4–FS7: 14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C)
(Drive can operate at 122 °F (50 °C)
–40° to 158 °F (–40° to 70 °C)
Yes
Relative humidity
0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water
2
Input phase supervision
Yes (trips if any of the input phases are missing)
Air quality
Chemical vapors: IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3C2;
Mechanical particles: IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, Class 3S2
Motor phase supervision
Yes (trips if any of the output phases are missing)
2
Altitude
100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m);
1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above 3280 ft (1000 m);
max. 9842 ft (3000 m); 380–480 V
2
2
Motor overload protection
Yes
Motor stall protection
Yes
Vibration
FS4–FS7: IEC 60068-2-6, 10–150 Hz
Displacement amplitude = 1 mm peak-to-peak from 10–15.8 Hz
Max. acceleration amplitude = 1G peak from 15.8–150 Hz
Motor underload protection Yes
Short-circuit protection
Yes
Shock
FS4–FS7: IEC 60068-2-27, 15G peak acceleration at 11 ms
duration, 1/2-sine. ISTA 1 A Certified
Surge protection
Yes (varistor input)
NEMA Type 1/IP21 or NEMA Type 12/IP54
(keypad required for IP54/Type 12)
Conformed coated
(varnished) board
Yes (prevents corrosion)
Enclosure class
2
2
Overtemperature protection Yes
2
2
V6-T2-198
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.8
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
Wiring Diagrams
2
Control Input/Output, PID Application
2
BACnet/IP Ethernet Industrial Protocol
Modbus/TCP Transmission Control Protocol (Ethernet Based)
Optional
L1
Circuit
Breaker
L2
L3
5% DC Link
Reactor
Three-Phase Input
Input
(Single-Phase not available)
Slot A
Terminal
Resistor
Factory
Jumper
1
+10V
2
AI–1+
3
Vin
4
AI–2+
5
AI–2–
Three-Phase
Output
GND
I/O Ground
8
DIN1
START/STOP (Contact closed = start)
9
DIN2
External Fault (Closed = fault)
Run Interlock Permissive IP Interlock
(Closed = OK)
DIN1–DIN6 Common
Control Voltage Output (0.1A max.)
13 GND
I/O Ground
14 DIN4
Speed Select 0–100% (Preset speed)
15 DIN5
Fire Mode (Contact closed = fire mode)
16 DIN6
Force Bypass (Contact closed = bypass)
17 CMB
DIN1–DIN6 Common
18 AO–1+
Output Frequency (0–20 mA)
19 AO–1–
Analog Output Common (Ground)
30 24 Vdcin
Auxiliary Input Voltage
B
21
22
DATA+
RS-485 DATARS-485 DATA+
Relay Board 1
Default Signal
RO1 Bypass Run
Programmable BACnet,
Modbus, FLN, N2
Slot B
23
24
25
2
RO2 Drive Run
24 Vdc/8A
250 Vac/8A
125 Vdc/0.4A
2
2
2
Test
OFF
VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE
ON
CURRENT
CURRENT
CURRENT
2
RS485
AO1
AI2
AI1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Terminal Block Layout
2
2
21
22
23
24
RO1
RO1
RO1
NC
COM
NO
13
14
DI4
12
24 Vdc GND
out
25
26
32
33
RO2
RO2
NC
COM
RO2
RO3
RO3
NO
COM
NO
15
16
17
18
30
A
DI5
DI6
COM
DI1–6
AO1+
19
B
AO1– 24 Vdc RS-485 RS-485
in
Data– Data+
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
+10
Vdc
AI1+
AI1–
AI2+
AI2–
24 Vdc
out
GND
DI1
DI2
DI3
COM
DI1–6
Slot E __________________
12 24Vout
DATA-
2
Factory Default Signal
24Vout
A
2
Motor
W (T3)
7
COM
2
V (T2)
6
11
Optional
Resistor
U (T1)
Reference Output
Analog Input Voltage (Range 0–10 Vdc)
(can be programmed to current 4–20 mA)
Analog Output Common (Ground)
Analog Input Current (Range 4–20 mA)
(can be programmed to voltage 0–10 Vdc)
PI Setpoint or Feedback
Analog Input Common
PI Setpoint or Feedback
Control Voltage Output (0.1A max.)
10 DIN3
Analog
DB R+
Chopper R-
Slot D __________________
RJ-45
2
2
2
2
2
26
2
32
33
RO3 Fault
Standards
●
Digital inputs D1–D6, relay
out, analog in/out are freely
programmed
●
The user can assign a
single input to multiple
functions
Factory Jumper
External Interlock
Includes
●
Six digital input
●
Two analog input
●
One analog output
●
Three relay output
●
RS-485
●
Ethernet
2
Reliability
●
Pretested components
●
Conformal coated
(varnished) boards
●
40 °C rated
●
110% overload for one
minute
●
Eaton Electrical Services &
Systems national network
of AF drive specialists
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-199
2.8
2
H-Max Series Drives
H-Max Series IntelliPass
H-Max Series IntelliDisconnect Power Wiring
Incoming Power
L2
L1
L3
Incoming Power
L2
L1
L3
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Bypass
Circuit
Breaker
Circuit
Breaker
2
2
2
2
2
Optional Fuse
Optional Fuse
or
Drive Input
Contactor
To Drive Input
L1
2
L2
L3
To Drive Output
To Drive Input
2
U(T1) V(T2)W(T3)
2
To Drive Output
2
U(T1) V(T2)W(T3)
2
Optional
Output
Contactor
Output
Contactor
Bypass
Contactor
2
V(T2)
U(T1)
W(T3)
Motor
2
2
Overload
Relay
2
V(T2)
2
U(T1)
W(T3)
Motor
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-200
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.8
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
H-Max Series IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives
2
W1
2
H3
D1
2
2
2
2
2
2
H4
2
H2
H1
2
2
2
2
2
W3
W2
C
2
D2
2
Consult factory or use manual for final dimensions.
Frame
Size
Voltage
Horsepower (IL)
H1
H2
H3
H4
C
W1
W2
W3
D1
D2
FS4
208
1–3
230
1–3
30.00
(762.0)
29.41
(747.1)
0.25
(6.35)
31.00
(787.4)
3.00
(76.2)
7.88
(200.2)
6.25
(158.8)
0.75
(19.1)
12.49
(317.2)
480
1–7.5
208
5–10
37.00
(939.8)
36.72
(932.7)
0.25
(6.35)
38.31
(973.0)
3.00
(76.2)
9.60
(243.8)
7.97
(202.4)
0.75
(19.1)
45.45
(1154.4)
44.81
(1138.2)
0.25
(6.35)
46.4
(1178.6)
4.00
(101.6)
11.44
(290.6)
9.75
(247.6)
58.51
(1486.2)
57.87
(1470.0)
0.25
(6.35)
59.46
(1510.3)
5.00
(127.0)
14.52
(368.8)
12.83
(325.9)
FS5
FS6
FS7
230
5–10
480
10–20
208
15–20
230
15–20
480
25–40
208
25–30
230
25–30
480
50–75
Weight in
Lbs (kg)
2
10.36
(263.1)
45 (20.41)
2
15.35
(390.0)
13.22
(335.8)
57.5 (26.10)
0.75
(19.1)
15.80
(401.3)
13.67
(347.2)
98.0 (44.45)
0.75
(19.1)
15.68
(398.3)
13.72
(348.5)
165.0 (74.84)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Note: C distance is spacing required to mount multiple drives.
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-201
2.8
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Enclosure Box A NEMA Type 3R
2
W
D
2
2
2
2
2
2
H
H1 H2 H3
2
2
2
2
W2
W1
W3
2
D2
D1
0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Voltage
AC
hp
(IL)
H
H1
H2
H3
W
W1
W2
W3
D
D1
D2
33.00
(838.2)
31.36
(796.5)
29.67
(753.6)
25.35
(643.9)
21.05
(534.7)
16.92
(429.8)
15.30
(388.6)
2.07
(52.6)
17.24
(437.9)
16.26
(413.0)
3.31
(84.1)
Approx.
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Approx.
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
170 (77)
215 (98)
Three-Phase
208 V
1–10
230 V
1–10
480 V
1–20
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-202
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
2.8
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
Enclosure Box B NEMA Type 3R
W
2
D
2
2
2
2
2
2
H2
2
H
H1
H3
2
2
2
2
2
2
W2
W1
W3
2
D1
D2
0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Voltage
AC
hp
(IL)
H
H1
H2
H3
W
W1
W2
W3
D
D1
D2
46.09
(1170.7)
44.45
(1129.0)
42.77
(1086.4)
36.35
(923.3)
26.31
(668.3)
20.92
(531.4)
19.30
(490.2)
2.69
(68.3)
17.74
(450.6)
16.76
(425.7)
3.31
(84.1)
Approx.
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Approx.
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
235 (107)
290 (132)
Three-Phase
208 V
15
230 V
15
480 V
25–40
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-203
2.8
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
H-Max Series Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Enclosure Box C NEMA Type 3R
2
0.44 (11.2)
Mounting Holes
(4 Places)
2
W
0.44 (11.2)
Mounting Holes
(4 Places)
D
W
W2
D
2
2
2
2
2
H1 H2
H3
2
H
H2
H3
2
2
2
2
W2
W1
W3
2
D2
W1
D1
D1
D2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Voltage
AC
hp
(IL)
H
H1
H2
H3
W
W1
W2
W3
D
D1
D2
58.09
(1475.5)
56.45
(1433.8)
54.77
(1391.2)
48.35
(1228.1)
37.73
(958.3)
30.92
(785.4)
29.30
(744.2)
3.34
(84.8)
17.74
(450.6)
16.77
(426.0)
3.31
(84.1)
Approx.
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Three-Phase
208
20–30
230
20–30
480
50–75
Note
1 Consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-204
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
1
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
2.9
Contents
SPX Drives
Description
SPX Drives
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
2
2
V6-T2-206
V6-T2-206
V6-T2-207
V6-T2-208
V6-T2-213
V6-T2-214
V6-T2-221
V6-T2-230
V6-T2-231
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Product Description
The SPX Series Adjustable
Frequency Drives from
Eaton’s Electrical Sector are
specifically designed for high
performance applications.
Equipped with high
processing power, the SPX
can use information from an
encoder or a resolver in order
to provide very precise motor
control. Sensorless vector
and simple frequency control
are also supported. Typical
applications requiring high
performance are: masterslave drives, positioning
applications, winder tension
control and synchronization.
The SPX supports fast driveto-drive communication. It
also offers an integrated data
logger functionality for
analysis of dynamic events
without the need of additional
hardware. Simultaneous fast
monitoring of several drives
can be done by using the
9000Xdrive tool and CAN
communication. In
applications where reliability
and quality are essential for
high-performance, the SPX is
the logical choice.
The Eaton family of drives
includes DA1, DC1, H-Max,
M-Max, SVX and SPX. 9000X
Series drive ratings are rated
for either high overload (IH) or
low overload (IL). IL indicates
110% overload capacity for
1 minute out of 10 minutes.
IH indicates 150% overload
capacity for 1 minute out of
10 minutes.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
The core of the SPX
is a fast microprocessor,
providing high dynamic
performance for applications
where good motor handling
and reliability are required.
It can be used both in open
loop applications as well
as in applications requiring
encoder feedback.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-205
2.9
2
2
2
●
●
●
2
●
2
●
2
●
2
●
2
●
2
●
●
2
2
●
2
●
2
●
2
●
2
●
2
SPX Drives
Features and Benefits
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Speed error <0.01%,
depending on the encoder
Incremental or absolute
encoder support
Encoder voltages of 5 V
(RS-422), 15 V or 24 V,
depending on the option
card
Full torque control at all
speeds, including zero
Torque accuracy <2%;
<5% down to zero speed
Starting torque >200%,
depending on motor and
drive sizing
Integrated datalogger for
system analysis
Fast multiple drive
monitoring with PC
Full capability for master/
slave configurations
High-speed bus (12 Mbit/s)
for fast inter-drive
communication
High-speed applications
(up to 7200 Hz) possible
Robust design—proven
500,000 hours MTBF
Integrated 3% line reactors
standard on drives from
FR4 through FR9
Line reactor is included but
is separated from chassis
EMI/RFI Filters H standard
up to 200 hp IH 480 V,
100 hp IH 230 V
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
2
2
Simplified operating menu
allows for typical
programming changes,
while programming mode
provides control of
everything
Quick Start Wizard built
into the programming of
the drive ensures a smooth
start-up
Keypad can display up to
three monitored
parameters simultaneously
LOCAL/REMOTE operation
from keypad
Copy/paste function allows
transfer of parameter
settings from one drive to
the next
Standard NEMA Type 12/
IP54 keypad on all drives
Hand-held auxiliary 240
power supply allows
programming/monitoring
of control module without
applying full power to the
drive
The SPX can be flexibly
adapted to a variety of
needs using our preinstalled “Seven in One”
precision application
programs consisting of:
●
Basic
●
Standard
●
Local/remote
●
Multi-step speed control
●
PID control
●
Multi-purpose control
●
Pump and fan control
with auto change
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Additional I/O and
communication cards
provide plug and play
functionality
I/O connections with
simple quick connection
terminals
Control logic can be
powered from an external
auxiliary control panel,
internal drive functions and
fieldbus if necessary
Brake chopper standard
from: 1–30 hp/380–500 V
3/4–15 hp/208–230 V
NEMA Type 1/IP21
enclosures available Frame
Sizes FR4–FR11, NEMA
Type 12/IP54 enclosures
available Frame Sizes FR4–
FR10 (FR10 and FR11
freestanding drives)
Open chassis FR10 and
greater
Standard option board
configuration includes an
A9 I/O board and an A2
relay output board installed
in slots A and B
2
2
2
2
2
Standards and Certifications
Product
●
IEC 61800-2
Safety
●
UL 508C
EMC (at default settings)
Immunity: Fulfills all EMC
immunity requirements;
Emissions: EN 61800-3,
LEVEL H
●
●
●
UL Listed
CE
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-206
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
2.9
Catalog Number Selection
2
SPX Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX 010 A 1 – 4 A 1 B 1
Options
Options appear in alphabetical order.
Extended I/O Card Options
A3 = 2 RO, Therm
A4 = Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V24 V
A5 = Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V
A7 = Double Encoder
A8 = 6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO
AE = 3 DI (Encoder 10–24 V), Out +15 V/+24 V 2 DO (pulse + direction)
B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
B2 = 1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm
B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT + 24 Vdc
B5 = 3 RO (NO)
B8 = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100
B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
BB = SPI, absolute encoder
Communication Cards
CA = Johnson Controls N2
C5 = PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector)
CI = Modbus TCP
C6 = CANopen (slave)
CJ = BACnet
C7 = DeviceNet
CQ = EtherNet/IP
C8 = Modbus (D9 type connector)
C2 = Modbus
D1 = Adapter—SPX only
C3 = PROFIBUS DP
D2 = Adapter—SPX only
C4 = LonWorks
D3 = RS-232 with D9 connection
Product Family
SPX = Open drives
F07 =
001 =
F15 =
002 =
003 =
004 =
005 =
006 =
007 =
010 =
015 =
020 =
025 =
030 =
040 =
050 =
060 =
075 =
100 =
Horsepower Rating
3/4
125 = 125
1
150 = 150
1-1/2
250 = 250
2
300 = 300
3
350 = 350
5 (IL)
400 = 400
500 = 500
5
550 = 550
7-1/2 (IL)
600 = 600
7-1/2
650 = 650
10
700 = 700
15
800 = 800
20
900 = 900
25
H10 = 1000
30
H12 = 1200
40
H13 = 1350
50
H15 = 1500
60
H16 = 1600
75
H20 = 2000
100
Enclosure 3
0 = Chassis
1 = NEMA Type 1/IP21
2 = NEMA Type 12/IP54
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Brake Chopper Options 2
N = No brake chopper circuit
B = Internal brake chopper circuit
Keypad
A = Alphanumeric
2
2
Board Modifications
1 = Standard boards
2 = Conformal (varnished) coating 4
AFD Software Series
A = Standard software
Voltage Rating
2 = 230 V (208–240)
4 = 480 V (380–500)
5 = 575 V (525–690)
2
_ _ _ _ _ _
2
2
Input Options 1
1 = Three-phase, EMC H
2 = Three-phase, EMC N
4 = Three-phase, EMC L
2
2
Notes
1 All 230 V drives and 480 V drives up to 200 hp (I ) are only available with input option 1 (EMC level H). 480 V drives 250 hp (I ) or larger are
H
H
available with input option 2 (EMC level N). 575 V drives 200 hp (IH) or larger are available with input option 2. 575 V drives up to 150 hp (IH)
are available with input option 4 (EMC level L). 480 V and 690 V freestanding drives are available with input option 4 (EMC level L).
2 480 V drives up to 30 hp (I ) are only available with brake chopper option B. 480 V drives 40 hp (I ) or larger come standard with brake
H
H
chopper option N. 230 V drives up to 15 hp (IH) are only available with brake chopper option B. 230 V drives 20 hp and larger come standard
with brake chopper option N. All 575 V drives come standard without brake chopper option (N). N = No brake chopper.
3 480 V drives 250–350 hp (I ) and 690 V drives 200–300 hp (I ) are available with enclosure style 0 (chassis). 480 V and 690 V FR10
H
H
freestanding drives are available with 1 (NEMA Type 1/IP21) or 2 (NEMA Type 12/IP54). FR11 freestanding drives are only available with
enclosure style 1 (NEMA Type 1/IP21).
4 Factory promise delivery. Consult sales office for availability.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-207
2.9
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
Product Selection
230 V Drives
SPX Open Drives
208–240 V, NEMA Type 1/IP21 Drives
Frame
Size
2
FR4
2
2
2
FR5
2
2
FR6
2
FR7
2
FR8
2
2
FR9
2
hp (IH)
Current (IH)
hp (IL)
Current (IL)
Catalog Number
3/4
3.7
1
4.8
SPXF07A1-2A1B1
1
4.8
1-1/2
6.6
SPX001A1-2A1B1
1-1/2
6.6
2
7.8
SPXF15A1-2A1B1
2
7.8
3
11
SPX002A1-2A1B1
3
11
—
12.5
SPX003A1-2A1B1
—
12.5
5
17.5
SPX004A1-2A1B1
5
17.5
7-1/2
25
SPX005A1-2A1B1
7-1/2
25
10
31
SPX007A1-2A1B1
10
31
15
48
SPX010A1-2A1B1
15
48
20
61
SPX015A1-2A1B1
20
61
25
75
SPX020A1-2A1N1
25
75
30
88
SPX025A1-2A1N1
30
88
40
114
SPX030A1-2A1N1
40
114
50
140
SPX040A1-2A1N1
50
140
60
170
SPX050A1-2A1N1
60
170
75
205
SPX060A1-2A1N1
75
205
100
261
SPX075A1-2A1N1
100
261
—
—
SPX100A1-2A1N1
2
208–240 V, NEMA Type 12/IP54 Drives
2
2
Frame
Size
hp (IH)
Current (IH)
hp (IL)
Current (IL)
Catalog Number
FR4
3/4
3.7
1
4.8
SPXF07A2-2A1B1
2
2
2
FR5
2
2
FR6
2
FR7
2
FR8
2
2
FR9
2
1
4.8
1-1/2
6.6
SPX001A2-2A1B1
1-1/2
6.6
2
7.8
SPXF15A2-2A1B1
2
7.8
3
11
SPX002A2-2A1B1
3
11
—
12.5
SPX003A2-2A1B1
—
12.5
5
17.5
SPX004A2-2A1B1
5
17.5
7-1/2
25
SPX005A2-2A1B1
7-1/2
25
10
31
SPX007A2-2A1B1
10
31
15
48
SPX010A2-2A1B1
15
48
20
61
SPX015A2-2A1B1
20
61
25
75
SPX020A2-2A1N1
25
75
30
88
SPX025A2-2A1N1
30
88
40
114
SPX030A2-2A1N1
40
114
50
140
SPX040A2-2A1N1
50
140
60
170
SPX050A2-2A1N1
60
170
75
205
SPX060A2-2A1N1
75
205
100
261
SPX075A2-2A1N1
100
261
—
—
SPX100A2-2A1N1
2
2
2
V6-T2-208
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
2.9
480 V Drives
SPX Open Drives
2
380–500 V, NEMA Type 1/IP21 Drives
2
Frame
Size
hp (IH)
Current (IH)
hp (IL)
Current (IL)
Catalog Number
FR4
1
2.2
1-1/2
3.3
SPX001A1-4A1B1
1-1/2
3.3
2
4.3
SPXF15A1-4A1B1
2
4.3
3
5.6
SPX002A1-4A1B1
FR5
FR6
FR7
FR8
FR9
3
5.6
5
7.6
SPX003A1-4A1B1
5
7.6
—
9
SPX005A1-4A1B1
—
9
7-1/2
12
SPX006A1-4A1B1
7-1/2
12
10
16
SPX007A1-4A1B1
10
16
15
23
SPX010A1-4A1B1
15
23
20
31
SPX015A1-4A1B1
20
31
25
38
SPX020A1-4A1B1
25
38
30
46
SPX025A1-4A1B1
30
46
40
61
SPX030A1-4A1B1
40
61
50
72
SPX040A1-4A1N1
50
72
60
87
SPX050A1-4A1N1
60
87
75
105
SPX060A1-4A1N1
75
105
100
140
SPX075A1-4A1N1
100
140
125
170
SPX100A1-4A1N1
125
170
150
205
SPX125A1-4A1N1
150
205
200
261
SPX150A1-4A1N1
200
245
250
300
SPX200A1-4A1N1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
380–500 V, NEMA Type 1/IP21 Freestanding Drives
2
Frame
Size
hp (IH)
Current (IH)
hp (IL)
Current (IL)
Catalog Number
FR10
250
330
300
385
SPX250A1-4A4N1
300
385
350
460
SPX300A1-4A4N1
350
460
400
520
SPX350A1-4A4N1
FR11
400
520
500
590
SPX400A1-4A4N1
500
590
550
650
SPX500A1-4A4N1
550
650
600
730
SPX550A1-4A4N1
2
2
2
2
2
Note
Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115 V transformer (KB), light kit (L1), HOA (K4),
speed potentiometer w/HOA (K2), Disconnect switch (P2). See Freestanding Option selection on Page V6-T2-220.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-209
2.9
2
SPX Open Drives
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
380–500 V, NEMA Type 12/IP54 Drives
Frame
Size
2
FR4
2
2
2
FR5
2
2
FR6
2
2
FR7
2
2
FR8
2
FR9
2
hp (IH)
Current (IH)
hp (IL)
Current (IL)
Catalog Number
1
2.2
1-1/2
3.3
SPX001A2-4A1B1
1-1/2
3.3
2
4.3
SPXF15A2-4A1B1
2
4.3
3
5.6
SPX002A2-4A1B1
3
5.6
5
7.6
SPX003A2-4A1B1
5
7.6
—
9
SPX005A2-4A1B1
—
9
7-1/2
12
SPX006A2-4A1B1
7-1/2
12
10
16
SPX007A2-4A1B1
10
16
15
23
SPX010A2-4A1B1
15
23
20
31
SPX015A2-4A1B1
20
31
25
38
SPX020A2-4A1B1
25
38
30
46
SPX025A2-4A1B1
30
46
40
61
SPX030A2-4A1B1
40
61
50
72
SPX040A2-4A1N1
50
72
60
87
SPX050A2-4A1N1
60
87
75
105
SPX060A2-4A1N1
75
105
100
140
SPX075A2-4A2N1
100
140
125
170
SPX100A2-4A1N1
125
170
150
205
SPX125A2-4A1N1
150
205
200
261
SPX150A2-4A1N1
200
245
250
300
SPX200A2-4A1N1
2
380–500 V, NEMA Type 12/IP54 Freestanding Drives
2
Frame
Size
2
FR10
2
hp (IH)
Current (IH)
hp (IL)
Current (IL)
Catalog Number
250
330
300
385
SPX250A2-4A4N1
300
385
350
460
SPX300A2-4A4N1
350
460
400
520
SPX350A2-4A4N1
2
2
380–500 V, Open Chassis Drives
2
2
2
Frame
Size
hp (IH)
Current (IH)
hp (IL)
Current (IL)
Catalog Number
FR10
250
330
300
385
SPX250A0-4A2N1
FR11
2
2
FR12
2
FR13
2
2
FR14
2
300
385
—
460
SPX300A0-4A2N1
350
460
400
520
SPX350A0-4A2N1
400
520
500
590
SPX400A0-4A2N1
500
590
—
650
SPX500A0-4A2N1
—
650
600
730
SPX550A0-4A2N1
600
730
—
820
SPX600A0-4A2N1
—
820
700
920
SPX650A0-4A2N1
700
920
800
1030
SPX700A0-4A2N1
800
1030
900
1150
SPX800A0-4A2N1
900
1150
1000
1300
SPX900A0-4A2N1
1000
1300
1200
1450
SPXH10A0-4A2N1
1200
1600
1500
1770
SPXH12A0-4A2N1
1600
1940
1800
2150
SPXH16A0-4A2N1
Notes
Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115 V transformer (KB), light kit (L1), HOA (K4),
speed potentiometer w/HOA (K2), disconnect switch (P2). See Freestanding Option selection on Page V6-T2-220.
1 FR10–FR14 includes 3% line reactor, but it is not integral to chassis.
2
2
V6-T2-210
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
2.9
575 V Drives
SPX Open Drives
2
525–690 V, NEMA Type 1/IP21 Drives
2
Frame
Size
hp (IH)
Current (IH)
hp (IL)
Current (IL)
Catalog Number
FR6
2
3.3
3
4.5
SPX002A1-5A4N1
FR7
FR8
FR9
3
4.5
—
5.5
SPX003A1-5A4N1
—
5.5
5
7.5
SPX004A1-5A4N1
5
7.5
7-1/2
10
SPX005A1-5A4N1
7-1/2
10
10
13.5
SPX007A1-5A4N1
10
13.5
15
18
SPX010A1-5A4N1
15
18
20
22
SPX015A1-5A4N1
20
22
25
27
SPX020A1-5A4N1
25
27
30
34
SPX025A1-5A4N1
30
34
40
41
SPX030A1-5A4N1
40
41
50
52
SPX040A1-5A4N1
50
52
60
62
SPX050A1-5A4N1
60
62
75
80
SPX060A1-5A4N1
75
80
100
100
SPX075A1-5A4N1
100
100
125
125
SPX100A1-5A4N1
125
125
150
144
SPX125A1-5A4N1
150
144
—
170
SPX150A1-5A4N1
—
170
200
208
SPX175A1-5A4N1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
525–690 V, NEMA Type 1/IP21 Freestanding Drives
Frame
Size
FR10
FR11
hp (IH)
Current (IH)
hp (IL)
2
Current (IL)
Catalog Number
200
208
250
261
SPX200A1-5A4N1
250
261
300
325
SPX250A1-5A4N1
300
325
400
385
SPX300A1-5A4N1
400
385
450
460
SPX400A1-5A4N1
450
460
500
502
SPX450A1-5A4N1
500
502
550
590
SPX500A1-5A4N1
2
2
2
2
Note
Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115 V transformer (KB), light kit (L1), HOA (K4),
speed potentiometer w/HOA (K2), disconnect switch (P2). See Freestanding Option selection on Page V6-T2-220.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-211
2.9
2
SPX Open Drives
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
525–690 V, NEMA Type 12/IP54 Drives
Frame
Size
2
FR6
hp (IH)
Current (IH)
hp (IL)
Current (IL)
Catalog Number
2
3.3
3
4.5
SPX002A2-5A4N1
3
4.5
—
5.5
SPX003A2-5A4N1
—
5.5
5
7.5
SPX004A2-5A4N1
5
7.5
7-1/2
10
SPX005A2-5A4N1
7-1/2
10
10
13.5
SPX007A2-5A4N1
10
13.5
15
18
SPX010A2-5A4N1
15
18
20
22
SPX015A2-5A4N1
20
22
25
27
SPX020A2-5A4N1
25
27
30
34
SPX025A2-5A4N1
30
34
40
41
SPX030A2-5A4N1
40
41
50
52
SPX040A2-5A4N1
50
52
60
62
SPX050A2-5A4N1
60
62
75
80
SPX060A2-5A4N1
75
80
100
100
SPX075A2-5A4N1
100
100
125
125
SPX100A2-5A4N1
2
125
125
150
144
SPX125A2-5A4N1
150
144
—
170
SPX150A2-5A4N1
2
—
170
200
208
SPX175A2-5A4N1
2
2
2
2
2
FR7
2
FR8
2
2
FR9
2
525–690 V, NEMA Type 12/IP54 Freestanding Drives
2
2
Frame
Size
hp (IH)
Current (IH)
hp (IL)
Current (IL)
Catalog Number
FR10
200
208
250
261
SPX200A2-5A4N1
250
261
300
325
SPX250A2-5A4N1
300
325
400
385
SPX300A2-5A4N1
2
2
525–690 V, Open Chassis Drives
2
2
Frame
Size
hp (IH)
Current (IH)
hp (IL)
Current (IL)
Catalog Number
FR10
200
208
250
261
SPX200A0-5A2N1
250
261
300
325
SPX250A0-5A2N1
300
325
400
385
SPX300A0-5A2N1
2
2
FR11
2
2
FR12
2
FR13
2
2
FR14
2
2
400
385
450
460
SPX400A0-5A2N1
450
460
500
502
SPX450A0-5A2N1
500
502
—
590
SPX500A0-5A2N1
—
590
600
650
SPX550A0-5A2N1
600
650
700
750
SPX600A0-5A2N1
700
750
800
820
SPX700A0-5A2N1
800
820
900
920
SPX800A0-5A2N1
900
920
1000
1030
SPX900A0-5A2N1
1000
1030
1250
1180
SPXH10A0-5A2N1
1350
1300
1500
1500
SPXH13A0-5A2N1
1500
1500
2000
1900
SPXH15A0-5A2N1
2000
1900
2300
2250
SPXH20A0-5A2N1
Notes
Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115 V transformer (KB), light kit (L1), HOA (K4),
speed potentiometer w/HOA (K2), disconnect switch (P2). See Freestanding Option selection on Page V6-T2-220.
1 FR10–FR14 includes 3% line reactor, but it is not integral to chassis.
2
2
V6-T2-212
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
2.9
Accessories
2
Demo Drive and Power Supply
2
Demo Drive and Power Supply
2
Description
Catalog Number
9000X demo drive
9000XDEMO
NEMA Type 12/IP54 Conversion Kit
The NEMA Type 12/IP54 kit
option is used to convert a
NEMA Type 1/IP21 to a
NEMA Type 12/IP54 drive.
The NEMA Type 12/IP54
kit consists of a metal
drive shroud, fan kit for
some frames, adaptor plate
and plugs.
2
2
2
2
2
NEMA Type 12/IP54 Conversion Kit
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Frame Size
Delivery Code
FR4
W
Length
Width
Height
Approximate
Weight Lb (kg)
Catalog Number
13 (330)
7 (178)
4 (102)
4 (1.8)
OPTN12FR4
FR5
16 (406)
8 (203)
7 (178)
5 (2.3)
OPTN12FR5
FR6
21 (533)
10 (254)
5 (127)
7 (3.2)
OPTN12FR6
2
2
2
2
Flange Kits
Flange Kit NEMA Type
12/IP54
The flange kit is utilized when
the power section is mounted
through the back panel of an
enclosure. Includes flange
mount brackets and NEMA
Type 12/IP54 fan
components. Metal shroud
not included.
2
Flange kits for NEMA Type
12/IP54 enclosure drive rating
are determined by rating of
drive.
Flange Kit for NEMA
Type 1/IP21 to NEMA
Type 12/IP54 1
Flange Kit NEMA Type 12/
IP54—Frames 4–9
2
Frame
Size
Delivery
Code
Catalog
Number
2
FR4
FP
OPTTHR4
2
FR5
OPTTHR5
FR6
OPTTHR6
Frame
Size
Delivery
Code
Catalog
Number
FR7
OPTTHR7
FR4
W
OPTTHRFR4
FR8
OPTTHR8
FR5
OPTTHRFR5
FR9
OPTTHR9
FR6
OPTTHRFR6
2
2
2
2
2
Note
1 For installation of an SPX NEMA Type 1/IP21 drive into a NEMA Type 12/IP54 oversized enclosure.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-213
2.9
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
Options
9000X Series Option Board Kits
2
2
The 9000X Series drives can accommodate a wide selection of expander and adapter option boards
to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is designed to accept a
total of five option boards.
2
The 9000X Series factory installed standard board configuration includes an A9 I/O board and an A2
relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B.
2
Option Boards
Option Board Kits
2
2
Allowed Slot
Locations 2
Field
Installed
Catalog
Number
Factory
Installed
Option
Designator
SVX Ready Programs
Local/
Basic Remote Standard
MSS
PID
Multi-P. PFC
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref,
2 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
A
OPTA9
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2 RO (NC-NO)
B
OPTA2
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Option Kit Description 1
Standard I/O Cards
2
A
D E
B C
2
2
Extended I/O Cards
2 RO, therm
B
OPTA3
A3
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
2
Encoder low volt +5 V/15 V/24 V
C
OPTA4
A4
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
Encoder high volt +15 V/24 V
C
OPTA5
A5
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
2
Double encoder—SPX only
C
OPTA7
A7
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO
A
OPTA8
A8
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref,
2 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
A
OPTA1
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2
3 DI (encoder 10–24 V), out +15 V/+24 V,
2 DO (pulse+direction)—SPX only
C
OPTAE
AE
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref,
2 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
A
OPTAFA1
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2
6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
B, C, D, E
OPTB1
B1
—
—
—
—
—
■
■
1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm
B, C, D, E
OPTB2
B2
—
—
—
—
—
■
■
2
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),
1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
B, C, D, E
OPTB4
B4
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
2
3 RO (NO)
B, C, D, E
OPTB5
B5
—
—
—
—
—
■
■
1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100
B, C, D, E
OPTB8
B8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
B, C, D, E
OPTB9
B9
—
—
—
—
—
■
■
SPI, absolute encoder
C
OPTBB
BB
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Modbus 3
D, E
OPTC2
C2
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Johnson Controls N2 3
D, E
OPTC2
CA
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
2
Communication Cards
2
Modbus TCP
D, E
OPTCI
CI
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
BACnet
D, E
OPTCJ
C4
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2
EtherNet/IP
D, E
OPTCQ
CQ
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
PROFIBUS DP
D, E
OPTC3
C3
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2
LonWorks
D, E
OPTC4
C4
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector)
D, E
OPTC5
C5
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
CANopen (slave)
D, E
OPTC6
C6
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
DeviceNet
D, E
OPTC7
C7
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Modbus (D9 type connector)
D, E
OPTC8
C8
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2
Adapter—SPX only
D, E
OPTD1
D1
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Adapter—SPX only
D, E
OPTD2
D2
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2
RS-232 with D9 connection
D, E
OPTD3
D3
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
2
2
2
Notes
1 AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output
2 Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location.
3 OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.
2
2
V6-T2-214
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
Modbus RTU Network
Communications
The Modbus Network Card
OPTC2 is used for connecting
the SVX Drive as a slave on a
Modbus network. The
interface is connected by a
9-pin DSUB connector
(female) and the baud rate
ranges from 300 to 19,200
baud. Other communication
parameters include an
address range from 1 to 247;
a parity of None, Odd or
Even; and the stop bit is 1.
DeviceNet Network
Communications
The DeviceNet Network Card
OPTC7 is used for connecting
the SVX Drive on a DeviceNet
Network. It includes a
5.08 mm pluggable
connector. Transfer method
is via CAN using a two-wire
twisted shielded cable with
two-wire bus power cable
and drain. The baud rates
used for communication
include 125 Kbaud,
250 Kbaud and 500 Kbaud.
PROFIBUS Network
Communications
The PROFIBUS Network Card
OPTC3 is used for connecting
the SVX Drive as a slave on
a PROFIBUS-DP network.
The interface is connected
by a 9-pin DSUB connector
(female). The baud rates
range from 9.6 Kbaud to
12 Mbaud, and the addresses
range from 1 to 127.
Johnson Controls
Metasys N2 Network
Communications
The OPTC2 fieldbus board
provides communication
between the SVX Drive and a
Johnson Controls Metasys™
N2 network. With this
connection, the drive can be
controlled, monitored and
programmed from the
Metasys system. The N2
fieldbus is available as a
factory installed option and as
a field installable kit.
LonWorks Network
Communications
The LonWorks Network Card
OPTC4 is used for connecting
the SVX Drive on a LonWorks
network. This interface uses
Standard Network Variable
Types (SNVT) as data types.
The channel connection is
achieved using a FTT-10 A
Free Topology transceiver
via a single twisted transfer
cable. The communication
speed with LonWorks is
78 kBits/s.
CANopen (Slave)
Communications
The CANopen (Slave)
Network Card OPTC6 is used
for connecting the SVX Drive
to a host system. According
to ISO11898 standard cables
to be chosen for CANbus
should have a nominal
impedance of 120 ohms, and
specific line delay of nominal
5 nS/m. 120 ohms line
termination resistors required
for installation.
Modbus/TCP Network
Communications
The Modbus/TCP Network
Card OPTCI is used for
connecting the SVX Drive to
Ethernet networks utilizing
Modbus protocol. It includes
an RJ-45 pluggable connector.
This interface provides a
selection of standard and
custom register values to
communicate drive parameters.
The board supports 10 Mbps
and 100 Mbps communication
speeds. The IP address of the
board is configurable over
Ethernet using a supplied
software tool.
2.9
BACnet Network
Communications
The BACnet Network Card
OPTCJ is used for connecting
the SVX Drive to BACnet
networks. It includes a
5.08 mm pluggable connector.
Data transfer is Master-Slave/
Token Passing (MS/TP)
RS-485. This interface uses
a collection of 30 Binary Value
Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog
Value Objects (AVOs) to
communicate drive parameters.
The card supports 9.6, 19.2
and 38.4 Kbaud communication
speeds and supports network
addresses 1–127.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
EtherNet/IP Network
Communications
The EtherNet/IP Network
Card OPTCK is used for
connecting the SVX Drive to
Ethernet/Industrial Protocol
networks. It includes an
RJ-45 pluggable connector.
The interface uses CIP
objects to communicate drive
parameters (CIP is “Common
Industrial Protocol”, the same
protocol used by DeviceNet).
The board supports 10 Mbps
and 100 Mbps communication
speeds. The IP address of the
board is configurable by Static,
BOOTP and DHCP methods.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-215
2.9
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
Control Panel Options
Factory Options
2
2
Description
Factory Installed
Field Installed
Option Code
NEMA Type 1/IP21
Catalog Number
Local/Remote Keypad SVX Control Panel—This option is standard on all drives and consists of A
an RS-232 connection, backlit alphanumeric LCD display with nine indicators for the RUN status
and two indicators for the control source. The nine pushbuttons on the panel are used for panel
programming and monitoring of all SVX parameters. The panel is detachable and isolated from the
input line potential. Include LOC/REM key to choose control location.
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
2
Keypad Remote Mounting Kit—This option is used to remote mount the SVX keypad. The
footprint is compatible to the SV9000 remote mount kit. Includes 10 ft cable, keypad holder and
mounting hardware.
—
OPTRMT-KIT-9000X
2
Keypad Blank—9000X Series select keypad for use with special and custom applications.
—
KEYPAD-BLANK
2
Miscellaneous Options
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Description
Catalog Number
9000XDrive—A PC-based tool for controlling and monitoring of the SVX. Features include: loading parameters that can be
saved to a file or printed, setting references, starting and stopping the motor, monitoring signals in graphical or text form,
and real-time display. To avoid damage to the drive or computer, SVDrivecable must be used.
9000XDRIVE
SVDrivecable—6 ft (1.8 m) RS-232 cable (22 gauge) with a 7-pin connector on each end. Should be used in conjunction
with the 9000XDrive option to avoid damage to the SVX or computer. The same cable can be used for downloading
specialized applications to the drive.
SVDRIVECABLE
External Dynamic Braking Resistors—Used with the dynamic braking chopper circuit to absorb motor regenerative
energy for stopping the load and to dissipate the energy flowing back into the drive. Resistors are separated into standard
duty and heavy-duty. Standard duty is defined as 20% duty or less with 100% braking torque, while heavy-duty is defined as
50% duty or less with 150% braking torque.
See Page V6-T2-217
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-216
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
2.9
SPX Drive Options
2
Brake Chopper Options
The brake chopper circuit
option is used for applications
that require dynamic braking.
Dynamic braking resistors are
not included with drive
purchase. Consult the factory
for additional dynamic braking
resistor selections that are
supplied separately. A list of
common resistors are listed
below and are complete
indoor assemblies, include a
pre-wired terminal block and
a thermal switch, and are not
UL Listed.
Duty Cycle
The duty cycle rating is based
on a 60-second period. For
example, the 20% duty cycle
resistor can carry 100%
current for 12 seconds out
of every 60 seconds, while
the 50% duty cycle resistor
can carry 150% current for
30 seconds out of every
60 seconds.
2
Torque
If the braking torque required
is less than 15%, dynamic
braking is not required
because the regenerated
energy will be dissipated in
the drive and motor losses.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Dynamic Brake Resistor—Catalog Number Selection
2
DBR – R100 – W0800
Dynamic Brake Resistor
Resistance
1D0 = 1.0 Ohms
100 = 100 Ohms
2
2
Rated Watts
0800 = 800 Watts
8000 = 8000 Watts
080K = 80,000 Watts
2
2
230 V Brake Resistors
Drive hp
(CT/IH)
Minimum
Ohms
20% Duty Cycle, 100% Torque
50% Duty Cycle, 150% Torque
Catalog Number
Dimensions (Inches)
Catalog Number
Dimensions (Inches)
0.75
30.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
1
30.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
1.5
30.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R036-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
2
30.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R036-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
3
30.0
DBR-R036-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R036-W2000
12W x 16D x 5H
4
30.0
DBR-R036-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R030-W2400
19W x 10D x 5H
5
30.0
DBR-R036-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R030-W2800
19W x 13D x 5H
7.5
20.0
DBR-R020-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R020-W4800
26.5W x 13D x 5H
10
10.0
DBR-R015-W1600
12W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R112-W6000
26.5W x 13D x 5H
15
10.0
DBR-R012-W2400
19W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R010-W9000
28W x 10D x 10H
20
3.3
DBR-R9D3-W3200
19W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R3D4-W012K
28W x 10D x 10H
25
3.3
DBR-R5D5-W4000
26.5W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R5D1-W015K
28W x 16D x 10H
30
3.3
DBR-R4D8-W4800
26.5W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R4D1-W020K
28W x 16D x 10H
40
1.4
DBR-R004-W6000
26.5W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R3D4-W025K
30W x 18D x 16H
50
1.4
DBR-R3D1-W7500
26.5W x 16D x 5H
DBR-R2D1-W030K
30W x 18D x 24H
60
1.4
DBR-R2D8-W9000
26.5W x 16D x 5H
DBR-R002-W036K
30W x 18D x 24H
75
1.4
DBR-R2D6-W012K
28W x 10D x 10H
DBR-R1D5-W045K
30W x 18D x 32H
100
1.4
DBR-R002-W015K
28W x 16D x 10H
DBR-R1D4-W060K
30W x 18D x 40H
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-217
2.9
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
480 V Brake Resistors
Drive hp
(CT/IH)
Minimum
Ohms
20% Duty Cycle, 100% Torque
50% Duty Cycle, 150% Torque
Catalog Number
Dimensions (Inches)
Catalog Number
Dimensions (Inches)
1
63.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
1.5
63.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R100-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
2
63.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R100-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
3
63.0
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R100-W2000
12W x 16D x 5H
2
5
63.0
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R100-W2800
19W x 13D x 5H
6
63.0
DBR-R100-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R070-W4000
19W x 16D x 5H
2
7.5
63.0
DBR-R100-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R063-W4800
26.5W x 13D x 5H
10
63.0
DBR-R063-W1600
12W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R063-W6000
26.5W x 16D x 5H
15
42.0
DBR-R042-W2400
19W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R042-W9000
28W x 10D x 10H
20
21.0
DBR-R030-W3200
19W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R023-W012K
28W x 13D x 10H
25
21.0
DBR-R030-W4000
19W x 16D x 5H
DBR-R021-W015K
28W x 13D x 10H
2
30
14.0
DBR-R020-W4800
26.5W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R014-W020K
30W x 18D x 24H
40
6.5
DBR-R112-W6000
26.5W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R007-W025K
30W x 18D x 16H
2
50
6.5
DBR-R013-W7500
26.5W x 16D x 5H
DBR-R8D5-W030K
30W x 18D x 24H
60
6.5
DBR-R010-W9000
28W x 10D x 10H
DBR-R7D3-W036K
30W x 18D x 24H
75
3.3
DBR-R009-W012K
28W x 13D x 10H
DBR-R3D3-W045K
30W x 18D x 32H
100
3.3
DBR-R5D1-W015K
28W x 16D x 10H
DBR-R004-W060K
30W x 18D x 40H
125
3.3
DBR-R4D1-W020K
28W x 16D x 10H
DBR-R004-W070K
30W x 18D x 48H
2
150
3.3
DBR-R3D4-W025K
30W x 18D x 16H
DBR-R3D5-W085K
30W x 18D x 56H
200
3.3
DBR-R3D3-W030K
30W x 18D x 24H
DBR-R3D3-W110K
30W x 18D x 72H
2
250
1.4
DBR-R2D5-W036K
30W x 18D x 24H
1
—
300
1.4
DBR-R1D5-W045K
30W x 18D x 32H
1
—
350
1.4
DBR-R1D4-W060K
30W x 18D x 40H
1
—
2
400
0.9
DBR-R1D4-W060K
30W x 18D x 40H
1
—
500
0.9
DBR-R0D9-W080K
30W x 18D x 48H
1
—
2
550
0.9
DBR-R001-W085K
30W x 18D x 56H
1
—
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Note
1 Consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-218
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
2.9
575 V Brake Resistors
Drive hp
(CT/IH)
Minimum
Ohms
20% Duty Cycle, 100% Torque
Catalog Number
Dimensions (Inches)
50% Duty Cycle, 150% Torque
Catalog Number
Dimensions (Inches)
2
100.0
DBR-R100-W0400
12W x 5D x 5H
DBR-R100-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
3
100.0
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R100-W2000
12W x 16D x 5H
4
100.0
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R100-W2400
19W x 10D x 5H
5
100.0
DBR-R100-W0800
12W x 7D x 5H
DBR-R100-W2800
19W x 13D x 5H
7.5
100.0
DBR-R100-W1200
12W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R100-W4800
26.5W x 13D x 5H
10
30.0
DBR-R063-W1600
12W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R063-W6000
26.5W x 16D x 5H
15
30.0
DBR-R042-W2400
19W x 10D x 5H
DBR-R042-W9000
28W x 10D x 10H
20
30.0
DBR-R030-W3200
19W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R030-W012K
28W x 13D x 10H
25
30.0
DBR-R030-W4000
19W x 16D x 5H
DBR-R030-W015K
28W x 16D x 10H
30
18.0
DBR-R020-W4800
26.5W x 13D x 5H
DBR-R020-W020K
30W x 18D x 16H
40
18.0
DBR-R030-W6000
26.5W x 16D x 5H
DBR-R184-W025K
30W x 18D x 16H
50
9.0
DBR-R013-W7500
26.5W x 16D x 5H
DBR-R012-W030K
30W x 18D x 24H
60
9.0
DBR-R010-W9000
28W x 10D x 10H
DBR-R010-W036K
30W x 18D x 24H
75
9.0
DBR-R009-W012K
28W x 13D x 10H
DBR-R009-W045K
30W x 18D x 24H
100
7.0
DBR-R013-W015K
28W x 16D x 10H
DBR-R8D4-W060K
30W x 18D x 40H
125
7.0
DBR-R8D2-W020K
30W x 18D x 10H
DBR-R007-W070K
30W x 18D x 40H
150
7.0
DBR-R007-W025K
30W x 18D x 16H
DBR-R006-W085K
30W x 18D x 56H
175
7.0
DBR-R007-W030K
30W x 18D x 24H
DBR-R007-W100K
30W x 18D x 72H
200
2.5
DBR-R3D3-W030K
30W x 18D x 24H
DBR-R2D6-W110K
30W x 18D x 64H
250
2.5
DBR-R2D5-W036K
30W x 18D x 24H
DBR-R003-W140K
30W x 18D x 72H
300
2.5
DBR-R3D3-W045K
30W x 18D x 32H
1
—
400
1.7
DBR-R002-W060K
30W x 18D x 48H
1
—
450
1.7
DBR-R1D8-W070K
30W x 18D x 48H
1
—
500
1.7
DBR-R002-W080K
30W x 18D x 56H
1
—
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Note
1 Consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-219
2.9
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
Control/Communication Options
Available Control/Communications Options
2
2
2
Option
Description
Option Type
K2
Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch—Provides the SPX with the ability to start/stop and adjust the speed reference from doormounted control devices or remotely from customer supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive will start and the speed is controlled by the door-mounted speed
potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position. When AUTO is selected, the drive run and speed control commands are via user-supplied dry contact and
4–20 mA signal.
Control
K4
HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch for Non-Bypass Configurations—Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO
mode of operation. HAND mode is defaulted to keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation
can be configured via programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include keypad, I/O and fieldbus.
Control
KB
115 V Control Transformer, 550 VA—Provides a fused control power transformer with additional 550 VA at 115 V for customer use.
Control
L1
Power On and Fault Pilot Lights—Provide a white power on light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a red fault light that indicates a drive fault
has occurred.
Light
P2
Disconnect Switch—Disconnect switch option is applicable only with NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54 Freestanding drives. Allows a convenient
means of disconnecting the SPX from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory-mounted in the enclosure.
Input
2
2
2
2
2
SPX Freestanding Options
2
480 V and 690 V Control Options, 200–550 hp 1
2
Description
Catalog Number
Suffix
Door-mounted speed potentiometer with HOA selector switch
K2
2
HAND/OFF/AUTO switch (22 mm)
K4
115 volt control transformer 550 VA
KB
2
2
480 V and 690 V Light Options, 200–550 hp 1
2
Description
Catalog Number
Suffix
Power on/fault pilot lights
L1
2
2
Input Options, 200–550 hp 1
2
Description
Catalog Number
Suffix
Disconnect switch
P2 2
2
2
Notes
1 Consult factory for adder information.
2 Applicable with FR10 and FR11 freestanding designs only.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-220
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
2.9
Replacement Parts
2
FR4 Spare Parts
Category
Description
1
Quantity/
Drive
230 V
480 V
575 V
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
1
PP01086
PP01086
—
Control fan
NEMA Type 12 control fan
Control module 2
SPX control module
1
CPBS0000000000
CPBS0000000000
—
Standard slot A I/O card
1
OPTA9
OPTA9
—
Standard slot B I/O card
1
OPTA2
OPTA2
—
Power board 3
1
VB00308-0004-2
VB00208-0003-5
—
1
VB00308-0007-2
VB00208-0004-5
—
1
VB00308-0008-2
VB00208-0005-5
—
1
—
VB00208-0007-5
—
1
—
VB00208-0009-5
—
1
—
VB00410-0012-5-ARV
—
1
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
—
Converter
Keypad 2
SVX/SPX keypad
Main fan 2
DC fan (main)
1
PP01060
PP01060
—
Other
Mounting kit, fixing kit
1
FR00040
FR00040
—
Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1
1
FR00079
FR00079
—
Control cover, plastic, N1
1
FR00006
FR00006
—
Quantity/
Drive
230 V
480 V
575 V
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
FR5 Spare Parts
Category
Description
Control fan
NEMA Type 12 control fan
Control module 2
SPX control module
Converter
Keypad
2
Main fan 2
Other
1
1
PP01088
PP01088
—
1
CPBS0000000000
CPBS0000000000
—
Standard slot A I/O card
1
OPTA9
OPTA9
—
Standard slot B I/O card
1
OPTA2
OPTA2
—
Power board 3
1
VB00313-0017-2
VB00213-0016-5
—
1
VB00313-0025-2
VB00213-0022-5
—
1
VB00313-0031-2
VB00213-0031-5
—
SVX/SPX keypad
1
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
—
DC fan (main)
1
PP01061
PP01061
—
Mounting kit, fixing kit
1
FR00050
FR00050
—
Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1
1
FR00081
FR00081
—
Control cover, plastic, N1
1
FR05011
FR05011
—
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Only for NEMA Type 12/IP54 Type drives.
2 Factory recommended spare parts.
3 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-221
2.9
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
FR6 Spare Parts
Quantity/
Drive
230 V
480 V
575 V
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
2
Category
Description
Control fan
NEMA Type 12 control fan 1
1
PP01049
PP01049
—
2
Control module 2
SPX control module
1
CPBS0000000000
CPBS0000000000
CPBS0000000000
Standard slot A I/O card
1
OPTA9
OPTA9
OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card
1
OPTA2
OPTA2
OPTA2
Power board 3
1
VB00316-0048-2
VB00416-0038-5
VB00404-0004-6
1
VB00316-0061-2
VB00416-0045-5
VB00404-0005-6
1
—
VB00416-0061-5
VB00404-0007-6
1
—
—
VB00404-0010-6
1
—
—
VB00404-0013-6
1
—
—
VB00404-0018-6
1
—
—
VB00404-0022-6
1
—
—
VB00404-0027-6
1
—
—
VB00404-0034-6
2
2
Converter
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
DC section
Bus capacitor
2
—
—
S00930
Keypad 2
SVX/SPX keypad
1
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Main fan 2
DC fan (main)
1
PP01062
PP01062
—
Other
Mounting kit, fixing kit
1
FR00060
FR00060
FR00060
Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1
1
FR00082
FR00082
FR00082
Control cover, plastic, N1
1
FR06011
FR06011
FR06011
Quantity/
Drive
230 V
480 V
575 V
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
2
2
2
2
2
2
FR7 Spare Parts
Category
Description
Control fan
Control module
Converter
2
NEMA Type 12 control fan 1
1
PP01049
PP01049
PP01049
SPX control module
1
CPBS0000000000
CPBS0000000000
CPBS0000000000
Standard slot A I/O card
1
OPTA9
OPTA9
OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card
1
OPTA2
OPTA2
OPTA2
Power board 3
1
VB00319-0075-2
VB00619-0072-5
VB00419-0041-6
1
VB00319-0088-2
VB00619-0087-5
VB00419-0052-6
1
VB00319-0114-2
VB00619-0105-5
—
2
2
2
2
DC section
Bus capacitor
2
—
—
PP01041
Keypad 2
SVX/SPX keypad
1
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Main fan 2
DC fan (main)
1
PP01063
PP01063
PP01063
Other
Mounting kit, fixing kit
1
FR07071
FR07071
FR07071
Mounting kit, fixing kit, N12 1
1
FR07072
FR07072
FR07072
Control cover, plastic, N1
1
FR07011
FR07011
FR07011
2
2
2
Notes
1 Only for NEMA Type 12/IP54 Type drives.
2 Factory recommended spare parts.
3 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-222
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
2.9
FR8 Spare Parts
230 V
480 V
575 V
Category
Description
Quantity/
Drive
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Control fan
NEMA Type 12 control fan 1
1
CP01180
CP01180
CP01180
Control module 2
SPX control module
1
CPBS0000000000
CPBS0000000000
CPBS0000000000
Standard slot A I/O card
1
OPTA9
OPTA9
OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card
1
OPTA2
OPTA2
OPTA2
1
VB00722-0140-2-ANV
VB00636-0140-4-ANV
VB00422-0062-5-ANV
1
VB00722-0170-2-ANV
VB00636-0168-4-ANV
VB00422-0080-5-ANV
1
VB00722-0205-2-ANV
VB00636-0205-4-ANV
VB00422-0100-5-ANV
2
PP01175
PP01175
PP01127
Converter
Power board
3
IGBT
DC section
Bus capacitor
4
S00335
S00335
PP01041
Inverter
Diode
3
CP01268
CP01268
CP01373
Rectifier board
1
VB00227
VB00227
VB00427
Keypad 2
SVX/SPX keypad
1
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Main AC fan
Fan AC
1
PP01123
PP01123
PP01123
Fan fuse
2
PP20202
PP20202
PP20202
Starting cap
1
S00734
S00734
S00734
Fan driver board AC
1
VB00599
VB00799
VB00799
Isolation transformer (fan)
1
S0000113
S0000113
S0000113
Main DC fan 2
DC fan
1
PP00071
PP00071
PP00071
DC power supply
1
S01016
S01016
S01016
Other
Front cover, N12 1
1
FR08079
FR08079
FR08079
Conduit plate, N12
1
FR08082
FR08082
FR08082
Front cover, N1
1
FR08106
FR08106
FR08106
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Only for NEMA Type 12/IP54 Type drives.
2 Factory recommended spare parts.
3 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-223
2.9
2
2
2
SPX Drives
FR9 Spare Parts
Control fan
50 mm fan
1
PP09041
PP09041
PP09041
80 mm fan
1
PP01068
PP01068
PP01068
SPX control module
1
CPBS0000000000
CPBS0000000000
CPBS0000000000
Control module 1
Converter
2
DC section
2
2
2
Inverter
2
2
2
Keypad 1
Main AC fan
2
2
2
2
Main DC fan 1
Other
2
2
575 V
Catalog Number
Quantity/
Drive
2
2
480 V
Catalog Number
Description
Standard slot A I/O card
1
OPTA9
OPTA9
OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card
1
OPTA2
OPTA2
OPTA2
Power module 2
1
FR09-0261-2-ANV
FR09-0261-4-ANV
FR09-0125-5-ANV
1
FR09-0300-2-ANV
FR09-0300-4-ANV
FR09-0144-5-ANV
2
2
230 V
Catalog Number
Category
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
1
—
—
FR09-0170-5-ANV
Driver board
1
S00583
S00583
S00583
Shunt board 2
6
—
VB00535
VB00537
6
—
VB00536
VB00542
6
—
—
VB00543
Balancing resistor
3
PP00052
PP00052
PP00052
Bus capacitor
8
S00335
S00335
PP01041
DC busbars DC–
1
FR09043
FR09043
FR09043
DC busbars DC+
1
FR09044
FR09044
FR09044
DC busbars connection
1
FR09045
FR09045
FR09045
DC busbars +/– insulator
1
FR09046
FR09046
FR09046
DC busbars –/con insulator
1
FR09047
FR09047
FR09047
Rectifier module
1
FR09826
FR09822
FR09823
Diode
3
CP01268
CP01268
CP01268
Rectifier board
1
—
VB00459
VB00460
SVX/SPX keypad
1
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Fan AC
1
PP01080
PP01080
PP01080
Fan fuse
2
PP20202
PP20202
PP20202
Starting cap
1
S00465
S00465
S00465
Fan driver board AC
1
VB00899
VB00399
VB00299
Isolation transformer (fan)
1
PP09056
PP09055
PP09055
DC fan
1
PP00072
PP00072
PP00072
S01017
DC power supply
1
S01017
S01017
Front cover power
1
FR09012
FR09012
FR09012
Front cover connection
1
FR09013
FR09013
FR09013
Front power conduit
1
FR09014
FR09014
FR09014
Notes
1 Factory recommended spare parts.
2 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-224
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
2.9
FR10 Spare Parts
230 V
480 V
575 V
Category
Description
Quantity/
Drive
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Control
Fiber board
1
—
S00451
S00451
ASIC board
1
—
S00457
S00457
Control fan
ASIC fan
1
—
PP01096
PP01096
Control module 1
SPX control module
1
—
CPBS0000000000
CPBS0000000000
Converter
Covers
DC section
Inverter
Keypad 1
Main AC fan
Main DC fan 1
Standard slot A I/O card
1
—
OPTA9
OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card
1
—
OPTA2
OPTA2
1
—
FR10-0385-4-ANV
FR10-0261-5-ANV
1
—
FR10-0460-4-ANV
FR10-0325-5-ANV
1
—
FR10-0520-4-ANV
FR10-0385-5-ANV
1
—
—
FR10-0416-5-ANV
Power module
2
Driver board
1
—
S00450
S00450
Driver adapter board
1
—
VB00330
VB00330
Shunt board 2
6
—
VB00497
VB00510
6
—
VB00498
VB00511
6
—
VB00537
VB00545
Top cover
1
—
FR10340
FR10340
Side cover
2
—
FR10341
FR10341
Balancing resistor
2
—
PP13027
PP13028
DC busbars kit (right)
1
—
S0000005
S0000005
Bus capacitor
12
—
S00335
S00336
Rectifier module
1
—
FR10823
FR10823
Charging resistor
1
—
PP00066
PP00066
Diode
3
—
PP01177
PP01177
Rectifier board
1
—
S00591
S00592
SVX/SPX keypad
1
—
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Fan assembly (left)
1
—
FR10846
FR10846
Fan assembly (right)
1
—
FR10847
FR10847
Fan AC
2
—
PP01080
PP01080
Fan fuse
4
—
PP20202
PP20202
Starting cap
2
—
S00528
S00528
Fan driver board AC
2
—
VB00299
VB00299
Isolation transformer (left)
1
—
FR10844
FR10844
Isolation transformer (right)
1
—
FR10845
FR10845
DC fan
2
—
PP00072
PP00072
DC power supply
2
—
S01017
S01017
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Factory recommended spare parts.
2 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-225
2.9
2
2
Category
Control
Description
230 V
480 V
575 V
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
S00451
Fiber board
1
—
S00451
1
—
S00457
S00457
Control fan
ASIC fan
1
—
PP01096
PP01096
Control module 1
SPX control module
1
—
CPBS0000000000
CPBS0000000000
Standard slot A I/O card
1
—
OPTA9
OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card
1
—
OPTA2
OPTA2
Power module 2
1
—
FR11-0590-4-ANV
FR11-0460-5-ANV
1
—
FR11-0650-4-ANV
FR11-0502-5-ANV
1
—
FR11-0730-4-ANV
FR11-0590-5-ANV
1
—
S00452
S00452
1
—
VB00330
VB00330
9
—
VB00513
VB00512
9
—
VB00514
VB00546
9
—
VB00538
VB00547
1
—
FR11345
FR11345
Converter
2
Driver board
2
Driver adapter board
Shunt board
2
2
2
Covers
2
Quantity/
Drive
ASIC board
2
2
SPX Drives
FR11 Spare Parts
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
DC section
2
Top cover
Balancing resistor
3
—
PP13027
PP13027
DC busbars kit (right)
3
—
S0000005
S0000005
Bus capacitor
18
—
S00335
S00335
Rectifier module
1
—
FR10823
FR10823
Diode
3
—
PP01177
PP01177
Rectifier board
1
—
S00591
S00591
Keypad 1
SVX/SPX keypad
1
—
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Main AC fan
Fan assembly (right)
3
—
FR10847
FR10847
2
Fan AC
3
—
PP01080
PP01080
Fan fuse
4
—
PP20202
PP20202
2
Starting cap
3
—
S00530
S00530
Fan driver board AC
3
—
VB00299
VB00299
2
Inverter
2
2
2
2
2
2
Main DC fan 1
Isolation transformer (right)
3
—
FR10845
FR10845
DC fan
2
—
PP00072
PP00072
DC power supply
2
—
S01017
S01017
Notes
1 Factory recommended spare parts.
2 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-226
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
2.9
FR12 Spare Parts
230 V
480 V
575 V
Category
Description
Quantity/
Drive
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Control
Fiber board
2
—
S00451
S00451
ASIC board
2
—
S00457
S00457
Star coupler
1
—
S00593
S00593
ASIC fan
2
—
PP01096
PP01096
SPX control module
1
—
CPBS0000000000
CPBS0000000000
Standard slot A I/O card
1
—
OPTA9
OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card
1
—
OPTA2
OPTA2
Power module 2
1
—
FR12-0820-4-ANV
FR12-0650-5-ANV
1
—
FR12-0920-4-ANV
FR12-0750-5-ANV
1
—
FR12-1030-4-ANV
FR12-0820-5-ANV
Control fan
Control module
Converter
Covers
DC section
Inverter
Keypad 1
Main AC fan
Main DC fan
1
1
Driver board
2
—
S00450
S00450
Driver adapter board
2
—
VB00330
VB00330
Shunt board
12
—
VB00498
VB00511
Top cover
2
—
FR10340
FR10340
Side cover
4
—
FR10341
FR10341
Balancing resistor
4
—
PP13027
PP13027
DC busbars kit (right)
2
—
S0000005
S0000005
Bus capacitor
24
—
S00335
S00336
Rectifier module
2
—
FR10823
FR10823
Diode
3
—
PP01177
PP01177
Rectifier board
2
—
S00591
S00591
SVX/SPX keypad
1
—
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Fan assembly (left)
2
—
FR10846
FR10846
Fan assembly (right)
2
—
FR10847
FR10847
Fan AC
4
—
PP01080
PP01080
Fan fuse
8
—
PP20202
PP20202
Starting cap
4
—
S00528
S00528
Fan driver board AC
4
—
VB00299
VB00299
Isolation transformer (left)
2
—
FR10844
FR10844
Isolation transformer (right)
2
—
FR10845
FR10845
DC fan
4
—
PP00072
PP00072
DC power supply
4
—
S01017
S01017
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Factory recommended spare parts.
2 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-227
2.9
2
2
Quantity/
Drive
230 V
480 V
575 V
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
ASIC board
1
—
S00457
S00457
ASIC assembly
1
—
60S01030
60S01030
ASIC fan
1
—
PP01096
PP01096
SPX control module
1
—
CPBS0000000000
CPBS0000000000
Standard slot A I/O card
1
—
OPTA9
OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card
1
—
OPTA2
OPTA2
Power module 2
3
—
FI13-1150-4-ANV
FR13-1030-5-ANV
3
—
FI13-1300-4-ANV
FR13-1180-5-ANV
3
—
FI13-1450-4-ANV
FR13-920-5-ANV
3
—
S00454
S00454
2
—
VB00330
VB00330
18
—
VB00505
VB00516
18
—
VB00514
VB00517
18
—
VB00541
VB00547
Top cover
3
—
FI10001
FI10001
Side cover
3
—
FI10003
FI10003
Balancing resistor
6
—
PP13034
PP13034
Bus capacitor
36
—
S00335
S00336
DC busbars kit
3
—
FI13329
FI13329
Rectifier module
2
—
FR10823
FR10823
Diode
3
—
PP01177
PP01177
Rectifier board
2
—
S00591
S00591
Keypad 1
SVX/SPX keypad
1
—
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Main AC fan
Fan assembly (left)
3
—
FI13301
FI13301
Fan AC
3
—
PP01080
PP01080
Fan fuse
6
—
PP20202
PP20202
Starting cap
3
—
S00520
S00520
Fan driver board AC
3
—
VB00299
VB00299
Isolation transformer
3
—
PP10057
PP10057
Category
Description
Control
Control fan
Control module
2
2
SPX Drives
FR13 Spare Parts
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Converter
1
2
Driver board
2
Driver adapter board
Shunt board
2
2
2
Covers
2
2
2
DC section
Inverter
2
2
2
2
2
2
Main DC fan 1
2
2
DC fan
4
—
PP00072
PP00072
DC power supply
4
—
S01017
S01017
Notes
1 Factory recommended spare parts.
2 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-228
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
2.9
FR14 Spare Parts
230 V
480 V
575 V
Category
Description
Quantity/
Drive
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Control
ASIC board
2
—
S00457
S00457
Star coupler
1
—
S00593
S00593
ASIC assembly
2
—
60S01030
60S01030
Star coupler kit
1
—
FR10860
FR10860
Control fan
ASIC fan
2
—
PP01096
PP01096
Control module 1
SPX control module
1
—
CPBS0000000000
CPBS0000000000
Converter
Covers
DC section
Inverter
Standard slot A I/O card
1
—
OPTA9
OPTA9
Standard slot B I/O card
1
—
OPTA2
OPTA2
Power module 2
1
—
FR14-1770-4-ANV
FR14-1500-5-ANV
1
—
FR14-2150-4-ANV
FR14-1900-5-ANV
1
—
FR14-2700-4-ANV
FR14-2250-5-ANV
Driver board
6
—
S00454
S00454
Driver adapter board
2
—
VB00330
VB00330
Shunt board 2
36
—
VB00541
VB00516
36
—
—
VB00517
Top cover
6
—
FI10001
FI10001
Side cover
6
—
FI10003
FI10003
Balancing resistor
6
—
PP13034
PP13034
Bus capacitor
72
—
S00335
S00336
DC busbars kit
6
—
FI13329
FI13329
Rectifier module
2
—
FR10823
FR10823
Diode
3
—
PP01177
PP01177
Rectifier board
2
—
S00591
S00591
Keypad 1
SVX/SPX keypad
1
—
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
KEYPAD-LOC/REM
Main AC fan
Fan assembly (left)
6
—
FI13301
FI13301
Main DC fan
1
Fan AC
6
—
PP01080
PP01080
Fan fuse
12
—
PP20202
PP20202
Starting cap
6
—
S00520
S00520
Fan driver board AC
6
—
VB00299
VB00299
Isolation transformer
6
—
PP10057
PP10057
DC fan
6
—
PP00072
PP00072
DC power supply
6
—
S01017
S01017
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Factory recommended spare parts.
2 Select one part number based on the amperage rating of the drive. Please contact EatonCare at 877-ETN-CARE for assistance.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-229
2.9
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
Technical Data and Specifications
SPX Drives
Description
Specification
2
Input Ratings
Input voltage (Vin)
+10%/–15%
2
Input frequency (fin)
50/60 Hz (variation up to 45–66 Hz)
Connection to power
Once per minute or less (typical operation)
2
2
2
2
Specification
Control Connections
High withstand rating
0(4) to 20 mA; Ri—250 ohms differential
Positive or negative logic; 18 to 30 Vdc
Output reference voltage
+10 V +3%, max. load 10 mA
IH rated 100% at 122 °F (50 °C), FR9 and below
IL rated 100% at 104 °F (40 °C), FR9 and below
IH/IL 100% at 104 °F (40 °C), FR10 and above
Analog output
0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500 ohms;
resolution 10 bit; Accuracy ±2%
Digital outputs
Open collector output, 50 mA/48V
Relay outputs
2 programmable Form C relay outputs
switching capacity: 24 Vdc/8 A, 250 Vac/8 A, 125 Vdc/0.4 A
0 to Vin
Overload current (IH/IL)
150% IH, 110% IL for 1 min.
2
0 to 320 Hz
Frequency resolution
0.01 Hz
2
Initial output current (IH)
250% for 2 seconds
Efficiency
Analog input current
+24 V ±15%, max. 250 mA
Output Ratings
Continuous output current
0 to 10 V, R = 200 kohms (–10 to 10 V joystick control)
resolution 0.1%; accuracy ±1%
Auxiliary voltage
100 kAIC
Output voltage
Analog input voltage
Digital inputs (6)
Output frequency
2
Description
>96%
Control Characteristics
Protections
Overcurrent protection
Trip limit 4.0 x IH instantaneously
Overvoltage protection
Yes
Undervoltage protection
Yes
Earth fault protection
In case of earth fault in motor or motor cable, only the
frequency converter is protected
Control method
Frequency control (V/f) Open loop: sensorless vector control
Closed loop: frequency control
Closed loop: vector control
Input phase supervision
Trips if any of the input phases are missing
Switching frequency
Adjustable with parameter 2.6.9
Motor phase supervision
Trips if any of the output phases are missing
Frame 4–6
1 to 16 kHz; default 10 kHz
Overtemperature protection
Yes
Frame 7–12
1 to 10 kHz; default 3.6 kHz
Motor overload protection
Yes
2
Frequency reference
Analog input: Resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy ±1% V/Hz
Panel reference: Resolution 0.01 Hz
Motor stall protection
Yes
Motor underload protection
Yes
2
Field weakening point
30 to 320 Hz
Short-circuit protection
Yes (+24 V and +10 V reference voltages)
Acceleration time
0 to 3000 sec.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Deceleration time
0 to 3000 sec.
Braking torque
DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option)
Ambient Conditions
Ambient operating
temperature
14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 122 °F (50 °C) IH (FR4–FR9)
14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C) IL (FR10 and up)
14 °F (–10 °C), no frost to 104 °F (40 °C) IL (all frames)
Speed error
<0.01%, depending on the encoder
Encoder support
Incremental or absolute
Encoder voltages
5 V (RS-422), 15 V or 24 V, depending on the option card
Torque control
Full torque control at all speeds, including zero
Torque accuracy
<2%; <5% down to zero speed
Storage temperature
–40° to 158 °F (–40° to 70 °C)
Starting torque
>200%, depending on motor and drive sizing
Relative humidity
0 to 95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive,
no dripping water
Master/slave configurations
Full capability
System analysis
Integrated data logger
Air quality
Chemical vapors: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2;
Mechanical particles: IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2
PC communication
Fast multiple drive monitoring with PC
Altitude
100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m);
1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above 3280 ft (1000 m);
max. 9842 ft (3000 m)
Inter-drive communication
High-speed bus (12 Mbits/s)
High-speed applications
Up to 7200 Hz
2
Vibration
EN 50178, EN 60068-2-6; 5 to 50 Hz, displacement amplitude
1 mm (peak) at 3 to 15.8 Hz, max. acceleration amplitude
1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz
2
Shock
EN 50178, EN 60068-2-27 UPS Drop test (for applicable UPS
weights) Storage and shipping: max. 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
2
Enclosure class
NEMA 1/IP21 or NEMA 12/IP54, open chassis/IP20
2
High Performance Features
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-230
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.9
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
Dimensions
2
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
9000X Drives
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR4, FR5 and FR6
W1
W2
D1
2
2
R2
2
R1
EATON
2
2
2
H1
H3
2
H2
2
2
2
R2
2
2
2
2
Knockouts
2
D3
2
D2
2
Voltage
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Knockouts at Inches (mm)
N1 (O.D.)
0.3
(7)
11.0 (5)
3 at 10.1 (28)
0.3
(7)
17.9 (8)
hp (IH)
H1
H2
H3
D1
D2
D3
W1
W2
R1 Dia.
R2 Dia.
230 V
3/4–3
480 V
1–5
12.9
(327)
12.3
(313)
11.5
(292)
7.5
(190)
3.0
(77)
5.0
(126)
5.04
(128)
3.9
(100)
0.5
(13)
16.5
(419)
16.0
(406)
15.3
(389)
8.4
(214)
3.9
(100)
5.8
(148)
5.7
(144)
3.9
(100)
0.5
(13)
2
FR4
2
FR5
230 V
5–7-1/2
480 V
7-1/2–15
2
2 at 1.5 (37)
1 at 10.1 (28)
2
FR6
230 V
10–15
480 V
20–30
575 V
2–25
2
22.0
(558)
21.3
(541)
20.4
(519)
9.3
(237)
4.2
(105)
6.5
(165)
7.7
(195)
5.8
(148)
0.6
(15.5)
0.4
(9)
40.8 (19)
2
3 at 1.5 (37)
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-231
2.9
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54 with Flange Kit, FR4, FR5 and FR6
2
2
2
W2
2
Dia. A
2
H2
H1
2
W1
2
2
H4
2
D1
2
2
H5
D2
2
2
H3
Dia. B
H7
2
2
2
W5
Flange Opening
FR4 to FR6
H8
H6
W4 W3
2
2
2
2
FR4, FR5 and FR6 with Flange Kit
W1
5.0 (128)
2
5.6 (143)
2
H2
H3
H4
H5
D1
D2
Dia. A
4.5 (113)
13.3 (337)
12.8 (325)
12.9 (327)
1.2 (30)
0.9 (22)
7.5 (190)
3.0 (77)
0.3 (7)
4.7 (120)
17.0 (434)
16.5 (420)
16.5 (419)
1.4 (36)
0.7 (18)
8.4 (214)
3.9 (100)
0.3 (7)
6.7 (170)
22.0 (560)
21.6 (549)
22.0 (558)
1.2 (30)
0.8 (20)
9.3 (237)
4.2 (106)
0.3 (7)
FR6
7.7 (195)
Flange Opening, FR4 to FR6
W3
2
4.8 (123)
2
H1
FR5
2
2
W2
FR4
2
2
H9
W4
W5
H6
H7
H8
H9
Dia. B
4.5 (113)
—
12.4 (315)
12.8 (325)
—
0.2 (5)
0.3 (7)
4.7 (120)
—
16.2 (410)
16.5 (420)
—
0.2 (5)
0.3 (7)
6.7 (170)
6.2 (157)
21.2 (539)
21.6 (549)
0.3 (7)
0.2 (5)
0.3 (7)
FR4
FR5
5.3 (135)
FR6
7.3 (185)
2
V6-T2-232
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.9
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR7
2
H1
H2
2
2
2
W2 W1
2
2
R2
R1
2
R2
2
2
Knockouts
H3
2
2
D2
2
D1
2
D3
2
2
Voltage
hp (IH)
H1
H2
H3
D1
D2
D3
W1
W2
R1 Dia.
R2 Dia.
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Knockouts at Inches (mm)
N1 (O.D.)
2
230 V
20–30
24.8 (630)
24.2 (614)
23.2 (590)
10.1 (257)
3.0 (77)
7.3 (184)
9.3 (237)
7.5 (190)
0.7 (18)
0.4 (9)
77.2 (35)
3 at 1.5 (37)
2
480 V
40–60
575 V
30–40
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-233
2.9
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR8
2
H1
H2
2
2
2
2
W1 W2
2
2
2
2
2
R2
R1
H3
2
2
2
2
D1
2
2
2
2
Voltage
hp (IH)
D1
H1
H2
H3
W1
W2
R1 Dia.
R2 Dia.
Weight
Lbs (kg)
2
230 V
40–60
13.5 (344)
300.1 (764)
28.8 (732)
28.4 (721)
11.5 (291)
10 (255)
0.7 (18)
0.4 (9)
127 (58)
480 V
75–125
2
575 V
50–75
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-234
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.9
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, with Flange Kit, FR7 and FR8
H6
H4
H4
H5
2
Dia. A
2
2
2
W4 W2
2
2
2
H2
H1
W3
W1
H7
2
2
2
2
D1
2
D2
2
H3
H12
2
H9
H9
H10
H11
2
2
Flange Opening
FR7/FR8
W5 W6
W7
2
Dia. B
2
H8
H13
W1
2
W2
W3
W4
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6
H7
D1
D2
Dia. A
6.8 (175)
10.6 (270)
10.0 (253)
25.6 (652)
24.9 (632)
24.8 (630)
7.4 (189)
7.4 (189)
0.9 (23)
0.8 (20)
10.1 (257)
4.6 (117)
0.3 (6)
—
14.0 (355)
13.0 (330)
32.8 (832)
—
29.3 (745)
10.2 (258)
10.4 (265)
1.7 (43)
2.2 (57)
13.5 (344)
4.3 (110)
0.4 (9)
FR7
9.3 (237)
FR8
11.2 (285)
2
2
2
Flange Opening, FR7 and FR8
W5
2
W6
W7
H8
H9
H10
H11
H12
H13
Dia. B
2
6.9 (175)
10.0 (253)
24.4 (619)
7.4 (189)
7.4 (189)
1.4 (35)
1.3 (32)
1.0 (25)
0.3 (6)
2
—
13.0 (330)
31.9 (810)
10.2 (258)
10.4 (265)
—
—
1.3 (33)
0.4 (9)
2
FR7
9.2 (233)
FR8
11.9 (301)
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-235
2.9
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR9
2
H6
H4
H3
W4
2
W5
2
W5
W2
W3
W1
PE
2
B- B+ /R+ R-
2
2
2
H2
H5
D3
H1
2
Dia.
2
2
2
D1
D2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Voltage
hp (IH)
W1
W2
W3
W4
H1
H2
H3
H4 1
D1
D2
D3
Dia.
230 V
75–100
480 V
150–200
18.9
(480)
15.7
(400)
0.4
(9)
2.1
(54)
45.3
(1150)
44.1
(1120)
0.6
(16)
7.4
(188)
14.2
(361.5)
13.4
(340)
11.2
(285)
0.8
(21)
575 V
100–175
Note
1 Brake resistor terminal box (H6) included when brake chopper ordered.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-236
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Weight
Lbs (kg)
321.9 (146)
2.9
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR9 with Flange Kit
2
H7
2
2
W5
2
W1
2
2
2
2
Dia.
2
2
D1
D2
2
D3
H4
H4
H2
H5
H3
2
H3
H3
2
2
H5
2
2
W4
Flange Opening
FR9
W3
2
W2
2
W4
2
2
2
H1
H6
.20 (5)
Dia.
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
H1
H2
H3
20.9 (530)
20.0 (510)
19.1 (485)
7.9 (200)
0.2 (5.5)
51.7 (1312) 45.3 (1150) 16.5 (420)
H4
H5
H6
H7
D1
D2
D3
Dia.
3.9 (100)
1.4 (35)
0.4 (9)
0.1 (2)
24.9 (362)
13.4 (340)
4.3 (109)
0.8 (21)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-237
2.9
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA Type 1/IP21 and NEMA Type 12/IP54, FR10 Freestanding
2
W7
2
W4
W5
W6
W6
W4
2
Dia. 3
2
Dia. 1
Dia. 2
D6 D7
D3 D2
2
D5
2
D4
2
W2
W3
W3
W3 W3
W2
2
W1
D1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
H1
H2
2
2
Operator
(Shown with
Optional
Disconnect)
2
2
2
H3
2
2
2
2
2
hp
Volts (IH)
480 V 250–350
690 V 200–300
W1
W2
23.43 2.46
(595) (62.5)
W3
W4
W5
W6
W7
H1
H2
H3
D1
4.53
(115)
0.79
(20)
5.95
(151)
2.95
(75)
30.11 79.45 74.80 20.18 23.70
(79)
(2018) (1900) (512.5) (602)
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
Weight
Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg)
17.44
(443)
19.02
(483)
0.47
(12)
11.22
(285)
17.60
(447)
20.08
(510)
0.83
(21)
2
2
2
V6-T2-238
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
1.89
(48)
0.43
(11)
875 (389)
2.9
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
FR10 Open Chassis 1
2
H3
H4
H5
2
W3
2
2
W2
W1
W5
2
2
2
2
H7
W4
H6
2
H2
H1
2
2
2
2
2
D3
D4
D2
D1
2
2
2
Voltage
hp (IH)
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6
H7
D1
D2
D3
D4
Weight
Lbs (kg)
480 V
250–350
575 V
200–300
19.7
(500)
16.7
(425)
1.2
(30)
2.6
(67)
12.8
(325)
45.9
(1165)
44.1
(1121)
34.6
(879)
33.5
(850)
0.7
(17)
24.7
(627)
10.8
(275)
19.9
(506)
17.9
(455)
16.7
(423)
16.6
(421)
518
(235)
2
2
2
Note
1 SPXX FR12 is built of two FR10 modules. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-239
2.9
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA Type 1/IP21, FR11 Freestanding Drive
2
W5
2
W8
W6 W6 W6 W7 W7 W6 W6 W6
W4
2
Dia. 3
2
Dia. 1
2
Dia. 2
D3
D5
2
D2
2
W2
D4
W3
2
W1
W3
W3
W3
W2
D1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
H1
H2
2
2
Operator
(Shown with
Optional
Disconnect)
2
2
2
H3
2
2
2
hp
Voltage (IH)
2
480 V
400–550
690 V
400–500
W1
W2
31.26 2.40
(794) (61)
W3
W4
W5
W6
W7
W8
H1
H2
H3
D1
6.50
(165)
0.79
(20)
3.43
(87)
2.95
(75)
2.52
(64)
1.18
(30)
79.45 74.80 20.18 23.70
(2018) (1900) (512.5) (602)
D2
D3
D4
D5
Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3
11.22
(285)
19.09
(485)
0.47
(12)
17.60
(447)
0.83
(21)
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-240
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
1.89
(48)
Weight
Lbs (kg)
0.35 x 0.43 526
(9 x 11)
(239)
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
2.9
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
FR11 Open Chassis
2
H2
W3
W3
W2
W2
2
2
2
2
W2
2
W2
2
Shown without
terminal cover
2
2
2
H1
2
2
2
2
W1
2
2
2
2
2
2
D1
D2
2
2
2
Voltage
hp (IH)
W1
W2
W3
H1
H2
D1
D2
Weight
Lbs (kg)
2
480 V
400–550
27.9 (709)
8.6 (225)
2.6 (67)
45.5 (1155)
33.5 (850)
19.8 (503)
18.4 (468)
833 (378)
575 V
400–500
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-241
2.9
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
FR13, Open Chassis Inverter
2
W3
2
D6
Dia. 4
2
D8
2
D7
2
D5
2
W4 W4 W4 W4 W4 Dia. 1
D1
D2
D6
W1
2
2
2
2
H3
H1
H4
2
2
2
H2
2
Dia. 2
Dia. 3
W2
W2
W2
W2
D4
D4
H5
2
2
2
Dia. 3
2
D3
2
2
2
2
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
27.87
(708)
5.91
(150)
26.65
(677)
4.57
(116)
3.35
(85)
41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.79
(1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (20)
W5
W5
W5
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
Dia.
2
Dia.
3
Dia.
4
Weight
Lbs (kg)
21.77
(553)
0.51
(13)
0.63
(16)
1.97
(50)
1.06
(27)
1.57
(40)
5.91
(150)
9.64
0.35x0.59 0.18
(244.8) (9x15)
(4.6)
0.51
(13)
0.37
(9.5)
683 (310)
Notes
9000X FR14 is built of two FR13 modules. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions.
FR13 is built from an inverter module and a converter module. Please refer to SPX installation manual for mounting instructions.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-242
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Dia.
1
2.9
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
FR13, Open Chassis Converter
Dia. 3
2
D9
2
W3
2
D8
2
D7
2
D6
Dia. 1 W4
W4
W4
D1
D2
W1
2
2
2
2
2
H4
H1
H3
2
2
2
2
H2
W2
D4
W2
D5 D5
2
H5
Dia. 2
2
2
2
Dia. 2
2
D3
H2
H3
H4
H5
W5
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
H1
D1
18.74
(476)
5.91
(150)
17.52
(445)
4.57
(116)
3.35
(85)
41.54 2.46 39.86 41.34 0.69 14.69
(1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (17.5) (373)
W5
D2
D3
D4
0.51
(13)
0.73 6.42
(18.5) (163)
Weight
Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Lbs (kg)
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
Dia. 1
2.56
(65)
1.06
(27)
1.57
(40)
5.91
(150)
5.24
(133)
0.35x0.59 0.51
(9x15)
(13)
0.37
(9.5)
295 (134)
2
2
2
2
Number of Input Units
480 V
Catalog Number
hp
Input
Modules
690 V
Catalog Number
hp
Input
Modules
2
SPX800 A0-4 A2N1
800
2
SPX800 A0-5 A2N1
800
2
2
SPX900 A0-5 A2N1
900
2
SPXH10 A0-5 A2N1
1000
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-243
2.9
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
FR13, Open Chassis Converter—900/1000 hp 480 V
2
Dia. 4
W3
2
D9
2
D8
2
D7
2
D6
Dia. 1 W4
W4
W4
W4
W4
D1
2
W1
D2
2
2
2
2
H1
H3
H4
2
2
2
2
H2
2
Dia. 2
W2
D3
W5
W2
W2
D4
W2
D5 D5
H5
Dia. 3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
W1
W2
W3
W4
W5
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
D1
27.87
(708)
5.91
(150)
26.65
(677)
4.57
(116)
3.35
(85)
41.54 2.46 39.86
41.34 0.69 14.69
(1055) (62.5) (1012.5) (1050) (17.5) (373)
W5
D2
D3
D4
D5
0.51
(13)
0.73 6.42 2.56
(18.5) (163) (65)
W5
D6
D7
D8
Dia.
2
Dia.
3
Dia.
4
Weight
Lbs (kg)
1.06
(27)
1.57
(40)
5.91 5.24 0.35x0.59 0.18
(150) (133) (9x15)
(4.6)
0.51
(13)
0.37
(9.5)
443 (201)
2
Number of Input Units
2
480 V
Catalog Number
hp
Input
Modules
2
SPX900 A0-4 A2N1
900
3
SPXH10 A0-4 A2N1
1000
3
V6-T2-244
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2
2
2
2
D9
Dia.
1
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
2.9
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
AC Choke Dimensions
2
Choke Types
Catalog Number
Frame Size
Choke Type 1
Catalog Number
Voltage Range 380–500 V
SPX 250 4
Frame Size
Choke Type 1
2
CHK0261
2
Voltage Range 525–690 V
CHK0400
SPX 200 5
SPX 300 4
CHK0520
SPX 250 5
CHK0400
SPX 350 4
CHK0520
SPX 300 5
CHK0400
SPX 400 4
FR10
2 x CHK0400
SPX 400 5
SPX 500 4
2 x CHK0400
SPX 450 5
CHK0520
SPX 550 4
2 x CHK0400
SPX 500 5
2 x CHK0400
SPX 600 4
FR11
FR10
FR12
FR11
2 x CHK0520
SPX 550 5
SPX 600 5
2 x CHK0520
SPX 700 5
2 x CHK0400
SPX 800 5
SPX 900 4
3 x CHK0520
SPX 900 5
2 x CHK0400
SPX H10 4
3 x CHK0520
SPX H10 5
2 x CHK0400
4 x CHK0520
SPX H13 5
6 x CHK0400
SPX H15 5
SPX 700 4
SPX 800 4
SPX H12 4
FR13
FR14
SPX H16 4
2
CHK0520
2 x CHK0520
SPX 650 4
2
FR12
2
2 x CHK0400
2
2 x CHK0400
2
2 x CHK0400
FR13
2 x CHK0400
FR14
2
2
4 x CHK0400
6 x CHK0400
2
2
CHK0520
2
2
2
6.50
(165)
6.50
(165)
2
.24
(6)
2
8.03 (204)
1.69
(43)
2
19.57
(497)
2
1
1
1
.79
(20)
.83
(21)
3
.79
(20)
2
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
7.88
(200)
5.70
(145)
9.61 (244)
2
17.57
15.71 (446)
(399)
1.58
(40)
3.03
(77)
2
2
.55 (14)
2
Note
1 Chokes are provided with all FR10–FR14 drives.
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-245
2.9
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
SPX Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
CHK0400
2
2
2
.24
(6)
2
4.72
(120)
2
2
4.72
(120)
9.37 (238)
1.54
(39)
2
13.79 (350)
2
1
1
1
2
2
13.94
(354)
2.64
(67)
2
.75
(19)
2
2
.59
(15)
16.58
15.08 (421)
(383)
1.18
(30)
.59
(15)
3
3
3
2
2
2
5.51
(140)
2
5.90
(150)
10.83 (275)
10.30 (262)
2
CHK0261
2
2
2
.24
(6)
2
4.72
(120)
2
13.79 (350)
2
8.11 (206)
1.54
(39)
2
2
1
1
1.18
(30)
.87
(22)
2
2
2
1
.59
(15)
2
2
4.72
(120)
.59
(15)
.39
(10)
4.25
(108)
9.06 (230)
.75 (19)
Min.
3
3
3
2
2
2
14.06
12.56
11.30 (319) (357)
(287)
5.90
(150)
10.83 (275)
2
V6-T2-246
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
Clean Power Drives
2.10
Contents
Description
Clean Power Drives Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives
EGF Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CFX Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HCX Enclosed 12-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CPX Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RGX Enclosed Regenerative Drives . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
V6-T2-248
V6-T2-255
V6-T2-280
V6-T2-311
V6-T2-315
V6-T2-340
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-247
2.10
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
Clean Power Drives Overview
What Are Harmonics?
2
2
2
2
What Causes Harmonics?
Take a perfect wave with a fundamental frequency of 60 Hz,
which is close to what is supplied by the power company.
Perfect Wave
Volts
(v)
f(x) = sin(x)
2
2
Time
(t)
2
2
2
Add a second wave that is five times the fundamental frequency—
300 Hz (typical of frequency added to the line by a fluorescent light).
2
Second Wave
2
Volts
(v)
f(x) = sin(5x)
5
2
2
2
Time
(t)
2
2
2
Combine the two waves. The result is a 60 Hz supply rich in
fifth harmonics.
2
Resulting Supply
2
Volts
(v)
2
f(x) = sin(x) + sin(5x)
5
2
2
2
Harmonics are the result of
nonlinear loads that convert
AC line voltage to DC.
Examples of equipment that
are non-linear loads are listed
below:
●
AC variable frequency
drives
●
DC drives
●
Fluorescence lighting,
computers, UPS systems
●
Industrial washing
machines, punch presses,
welders, etc.
How Can Harmonics Due to
VFDs Be Diminished?
By applying drives from the
Eaton Clean Power drives
family: EGF and CFX passive
filtered drives, HCX 12-pulse
drives, EGP and CPX 18-pulse
drives, and RGX regenerative
drives.
What Are Linear Loads?
Linear loads are primarily
devices that run across the
line and do not add
harmonics. Motors are prime
examples. The downside to
having large motor linear
loads is that they draw more
energy than a VFD, because
of their inability to control
motor speed. In most
applications there is a turn
down valve used with the
motor which will reduce the
flow of the material, without
significantly reducing the load
to the motor. While this
provides some measure of
speed control, it is extremely
inefficient.
1. Installation and utility
costs increase.
Harmonics cause
damage to transformers
and lower efficiencies
due to the voltage drop.
These losses can
become significant (from
16.6–21.6%) which can
have a dramatic effect on
the HVAC systems that
are controlling the
temperatures of the
building where the
transformer and drive
equipment reside.
2. Downtime and loss of
productivity. Telephones
and data transmissions
links may not be
guaranteed to work on
the same power grids
polluted with harmonics.
3. Downtime and
nuisance trips of drives
and other equipment.
Emergency generators
have up to three times
the impedance that is
found in a conventional
utility source. Thus the
harmonic voltage can be
up to three times as
large, causing risk of
operation problems.
4. Larger motors must be
used. Motors running
across the line that are
connected on polluted
power distribution grids
can overheat or operate
at lower efficiency due to
harmonics.
5. Higher installation
costs. Transformers and
power equipment must
be oversized to
accommodate the loss of
efficiencies. This is due
to the harmonic currents
circulating through the
distribution without
performing useful work.
Time
(t)
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-248
Why Be Concerned
About Harmonics?
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
2.10
How Does a VFD Convert Three-Phase AC to a
Variable Output Voltage and Frequency?
Guidelines of Meeting IEEE Std. 519-2014
Harmonic Distortion Limits
2
The six-pulse VFD: The
majority of all conventional
drives that are built consist of
a six-pulse configuration. The
figure below represents a sixdiode rectifier design that
converts three-phase utility
power to DC. The inverter
section uses IGBTs to convert
DC power to a simulated AC
sine wave that can vary in
frequency from 0–400 Hz.
The IEEE 519-2014
Specification is a standard
that provides guidelines for
commercial and industrial
2
The six-pulse VFD drive
creates harmonic current
distortion. The harmonic
current that is created is
energy that can not be used
by customers and causes
external heat and losses to all
components including other
drives that are on the same
power distribution. The figure
is a 100 hp drive with 45 A of
damaging harmonic current.
100 hp Six-Diode Rectifier Design
Current
Amps
1000
0
–500
0.10625
0.1125
Time in Seconds
0.11875
2
2
Current Distortion Limits for Systems Rated
120 V through 69 kV
2
Maximum Harmonic Current Distortion in percent of I L
2
Individual Harmonic Order (Odd Harmonics) 12
I sc/I L
3 ≤ h < 11
11 ≤ h < 17
17 ≤ h < 23
23 ≤ h < 35
35 ≤ h ≤ 50
TDD
<20 3
4.0
2.0
1.5
0.6
0.3
5.0
20 <50
7.0
3.5
2.5
1.0
0.5
8.0
50 <100
10.0
4.5
4.0
1.5
0.7
12.0
100 <1000
12.0
5.5
5.0
2.0
1.0
15.0
>1000
15.0
7.0
6.0
2.5
1.4
20.0
Notes
1 Even harmonics are limited to 25% of the odd harmonic limits shown in table above.
2 Current distortions that result in a DC offset, e.g., half-wave converters, are not allowed.
3 All power generation equipment is limited to these values of current distortion, regardless
of actual I sc /I L .
where
I sc = maximum short-circuit current at PCC.
I L = maximum demand load current (fundamental frequency component)
at the PCC under normal load operating conditions.
500
–1000
0.100
users that are implementing
medium and low voltage
equipment.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.125
2
100 hp Six-Pulse Nonproductive Harmonic Current
2
Current
Amps
2
1000
2
500
2
0
2
–500
2
–1000
0.100
2
0.10625
0.1125
Time in Seconds
0.11875
0.125
2
2
Six-Pulse Nonproductive Harmonic Current
2
Six-Pulse Circuit
Current harmonics
I1 = 100%
I11 = 6.10%
I19 = 1.77%
I5 = 22.5%
I13 = 4.06%
I23 = 1.12%
I7 = 9.38%
I17 = 2.26%
I25 = 0.86%
2
2
Power = 100 hp
2
Harmonic current = 45 amps
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-249
2.10
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
One-Line Diagram for Harmonic Analysis
2
____Volts
____Volts
2
____Volts
____Volts
Source A
PCC
Utility Side
2
AC
Motor
AC
Motor
AC
Motor
AC
Motor
2
2
2
2
2
Utility Side
Transformer
Customer
Transformer
____Volts
____kVA
____Isc
____Impedance
____Volts
____kVA
____Isc
____Impedance
2
____Volts
____kVA
____Isc
____Impedance
2
2
Generator
Set
Source B
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
AC
Motor
AC
Motor
Customer
Generator
2
____AMPS
Total Linear Motor Loads
Total Non-Linear Drive Loads ____AMPS
The best way to estimate AFD harmonic contribution to an electrical system is to perform a harmonic analysis based on known system
characteristics. The one line in this figure would provide the data to complete the calculations.
Terms
●
PCC (Point of Common
Coupling) is defined as the
electrical connecting point
between the utility and
multiple customers per the
specifications in IEEE 519
●
POA (Point of Analysis)
is defined as where the
harmonic calculations
are taken
An oscilloscope can make
all measurements at the
PCC or POA to do an on-site
harmonic evaluation.
2
2
Harmonic Reduction
Methods to Meet IEEE 519
1. Line Reactor
A line reactor is a three-phase
series inductance on the line
side of an AFD. If a line
reactor is applied on all
AFDs, it is possible to meet
IEEE guidelines where
10–25% of system loads
are AFDs, depending on the
stiffness of the line and the
value of line reactance. Line
reactors are available in
various values of percent
impedance, most typically
1–1.5%, 3% and 5%.
Note: The SVX/SPX drives come
standard with a nominal 3% input
impedance.
2
Line Reactor
AFD
Advantages
●
Low cost
●
Can provide moderate
reduction in voltage and
current harmonics
●
Available in various values
of percent impedance
●
Provides increased input
protection for AFD and its
semiconductors from line
transients
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-250
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Motor
Disadvantages
May not reduce harmonic
levels to below IEEE 5192014 guidelines
●
Voltage drop due to IR loss
●
2.10
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
2. Passive Filters
Tuned harmonic filters
involve the series connection
of an inductor with the shunt
connection of an inductor and
capacitor to form a low
impedance path to ground for
2
a specific range of
frequencies. This path
presents an alternative to the
flow of harmonic currents
back into the utility source.
2
2
2
Enclosed Drive with Integrated Passive Filter
2
Tuned
Harmonic
Capacitor
2
Inverter Section
6-Pulse Diode
Bridge Rectifier
Converter Section
Shunt
Fusing
2
2
(+) DC
Tuned
Shunt
Reactor
2
2
L1A
1
L2A
2
AC
Motor
L3A
3
2
AC Input
Reactor
2
2
(–) DC
Dynamic Braking
Transistor
Three-Phase
Input
2
Output Transistors
IGBT Section
Bus
Capacitors
100 hp Enclosed 480 V Drive with Integrated Passive Filter
2
100 hp Enclosed 480 V Drive with Integrated Passive Filter
2
Passive Filter
Current
Amps
2
Current harmonics
200
100
I1 = 100%
I11 = 0.24%
I19 = 0.50%
I5 = 3.76%
I13 = 1.1%
I23 = 0.55%
I7 = 1.65%
I17 = 0.80%
I25 = 0.80%
2
2
Power = 100 hp
0
2
Hc = 8.6 Amps
–100
–200
Time
Advantages
●
Low cost for smaller
horsepower applications
●
More effective harmonic
attenuation than 12-pulse
drives
●
Provides increased input
protection for AFD from
line transients
Disadvantages
●
Capacitors age over time,
unlike magnetics
●
Not as effective as
18-pulse drives
●
Challenging to retrofit with
bypass applications
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-251
2.10
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
3. 12-Pulse Converters
A 12-pulse converter
incorporates two separate
AFD input semiconductor
bridges, which are fed from
30º phase shifted power
sources with identical
impedance. The sources may
be two isolation
transformers, where one is a
delta/wye design (which
provides the phase shift) and
six-pulse converter). This
permits a facility to use a
larger percentage of AFD
loads under IEEE 519-2014
guidelines than allowable
using line reactors or DC
chokes. A harmonic analysis
is required to guarantee
compliance with guidelines.
the second a delta/delta
design (which does not phase
shift). The 12-pulse
arrangement allows the
harmonics from the first
converter to cancel the
harmonics of the second. Up
to approximately 85%
reduction of harmonic current
and voltage distortion may be
achieved (over standard
Basic 12-Pulse Rectifier with “Phase Shifting” Transformer
12-Pulse
Phase-Shifting
Transformer
2
12-Pulse Diode
Bridge Rectifier
Converter Section
Inverter Section
2
(+) DC
L1A
L2A
L3A
2
2
AC
Motor
2
L1B
L2B
L3B
2
(-) DC
2
12-Pulse Diode
Bridge Rectifier
Converter Section
2
Dynamic Braking
Transistor
Output Transistors
IGBT Section
Bus
Capacitors
2
2
2
100 hp 480 V Drive with 12-Pulse Rectifier
100 hp 480 V Drive with 12-Pulse Rectifier
Current
Amps
12-Pulse Circuit
Current harmonics
200
2
2
100
I11 = 4.19%
I19 = 0.06%
I5 = 1.25%
I13 = 2.95%
I23 = 0.87%
I7 = 0.48%
I17 = 0.21%
I25 = 0.73%
Power = 100 hp
2
0
2
–100
2
I1 = 100%
Hc = 20 Amps
–200
Time
2
2
2
Advantages
●
Reasonable cost, although
significantly more than
reactors or chokes
●
Substantial reduction (up to
approx. 85%) in voltage
and current harmonics
●
Provides increased input
protection for AFD and its
semiconductors from line
transients
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-252
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Disadvantages
Impedance matching of
phase shifted sources is
critical to performance
●
Transformers often require
separate mounting or
larger AFD enclosures
●
May not reduce
distribution harmonic levels
to below IEEE 519-2014
guidelines
●
Cannot retrofit for most
AFDs
●
2.10
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
4. 18-Pulse Converters
When the total load is
comprised of non-linear load
such as drives, and the ratio
is lsc/IL, the greatest
harmonic mitigation is
required. Under these
conditions, the currents
drawn from the supply need
to be sinusoidal and “clean”
such that system
interference and additional
losses are negligible. Eaton’s
enclosed 18-pulse drive uses
a phase-shifting autotransformer with deltaconnected winding that
carries only the ampere-turns
caused by the difference in
load currents. This results in
nine separate phases. In this
type of configuration, the
total kVA rating of the
transformer magnetic system
was only 48% that of the
motor load. A traditional
isolated transformer system,
with multipulse windings,
would require the full kVA
rating to be supported, which
is more common in an MV
step-down transformer.
The integrated 18-pulse drive,
with near sine wave input
current and low harmonics
will meet the requirements of
IEEE 519-2014 under all
practical operating conditions.
The comparisons with sixpulse passive filter and 12pulse systems are shown on
Pages V6-T2-249, V6-T2-251
and below.
Basic 18-Pulse Rectifier with Phase-Shifting Auto-Transformer
9
1
2
3
8
Pre-charge
Circuit
3
N
7
4
C
6
AC
Motor
4
5
6
Diode Rectifiers
Dynamic Braking
Transistor
2
Output Transistors
IGBT Section
2
2
100 hp 480 V Drive with 18-Pulse Rectifiers
18-Pulse Clean Power
2
Current harmonics
100
I1 = 100%
I11 = 0.24%
I19 = 1.00%
I5 = 0.16%
I13 = 0.10%
I23 = 0.01%
I7 = 0.03%
I17 = 0.86%
I25 = 0.01%
2
2
Power = 100 hp
2
Hc = 5.9 Amps
0
–100
–200
Time
2
2
Bus
Capacitors
100 hp 480 V Drive with 18-Pulse Rectifiers
200
2
2
18-Pulse
Phase-Shifting
Auto-Transformer
Current
Amps
2
2
(–) DC
3-Phase
AC Input
2
2
7
8
9
5
2
2
1
2
3
2
2
2
(+) DC
1
2
Inverter Section
18-Pulse SCR
Bridge Rectifier
Converter Section
A
2
Advantages
●
Effectively guarantees
compliance with IEEE 5192014
●
Provides increased input
protection for AFD and its
semiconductors from line
transients
●
Up to 4 times the harmonic
reduction of 12-pulse
methods
●
Smaller transformer than
isolation transformer used
in 12-pulse converter
●
Minimizes ripple current in
capacitors, doubling
expected capacitor life
Disadvantages
Not as cost effective as
some other methods at
small (<50) horsepower
●
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-253
2.10
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives
Contents
Description
2
Clean Power Drives Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives
EGX Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CFX Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed 12-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Regenerative Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-254
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Page
V6-T2-248
V6-T2-255
V6-T2-280
V6-T2-311
V6-T2-315
V6-T2-340
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
2.10
Contents
EGF Enclosed Drives
Description
Page
Clean Power Drives Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives
EGF Enclosed Drives
Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Production Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosure Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CFX Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed 12-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Regenerative Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V6-T2-248
2
2
2
V6-T2-281
V6-T2-256
V6-T2-258
V6-T2-261
V6-T2-263
V6-T2-265
V6-T2-268
V6-T2-269
V6-T2-280
V6-T2-311
V6-T2-315
V6-T2-340
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
EGF Enclosed Drives
Product Description
Features and Benefits
Eaton’s Enclosed EGF Drives
combine harmonic distortion
reduction and true power
factor performance with the
latest in Eaton adjustable
frequency drive technology to
deliver an industry-leading
solution. This pre-engineered
passive filtered solution
prevents transformer
overheating and overloading
of breakers and feeders,
which enables the application
of adjustable frequency
drives on generators and
other high impedance power
systems.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Tuned passive filter
Delivers 5–8% THD
Generator compatible
Uses the same DG1, SVX
or SPX drive that is stocked
in the warehouse
Simple to retrofit
Provides a low-impedance
path to ground for the
harmonic frequencies
Meets IEEE 519-2014
Excellent cost for
performance
Small footprint, compact
enclosure design
Insensitive to voltage
imbalance
Customizable cover control
options
Padlockable disconnect
The PowerXL DG1 comes
standard with the following
communication protocols:
●
EtherNet/IP
●
Modbus/TCP
●
Modbus RTU
●
BACnet MS/TP
Standards and Certifications
Communication Options
●
PROFIBUS-DP
●
LonWorks
●
CANopen
●
DeviceNet
●
●
UL 508C tested, listed
and approved
OSHPD
2
2
2
2
Enclosure Ratings
●
NEMA Type 1
●
NEMA Type 12
●
NEMA Type 3R
2
2
2
Mounting
●
Wall mount
●
Floor mount: 12-inch legs
●
Floor mount: 22-inch legs
2
2
Product Range
●
208 V: 0.75–100 hp
●
230 V: 0.75–125 hp
●
480 V: 1–250 hp
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-255
2.10
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
2
Catalog Number Selection
2
EGF Enclosed—Base Catalog Number
Catalog Number Selection is for reference only. Not all option combinations may be available.
EGF 3D5 1 D 1
2
_ _ _ _ _ _
2
2
Options 3
See Page V6-T2-257 for catalog
number option selection.
Product Family
EGF = Enclosed DG1 drives—passive filtered
2
2
2
3D5 =
4D6 =
6D6 =
7D5 =
010 =
016 =
024 =
030 =
046 =
059 =
074 =
088 =
114 =
143 =
169 =
211 =
273 =
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
208 V
3.5 A, 0.75 hp
4.6 A, 1 hp
6.6 A, 1.5 hp
7.5 A, 2 hp
10.6 A, 3 hp
16.7 A, 5 hp
24.2 A, 7.5 hp
30.8 A, 10 hp
46.2 A, 15 hp
59.4 A, 20 hp
74.8 A, 25 hp
88 A, 30 hp
114 A, 40 hp
143 A, 50 hp
169 A, 60 hp
211 A, 75 hp
273 A, 100 hp
Output Ampere Rating
230 V
3D2 = 3.2 A, 0.75 hp
4D2 = 4.2 A, 1 hp
6D0 = 6.0 A, 1.5 hp
6D8 = 6.8 A, 2 hp
9D6 = 9.6 A, 3 hp
015 = 15.2, 5 hp
022 = 22 A, 7.5 hp
028 = 28 A, 10 hp
042 = 42 A, 15 hp
054 = 54 A, 20 hp
068 = 68 A, 25 hp
080 = 80 A, 30 hp
104 = 104 A, 40 hp
130 = 130 A, 50 hp
154 = 154 A, 60 hp
192 = 192 A, 75 hp
248 = 248 A, 100 hp
312 = 312 A, 125 hp
2D1 =
3D0 =
3D4 =
4D8 =
7D6 =
011 =
014 =
021 =
027 =
034 =
040 =
052 =
065 =
077 =
096 =
124 =
156 =
180 =
240 =
302 =
480 V
2.1 A, 1 hp
3.0 A, 1.5 hp
3.4 A, 2 hp
4.8 A, 3 hp
7.6 A, 5 hp
11 A, 7.5 hp
14 A, 10 hp
21 A, 15 hp
27 A, 20 hp
34 A, 25 hp
40 A, 30 hp
52 A, 40 hp
65 A, 50 hp
77 A, 60 hp
96 A, 75 hp
124 A, 100 hp
156 A, 125 hp
180 A, 150 hp
240 A, 200 hp
302 A, 250 hp
Enclosure Rating 2
1 = NEMA Type 1
2 = NEMA Type 12
3 = NEMA Type 3R
6 = NEMA Type 1 Filtered
• = Custom option
Braking/Application 1
A = No brake chopper, low overload
B = Brake chopper, low overload
C = No brake chopper, high overload
D = Brake chopper, high overload
Phasing and Voltage
1 = Input: Three-phase, 208 V
5 = Input: Three-phase, 575 V
Output: Three-phase
Output: Three-phase
2 = Input: Three-phase, 230 V
J = Input: Single-phase, 230 V
Output: Three-phase
Output: Three-phase
4 = Input: Three-phase, 480 V
K = Input: Single-phase, 480 V
Output: Three-phase
Output: Three-phase
Notes
1 Brake chopper is a factory-installed option only. Braking resistors sold separately. See DG1 drives starting on Page V6-T2-55 for selection.
2 Additional enclosure options including NEMA 4 and 4X are available. Please contact the factory for configuration and pricing.
3 Part number configuration continued on the following page.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-256
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
2.10
Catalog Number Selection is for reference only. Not all option combinations may be available.
2
EGF Enclosed—Catalog Number Options
EGF 3D5 1 D 1
2
2 0 0 B 1 0 0 0 0
2
Base Catalog Number Example
See Page V6-T2-256 for base catalog
number selection.
2
Option Boards 2
Same options and codes as Option Boards 1
2
Power Disconnect Options
0 = None
1 = MCP disconnect 1
2 = Circuit breaker
3 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing
4 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
5 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/SPD
6 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor
7 = Circuit breaker/3% input reactor
8 = Circuit breaker/SPD
9 = Circuit breaker/SPD/3% input reactor
A = Fused disconnect
B = Fused disconnect/SPD
C = Fused disconnect/SPD/3% input reactor
D = Fused disconnect/3% input reactor
E = Isolation fuses
F = Isolation fuses/3% input reactor
G = Isolation fuses/SPD
H = Isolation fuses/SPD/3% input reactor
• = Custom option 2
2
Option Boards 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
No option
3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 Thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT (DG1 only)
1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board) (DG1 only)
3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC) (DG1 only)
3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input (DG1 only)
6 DI 240 Vac input (DG1 only)
6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc (SVX only)
1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm (SVX only)
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
(SVX only)
9 = 3 RO (NO) (SVX only)
A = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100 (SVX only)
B = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input (SVX only)
C = Encoder low volt +5 V / 15 V / 24 V (high-performance drive only)
D = Encoder high volt +15 V / 24 V (high-performance drive only)
E = Double encoder (high-performance drive only)
• = Custom option 2
Bypass Options
0 = None
1 = Manual HOA bypass
2 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing
3 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
4 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD
5 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor
6 = Manual HOA bypass/3% input reactor
7 = Manual HOA bypass/SPD
8 = Manual HOA bypass/SPD/3% input reactor
H = Manual HOA RVSS bypass
J = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing
K = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
L = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD
M = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor
N = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/3% input reactor
P = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD
R = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD/3% input reactor
• = Custom option 2
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
3
0
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
•
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Output Power Options 4
None
Output contactor
3% Output reactor
MotoRX filter
dV/dt filter
3% Output Reactor/output contactor
MotoRX/output contactor
dV/dt/output contactor
Custom option 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Communication Options
0 = No option
1 = PROFIBUS-DP
2 = LonWorks (SVX only)
3 = CANopen (slave)
4 = DeviceNet
5 = PROFIBUS-DP (D9 connector)
6 = Modbus (SVX only)
7 = Modbus (D9 connector) (SVX only)
8 = Johnson Controls N2 (SVX only)
9 = Modbus TCP (SVX only)
A = BACnet (SVX only)
B = EtherNet/IP (SVX only)
C = RS-232 with D9 connector (SVX only)
D = SmartWire-DT (DG1 only)
• = Custom option 2
Control Options 5
0 = None
1 = Speed pot
2 = Start-stop pushbutton
3 = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot
A = HOA switch
B = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot & HOA switch
C = Start-stop pushbutton with HOA switch
D = HOA switch with speed pot
• = Custom option 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Enclosure Options
0 = None
1 = Floor stand—12 inches
2 = Floor stand—22 inches
A = Space heater
B = Space heater & 12-inch floor stands
C = Space heater & 22-inch floor stands
• = Custom option 2
2
2
2
Light Options 5
2
0 = None
1 = Non-bypass light kit—Power On, Run, Fault
2 = Bypass light kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run
• = Custom option 2
2
2
Notes
1 HMCP disconnect option required and only available when bypass is selected.
2 More options are available as Engineered to Order through the Bid Manager tool.
3 All bypass options include third contactor for drive isolation when in bypass mode.
4 Output contactor not available with bypass. Bypass comes standard with output contactor.
5 Pilot devices are 22 mm standard. 30 mm options are available as engineered to order through the Bid Manager tool.
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2
2
V6-T2-257
2.10
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
Production Selection
EGF Enclosed Drive
2
208 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives
hp
2
2
2
2
2
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
0.75
3.5
1
EGF3D51D1
EGF3D51D2
EGF3D51D3
1
4.6
1
EGF4D61D1
EGF4D61D2
EGF4D61D3
1.5
6.6
1
EGF6D61D1
EGF6D61D2
EGF6D61D3
2
7.5
1
EGF7D51D1
EGF7D51D2
EGF7D51D3
3
10.6
1
EGF0101D1
EGF0101D2
EGF0101D3
5
16.7
2
EGF0161D1
EGF0161D2
EGF0161D3
7.5
24.2
2
EGF0241D1
EGF0241D2
EGF0241D3
10
30.8
3
EGF0301D1
EGF0301D2
EGF0301D3
15
46.2
3
EGF0461D1
EGF0461D2
EGF0461D3
20
59.4
4
EGF0591C1
EGF0591C2
EGF0591C3
25
74.8
4
EGF0741C1
EGF0741C2
EGF0741C3
30
88
4
EGF0881C1
EGF0881C2
EGF0881C3
40
114
5
EGF1141C1
EGF1141C2
EGF1141C3
50
143
5
EGF1431C1
EGF1431C2
EGF1431C3
2
60
169
5
EGF1691C1
EGF1691C2
EGF1691C3
75
211
6
EGF2111C1
EGF2111C2
EGF2111C3
2
100 2
261 2
6
EGF2611C1
EGF2611C2
EGF2611C3
2
2
2
2
2
EGF Enclosed Drive
2
208 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
1
4.6
1
EGF4D61B1
EGF4D61B2
EGF4D61B3
2
1.5
6.6
1
EGF6D61B1
EGF6D61B2
EGF6D61B3
2
2
7.5
1
EGF7D51B1
EGF7D51B2
EGF7D51B3
3
10.6
1
EGF0101B1
EGF0101B2
EGF0101B3
5
16.7
2
EGF0161B1
EGF0161B2
EGF0161B3
7.5
24.2
2
EGF0241B1
EGF0241B2
EGF0241B3
EGF0301B3
2
2
10
30.8
2
EGF0301B1
EGF0301B2
15
46.2
3
EGF0461B1
EGF0461B2
EGF0461B3
20
59.4
3
EGF0591B1
EGF0591B2
EGF0591B3
25
74.8
4
EGF0741A1
EGF0741A2
EGF0741A3
30
88
4
EGF0881A1
EGF0881A2
EGF0881A3
2
40
114
4
EGF1141A1
EGF1141A2
EGF1141A3
50
143
5
EGF1431A1
EGF1431A2
EGF1431A3
2
60
169
5
EGF1691A1
EGF1691A2
EGF1691A3
75
211
5
EGF2111A1
EGF2111A2
EGF2111A3
100
273
6
EGF2731A1
EGF2731A2
EGF2731A3
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-256.
2 These units are current rated. They do not meet NEC ampere rating at this horsepower.
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-258
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
EGF Enclosed Drive
2.10
230 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
2
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
2
2
0.75
3.2
1
EGF3D22D1
EGF3D22D2
EGF3D22D3
1
4.2
1
EGF4D22D1
EGF4D22D2
EGF4D22D3
1.5
6
1
EGF6D02D1
EGF6D02D2
EGF6D02D3
2
6.8
1
EGF6D82D1
EGF6D82D2
EGF6D82D3
3
9.6
1
EGF9D62D1
EGF9D62D2
EGF9D62D3
5
15.2
2
EGF0152D1
EGF0152D2
EGF0152D3
7.5
22
2
EGF0222D1
EGF0222D2
EGF0222D3
10
28
3
EGF0282D1
EGF0282D2
EGF0282D3
15
42
3
EGF0422D1
EGF0422D2
EGF0422D3
20
54
4
EGF0542C1
EGF0542C2
EGF0542C3
25
68
4
EGF0682C1
EGF0682C2
EGF0682C3
30
80
4
EGF0802C1
EGF0802C2
EGF0802C3
40
104
5
EGF1042C1
EGF1042C2
EGF1042C3
50
130
5
EGF1302C1
EGF1302C2
EGF1302C3
60
154
5
EGF1542C1
EGF1542C2
EGF1542C3
75
192
6
EGF1922C1
EGF1922C2
EGF1922C3
100
248
6
EGF2482C1
EGF2482C2
EGF2482C3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
EGF Enclosed Drive
230 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
1
4.2
1
EGF4D22B1
EGF4D22B2
EGF4D22B3
1.5
6
1
EGF6D02B1
EGF6D02B2
EGF6D02B3
2
6.8
1
EGF6D82B1
EGF6D82B2
EGF6D82B3
3
9.6
1
EGF9D62B1
EGF9D62B2
EGF9D62B3
5
15.2
2
EGF0152B1
EGF0152B2
EGF0152B3
7.5
22
2
EGF0222B1
EGF0222B2
EGF0222B3
10
28
2
EGF0282B1
EGF0282B2
EGF0282B3
15
42
3
EGF0422B1
EGF0422B2
EGF0422B3
20
54
3
EGF0542B1
EGF0542B2
EGF0542B3
25
68
4
EGF0682A1
EGF0682A2
EGF0682A3
30
80
4
EGF0802A1
EGF0802A2
EGF0802A3
40
104
4
EGF1042A1
EGF1042A2
EGF1042A3
50
130
5
EGF1302A1
EGF1302A2
EGF1302A3
60
154
5
EGF1542A1
EGF1542A2
EGF1542A3
75
192
5
EGF1922A1
EGF1922A2
EGF1922A3
100
248
6
EGF2482A1
EGF2482A2
EGF2482A3
125
312
6
EGF3122A1
EGF3122A2
EGF3122A3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Note
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-256.
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-259
2.10
2
EGF Enclosed Drive
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
480 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
1
2.1
1
EGF2D14D1
EGF2D14D2
EGF2D14D3
1.5
3
1
EGF3D04D1
EGF3D04D2
EGF3D04D3
2
2
3.4
1
EGF3D44D1
EGF3D44D2
EGF3D44D3
3
4.8
1
EGF4D84D1
EGF4D84D2
EGF4D84D3
2
5
7.6
1
EGF7D64D1
EGF7D64D2
EGF7D64D3
7.5
11
2
EGF0114D1
EGF0114D2
EGF0114D3
EGF0144D3
2
2
2
2
10
14
2
EGF0144D1
EGF0144D2
15
21
2
EGF0214D1
EGF0214D2
EGF0214D3
20
27
3
EGF0274D1
EGF0274D2
EGF0274D3
25
34
3
EGF0344D1
EGF0344D2
EGF0344D3
30
40
3
EGF0404D1
EGF0404D2
EGF0404D3
40
52
4
EGF0524C1
EGF0524C2
EGF0524C3
2
50
65
4
EGF0654C1
EGF0654C2
EGF0654C3
60
77
4
EGF0774C1
EGF0774C2
EGF0774C3
2
75
96
5
EGF0964C1
EGF0964C2
EGF0964C3
100
124
5
EGF1244C1
EGF1244C2
EGF1244C3
125
156
5
EGF1564C1
EGF1564C2
EGF1564C3
150
180
6
EGF1804C1
EGF1804C2
EGF1804C3
200
240
6
EGF2404C1
EGF2404C2
EGF2404C3
2
2
2
2
2
EGF Enclosed Drive
2
480 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
1.5
3
1
EGF3D04B1
EGF3D04B2
EGF3D04B3
2
3.4
1
EGF3D44B1
EGF3D44B2
EGF3D44B3
3
4.8
1
EGF4D84B1
EGF4D84B2
EGF4D84B3
5
7.6
1
EGF7D64B1
EGF7D64B2
EGF7D64B3
2
7.5
11
1
EGF0114B1
EGF0114B2
EGF0114B3
2
10
14
2
EGF0144B1
EGF0144B2
EGF0144B3
15
21
2
EGF0214B1
EGF0214B2
EGF0214B3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
20
27
2
EGF0274B1
EGF0274B2
EGF0274B3
25
34
3
EGF0344B1
EGF0344B2
EGF0344B3
30
40
3
EGF0404B1
EGF0404B2
EGF0404B3
40
52
3
EGF0524B1
EGF0524B2
EGF0524B3
50
65
4
EGF0654A1
EGF0654A2
EGF0654A3
60
77
4
EGF0774A1
EGF0774A2
EGF0774A3
75
96
4
EGF0964A1
EGF0964A2
EGF0964A3
100
124
5
EGF1244A1
EGF1244A2
EGF1244A3
EGF1564A3
125
156
5
EGF1564A1
EGF1564A2
150
180
5
EGF1804A1
EGF1804A2
EGF1804A3
200
240
6
EGF2404A1
EGF2404A2
EGF2404A3
250
302
6
EGF3024A1
EGF3024A2
EGF3024A3
Note
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-256.
2
2
V6-T2-260
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.10
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
Enclosure Selection
2
EGF Enclosed Drives
Enclosure selection charts are based on physical space limitations only and only to be used as a reference.
For actual enclosure sizing, refer to Bid Manager.
2
Note: Filtered enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for passive filter,
input fuses, circuit breaker or fusible disconnect, CPT, SPD, heater/
thermostat, control relay and terminal blocks.
Note: Filtered bypass enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for a
passive filter, input fuses, MCP, CPT, input contactor, output bypass
contactors, overload relay, SPD, heater/thermostat, control relay and
terminal blocks.
2
Filtered Enclosure X-Space
Filtered Bypass Enclosure X-Space
2
2
Enclosure Size
Frame 1
Frame 2
Frame 3
Frame 4
Frame 5
Enclosure Size
Frame 1
Frame 2
Frame 3
Frame 4
Frame 5
AX
—
—
—
—
—
AX
—
—
—
—
—
BX
0
0
—
—
—
BX
—
—
—
—
—
CX
3
3
2
2
—
CX
2
1
0
—
—
DX
14
14
13
13
10
DX
13
12
11
10
6
Filtered Power Options X-Space
2
2
2
2
2
Filtered Bypass Power Options X-Space
Power Options
Frame 1
Frame 2
Frame 3
Frame 4
Frame 5
Power Options
Frame 1
Frame 2
Frame 3
Frame 4
Frame 5
3% Output reactor
1
1
3
5
6
RVSS Bypass
1
1
3
5
6
MotoRX filter
3
3
3
3
5
3% Output reactor
2
2
2
3
4
dV/dt filter
3
3
3
5
6
MotoRX filter
3
3
3
3
5
Output contactor
1
1
1
1
1
dV/dt filter
3
3
3
5
6
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-261
2.10
2
2
2
2
The PowerXL Series—DG1 drives can accommodate a wide
selection of expander and adapter option boards to customize
the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is
designed to accept a total of two additional option boards.
The PowerXL Series—DG1 drives come with a factory-installed
standard board configuration including the following:
●
Standard I/O:
●
8DI, 1DO
●
2AI, 2AO
●
2FC, 1FA relays
●
Standard communications:
●
EtherNet/IP, Modbus TCP
●
RS-485: Modbus RTU, BACnet MS/TP
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Clean Power Drives
Accessories
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
PowerXL Series—DG1 I/O Card Kits
Description
Catalog Number
3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 x thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT option card
DXG-EXT-3DI3DO1T
1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board) option card
DXG-EXT-1AI2AO
3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC) option card
DXG-EXT-3RO
3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input option card
DXG-EXT-THER1
6 x DI 240 Vac input option card
DXG-EXT-6DI
PowerXL Series—DG1 Communication Card Kits
Description
Catalog Number
PROFIBUS-DP communication card
DXG-NET-PROFIBUS
CANopen communication card
DXG-NET-CANOPEN
2
DeviceNet communication card
DXG-NET-DEVICENET
PROFIBUS DB9 to 5-pin adapter card
DXG-MNT-PROFIBUS
2
SmartWire communication card and module
DXG-NET-SWD
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-262
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
2.10
Options
2
Input Power Options
Option
Description
2
HMCP Disconnect
The HMCP motor protection circuit breaker uses an electronic trip unit to provide typical motor overload relay functionality and short-circuit
protection against potential phase-to-phase or phase-to-ground faults.
2
Circuit Breaker
Utilizes a circuit breaker to provide a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the drive, and protection from highlevel ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can
be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure.
2
Isolation Fusing
Provides high-level fault protection of the drive input power circuit from the load side of the fuses to the input side of the power transistors.
This option consists of three 200 kA fuses that are factory mounted in the enclosure.
3% Input Reactor
The input reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the line side of an AFD. It is used to provide a reduction in voltage and current
harmonics. It also provides increased input protection for AFD and its semiconductors from line transients.
SPD
Provides a surge protection device (SPD) connected to the line side terminals and is designed to clip line side transients.
2
Fused Disconnect
Utilizes fusing to provide a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the drive, and protection from high-level
ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can be
padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure.
2
2
2
2
Bypass Options
2
Option
Description
Manual HOA Bypass
Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of operation. HAND mode is defaulted
keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via
programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include keypad, I/O and fieldbus.
Manual HOA RVSS Bypass
This option adds a reduced voltage soft starter to bypass assembly for soft starting in bypass mode.
2
2
2
Output Power Options
2
Option
Description
Output Contactor
Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil is controlled by the drive’s run or
permissive logic. NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10 A, 600 Vac are provided for customer use. This option includes a low VA 115 Vac
fused control power transformer and is factory mounted in the enclosure.
3% Output Reactor
The output reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the load side of an AFD. It is used to provide a reduction in voltage and current
harmonics.
MotoRX Filter
Used to reduce transient voltage () and peak voltages at the motor terminals. This option is comprised of a 0.5% line reactor, followed by
capacitive filtering and an energy recovery/clamping circuit. Unlike the traditional filter, the MotoRx recovers most of the energy from the
voltage peaks, resulting in a lower voltage drop to the motor, therefore conserving power. This option is used when the distance between
a single motor and the drive is 300–600 ft (91–183 m). This option can not be used with the brake chopper circuit. in this case, the traditional
filter should be investigated as an alternative.
dV/dt Filter
Used to reduce the transient voltage () at the motor terminals. The traditional filter is recommended for cable lengths exceeding 100 ft (30 m)
with a drive of 3 hp and above, for cable lengths of 33 ft (10 m) with a drive of 2 hp and below, or for a drive rated at 525–690 V. This option is
mounted in the enclosure and may be used in conjunction with a brake chopper circuit. This option is mounted in the enclosure.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-263
2.10
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
Control Options
Option
Description
Speed Pot
Provides the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. This option uses the 10 Vdc reference to generate a
0–10 V signal at the analog voltage input signal terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is controlled when the HOA switch
is in the HAND position. Without the HOA bypass option, a two-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select
speed reference from the speed potentiometer or a remote speed signal.
HOA Switch
Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of operation. HAND mode is defaulted to
keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via
drive programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include Keypad, I/O and fieldbus.
Start-Stop Pushbutton
Provides door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass configurations.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Light Options
Option
Description
Non-Bypass Light Kit—Power On, Run, Fault
Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running and a red
FAULT light that indicates a drive fault has occurred.
Bypass Light Kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run
Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running, a red
FAULT light that indicates a drive fault has occurred and an amber light that indicates when the motor is running in Bypass mode.
Enclosure Options
Option
Description
Floor Stand 12 in
Converts a normally wall-mounted enclosure to a floor-standing enclosure with a height of 12 in (304.8 mm).
Floor Stand 22 in
Converts a normally wall-mounted enclosure to a floor-standing enclosure with a height of 22 in (558.8 mm).
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-264
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
2.10
Technical Data and Specifications
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Technical Data and Specifications
2
Attribute
Description
Specification
Input ratings
Input voltage Uin
208 V to 240 V, 380 V to 500 V, 525 V to 600 V, –15 to 10%
Input frequency
50 Hz to 60 Hz (variation up to 45 Hz to 66 Hz)
Connection to power
Once per minute or less
Starting delay
3 s (FR1 to FR2), 4 s (FR3), 5 s (FR4), 6 s (FR5 and FR6)
Short-circuit withstand rating
100 kAIC (fuses and circuit breakers)
Output voltage
0 to Uin
2
Continuous output current
IL: ambient temperature maximum 40 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.1 x IL (1 min./10 min.)
IH: ambient temperature maximum 50 °C, up to 60 °C with derating, overload 1.5 x IH (1 min./10 min.)
2
Overload current
150% respectively 110% (1 min./10 min.)
2
Initial output current
200% (2 s / 20 s)
Output frequency
0–400 Hz (standard)
Frequency resolution
0.01 Hz
Control methods
Frequency control
Speed control
Open-loop speed control
Open-loop torque control
Output ratings
Control characteristics
Switching frequency
Ambient conditions
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
230 V / 480 V range:
FR1–3: 1 kHz to 12 kHz
FR4–6: 1 kHz to 10 kHz
230 V / 480 V defaults:
FR1–3: 4 kHz
FR4–5: 3.6 kHz
FR6: 2 kHz
575 V range:
FR1–6: 1 kHz to 6 kHz
575 V defaults:
FR1–4: 3 kHz
FR5–6: 2 kHz
Automatic switching frequency derating in case of overload.
2
Frequency reference
Analog input: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy +1%
Analog output: resolution 0.1% (10-bit), accuracy +1%
Panel reference: resolution 0.01 Hz
2
Field weakening point
20 Hz to 400 Hz
Acceleration time
0.1 s to 3000 s
2
Deceleration time
0.1 s to 3000 s
2
Braking torque
DC brake: 30% x Motor Rated Torque (Tn) (without brake chopper)
Dynamic braking (with optional brake chopper using an external brake resistor):
100% continuous maximum rating
2
Ambient operating temperature
–10 °C (no frost) to +50 °C, up to +60 °C with derating (CT)
–10 °C (no frost) to +40 °C, up to +60 °C with derating (VT)
Storage temperature
–40 °C to +70 °C
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Relative humidity
0–95% RH, noncondensing, non-corrosive
2
Air quality:
Chemical vapors
Mechanical particles
Tested according to IEC 60068-2-60 Test Key:
Flowing mixed gas corrosion test, Method 1 (H2S [hydrogen sulfide] and SO2 [sulfur dioxide])
Designed according to:
IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2
IEC 60721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2
2
Altitude
100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280 ft (1000 m); 1% derating for each 328 ft (100 m) above
3280 ft (1000 m); max. 9842 ft (3000 m) (2000 m for corner grounded earth main systems)
For 575 V product, maximum altitude is 6561 ft (2000 m) regardless of main system
●
●
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-265
2
2
2
2.10
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
2
PowerXL Series—DG1 Technical Data and Specifications, continued
Attribute
Description
Specification
2
Ambient conditions,
continued
Vibration:
EN 61800-5-1
EN 60668-2-6
5–150 Hz
Displacement amplitude: 1 mm (peak) at 5 Hz to 15.8 Hz (FR1–FR6)
Maximum acceleration amplitude: 1g at 15.8 Hz to 150 Hz (FR1–FR6)
Shock:
ISTA 1 A
EN 60068-2-27
Storage and shipping: maximum 15 g, 11 ms (in package)
Overvoltage
Overvoltage Category III
2
●
●
2
●
●
2
2
2
Pollution degree
Pollution Degree 2
Enclosure class
IP21/Type 1 standard in entire kW/hp range
IP54/Type 12 option
Note: Keypad or keypad hole plug required to be mounted in drive for IP54/Type 12 rating
2
Immunity
Fulfills EN 61800-3 (2004), first and second environment
2
MTBF
FR1: 165,457 hours
FR2: 134,833 hours
FR3: 102,515 hours
FR4: 121,567 hours
FR5: 108,189 hours
FR6: Available in 2016
Noise
FR1: 51.2 dB
FR2: 58.6 dB
FR3: 61.0 dB
FR4: 68.0 dB
FR5: 69.1 dB
FR6: Available in 2016
2
2
2
2
2
2
Safety
UL 508C, CSA C22.2 No. 274-13 and EN 61800-5-1
2
Standards
EMC
2
+EMC2: EN 61800-3 (2004), Category C2
The drive can be modified for IT networks and corner grounding TN system
Electrostatic discharge
Second environment, IEC 61000-4-2, 4 kV CD or 8 kV AD, Criterion B
2
Fast transient burst
Second environment, IEC 61000-4-4, 2 kV/5 kHz, Criterion B
Dielectrical strength
Primary to secondary: 3600 Vac/5100 Vdc
Primary to earth: 2000 Vac/2828 Vdc
Approvals
EAC, RCM (C-Tick), RoHS, CE, UL and cUL (see nameplate for more detailed approvals)
2
2
Fieldbus connections
Onboard: EtherNet/IP, Modbus® TCP, Modbus RTU, BACnet
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-266
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
2.10
PowerXL Series—DG1 Technical Data and Specifications, continued
Attribute
Safety/protections
Efficiency
Description
2
Specification
Overvoltage protection
Yes
2
Overvoltage trip limit
230 V drives: 456 V
480 V drives: 911 V
575 V drives: 1100 V
2
Undervoltage protection
Yes
2
Undervoltage trip limit
230 V drives: 211 V
480 V drives: 370 V
575 V drives: 550 V
Earth fault protection
Yes
Default: 15% motor FLA
Minimum: 0% motor FLA
Maximum: 30% motor FLA
Input phase supervision
Yes
Motor phase supervision
Yes
Overcurrent protection
Yes
Unit overtemperature protection
Yes
Motor overload protection
Yes
Motor stall protection
Yes
Motor underload protection
Yes
DC bus overvoltage control
Yes
Short-circuit protection of 24 V
reference voltages
Yes
Surge protection
Yes (differential mode 2 kV; common mode 4 kV
230 V drives: 275 Vac, 10,000 A
480 V drives: 320 Vac, 8000 A
575 V drives: 385 Vac, 10,000 A
Common coated boards
Yes (prevents corrosion)
Drive efficiency ratings
480 V: FR1 = 97.7%
480 V: FR2 = 97.9%
480 V: FR3 = 97.7%
480 V: FR4 = 98.0%
480 V: FR5 = 98.2%
230 V: FR1 = 96.7%
230 V: FR2 = 97.4%
230 V: FR3 = 97.2%
230 V: FR4 = 97.4%
230 V: FR5 = 97.7%
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-267
2.10
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
Wiring Diagram
PowerXL Series—DG1 Control Wiring Diagram
Signal Name Signal
Default Setting
Description
1
+10 V
Ref. Output Voltage
—
10 Vdc Supply Source
2
AI1+
Analog Input 1
0–10 V
Voltage Speed Reference (Programmable to 4 mA to 20 mA)
3
AI1–
Analog Input 1 Ground
—
Analog Input 1 Common (Ground)
4
AI2+
Analog Input 2
4 mA to 20 mA
Current Speed Reference (Programmable to 0–10 V)
5
AI2–
Analog Input 2 Ground
—
Analog Input 2 Common (Ground)
6
GND
I/O Signal Ground
—
I/O Ground for Reference and Control
7
DIN5
Digital Input 5
Preset Speed B0
Sets frequency output to Preset Speed 1
8
DIN6
Digital Input 6
Preset Speed B1
Sets frequency output to Preset Speed 2
2
9
DIN7
Digital Input 7
Emergency Stop (TI–)
Input forces VFD output to shut off
10
DIN8
Digital Input 8
Force Remote (TI+)
Input takes VFD from Local to Remote
2
11
CMB
DI5 to DI8 Common
Grounded
Allows source input
12
GND
I/O Signal Ground
—
I/O Ground for Reference and Control
13
24 V
+24 Vdc Output
—
Control voltage output (100 mA max.)
2
14
DO1
Digital Output 1
Ready
Shows the drive is ready to run
15
24 Vo
+24 Vdc Output
—
Control voltage output (100 mA max.)
2
16
GND
I/O Signal Ground
—
I/O Ground for Reference and Control
2
17
AO1+
Analog Output 1
Output Frequency
Shows Output frequency to motor 0–60 Hz (4 mA to 20 mA)
18
AO2+
Analog Output 2
Motor Current
Shows Motor current of motor 0–FLA (4 mA to 20 mA)
2
19
24 Vi
+24 Vdc Input
—
External control voltage input
20
DIN1
Digital Input 1
Run Forward
Input starts drive in forward direction (start enable)
2
Res
Pin
2
2
i
2
2
2
2
21
DIN2
Digital Input 2
Run Reverse
Input starts drive in reverse direction (start enable)
2
22
DIN3
Digital Input 3
External Fault
Input causes drive to fault
23
DIN4
Digital Input 4
Fault Reset
Input resets active faults
2
24
CMA
DI1 to DI4 Common
Grounded
Allows source input
25
A
RS-485 Signal A
—
Fieldbus Communication (Modbus, BACnet)
26
B
RS-485 Signal B
—
Fieldbus Communication (Modbus, BACnet)
2
27
R3NO
Relay 3 Normally Open
At Speed
Relay output 3 shows VFD is at Ref. Frequency
28
R1NC
Relay 1 Normally Closed
Run
Relay output 1 shows VFD is in a run state
2
29
R1CM
Relay 1 Common
2
30
R1NO
Relay 1 Normally Open
31
R3CM
Relay 3 Common
At Speed
Relay output 3 shows VFD is at Ref. Frequency
2
32
R2NC
Relay 2 Normally Closed
Fault
Relay output 2 shows VFD is in a fault state
33
R2CM
Relay 2 Common
34
R2NO
Relay 2 Normally Open
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-268
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
2.10
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
BX Box Type 1
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
36.80
(934.7)
2
2
36.35
(923.3)
2
37.74
(958.6)
28.55
(725.1)
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
1.76
(44.8)
19.30 (490.2)
17.01 (432.2)
2
20.92 (531.4)
2
BX Box Type 1—12 Inch Floor Stands
2
19.30 (490.2)
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
14.06
(357.1) 10.53
(267.5)
36.35
(923.3)
2
7.00
(177.8)
2
3.00 (76.2)
48.37
(1228.6)
48.87
(1241.3)
40.38
(1025.7)
2
5.00 (127.0)
2
15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
1.76
(44.8)
2
17.01 (432.2)
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-269
2.10
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
BX Box Type 1—22 Inch Floor Stands
19.30 (490.2)
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
14.06
(357.1) 10.53
(267.5)
36.35
(923.3)
2
2
58.37
(1482.6)
58.87
(1495.3)
50.38
(1279.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
1.76
(44.8)
20.92 (531.4)
2
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
17.01 (432.2)
BX Box Type 12
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
15.50 (393.7)
2
2
7.00
(177.8)
36.80
(934.7)
36.35
(923.3)
37.74
(958.6)
28.55
(725.1)
2
2
19.30 (490.2)
2
1.76
(44.8)
17.01 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-270
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.10
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
BX Box Type 12—12 Inch Floor Stands
19.30 (490.2)
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
36.35
(923.3)
14.06
(357.1)
2
10.53
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
48.37
(1228.6)
48.87
(1241.3)
40.38
(1025.7)
2
5.00 (127.0)
2
15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
1.76
(44.8)
20.92 (531.4)
2
17.01 (432.2)
2
BX Box Type 12—22 Inch Floor Stands
2
19.30 (490.2)
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
14.06
(357.1)
36.35
(923.3)
58.87
(1495.3)
58.37
(1482.6)
2
10.53
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
2
3.00 (76.2)
2
5.00 (127.0)
2
2
15.50 (393.7)
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
1.76
(44.8)
2
17.01 (432.2)
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-271
2.10
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
BX Box Type 3R
20.18 (512.5)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
2
44.09
(1119.8)
42.69
(1084.3)
37.74
(958.6)
36.35
(923.3)
2
28.56
(725.3)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
2
BX Box Type 3R—12 Inch Floor Stands
20.88 (530.4)
2
17.88 (454.2)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
20.18 (512.5)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
17.01 (432.2)
20.92 (531.4)
2
2
3.51
(89.1)
19.30 (490.2)
14.06
(357.1)
10.53
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
42.77
(1086.4)
2
2
55.66
(1413.7)
56.10
(1424.9)
36.35
(923.3)
15.50 (393.7)
40.40
(1026.3)
2
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
3.51
(89.1)
17.01 (432.2)
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-272
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.10
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
BX Box Type 3R—22 Inch Floor Stands
20.88 (530.4)
17.88 (454.2)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
20.18 (512.5)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
42.77
(1086.4)
2
14.06
(357.1)
36.35
(923.3)
55.10
(1429.9)
65.66
(1667.7)
2
10.53
(267.5) 7.00
(177.8)
2
3.00 (76.2)
2
5.00 (127.0)
50.38
(1279.7)
2
15.50 (393.7)
2
17.50 (444.5)
2
2
2
20.92 (531.4)
3.57 (90.7)
17.01 (432.2)
2
CX Box Type 1
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
48.80
(1239.5)
48.35
(1228.1)
2
49.74
(1263.4)
35.85
(910.6)
2
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
29.30 (744.2)
30.92 (785.4)
2
1.74
(44.2)
2
17.76 (451.2)
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-273
2.10
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
CX Box Type 1—12 Inch Floor Stands
29.30 (744.2)
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
14.81
(376.2)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
48.35
(1228.1)
3.00 (76.2)
47.67
(1210.8)
60.37
(1533.4)
49.74
(1263.4)
5.00 (127.0)
25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2
2
2
1.74
(44.2)
30.92 (785.4)
17.76 (451.2)
CX Box Type 1—22 Inch Floor Stands
2
29.30 (744.2)
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting Holes
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
14.81
(376.2)
48.35
(1228.1)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
2
2
57.68
(1465.0)
70.37
(1787.4)
70.87
(1800.1)
3.00
(76.2)
5.00
(127.0)
2
25.50
(647.7)
27.50
(698.5)
2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
2
1.74 (44.2)
17.76 (451.2)
2
V6-T2-274
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
2.10
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
CX Box Type 12
2
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
48.80
(1239.5)
2
49.74
(1263.4)
2
35.85
(910.6)
48.35
(1228.1)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
29.30 (744.2)
2
1.74
(44.2)
30.92 (785.4)
2
17.76 (451.2)
2
2
CX Box Type 12—12 Inch Floor Stands
29.30 (744.2)
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
14.81
(376.2)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
48.35
(1228.1)
60.37
(1533.4)
47.67
(1210.8)
49.74
(1263.4)
2
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
2
25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
1.74
(44.2)
2
17.76 (451.2)
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-275
2.10
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
CX Box Type 12—22 Inch Floor Stands
29.30 (744.2)
4.00 (101.6) Minimum
Free Air Space Required
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
14.81
(376.2)
11.28
(286.5) 7.75
(196.9)
48.35
(1228.1)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
5.00 (127.0)
70.37
(1787.4)
57.68
(1465.0)
2
25.50 (647.7)
70.87
(1800.1)
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
2
2
30.88 (784.4)
2
21.00 (533.3)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
17.76
(451.2)
CX Box Type 3R
2
2
1.74
(44.2)
56.08
(1424.5)
54.77
(1391.2)
56.96
(1446.9)
2
48.35
(1228.1)
2
35.85
(910.6)
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(4 Places)
2
2
29.30 (744.2)
30.92 (785.4)
3.72
(94.4)
17.76 (451.2)
2
2
2
V6-T2-276
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
2.10
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
CX Box Type 3R—12 Inch Floor Stands
30.88 (784.4)
28.10 (713.7)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
21.00 (533.3)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
14.81
(376.2) 11.28
(286.5)
67.65
(1718.4)
2
7.75
(196.9)
66.60
(1691.7)
2
3.00 (76.2)
47.67
(1210.8)
68.09
(1729.6)
48.35
(1228.1)
2
5.00 (127.0)
25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2
3.72
(94.4)
30.92 (785.4)
2
17.76 (451.2)
2
CX Box Type 3R—22 Inch Floor Stands
30.88 (784.4)
27.88 (708.2)
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
21.00 (533.3)
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
77.65
(1972.4)
2
14.81
(376.2) 11.28
(286.5)
76.60
(1945.7)
2
7.75
(196.9)
78.09
(1983.6)
48.35
(1228.1)
2
3.00 (76.2)
2
5.00 (127.0)
57.68
(1465.0)
25.50 (647.7)
27.50 (698.5)
2
2
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
3.72
(94.4)
2
17.76
(451.2)
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-277
2.10
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
DX Box Type 1
29.30 (744.2)
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
22.56
(573.0)
82.23
(2088.6)
2
2
6.13
(155.6)
82.85
(2104.4)
76.35
(1939.3)
1.62 (41.1)
67.88
(1724.2)
8.38 (212.9)
2
22.12
(561.8)
2
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
1.55
(39.4)
30.92 (785.4)
2
2
DX Box Type 12
2
29.30 (744.2)
4.00 (101.6)
Minimum
Free Air Space
Required
2
2
2
2
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
22.48
(571.1)
22.56
(573.0)
82.35
(2091.7)
82.85
(2104.4)
67.89
(1724.4)
76.35
(1939.3)
6.13
(155.6)
1.62 (41.1)
8.38 (212.9)
22.12
(561.8)
2
28.88 (733.6)
2
2
2
30.92
(785.4)
2
1.55
(39.4)
22.48
(571.1)
2
2
V6-T2-278
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
2.10
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
DX Box Type 3R
30.88 (784.4)
27.88 (708.2)
2
Ø 0.44 (11.2)
Mounting
Holes
(2 Places)
2
25.51 (647.8)
2
3.00 (76.2)
Minimum
Air Space
Required
Both Sides
2
2
89.70
(2278.3)
22.81
(579.2) 6.31
(160.3)
82.84
(2104.1)
2
90.14
(2289.5)
67.89
(1724.4)
76.35
(1939.3)
2
2
1.80 (45.7)
8.56 (217.4)
2
22.30
(566.4)
2
29.06 (738.1)
2
2
30.92 (785.4)
3.64
(92.5)
22.48
(571.1)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-279
2.10
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
Contents
CFX Enclosed Drives
Description
2
Clean Power Drives Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives
EGF Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CFX Enclosed Drives
Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosure Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed 12-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed 18-Pulse Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Regenerative Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
CFX Enclosed Drives
2
Product Description
Features and Benefits
Standards and Certifications
The enclosed passive filtered
drive also delivers True
Power Factor—in addition to
reducing harmonic distortion,
the enclosed passive filtered
drive prevents transformer
overheating and overloading
of breakers and feeders,
which enables the application
of adjustable frequency
drives on generators and
other high impedance power
systems.
The CFX passive filtered drive
features include (at 480 V):
●
2
2
2
2
2
2
●
●
●
●
2
2
2
●
2
2
●
2
UL Type 1, UL Type 12, UL
Type 3R and NEMA 12 with
gaskets and filters
Input voltage: 480 V, 230 V,
575 V
Complete range of control,
network and power options
Horsepower range:
●
480 V, 7-1/2–400 hp IL
●
230 V, 7-1/2–100 hp IL;
consult factory for
details
●
575 V, 15–400 hp IL;
consult factory for
details
●
●
UL
cUL
508C
Single enclosure for both
drive and filter reduces
field wiring and enables
convenient bypass
installation
Packaged solution ensures
optimal coordination of
drive and filter
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-280
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Page
V6-T2-248
V6-T2-255
V6-T2-281
V6-T2-282
V6-T2-284
V6-T2-291
V6-T2-292
V6-T2-294
V6-T2-296
V6-T2-297
V6-T2-311
V6-T2-315
V6-T2-340
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
2.10
Product Identification
2
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drive—UL Type 12, 40 hp
2
SVX Drive
2
Input Reactor
2
2
Optional Breaker
Disconnect (P1)
2
2
2
Shunt Fusing
2
Door Mounted
Keypad
2
Tuned Shunt
Reactor
2
2
2
Tuned Harmonic
Capacitor
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-281
2.10
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
2
Catalog Number Selection
2
CFX Enclosed—Base Catalog Number
Catalog Number Selection is for reference only. Not all option combinations may be available.
CFX F07 1 A 1
2
_ _ _ _ _ _
2
2
Options 4
See Page V6-T2-283 for catalog
number option selection.
Product Family
CFX = Enclosed CFX passive filtered drives
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
F07 =
001 =
F15 =
002 =
003 =
005 =
007 =
010 =
015 =
020 =
025 =
030 =
040 =
050 =
060 =
075 =
100 =
208 V
0.75 hp
1 hp
1.5 hp
2 hp
3 hp
5 hp
7.5 hp
10 hp
15 hp
20 hp
25 hp
30 hp
40 hp
50 hp
60 hp
75 hp
100 hp
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
F07 =
001 =
F15 =
002 =
003 =
005 =
007 =
010 =
015 =
020 =
025 =
030 =
040 =
050 =
060 =
075 =
100 =
125 =
Output Horsepower Rating
230 V
480 V
0.75 hp
001 = 1 hp
1 hp
F15 = 1.5 hp
1.5 hp
002 = 2 hp
2 hp
003 = 3 hp
3 hp
005 = 5 hp
5 hp
007 = 7.5 hp
7.5 hp
010 = 10 hp
10 hp
015 = 15 hp
15 hp
020 = 20 hp
20 hp
025 = 25 hp
25 hp
030 = 30 hp
30 hp
040 = 40 hp
40 hp
050 = 50 hp
50 hp
060 = 60 hp
60 hp
075 = 75 hp
75 hp
100 = 100 hp
100 hp
125 = 125 hp
125 hp
150 = 150 hp
200 = 200 hp
250 = 250 hp
300 = 300 hp
350 = 350 hp
400 = 400 hp
500 = 500 hp
550 = 550 hp
600 = 600 hp
650 = 650 hp
700 = 700 hp
800 = 800 hp
002 =
003 =
005 =
007 =
010 =
015 =
020 =
025 =
030 =
040 =
050 =
060 =
075 =
100 =
125 =
150 =
200 =
250 =
300 =
350 =
400 =
500 =
550 =
600 =
650 =
700 =
800 =
575 V
2 hp
3 hp
5 hp
7.5 hp
10 hp
15 hp
20 hp
25 hp
30 hp
40 hp
50 hp
60 hp
75 hp
100 hp
125 hp
150 hp
200 hp
250 hp
300 hp
350 hp
400 hp
500 hp
550 hp
600 hp
650 hp
700 hp
800 hp
Enclosure Rating 3
1 = NEMA Type 1
2 = NEMA Type 12
3 = NEMA Type 3R
6 = NEMA Type 1 Filtered and gasketed
• = Custom option
Drive Type/Braking/Application 2
A = Standard drive/no brake chopper/low overload
B = Standard drive/brake chopper/low overload
C = Standard drive/no brake chopper/high overload
D = Standard drive/brake chopper/high overload
E = High-performance drive/no brake chopper/low overload
F = High-performance drive/brake chopper/low overload
G = High-performance drive/no brake chopper/high overload
H = High-performance drive/brake chopper/high overload
Phasing and Voltage Rating 1
1 = Input: Three-phase, 208 V
5 = Input: Three-phase, 575 V
Output: Three-phase
Output: Three-phase
2 = Input: Three-phase, 230 V
J = Input: Single-phase, 230 V
Output: Three-phase
Output: Three-phase
4 = Input: Three-phase, 480 V
K = Input: Single-phase, 480 V
Output: Three-phase
Output: Three-phase
Notes
1 Single-phase voltage refers to the supply voltage. Output voltage will be three-phase and equal to the magnitude of the input voltage.
2 Brake chopper is a factory-installed option only. Braking resistors sold separately. See SVX catalog section for selection.
3 Additional enclosure options including NEMA 4 and 4X are available. Please contact the factory for configuration and pricing.
4 Part number configuration continued on the following page.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-282
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
2.10
Catalog Number Selection is for reference only. Not all option combinations may be available.
2
CFX Enclosed—Catalog Number Options
CFX F07 1 A 1
2
2 0 0 B 1 0 0 0 0
2
Base Catalog Number Example
See Page V6-T2-282 for base catalog
number selection.
2
Option Boards 2
Same options and codes as Option Boards 1
2
Power Disconnect Options
0 = None
1 = MCP disconnect 1
2 = Circuit breaker
3 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing
4 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
5 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/SPD
6 = Circuit breaker/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor
7 = Circuit breaker/3% input reactor
8 = Circuit breaker/SPD
9 = Circuit breaker/SPD/3% input reactor
A = Fused disconnect
B = Fused disconnect/SPD
C = Fused disconnect/SPD/3% input reactor
D = Fused disconnect/3% input reactor
E = Isolation fuses
F = Isolation fuses/3% input reactor
G = Isolation fuses/SPD
H = Isolation fuses/SPD/3% input reactor
• = Custom option 2
2
Option Boards 1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
No option
3 x DI, 3 x DO, 1 Thermistor, 24 Vdc/EXT (DG1 only)
1 x AI, 2 x AO (isolated to control board) (DG1 only)
3 x relay dry contact (2NO + 1NO/NC) (DG1 only)
3 x PT100 RTD thermistor input (DG1 only)
6 DI 240 Vac input (DG1 only)
6 DI, 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc (SVX only)
1 RO (NC-NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm (SVX only)
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc
(SVX only)
9 = 3 RO (NO) (SVX only)
A = 1 ext +24 Vdc/EXT +24 Vdc, 3 Pt100 (SVX only)
B = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input (SVX only)
C = Encoder low volt +5 V / 15 V / 24 V (high-performance drive only)
D = Encoder high volt +15 V / 24 V (high-performance drive only)
E = Double encoder (high-performance drive only)
• = Custom option 2
Bypass Options
0 = None
1 = Manual HOA bypass
2 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing
3 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
4 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD
5 = Manual HOA bypass/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor
6 = Manual HOA bypass/3% input reactor
7 = Manual HOA bypass/SPD
8 = Manual HOA bypass/SPD/3% input reactor
H = Manual HOA RVSS bypass
J = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing
K = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/3% input reactor
L = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD
M = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/isolation fusing/SPD/3% input reactor
N = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/3% input reactor
P = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD
R = Manual HOA RVSS bypass/SPD/3% input reactor
• = Custom option 2
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
3
0
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
•
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Output Power Options 4
None
Output contactor
3% Output reactor
MotoRX filter
dV/dt filter
3% Output Reactor/output contactor
MotoRX/output contactor
dV/dt/output contactor
Custom option 2
Control Options 5
0 = None
1 = Speed pot
2 = Start-stop pushbutton
3 = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot
A = HOA switch
B = Start-stop pushbutton with speed pot & HOA switch
C = Start-stop pushbutton with HOA switch
D = HOA switch with speed pot
• = Custom option 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Communication Options
0 = No option
1 = PROFIBUS-DP
2 = LonWorks (SVX only)
3 = CANopen (slave)
4 = DeviceNet
5 = PROFIBUS-DP (D9 connector)
6 = Modbus (SVX only)
7 = Modbus (D9 connector) (SVX only)
8 = Johnson Controls N2 (SVX only)
9 = Modbus TCP (SVX only)
A = BACnet (SVX only)
B = EtherNet/IP (SVX only)
C = RS-232 with D9 connector (SVX only)
D = SmartWire-DT (DG1 only)
• = Custom option 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Enclosure Options
0 = None
1 = Floor stand—12 inches
2 = Floor stand—22 inches
A = Space heater
B = Space heater & 12-inch floor stands
C = Space heater & 22-inch floor stands
• = Custom option 2
2
2
2
Light Options 5
2
0 = None
1 = Non-bypass light kit—Power On, Run, Fault
2 = Bypass light kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run
• = Custom option 2
2
2
Notes
1 HMCP disconnect option required and only available when bypass is selected.
2 More options are available as Engineered to Order through the Bid Manager tool.
3 All bypass options include third contactor for drive isolation when in bypass mode.
4 Output contactor not available with bypass. Bypass comes standard with output contactor.
5 Pilot devices are 22 mm standard. 30 mm options are available as engineered to order through the Bid Manager tool.
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2
2
V6-T2-283
2.10
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
Product Selection
208 V Drives
CFX Enclosed Drives
208 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
0.75
3.5
4
CFXF071D1
CFXF071D2
CFXF071D3
1
4.6
4
CFX0011D1
CFX0011D2
CFX0011D3
1.5
6.6
4
CFXF151D1
CFXF151D2
CFXF151D3
2
7.5
4
CFX0021D1
CFX0021D2
CFX0021D3
3
10.6
4
CFX0031D1
CFX0031D2
CFX0031D3
5
16.7
5
CFX0051D1
CFX0051D2
CFX0051D3
7.5
24.2
5
CFX0071D1
CFX0071D2
CFX0071D3
10
30.8
6
CFX0101D1
CFX0101D2
CFX0101D3
15
46.2
6
CFX0151D1
CFX0151D2
CFX0151D3
2
20
59.4
7
CFX0201C1
CFX0201C2
CFX0201C3
25
74.8
7
CFX0251C1
CFX0251C2
CFX0251C3
2
30
88
7
CFX0301C1
CFX0301C2
CFX0301C3
40
114
8
CFX0401C1
CFX0401C2
CFX0401C3
2
50
143
8
CFX0501C1
CFX0501C2
CFX0501C3
60
169
8
CFX0601C1
CFX0601C2
CFX0601C3
75
211
9
CFX0751C1
CFX0751C2
CFX0751C3
100 2
261 2
9
CFX1001C1
CFX1001C2
CFX1001C3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
CFX Enclosed Drives
208 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
2
hp
2
2
2
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
CFX0011B3
1
4.6
4
CFX0011B1
CFX0011B2
1.5
6.6
4
CFXF151B1
CFXF151B2
CFXF151B3
2
7.5
4
CFX0021B1
CFX0021B2
CFX0021B3
3
10.6
4
CFX0031B1
CFX0031B2
CFX0031B3
5
16.7
5
CFX0051B1
CFX0051B2
CFX0051B3
7.5
24.2
5
CFX0071B1
CFX0071B2
CFX0071B3
2
10
30.8
5
CFX0101B1
CFX0101B2
CFX0101B3
15
46.2
6
CFX0151B1
CFX0151B2
CFX0151B3
2
20
59.4
6
CFX0201B1
CFX0201B2
CFX0201B3
25
74.8
7
CFX0251A1
CFX0251A2
CFX0251A3
30
88
7
CFX0301A1
CFX0301A2
CFX0301A3
40
114
7
CFX0401A1
CFX0401A2
CFX0401A3
50
143
8
CFX0501A1
CFX0501A2
CFX0501A3
2
60
169
8
CFX0601A1
CFX0601A2
CFX0601A3
75
211
9
CFX0751A1
CFX0751A2
CFX0751A3
2
100
273
9
CFX1001A1
CFX1001A2
CFX1001A3
2
Notes
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-282.
2 These units are current rated. They do not meet NEC ampere rating at this horsepower.
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-284
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
2.10
230 V Drives
CFX Enclosed Drives
CFX Enclosed Drives
2
230 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
0.75
3.2
4
CFXF072D1
CFXF072D2
CFXF072D3
1
4.2
4
CFX0012D1
CFX0012D2
CFX0012D3
1.5
6
4
CFXF152D1
CFXF152D2
CFXF152D3
2
6.8
4
CFX0022D1
CFX0022D2
CFX0022D3
3
9.6
4
CFX0032D1
CFX0032D2
CFX0032D3
5
15.2
5
CFX0052D1
CFX0052D2
CFX0052D3
7.5
22
5
CFX0072D1
CFX0072D2
CFX0072D3
10
28
6
CFX0102D1
CFX0102D2
CFX0102D3
15
42
6
CFX0152D1
CFX0152D2
CFX0152D3
20
54
7
CFX0202C1
CFX0202C2
CFX0202C3
25
68
7
CFX0252C1
CFX0252C2
CFX0252C3
30
80
7
CFX0302C1
CFX0302C2
CFX0302C3
40
104
8
CFX0402C1
CFX0402C2
CFX0402C3
50
130
8
CFX0502C1
CFX0502C2
CFX0502C3
60
154
8
CFX0602C1
CFX0602C2
CFX0602C3
75
192
9
CFX0752C1
CFX0752C2
CFX0752C3
100
248
9
CFX1002C1
CFX1002C2
CFX1002C3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
230 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
CFX0012B1
CFX0012B2
CFX0012B3
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
1
4.2
4
1.5
6
4
CFXF152B1
CFXF152B2
CFXF152B3
2
6.8
4
CFX0022B1
CFX0022B2
CFX0022B3
3
9.6
4
CFX0032B1
CFX0032B2
CFX0032B3
5
15.2
5
CFX0052B1
CFX0052B2
CFX0052B3
7.5
22
5
CFX0072B1
CFX0072B2
CFX0072B3
10
28
5
CFX0102B1
CFX0102B2
CFX0102B3
15
42
6
CFX0152B1
CFX0152B2
CFX0152B3
20
54
6
CFX0202B1
CFX0202B2
CFX0202B3
25
68
7
CFX0252A1
CFX0252A2
CFX0252A3
30
80
7
CFX0302A1
CFX0302A2
CFX0302A3
40
104
7
CFX0402A1
CFX0402A2
CFX0402A3
50
130
8
CFX0502A1
CFX0502A2
CFX0502A3
60
154
8
CFX0602A1
CFX0602A2
CFX0602A3
75
192
8
CFX0752A1
CFX0752A2
CFX0752A3
100
248
9
CFX1002A1
CFX1002A2
CFX1002A3
125 2
300 2
9
CFX1252A1
CFX1252A2
CFX1252A3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-282.
2 These units are current rated. They do not meet NEC ampere rating at this horsepower.
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-285
2.10
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
480 V Drives
CFX Enclosed Drives
2
480 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
CFX0014D3
1
2.1
4
CFX0014D1
CFX0014D2
1.5
3
4
CFXF154D1
CFXF154D2
CFXF154D3
2
3.4
4
CFX0024D1
CFX0024D2
CFX0024D3
3
4.8
4
CFX0034D1
CFX0034D2
CFX0034D3
5
7.6
4
CFX0054D1
CFX0054D2
CFX0054D3
7.5
11
5
CFX0074D1
CFX0074D2
CFX0074D3
10
14
5
CFX0104D1
CFX0104D2
CFX0104D3
15
21
5
CFX0154D1
CFX0154D2
CFX0154D3
20
27
6
CFX0204D1
CFX0204D2
CFX0204D3
2
25
34
6
CFX0254D1
CFX0254D2
CFX0254D3
30
40
6
CFX0304D1
CFX0304D2
CFX0304D3
2
40
52
7
CFX0404C1
CFX0404C2
CFX0404C3
50
65
7
CFX0504C1
CFX0504C2
CFX0504C3
60
77
7
CFX0604C1
CFX0604C2
CFX0604C3
75
96
8
CFX0754C1
CFX0754C2
CFX0754C3
100
124
8
CFX1004C1
CFX1004C2
CFX1004C3
2
125
156
8
CFX1254C1
CFX1254C2
CFX1254C3
150
180
9
CFX1504C1
CFX1504C2
CFX1504C3
2
200
240
9
CFX2004C1
CFX2004C2
CFX2004C3
250
302
10
CFX2504G1
CFX2504G2
CFX2504G3
300
361
10
CFX3004G1
CFX3004G2
CFX3004G3
350
414
10
CFX3504G1
CFX3504G2
CFX3504G3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Note
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-282.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-286
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
CFX Enclosed Drives
2.10
480 V Drives, continued
2
480 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
1.5
3
4
CFXF154B1
CFXF154B2
CFXF154B3
2
3.4
4
CFX0024B1
CFX0024B2
CFX0024B3
3
4.8
4
CFX0034B1
CFX0034B2
CFX0034B3
5
7.6
4
CFX0054B1
CFX0054B2
CFX0054B3
7.5
11
4
CFX0074B1
CFX0074B2
CFX0074B3
10
14
5
CFX0104B1
CFX0104B2
CFX0104B3
15
21
5
CFX0154B1
CFX0154B2
CFX0154B3
20
27
5
CFX0204B1
CFX0204B2
CFX0204B3
25
34
6
CFX0254B1
CFX0254B2
CFX0254B3
30
40
6
CFX0304B1
CFX0304B2
CFX0304B3
40
52
6
CFX0404B1
CFX0404B2
CFX0404B3
50
65
7
CFX0504A1
CFX0504A2
CFX0504A3
60
77
7
CFX0604A1
CFX0604A2
CFX0604A3
75
96
7
CFX0754A1
CFX0754A2
CFX0754A3
100
124
8
CFX1004A1
CFX1004A2
CFX1004A3
125
156
8
CFX1254A1
CFX1254A2
CFX1254A3
150
180
8
CFX1504A1
CFX1504A2
CFX1504A3
200
240
9
CFX2004A1
CFX2004A2
CFX2004A3
250
302
10
CFX2504E1
CFX2504E2
CFX2504E3
300
361
10
CFX3004E1
CFX3004E2
CFX3004E3
350
414
10
CFX3504E1
CFX3504E2
CFX3504E3
400
477
10
CFX4004E1
CFX4004E2
CFX4004E3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Note
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-282.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-287
2.10
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
575 V Drives
CFX Enclosed Drives
2
2
575 V Drives—Constant Torque (CT)/High Overload (IH) Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
2
2.7
6
CFX0025D1
CFX0025D2
CFX0025D3
3
3.9
6
CFX0035D1
CFX0035D2
CFX0035D3
2
5
6.1
6
CFX0055D1
CFX0055D2
CFX0055D3
7.5
9
6
CFX0075D1
CFX0075D2
CFX0075D3
2
10
11
6
CFX0105D1
CFX0105D2
CFX0105D3
15
17
6
CFX0155D1
CFX0155D2
CFX0155D3
20
22
6
CFX0205D1
CFX0205D2
CFX0205D3
25
27
6
CFX0255D1
CFX0255D2
CFX0255D3
30
32
7
CFX0305C1
CFX0305C2
CFX0305C3
2
40
41
7
CFX0405C1
CFX0405C2
CFX0405C3
50
52
8
CFX0505C1
CFX0505C2
CFX0505C3
2
60
62
8
CFX0605C1
CFX0605C2
CFX0605C3
75
77
8
CFX0755C1
CFX0755C2
CFX0755C3
100
99
9
CFX1005C1
CFX1005C2
CFX1005C3
125
125
9
CFX1255C1
CFX1255C2
CFX1255C3
150
144
9
CFX1505C1
CFX1505C2
CFX1505C3
2
200
192
10
CFX2005G1
CFX2005G2
CFX2005G3
250
242
10
CFX2505G1
CFX2505G2
CFX2505G3
2
300
289
10
CFX3005G1
CFX3005G2
CFX3005G3
2
2
2
2
2
2
CFX Enclosed Drives
575 V Drives—Variable Torque (VT)/Low Overload (IL) Enclosed Drives
NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12
NEMA Type 3R
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
Base
Catalog Number 1
hp
Current (A)
Drive
Frame Size
3
3.9
6
CFX0035B1
CFX0035B2
CFX0035B3
5
6.1
6
CFX0055B1
CFX0055B2
CFX0055B3
2
7.5
9
6
CFX0075B1
CFX0075B2
CFX0075B3
10
11
6
CFX0105B1
CFX0105B2
CFX0105B3
2
15
17
6
CFX0155B1
CFX0155B2
CFX0155B3
20
22
6
CFX0205B1
CFX0205B2
CFX0205B3
25
27
6
CFX0255B1
CFX0255B2
CFX0255B3
30
32
6
CFX0305B1
CFX0305B2
CFX0305B3
40
41
7
CFX0405A1
CFX0405A2
CFX0405A3
2
50
52
7
CFX0505A1
CFX0505A2
CFX0505A3
60
62
8
CFX0605A1
CFX0605A2
CFX0605A3
2
75
77
8
CFX0755A1
CFX0755A2
CFX0755A3
100
99
8
CFX1005A1
CFX1005A2
CFX1005A3
125
125
9
CFX1255A1
CFX1255A2
CFX1255A3
150
144
9
CFX1505A1
CFX1505A2
CFX1505A3
200
192
9
CFX2005A1
CFX2005A2
CFX2005A3
250
242
10
CFX2505E1
CFX2505E2
CFX2505E3
300
289
10
CFX3005E1
CFX3005E2
CFX3005E3
2
400
382
10
CFX4005E1
CFX4005E2
CFX4005E3
2
Note
1 Table is for base catalog number reference only. For complete catalog number selection, see Page V6-T2-282.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-288
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.10
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drive Option Board Kits
2
The enclosed passive filtered drive series can accommodate a wide selection of expander and
adapter option boards to customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit is
designed to accept a total of five option boards.
2
The enclosed passive filtered drive series factory-installed standard board configuration includes an A9
I/O board and an A2 relay output board, which are installed in slots A and B.
Option Boards
2
2
Option Board Kits
Field
Installed
Factory
Installed
Allowed Slot
Locations 2
Catalog
Number
Option
Designator
2 RO (NC/NO)
B
OPTA2
6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO, 1 +10 Vdc ref,
2 ext +24 Vdc/ext +24 Vdc
A
2
SVX Ready Programs
Basic
Local/
Remote
Standard
MSS
PID
Multi-P. PFC
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
OPTA9
—
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
B, C, D, E
OPTB1
B1
—
—
—
—
—
■
■
1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 therm
B, C, D, E
OPTB2
B2
—
—
—
—
—
■
■
1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated)
B, C, D, E
OPTB4
B4
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
3 RO (NO)
B, C, D, E
OPTB5
B5
—
—
—
—
—
■
■
3 Pt100 RTD board
B, C, D, E
OPTB8
B8
—
—
—
—
—
■
—
1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42–240 Vac input
B, C, D, E
OPTB9
B9
—
—
—
—
—
■
■
Modbus
D, E
OPTC2
C2
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Modbus TCP
D, E
OPTCI
CI
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
BACnet
D, E
OPTCJ
CJ
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
EtherNet/IP
D, E
OPTCQ
CQ
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Johnson Controls N2
D, E
OPTC2
CA
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
PROFIBUS DP
D, E
OPTC3
C3
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
LonWorks
D, E
OPTC4
C4
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
PROFIBUS DP (D9 connector)
D, E
OPTC5
C5
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
CANopen (slave)
D, E
OPTC6
C6
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
DeviceNet
D, E
OPTC7
C7
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Modbus (D9 type connector)
D, E
OPTC8
C8
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
RS-232 with D9 connection
D, E
OPTD3
D3
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Option Kit Description 1
Standard I/O Cards
A
D E
B C
Extended I/O Cards
6 DI
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Communication Cards 3
Notes
1 AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output
2 Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location.
3 OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-289
2.10
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
Modbus RTU Network
Communications
The Modbus Network Card
OPTC2 is used for connecting
the SVX Drive as a slave
on a Modbus network. The
interface is connected by
a 9-pin DSUB connector
(female) and the baud rate
ranges from 300 to 19,200
baud. Other communication
parameters include an
address range from 1 to 247;
a parity of None, Odd or
Even; and the stop bit is 1.
DeviceNet Network
Communications
The DeviceNet Network Card
OPTC7 is used for connecting
the SVX Drive on a DeviceNet
Network. It includes a
5.08 mm pluggable
connector. Transfer method
is via CAN using a two-wire
twisted shielded cable with
two-wire bus power cable
and drain. The baud rates
used for communication
include 125 Kbaud,
250 Kbaud and 500 Kbaud.
PROFIBUS Network
Communications
The PROFIBUS Network Card
OPTC3 is used for connecting
the SVX Drive as a slave
on a PROFIBUS-DP network.
The interface is connected
by a 9-pin DSUB connector
(female). The baud rates
range from 9.6 Kbaud to
12 Mbaud, and the addresses
range from 1 to 127.
Johnson Controls Metasys N2
Network Communications
The OPTC2 fieldbus board
provides communication
between the SVX Drive
and a Johnson Controls
Metasys™ N2 network.
With this connection, the
drive can be controlled,
monitored and programmed
from the Metasys system.
The N2 fieldbus is available as
a factory-installed option and
as a field-installable kit.
LonWorks Network
Communications
The LonWorks Network Card
OPTC4 is used for connecting
the SVX Drive on a LonWorks
network. This interface uses
Standard Network Variable
Types (SNVT) as data types.
The channel connection is
achieved using a FTT-10 A
Free Topology transceiver
via a single twisted transfer
cable. The communication
speed with LonWorks is
78 kBits/s.
CANopen (Slave)
Communications
The CANopen (Slave)
Network Card OPTC6 is used
for connecting the SVX Drive
to a host system. According
to ISO11898 standard cables
to be chosen for CANbus
should have a nominal
impedance of 120 ohms,
and specific line delay of
nominal 5 as/m. 120 ohm
line termination resistors
required for installation.
Modbus/TCP Network
Communications
The Modbus/TCP Network
Card OPTCI is used for
connecting the SVX Drive
to Ethernet networks using
Modbus protocol. It includes
an RJ-45 pluggable
connector. This interface
provides a selection of
standard and custom register
values to communicate drive
parameters. The board
supports 10 Mbps and
100 Mbps communication
speeds. The IP address of
the board is configurable over
Ethernet using a supplied
software tool.
BACnet Network
Communications
The BACnet Network Card
OPTCJ is used for connecting
the SVX Drive to BACnet
networks. It includes a 5.08
mm pluggable connector.
Data transfer is Master-Slave/
Token Passing (MS/TP)
RS-485. This interface uses
a collection of 30 Binary
Value Objects (BVOs) and
35 Analog Value Objects
(AVOs) to communicate
drive parameters. The card
supports 9.6, 19.2 and 38.4
Kbaud communication
speeds and supports network
addresses 1 to 127.
EtherNet/IP Network
Communications
The EtherNet/IP Network
Card OPTCK is used for
connecting the SVX Drive
to Ethernet/Industrial Protocol
networks. It includes an
RJ-45 pluggable connector.
The interface uses CIP
objects to communicate
drive parameters (CIP is
“Common Industrial
Protocol,” the same protocol
used by DeviceNet). The
board supports 10 Mbps and
100 Mbps communication
speeds. The IP address of
the board is configurable
by Static, BOOTP and
DHCP methods.
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-290
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
2.10
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
Enclosure Selection
2
CFX Drives
Enclosure selection charts are based on physical space limitations only and only to be used as a reference.
For actual enclosure sizing, refer to Bid Manager.
2
Note: Filtered enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for passive filter,
input fuses, circuit breaker or fusible disconnect, CPT, SPD, heater/
thermostat, control relay and terminal blocks.
Note: Filtered bypass enclosure sizing includes dedicated space for a
passive filter, input fuses, MCP, CPT, input contactor, output bypass
contactors, overload relay, SPD, heater/thermostat, control relay and
terminal blocks.
2
Filtered Enclosure X-Space
Filtered Bypass Enclosure X-Space
2
2
Enclosure Size
Frame 4
Frame 5
Frame 6
Frame 7
Frame 8
Enclosure Size
Frame 4
Frame 5
Frame 6
Frame 7
Frame 8
AX
—
—
—
—
—
AX
—
—
—
—
—
BX
0
0
—
—
—
BX
—
—
—
—
—
CX
3
3
2
2
—
CX
2
1
0
—
—
DX
14
14
13
13
10
DX
13
12
11
10
6
Filtered Power Options X-Space
Frame 4
Frame 5
Frame 6
Frame 7
Frame 8
Power Options
Frame 4
Frame 5
Frame 6
Frame 7
Frame 8
3% Output reactor
1
1
3
5
6
RVSS Bypass
1
1
3
5
6
MotoRX filter
3
3
3
3
5
3% Output reactor
2
2
2
3
4
dV/dt filter
3
3
3
5
6
MotoRX filter
3
3
3
3
5
Output contactor
1
1
1
1
1
dV/dt filter
3
3
3
5
6
Frame Size
Type 1
Type 12
Frame 9
Size 8
—
Size 8
Size F
Frame 9
Size 8
—
Size 8
Size F
Frame 10
Size 9
Size 9
—
1
Frame 10
Size 9
Size 9
—
1
Frame Size
Type 1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Larger Frame Enclosure Sizes
Type 1 Filtered
and Gasketed
Type 3R
2
2
Filtered Bypass Power Options X-Space
Power Options
Larger Frame Enclosure Sizes
2
Type 12
Type 1 Filtered
and Gasketed
Type 3R
2
2
2
Note
1 Consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-291
2.10
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
2
Options
2
Input Power Options
Option
Description
2
HMCP Disconnect
The HMCP motor protection circuit breaker uses an electronic trip unit to provide typical motor overload relay functionality and short-circuit
protection against potential phase-to-phase or phase-to-ground faults.
2
Circuit Breaker
2
Utilizes a circuit breaker to provide a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the drive, and protection from highlevel ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can
be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure.
Isolation Fusing
2
Provides high-level fault protection of the drive input power circuit from the load side of the fuses to the input side of the power transistors.
This option consists of three 200 kA fuses that are factory mounted in the enclosure.
3% Input Reactor
The input reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the line side of an AFD. It is used to provide a reduction in voltage and current
harmonics. It also provides increased input protection for AFD and its semiconductors from line transients.
2
SPD
Provides a surge protection device (SPD) connected to the line side terminals and is designed to clip line side transients.
Fused Disconnect
Utilizes fusing to provide a means of short-circuit protection for the power cables between it and the drive, and protection from high-level
ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the drive from the line, and the operating mechanism can be
padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure.
2
2
2
2
Bypass Options
Option
Description
Manual HOA Bypass
Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of operation. HAND mode is defaulted
keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via
programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include keypad, I/O and fieldbus.
Manual HOA RVSS Bypass
This option adds a reduced voltage soft starter to bypass assembly for soft starting in bypass mode.
2
2
2
2
Output Power Options
Option
Description
Output Contactor
Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor coil is controlled by the drive’s run or
permissive logic. NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10 A, 600 Vac are provided for customer use. This option includes a low VA 115 Vac
fused control power transformer and is factory mounted in the enclosure.
3% Output Reactor
The output reactor is a three-phase series inductance on the load side of an AFD. It is used to provide a reduction in voltage and current
harmonics.
MotoRX Filter
Used to reduce transient voltage (dV/dt) and peak voltages at the motor terminals. This option is comprised of a 0.5% line reactor, followed by
capacitive filtering and an energy recovery/clamping circuit. Unlike the traditional dV/dt filter, the MotoRx recovers most of the energy from the
voltage peaks, resulting in a lower voltage drop to the motor, therefore conserving power. This option is used when the distance between
a single motor and the drive is 300–600 ft (91–183 m). This option can not be used with the brake chopper circuit. in this case, the traditional
dV/dt filter should be investigated as an alternative.
dV/dt Filter
Used to reduce the transient voltage (dV/dt) at the motor terminals. The traditional dV/dt filter is recommended for cable lengths exceeding
100 ft (30 m) with a drive of 3 hp and above, for cable lengths of 33 ft (10 m) with a drive of 2 hp and below, or for a drive rated at 525–690 V.
This option is mounted in the enclosure and may be used in conjunction with a brake chopper circuit. This option is mounted in the enclosure.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V6-T2-292
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
2.10
Control Options
2
Option
Description
Speed Pot
Provides the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-mounted potentiometer. This option uses the 10 Vdc reference to generate a
0–10 V signal at the analog voltage input signal terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is controlled when the HOA switch
is in the HAND position. Without the HOA bypass option, a two-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select
speed reference from the speed potentiometer or a remote speed signal.
HOA Switch
Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a HAND or AUTO mode of operation. HAND mode is defaulted to
keypad operation, and AUTO mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be configured via
drive programming to allow for alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include Keypad, I/O and fieldbus.
2
Start-Stop Pushbutton
Provides door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass configurations.
2
2
2
2
Light Options
Option
Description
2
Non-Bypass Light Kit—Power On, Run, Fault
Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running and a red
FAULT light that indicates a drive fault has occurred.
2
Bypass Light Kit—On, VFD Run, Fault, Bypass Run
Provides a white POWER ON light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet, a green RUN light that indicates the drive is running, a red
FAULT light that indicates a drive fault has occurred and an amber light that indicates when the motor is running in Bypass mode.
2
2
Enclosure Options
Option
Description
Floor Stand 12 in
Converts a normally wall-mounted enclosure to a floor-standing enclosure with a height of 12 in (304.8 mm).
Floor Stand 22 in
Converts a normally wall-mounted enclosure to a floor-standing enclosure with a height of 22 in (558.8 mm).
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control CA08100007E—March 2015 www.eaton.com
V6-T2-293
2.10
Adjustable Frequency Drives
Clean Power Drives
2
Technical Data and Specifications
2
Enclosed Passive Filtered Drives
2
Primary Design Features
2
2
2
Description
Specification
Description
Specification
Input/Output Interface Features
45–66 Hz input frequency
Standard
Output: AC volts maximum
Input Voltage Base
Output frequency range
0–320 Hz
Initial output current (IH)
250% for 2 seconds
Setup adjustment provisions
Remote keypad/display
Standard
Personal computer
Standard
Operator control provisions
Overload (1 minute [IH/IL])
150%/110%
Drive mounted keypad/display
Enclosure space heater
Optional
Remote keypad/display
Standard
Oversize enclosure
Standard
Conventional control elements
Standard
Output contactor
Optional
Serial communications
Optional
Bypass motor starter
Optional
115 Vac control circuit
Optional
2
Listings
UL, cUL, 508C
2
Incoming line fuses
2
2
Protection Features
Standard
Speed setting inputs
Keypad
Standard
Optional
0–10 Vdc potentiometer/voltage signal Standard
AC input circuit disconnect
Optional
4–20 mA isolated
Configurable
2
Phase rotation insensitive
Standard
4–20 mA differential
Configurable
2
EMI filter
Standard—FR6 thru FR9 1
3–15 psig
Optional
Input phase loss protection
Standard
Analog outputs
2
Input overvoltage protection
Standard
Speed/frequency
Standard
Line surge protection
Standard
Torque/load/current
Programmable
2
Output short-circuit protection
Standard
Motor voltage
Programmable
Output ground fault protection
Standard
Kilowatts
Programmable
Output phase protection
Standard
0–10 Vdc signals
Configurable w/jumpers
2
Overtemperature protection
Standard
4–20 mA DC signals
Standard
DC overvoltage protection
Standard
Isolated signals
Optional
2
Drive overload protection
Standard
Discrete outputs
Motor overload protection
Standard
Fault alarm
Standard
2
Programmer software
Optional
Drive running
Standard
Local/remote keypad
Standard
Drive at set speed
Programmable
Keypad lockout
Standard
Optional parameters
14
2
Fault alarm output
Standard
Dry contacts
Built-in diagnostics
Standard
2
Surge protective device
Optional
2
2
2 relays Form C
Open collector outputs
1
Additional discrete outputs
Optional
Communications
2
2
RS-232
Standard
RS-422/485
Optional
DeviceNet™
Optional
2
Modbus RTU
Optional
CANopen (slave)
Optional
2
PROFIBUS-DP
Optional
Lonworks®
Optional
Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2
Optional
EtherN
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement